Project Gutenberg's Latin for Beginners, by Benjamin Leonard D'Ooge This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org Title: Latin for Beginners Author: Benjamin Leonard D'Ooge Release Date: April 25, 2006 [EBook #18251] Language: English Character set encoding: MAC *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LATIN FOR BEGINNERS *** Produced by Louise Hope, Dave Maddock and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was made using scans of public domain material by TextKit.com) [TranscriberÕs Notes: This text file is intended for Macintosh users whose browsers or text readers cannot display either of the utf-8 versions (plain text or html). A few necessary changes have been made. The macron (straight line, representing long vowels) has been replaced everywhere by a circumflex accent: ‰ � ” ™ ž å æ ë ï ó The ÒyÓ in ÒPythiaÓ, ÒLydiaÓ and ÒperistylumÓ is also long, and is marked Òy:Ó in vocabulary lists. The breve symbol (ù), representing a short vowel, has been omitted. This symbol was used only in the introductory section on pronunciation (¤1-18), and in one or two vocabulary entries. The notation [oo] represents short ÒooÓ. Letters shown with combined breve and macron have been expanded as Ò-ei or -�iÓ, Ò-ius or -”usÓ. To make this unpaginated e-text easier to use, each chapterÕs Special Vocabulary has been included with its chapter _in addition to_ its original location near the end of the book. The same was done with the irregular verbs. The vocabulary lists are at the beginning of each chapter, as far as possible from the Exercises. Boldface is shown by ÇguillemetsÈ, italics by _lines_. The variation between Ò¾Ó (English text) and ÒaeÓ (Latin text) is as in the original. Bracketed passages in the original are shown in [[double brackets]].] * * * * * * * * * * * * * * LATIN FOR BEGINNERS BY BENJAMIN L. DÕOOGE, Ph.D. Professor in the Michigan State Normal College Ginn and Company Boston ¥ New York ¥ Chicago ¥ London Copyright, 1909, 1911 by Benjamin L. DÕOoge Entered at StationersÕ Hall All Rights Reserved 013.4 The Athen¾um Press Ginn and Company ¥ Proprietors ¥ Boston ¥ U.S.A. * * * * * PREFACE To make the course preparatory to C¾sar at the same time systematic, thorough, clear, and interesting is the purpose of this series of lessons. The first pages are devoted to a brief discussion of the Latin language, its history, and its educational value. The body of the book, consisting of seventy-nine lessons, is divided into three parts. Part I is devoted to pronunciation, quantity, accent, and kindred introductory essentials. Part II carries the work through the first sixty lessons, and is devoted to the study of forms and vocabulary, together with some elementary constructions, a knowledge of which is necessary for the translation of the exercises and reading matter. The first few lessons have been made unusually simple, to meet the wants of pupils not well grounded in English grammar. Part III contains nineteen lessons, and is concerned primarily with the study of syntax and of subjunctive and irregular verb forms. The last three of these lessons constitute a review of all the constructions presented in the book. There is abundant easy reading matter; and, in order to secure proper concentration of effort upon syntax and translation, no new vocabularies are introduced, but the vocabularies in Part II are reviewed. It is hoped that the following features will commend themselves to teachers: The forms are presented in their natural sequence, and are given, for the most part, in the body of the book as well as in a grammatical appendix. The work on the verb is intensive in character, work in other directions being reduced to a minimum while this is going on. The forms of the subjunctive are studied in correlation with the subjunctive constructions. The vocabulary has been selected with the greatest care, using LodgeÕs ÒDictionary of Secondary LatinÓ and BrowneÕs ÒLatin Word ListÓ as a basis. There are about six hundred words, exclusive of proper names, in the special vocabularies, and these are among the simplest and commonest words in the language. More than ninety-five per cent of those chosen are C¾sarian, and of these more than ninety per cent are used in C¾sar five or more times. The few words not C¾sarian are of such frequent occurrence in Cicero, Vergil, and other authors as to justify their appearance here. But teachers desiring to confine word study to C¾sar can easily do so, as the C¾sarian words are printed in the vocabularies in distinctive type. Concrete nouns have been preferred to abstract, root words to compounds and derivatives, even when the latter were of more frequent occurrence in C¾sar. To assist the memory, related English words are added in each special vocabulary. To insure more careful preparation, the special vocabularies have been removed from their respective lessons and placed by themselves. The general vocabulary contains about twelve hundred words, and of these above eighty-five per cent are found in C¾sar. The syntax has been limited to those essentials which recent investigations, such as those of Dr. Lee Byrne and his collaborators, have shown to belong properly to the work of the first year. The constructions are presented, as far as possible, from the standpoint of English, the English usage being given first and the Latin compared or contrasted with it. Special attention has been given to the constructions of participles, the gerund and gerundive, and the infinitive in indirect statements. Constructions having a logical connection are not separated but are treated together. Exercises for translation occur throughout, those for translation into Latin being, as a rule, only half as long as those for translation into English. In Part III a few of the commoner idioms in C¾sar are introduced and the sentences are drawn mainly from that author. From first to last a consistent effort is made to instill a proper regard for Latin word order, the first principles of which are laid down early in the course. Selections for reading are unusually abundant and are introduced from the earliest possible moment. These increase in number and length as the book progresses, and, for the most part, are made an integral part of the lessons instead of being massed at the end of the book. This arrangement insures a more constant and thorough drill in forms and vocabulary, promotes reading power, and affords a breathing spell between succeeding subjects. The material is drawn from historical and mythological sources, and the vocabulary employed includes but few words not already learned. The book closes with a continued story which recounts the chief incidents in the life of a Roman boy. The last chapters record his experiences in C¾sarÕs army, and contain much information that will facilitate the interpretation of the Commentaries. The early emphasis placed on word order and sentence structure, the simplicity of the syntax, and the familiarity of the vocabulary, make the reading selections especially useful for work in sight translation. Reviews are called for at frequent intervals, and to facilitate this branch of the work an Appendix of Reviews has been prepared, covering both the vocabulary and the grammar. The illustrations are numerous, and will, it is hoped, do much to stimulate interest in the ancient world and to create true and lasting impressions of Roman life and times. A consistent effort has been made to use simple language and clear explanation throughout. As an aid to teachers using this book a ÒTeacherÕs ManualÓ has been prepared, which contains, in addition to general suggestions, notes on each lesson. The author wishes to express his gratitude to the numerous teachers who tested the advance pages in their classes, and, as a result of their experience, have given much valuable aid by criticism and suggestion. Particular acknowledgments are due to Miss A. Susan Jones of the Central High School, Grand Rapids, Michigan; to Miss Clara Allison of the High School at Hastings, Michigan; and to Miss Helen B. Muir and Mr. Orland O. Norris, teachers of Latin in this institution. BENJAMIN L. DÕOOGE MICHIGAN STATE NORMAL COLLEGE CONTENTS Lesson Page TO THE STUDENT--By way of Introduction 1-4 PART I. THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN ALPHABET, SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS, SYLLABLES, QUANTITY, ACCENT, HOW TO READ LATIN 5-11 PART II. WORDS AND FORMS I-VI. FIRST PRINCIPLES--_Subject and Predicate, Inflection, Number, Nominative Subject, Possessive Genitive, Agreement of Verb, Direct Object, Indirect Object, etc._--DIALOGUE 12-24 VII-VIII. FIRST OR _å_-DECLENSION--_Gender, Agreement of Adjectives, Word Order_ 25-30 IX-X. SECOND OR _O_-DECLENSION--GENERAL RULES FOR DECLENSION--_Predicate Noun, Apposition_--DIALOGUE 31-35 XI. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 36-37 XII. NOUNS IN Ç-iusÈ AND Ç-iumÈ--GERMåNIA 38-39 XIII. SECOND DECLENSION (_Continued_)--Nouns in Ç-erÈ and Ç-irÈ--ITALIA--DIALOGUE 39-41 XIV. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS 42-43 XV. ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH--_Cause, Means, Accompaniment, Manner_--THE ROMANS PREPARE FOR WAR 44-46 XVI. THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 46-47 XVII. THE DEMONSTRATIVE Çis, ea, idÈ--DIALOGUE 48-50 XVIII. CONJUGATION--Present, Imperfect, and Future of ÇsumÈ-- DIALOGUE 51-53 XIX. PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çam™È AND Çmone™È 54-56 XX. IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çam™È AND Çmone™È-- _Meaning of the Imperfect_--NIOBE AND HER CHILDREN 56-57 XXI. FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çam™È AND Çmone™È-- NIOBE AND HER CHILDREN (_Concluded_) 58-59 XXII. REVIEW OF VERBS--_The Dative with Adjectives_-- CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS 59-61 XXIII. PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çreg™È AND Çaudi™È-- CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS (_Concluded_) 61-63 XXIV. IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çreg™È AND Çaudi™È-- _The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs_ 63-65 XXV. FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çreg™È AND Çaudi™È 65-66 XXVI. VERBS IN Ç-i™È--Present, Imperfect, and Future Active Indicative of Çcapi™È--_The Imperative_ 66-68 XXVII. PASSIVE VOICE--Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative of Çam™È and Çmone™È--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA 68-71 XXVIII. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF Çreg™È AND Çaudi™È--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_) 72-73 XXIX. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF Ç-i™È VERBS--PRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE 73-75 XXX. SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS--THE ABLATIVE DENOTING FROM--_Place from Which, Separation, Personal Agent_ 75-78 XXXI. PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF ÇsumÈ-- DIALOGUE 79-81 XXXII. PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS--_Meanings of the Perfect_--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_) 81-83 XXXIII. PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE-- PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE 84-85 XXXIV. REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Concluded_) 86-87 XXXV. PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE--PERFECT PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE 88-90 XXXVI. REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS--_Prepositions, Yes-or-No Questions_ 90-93 XXXVII. CONJUGATION OF ÇpossumÈ--_The Infinitive used as in English_--_Accusative Subject of an Infinitive_-- THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA 93-96 XXXVIII. THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN-- _Agreement of the Relative_--THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA (_Concluded_) 97-101 XXXIX-XLI. THE THIRD DECLENSION--Consonant Stems 101-106 XLII. REVIEW LESSON--TERROR CIMBRICUS 107 XLIII. THIRD DECLENSION--_I_-Stems 108-110 XLIV. IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION-- GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION--THE FIRST BRIDGE OVER THE RHINE 111-112 XLV. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION--THE ROMANS INVADE THE ENEMYÕS COUNTRY 113-115 XLVI. THE FOURTH OR _U_-DECLENSION 116-117 XLVII. EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE--_Place to Which, Place from Which, Place at or in Which, the Locative_-- Declension of ÇdomusÈ--D®DALUS AND ICARUS 117-121 XLVIII. THE FIFTH OR _æ_-DECLENSION--_Ablative of Time_ --D®DALUS AND ICARUS (_Continued_) 121-123 XLIX. PRONOUNS--Personal and Reflexive Pronouns--D®DALUS AND ICARUS (_Concluded_) 123-126 L. THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN ÇipseÈ AND THE DEMONSTRATIVE Ç”demÈ--HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE 126-127 LI. THE DEMONSTRATIVES ÇhicÈ, ÇisteÈ, ÇilleÈ--A GERMAN CHIEFTAIN ADDRESSES HIS FOLLOWERS--HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Continued_) 128-130 LII. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS--HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Concluded_) 130-132 LIII. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 133-135 LIV. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES--_Ablative with Comparatives_ 135-136 LV. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Continued_)-- Declension of ÇplžsÈ 137-138 LVI. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Concluded_)-- _Ablative of the Measure of Difference_ 138-139 LVII. FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 140-142 LVIII. NUMERALS--_Partitive Genitive_ 142-144 LIX. NUMERALS (_Continued_)--_Accusative of Extent_-- C®SAR IN GAUL 144-146 LX. DEPONENT VERBS--_Prepositions with the Accusative_ 146-147 PART III. CONSTRUCTIONS LXI. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD--Inflection of the Present-- _Indicative and Subjunctive Compared_ 148-152 LXII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE 152-153 LXIII. INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE--_Sequence of Tenses_ 153-155 LXIV. INFLECTION OF THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE--_Substantive Clauses of Purpose_ 156-159 LXV. SUBJUNCTIVE OF ÇpossumÈ--_Verbs of Fearing_ 160-161 LXVI. THE PARTICIPLES--Tenses and Declension 161-164 LXVII. THE IRREGULAR VERBS Çvol™È, Çn™l™È, Çm‰l™È-- _Ablative Absolute_ 164-166 LXVIII. THE IRREGULAR VERB Çf”™È--_Subjunctive of Result_ 167-168 LXIX. SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC--_Predicate Accusative_ 169-171 LXX. CONSTRUCTIONS WITH ÇcumÈ--_Ablative of Specification_ 171-173 LXXI. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Gerund and Gerundive_-- _Predicate Genitive_ 173-177 LXXII. THE IRREGULAR VERB Çe™È--_Indirect Statements_ 177-180 LXXIII. VOCABULARY REVIEW--THE IRREGULAR VERB Çfer™È-- _Dative with Compounds_ 181-183 LXXIV. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Subjunctive in Indirect Questions_ 183-185 LXXV. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Dative of Purpose or End for Which_ 185-186 LXXVI. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Genitive and Ablative of Quality or Description_ 186-188 LXXVII. REVIEW OF AGREEMENT--_Review of the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative_ 189-190 LXXVIII. REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE 191-192 LXXIX. REVIEW OF THE SYNTAX OF VERBS 192-193 READING MATTER INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS 194-195 THE LABORS OF HERCULES 196-203 P. CORNELIUS LENTULUS: THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY 204-215 APPENDIXES AND VOCABULARIES APPENDIX I. TABLES OF DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS, NUMERALS, ETC. 226-260 APPENDIX II. RULES OF SYNTAX 261-264 APPENDIX III. REVIEWS 265-282 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 283-298 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 299-331 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 332-343 INDEX 344-348 LATIN FOR BEGINNERS TO THE STUDENT--BY WAY OF INTRODUCTION ÇWhat is Latin?È If you will look at the map of Italy on the opposite page, you will find near the middle of the peninsula and facing the west coast a district called Latium,[1] and Rome its capital. The Latin language, meaning the language of Latium, was spoken by the ancient Romans and other inhabitants of Latium, and Latin was the name applied to it after the armies of Rome had carried the knowledge of her language far beyond its original boundaries. As the English of to-day is not quite the same as that spoken two or three hundred years ago, so Latin was not always the same at all times, but changed more or less in the course of centuries. The sort of Latin you are going to learn was in use about two thousand years ago. And that period has been selected because the language was then at its best and the greatest works of Roman literature were being produced. This period, because of its supreme excellence, is called the Golden Age of Roman letters. [Footnote 1: Pronounce _L‰«shi-um_.] ÇThe Spread of Latin.È For some centuries after Rome was founded, the Romans were a feeble and insignificant people, their territory was limited to Latium, and their existence constantly threatened by warlike neighbors. But after the third century before Christ, RomeÕs power grew rapidly. She conquered all Italy, then reached out for the lands across the sea and beyond the Alps, and finally ruled over the whole ancient world. The empire thus established lasted for more than four hundred years. The importance of Latin increased with the growth of Roman power, and what had been a dialect spoken by a single tribe became the universal language. Gradually the language changed somewhat, developing differently in different countries. In Italy it has become Italian, in Spain Spanish, and in France French. All these nations, therefore, are speaking a modernized form of Latin. ÇThe Romans and the Greeks.È In their career of conquest the Romans came into conflict with the Greeks. The Greeks were inferior to the Romans in military power, but far superior to them in culture. They excelled in art, literature, music, science, and philosophy. Of all these pursuits the Romans were ignorant until contact with Greece revealed to them the value of education and filled them with the thirst for knowledge. And so it came about that while Rome conquered Greece by force of arms, Greece conquered Rome by force of her intellectual superiority and became her schoolmaster. It was soon the established custom for young Romans to go to Athens and to other centers of Greek learning to finish their training, and the knowledge of the Greek language among the educated classes became universal. At the same time many cultured Greeks--poets, artists, orators, and philosophers--flocked to Rome, opened schools, and taught their arts. Indeed, the pre‘minence of Greek culture became so great that Rome almost lost her ambition to be original, and her writers vied with each other in their efforts to reproduce in Latin what was choicest in Greek literature. As a consequence of all this, the civilization and national life of Rome became largely Grecian, and to Greece she owed her literature and her art. ÇRome and the Modern World.È After conquering the world, Rome impressed her language, laws, customs of living, and modes of thinking upon the subject nations, and they became Roman; and the world has remained largely Roman ever since. Latin continued to live, and the knowledge of Latin was the only light of learning that burned steadily through the dark ages that followed the downfall of the Roman Empire. Latin was the common language of scholars and remained so even down to the days of Shakespeare. Even yet it is more nearly than any other tongue the universal language of the learned. The life of to-day is much nearer the life of ancient Rome than the lapse of centuries would lead one to suppose. You and I are Romans still in many ways, and if C¾sar and Cicero should appear among us, we should not find them, except for dress and language, much unlike men of to-day. ÇLatin and English.È Do you know that more than half of the words in the English dictionary are Latin, and that you are speaking more or less Latin every day? How has this come about? In the year 1066 William the Conqueror invaded England with an army of Normans. The Normans spoke French--which, you remember, is descended from Latin--and spread their language to a considerable extent over England, and so Norman-French played an important part in the formation of English and forms a large proportion of our vocabulary. Furthermore, great numbers of almost pure Latin words have been brought into English through the writings of scholars, and every new scientific discovery is marked by the addition of new terms of Latin derivation. Hence, while the simpler and commoner words of our mother tongue are Anglo-Saxon, and Anglo-Saxon forms the staple of our colloquial language, yet in the realms of literature, and especially in poetry, words of Latin derivation are very abundant. Also in the learned professions, as in law, medicine, and engineering, a knowledge of Latin is necessary for the successful interpretation of technical and scientific terms. ÇWhy study Latin?È The foregoing paragraphs make it clear why Latin forms so important a part of modern education. We have seen that our civilization rests upon that of Greece and Rome, and that we must look to the past if we would understand the present. It is obvious, too, that the knowledge of Latin not only leads to a more exact and effective use of our own language, but that it is of vital importance and of great practical value to any one preparing for a literary or professional career. To this it may be added that the study of Latin throws a flood of light upon the structure of language in general and lays an excellent foundation for all grammatical study. Finally, it has been abundantly proved that there is no more effective means of strengthening the mind than by the earnest pursuit of this branch of learning. ÇReview QuestionsÈ. Whence does Latin get its name? Where is Latium? Where is Rome? Was Latin always the same? What sort of Latin are we to study? Describe the growth of RomeÕs power and the spread of Latin. What can you say of the origin of Italian, French, and Spanish? How did the ancient Greeks and Romans compare? How did Greece influence Rome? How did Rome influence the world? In what sense are we Romans still? What did Latin have to do with the formation of English? What proportion of English words are of Latin origin, and what kind of words are they? Why should we study Latin? PART I THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN THE ALPHABET Ç1.È The Latin alphabet contains the same letters as the English except that it has no _w_ and no _j_. Ç2.È The vowels, as in English, are _a, e, i, o, u, y_. The other letters are consonants. Ç3.È _I_ is used both as a vowel and as a consonant. Before a vowel in the same syllable it has the value of a consonant and is called _I consonant_. Thus in Iž-li-us the first _i_ is a consonant, the second a vowel. SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS[1] [Footnote 1: N.B. The sounds of the letters are best learned by hearing them correctly pronounced. The matter in this section is, therefore, intended for reference rather than for assignment as a lesson. As a first step it is suggested that the teacher pronounce the examples in class, the pupils following.] Ç4.È Latin was not pronounced like English. The Romans at the beginning of the Christian era pronounced their language substantially as described below. Ç5.È The vowels have the following sounds: VOWELS[2] LATIN EXAMPLES ‰ as in _father_ h‰c, st‰s a like the first _a_ in _aha«_, never as in _hat_ a«-mat, ca-n‰s � as in _they_ t�«-la, m�«-ta e as in _met_ te«-net, mer«-c�s ” as in _machine_ ser«-t”, pr‰«-t” i as in _bit_ si«-tis, bi«-b” ™ as in _holy_ R™«-ma, ™«-ris o as in _wholly_, never as in _hot_ mo«-do, bo«-n™s ž as in _rude_, or as _oo_ in _boot_ ž«-mor, tž«-ber u as in _full_, or as _oo_ in _foot_ ut, tž«-tus NOTE. It is to be observed that there is a decided difference in sound, except in the case of _a_, between the long and the short vowels. It is not merely a matter of _quantity_ but also of _quality_. [Footnote 2: Long vowels are marked ø, short ones ù.] [TranscriberÕs Note: In this version of the text, long vowels are shown with a circumflex accent (ÒhatÓ) and short vowels are unmarked, as described in the introductory notes.] Ç6.È In ÇdiphthongsÈ (two-vowel sounds) both vowels are heard in a single syllable. DIPHTHONGS LATIN EXAMPLES ÇaeÈ as _ai_ in _aisle_ tae«-dae ÇauÈ as _ou_ in _out_ gau«-det ÇeiÈ as _ei_ in _eight_ dein«-de ÇeuÈ as _e«[oo]_ (a short _e_ followed by a short _u_ in one syllable) seu ÇoeÈ like _oi_ in _toil_ foe«-dus ÇuiÈ like _[oo]«i_ (a short _u_ followed by a short _i_ in one syllable. Cf. English _we_) cui, huic NOTE. Give all the vowels and diphthongs their proper sounds and do not slur over them in unaccented syllables, as is done in English. Ç7.È ÇConsonantsÈ are pronounced as in English, except that CONSONANTS LATIN EXAMPLES ÇcÈ is always like _c_ in _cat_, never as in _cent_ ca«-d™, ci«-bus, c�«-na ÇgÈ is always like _g_ in _get_, never as in _gem_ ge«-m™, gig«-n™ Çi consonantÈ is always like _y_ in _yes_ iam, io«-cus ÇnÈ before _c, qu_, or _g_ is like _ng_ in _sing_ (compare the sound of _n_ in _anchor_) an«-co-ra (ang«-ko-ra) ÇquÈ, ÇguÈ, and sometimes ÇsuÈ before a vowel have the sound of _qw, gw_, and _sw_. Here _u_ has the value of consonant _v_ and is not counted a vowel in«-quit, qu”, lin«-gua, san«-guis, su‰«-de-™ ÇsÈ is like _s_ in _sea_, never as in _ease_ ro«-sa, is ÇtÈ is always like _t_ in _native_, never as in _nation_ ra«-ti-™, n‰«-ti-™ ÇvÈ is like _w_ in _wine_, never as in _vine_ Çv”«-numÈ, ÇvirÈ ÇxÈ has the value of two consonants (_cs_ or _gs_) and is like _x_ in _extract_, not as in _exact_ Çex«-tr‰È, Çex-‰c«-tusÈ ÇbsÈ is like _ps_ and ÇbtÈ like _pt_ ÇurbsÈ, Çob-ti«-ne-™È ÇchÈ, ÇphÈ, and ÇthÈ are like _c_, _p_, _t_ Çpul«-cherÈ, ÇPhoe«-b�È, Çthe-‰«-trumÈ _a._ In combinations of consonants give each its distinct sound. Doubled consonants should be pronounced with a slight pause between the two sounds. Thus pronounce _tt_ as in _rat-trap_, not as in _rattle_; _pp_ as in _hop-pole_, not as in _upper_. Examples, Çmit«-t™È, ÇAp«pi-usÈ, Çbel«-lumÈ. SYLLABLES Ç8.È A Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels and diphthongs. Thus Çaes-t‰«-teÈ has three syllables, Çau-di-en«-dusÈ has four. _a._ Two vowels with a consonant between them never make one syllable, as is so often the case in English. Compare English _inside_ with Latin ”n-s”«-de. Ç9.È Words are divided into syllables as follows: 1. A single consonant between two vowels goes with the second. Thus Ça-m‰«-bi-lisÈ, Çme-mo«-ri-aÈ, Çin-te«-re-‰È, Ça«-bestÈ, Çpe-r�«-gitÈ.[3] [Footnote 3: In writing and printing it is customary to divide the parts of a compound, as Çinter-e‰È, Çab-estÈ, Çsub-‰ctusÈ, Çper-�gitÈ, contrary to the correct phonetic rule.] 2. Combinations of two or more consonants: _a._ A consonant followed by _l_ or _r_ goes with the _l_ or _r_. Thus Çpž«-bli-cusÈ, Ça«-gr”È. EXCEPTION. Prepositional compounds of this nature, as also _ll_ and _rr_, follow rule _b_. Thus Çab«-lu-™È, Çab-rum«-p™È, Çil«-leÈ, Çfer«-rumÈ. _b._ In all other combinations of consonants the first consonant goes with the preceding vowel.[4] Thus Çmag«-nusÈ, Çe-ges«-t‰sÈ, Çvic-t™«-ri-aÈ, Çhos«-pesÈ, Çan«-nusÈ, Çsu-b‰c«-tusÈ. [Footnote 4: The combination nct is divided nc-t, as fžnc-tus, s‰nc-tus.] 3. The last syllable of a word is called the _ul«-ti-ma_; the one next to the last, the _pe-nult«_; the one before the penult, the _an«-te-pe-nult«_. Ç10.È EXERCISE Divide the words in the following passage into syllables and pronounce them, placing the accent as indicated: V‰«de ad form”«cam, ï p’ger, et c™ns”«der‰ v’‰s Žius et d’sce sapiŽntiam: quae cum n™n h‡beat dœcem nec praecept™«rem nec pr”«ncipem, p‡rat in aest‰«te c’bum s’bi et c—ngregat in mŽsse quod c—medat. [[Go to the ant, thou sluggard; consider her ways, and be wise: which, having no guide, overseer, or ruler, provideth her meat in the summer and gathereth her food in the harvest.]] QUANTITY Ç11.È The quantity of a vowel or a syllable is the time it takes to pronounce it. Correct pronunciation and accent depend upon the proper observance of quantity. Ç12.È ÇQuantity of Vowels.È Vowels are either long (ø) or short (ù). In this book the long vowels are marked. Unmarked vowels are to be considered short. [TranscriberÕs Note: The wording of ¤ 12 is as in the original.] 1. A vowel is short before another vowel or _h_; as Çpo-�«-taÈ, Çtra«-h™È. 2. A vowel is short before _nt_ and _nd_, before final _m_ or _t_, and, except in words of one syllable, before final _l_ or _r_. Thus Ça«-mantÈ, Ça-man«-dusÈ, Ça-m‰«-bamÈ, Ça-m‰«-batÈ, Ça«-ni-malÈ, Ça«-morÈ. 3. A vowel is long before _nf_, _ns_, _nx_, and _nct_. Thus Ç”n«-fe-r™È, Çre«-g�nsÈ, Çs‰n«-x”È, Çs‰nc«-tusÈ. 4. Diphthongs are always long, and are not marked. Ç13.È ÇQuantity of Syllables.È Syllables are either long or short, and their quantity must be carefully distinguished from that of vowels. 1. ÇA syllable is shortÈ, _a._ If it ends in a short vowel; as Ça«-m™È, Çpi«-griÈ. NOTE. In final syllables the short vowel may be followed by a final consonant. Thus the word Çme-mo«-ri-amÈ contains four short syllables. In the first three a short vowel ends the syllable, in the last the short vowel is followed by a final consonant. 2. ÇA syllable is longÈ, _a._ If it contains a long vowel or a diphthong, as Çcž«-r™È, Çpoe«-naeÈ, Çaes-t‰«-teÈ. _b._ If it ends in a consonant which is followed by another consonant, as Çcor«-pusÈ, Çmag«-nusÈ. NOTE. The vowel in a long syllable may be either long or short, and should be pronounced accordingly. Thus in Çter«-raÈ, Çin«-terÈ, the first syllable is long, but the vowel in each case is short and should be given the short sound. In words like ÇsaxumÈ the first syllable is long because _x_ has the value of two consonants (_cs_ or _gs_). 3. In determining quantity _h_ is not counted a consonant. NOTE. Give about twice as much time to the long syllables as to the short ones. It takes about as long to pronounce a short vowel plus a consonant as it does to pronounce a long vowel or a diphthong, and so these quantities are considered equally long. For example, it takes about as long to say Çcur«-r™È as it does Çcž«-r™È, and so each of these first syllables is long. Compare Çmol«-lisÈ and Çm™«-lisÈ, lj-mis«-s”È and lj-mi«-s”È. ACCENT Ç14.È Words of two syllables are accented on the first, as Çm�n«-saÈ, ÇCae«-sarÈ. Ç15.È Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult if the penult is long. If the penult is short, accent the antepenult. Thus Çmo-n�«-musÈ, Çre«-gi-turÈ, Ça-gri«-co-laÈ, Ça-man«-dusÈ. NOTE. Observe that the position of the accent is determined by the length of the _syllable_ and not by the length of the vowel in the syllable. (Cf. ¤13.2, Note.) Ç16.È Certain little words called _enclit«ics_[5] which have no separate existence, are added to and pronounced with a preceding word. The most common are Ç-queÈ, _and_; Ç-veÈ, _or_; and Ç-neÈ, the question sign. The syllable before an enclitic takes the accent, regardless of its quantity. Thus Çpopulus«queÈ, Çdea«queÈ, Çr�gna«veÈ, Çaudit«neÈ. [Footnote 5: Enclitic means _leaning back_, and that is, as you see, just what these little words do. They cannot stand alone and so they lean back for support upon the preceding word.] HOW TO READ LATIN Ç17.È To read Latin well is not so difficult, if you begin right. Correct habits of reading should be formed now. Notice the quantities carefully, especially the quantity of the penult, to insure your getting the accent on the right syllable. (Cf. ¤15.) Give every vowel its proper sound and every syllable its proper length. Then bear in mind that we should read Latin as we read English, in phrases rather than in separate words. Group together words that are closely connected in thought. No good reader halts at the end of each word. Ç18.È Read the stanzas of the following poem by Longfellow, one at a time, first the English and then the Latin version. The syllables inclosed in parentheses are to be slurred or omitted to secure smoothness of meter. EXCELSIOR [[HIGHER]]! [6] The shades of night were falling fast, As through an Alpine village passed A youth, who bore, Õmid snow and ice, A banner with the strange device, Excelsior! Cad�bant noctis umbrae, dum Ibat per v”cum Alpicum Gelž nivequ(e) adol�sc�ns, V�xillum cum sign™ fer�ns, Excelsior! His brow was sad; his eye beneath, Flashed like a falchion from its sheath, And like a silver clarion rung The accents of that unknown tongue, Excelsior! Fr™ns tr”stis, micat oculus Velut � v‰g”n‰ gladius; Sonantque simil�s tubae Accentžs lingu(ae) incognitae, Excelsior! In happy homes he saw the light Of household fires gleam warm and bright; Above, the spectral glaciers shone, And from his lips escaped a groan, Excelsior! In domibus videt cl‰r‰s Foc™rum lžc�s calid‰s; Relucet glaci�s ‰cris, Et rumpit gemitžs labr”s, Excelsior! ÒTry not the Pass!Ó the old man said; ÒDark lowers the tempest overhead, The roaring torrent is deep and wide!Ó And loud that clarion voice replied, Excelsior! D”cit senex, ÒN� tr‰nse‰s! Supr‰ nigr�scit tempest‰s; L‰tus et altus est torr�ns.Ó Cl‰ra v�nit v™x respond�ns, Excelsior! At break of day, as heavenward The pious monks of Saint Bernard Uttered the oft-repeated prayer, A voice cried through the startled air, Excelsior! Iam lžc�sc�bat, et fr‰tr�s S‰nct” Bernard” vigil�s ïr‰bant prec�s solit‰s, Cum v™x cl‰m‰vit per aur‰s, Excelsior! A traveler, by the faithful hound, Half-buried in the snow was found, Still grasping in his hand of ice That banner with the strange device, Excelsior! S�mi-sepultus vi‰tor Can(e) ‰ f”d™ reper”tur, Compr�nd�ns pugn™ gelid™ Illud v�xillum cum sign™, Excelsior! There in the twilight cold and gray, Lifeless, but beautiful, he lay, And from the sky, serene and far, A voice fell, like a falling star, Excelsior! Iacet corpus exanimum Sed lžce fr”gid‰ pulchrum; Et cael™ procul exi�ns Cadit v™x, ut Stella cad�ns, Excelsior! [Footnote 6: Translation by C. W. Goodchild in _Praeco Latinus_, October, 1898.] PART II WORDS AND FORMS LESSON I FIRST PRINCIPLES Ç19.È ÇSubject and Predicate.È 1. Latin, like English, expresses thoughts by means of sentences. A sentence is a combination of words that expresses a thought, and in its simplest form is the statement of a single fact. Thus, _Galba is a farmer_ ÇGalba est agricolaÈ _The sailor fights_ ÇNauta pugnatÈ In each of these sentences there are two parts: SUBJECT PREDICATE _Galba_ _is a farmer_ ÇGalbaÈ _The sailor_ _fights_ ÇNautaÈ ÇpugnatÈ 2. The subject is that person, place, or thing about which something is said, and is therefore a _noun_ or some word which can serve the same purpose. _a._ Pronouns, as their name implies (_pro_, Òinstead of,Ó and _noun_), often take the place of nouns, usually to save repeating the same noun, as, _Galba is a farmer; ÇheÈ is a sturdy fellow_. 3. The predicate is that which is said about the subject, and consists of a verb with or without modifiers. _a._ A verb is a word which asserts something (usually an act) concerning a person, place, or thing. Ç20.È ÇThe Object.È In the two sentences, _The boy hit the ball_ and _The ball hit the boy_, the same words are used, but the meaning is different, and depends upon the order of the words. The ÇdoerÈ of the act, that about which something is said, is, as we have seen above, the ÇsubjectÈ. ÇThat to which something is doneÈ is the Çdirect objectÈ of the verb. _The boy hit the ball_ is therefore analyzed as follows: SUBJECT PREDICATE /-----------\ _The boy_ _hit the ball_ (verb) (direct object) _a._ A verb whose action passes over to the object directly, as in the sentence above, is called a Çtransitive verbÈ. A verb which does not admit of a direct object is called ÇintransitiveÈ, as, _I walk_, _he comes_. Ç21.È ÇThe Copula.È The verb _to be_ in its different forms--_are_, _is_, _was_, etc.--does not tell us anything about the subject; neither does it govern an object. It simply connects the subject with the word or words in the predicate that possess a distinct meaning. Hence it is called the ÇcopulaÈ, that is, _the joiner_ or _link_. Ç22.È In the following sentences pronounce the Latin and name the _nouns, verbs, subjects, objects, predicates, copulas_: 1. ÇAmerica est patria meaÈ _America is fatherland my_ 2. ÇAgricola f”liam amatÈ _(The) farmer (his) daughter loves_ 3. ÇF”lia est IžliaÈ _(His) daughter is Julia_ 4. ÇIžlia et agricola sunt in ”nsul‰È _Julia and (the) farmer are on (the) island_ 5. ÇIžlia aquam portatÈ _Julia water carries_ 6. ÇRosam in com”s habetÈ _(A) rose in (her) hair (she) has_ 7. ÇIžlia est puella pulchraÈ _Julia is (a) girl pretty_ 8. ÇDomina f”liam pulchram habetÈ _(The) lady (a) daughter beautiful has_ _a._ The sentences above show that Latin does not express some words which are necessary in English. First of all, _Latin has no article ÇtheÈ or ÇaÈ_; thus _ÇagricolaÈ_ may mean _the farmer, a farmer_, or simply _farmer_. Then, too, the personal pronouns, _I, you, he, she_, etc., and the possessive pronouns, _my, your, his, her_, etc., are not expressed if the meaning of the sentence is clear without them. LESSON II FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) Ç23.È ÇInflection.È Words may change their forms to indicate some change in sense or use, as, _is, are_; _was, were; who, whose, whom; farmer, farmerÕs; woman, women_. This is called ÇinflectionÈ. The inflection of a noun, adjective, or pronoun is called its ÇdeclensionÈ, that of a verb its ÇconjugationÈ. Ç24.È ÇNumber.È Latin, like English, has two numbers, singular and plural. In English we usually form the plural by adding _-s_ or _-es_ to the singular. So Latin changes the singular to the plural by changing the ending of the word. Compare ÇNaut-a pugnatÈ _The sailor fights_ ÇNaut-ae pugnantÈ _The sailors fight_ Ç25.È RULE. _Nouns that end in Ç-aÈ in the singular end in Ç-aeÈ in the plural_. Ç26.È Learn the following nouns so that you can give the English for the Latin or the Latin for the English. Write the plural of each. Çagri«colaÈ, _farmer_ (agriculture)[1] ÇaquaÈ, _water_ (aquarium) ÇcausaÈ, _cause, reason_ Çdo«minaÈ, _lady of the house, mistress_ (dominate) ÇfiliaÈ, _daughter_ (filial) Çfortž«naÈ, _fortune_ ÇfugaÈ, _flight_ (fugitive) Çiniž«riaÈ, _wrong, injury_ ÇlžnaÈ, _moon_ (lunar) ÇnautaÈ, _sailor_ (nautical) Çpuel«laÈ, _girl_ ÇsilvaÈ, forest (silvan) ÇterraÈ, _land_ (terrace) [Footnote 1: The words in parentheses are English words related to the Latin. When the words are practically identical, as ÇcausaÈ, _cause_, no comparison is needed.] Ç27.È Compare again the sentences ÇNauta pugna-tÈ _The sailor fights_ ÇNautae pugna-ntÈ _The sailors fight_ In the first sentence the verb Çpugna-tÈ is in the third person singular, in the second sentence Çpugna-ntÈ is in the third person plural. Ç28.È RULE. ÇAgreement of Verb.È _A finite verb must always be in the same person and number as its subject._ Ç29.È RULE. _In the conjugation of the Latin verb the third person singular active ends in Ç-tÈ, the third person plural in Ç-ntÈ. The endings which show the person and number of the verb are called Çpersonal endingsÈ._ Ç30.È Learn the following verbs and write the plural of each. The personal pronouns _he_, _she_, _it_, etc., which are necessary in the inflection of the English verb, are not needed in the Latin, because the personal endings take their place. Of course, if the verbÕs subject is expressed we do not translate the personal ending by a pronoun; thus Çnauta pugnatÈ is translated _the sailor fights_, not _the sailor he fights_. Çama-tÈ _he (she, it) loves, is loving, does love_ (amity, amiable) Çlab™«ra-tÈ Ò Ò Ò _labors, is laboring, does labor_ Çnžntia-tÈ[2] Ò Ò Ò _announces, is announcing, does announce_ Çporta-tÈ Ò Ò Ò _carries, is carrying, does carry_ (porter) Çpugna-tÈ Ò Ò Ò _fights, is fighting, does fight_ (pugnacious) [Footnote 2: The _u_ in Çnžnti™È is long by exception. (Cf. ¤12.2.)] Ç31.È EXERCISES I. 1. The daughter loves, the daughters love. 2. The sailor is carrying, the sailors carry. 3. The farmer does labor, the farmers labor. 4. The girl is announcing, the girls do announce. 5. The ladies are carrying, the lady carries. II. 1. Nauta pugnat, nautae pugnant. 2. Puella amat, puellae amant. 3. Agricola portat, agricolae portant. 4. F”lia lab™rat, f”liae lab™rant. 5. Nauta nžntiat, nautae nžntiant. 6. Dominae amant, domina amat. [Illustration: DOMINA] LESSON III FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) Ç32.È ÇDeclension of Nouns.È We learned above (¤¤19, 20) the difference between the subject and object, and that in English they may be distinguished by the order of the words. Sometimes, however, the order is such that we are left in doubt. For example, the sentence _The lady her daughter loves_ might mean either that the lady loves her daughter, or that the daughter loves the lady. 1. If the sentence were in Latin, no doubt could arise, because the subject and the object are distinguished, not by the order of the words, but by the endings of the words themselves. Compare the following sentences: ÇDomina f”liam amatÈ ÇF”liam domina amatÈ ÇAmat f”liam dominaÈ ÇDomina amat f”liamÈ _The lady loves her daughter_ ÇF”lia dominam amatÈ ÇDominam f”lia amatÈ ÇAmat dominam f”liaÈ ÇF”lia amat dominamÈ _The daughter loves the lady_ _a._ Observe that in each case the subject of the sentence ends in Ç-aÈ and the object in Ç-amÈ. The _form_ of the noun shows how it is used in the sentence, and the order of the words has no effect on the essential meaning. 2. As stated above (¤23), this change of ending is called ÇdeclensionÈ, and each different ending produces what is called a ÇcaseÈ. When we decline a noun, we give all its different cases, or changes of endings. In English we have three cases,--nominative, possessive, and objective; but, in nouns, the nominative and objective have the same form, and only the possessive case shows a change of ending, by adding _Õs_ or the apostrophe. The interrogative pronoun, however, has the fuller declension, _who?_ _whose?_ _whom?_ Ç33.È The following table shows a comparison between English and Latin declension forms, and should be thoroughly memorized: ENGLISH CASES LATIN CASES +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ | | Declension | Name of case | Declension of | Name of case | | | of _who?_ | and use | ÇdominaÈ | and use | | | | | and translation | | +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ | | Who? | Nominative-- | Çdo«min-aÈ | Nominative-- | | S | | case of the | _the lady_ | case of the | | I | | subject | | subject | | N | | | | | | G | Whose? | Possessive-- | Çdomin-aeÈ | Genitive-- | | U | | case of the | _the ladyÕs_ | case of the | | L | | possessor | _of the lady_ | possessor | | A | | | | | | R | Whom? | Objective-- | Çdomin-amÈ | Accusative-- | | | | case of the | _the lady_ | case of the | | | | object | | direct object | +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ | | Who? | Nominative-- | Çdomin-aeÈ | Nominative-- | | | | case of the | _the ladies_ | case of the | | P | | subject | | subject | | L | | | | | | U | Whose? | Possessive-- | Çdomin-‰«rumÈ | Genitive-- | | R | | case of the | _the ladiesÕ_ | case of the | | A | | possessor | _of the ladies_ | possessor | | L | | | | | | | Whom? | Objective-- | Çdomin-‰sÈ | Accusative-- | | | | case of the | _the ladies_ | case of the | | | | object | | direct object | +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ When the nominative singular of a noun ends in Ç-aÈ, observe that _a._ The nominative plural ends in Ç-aeÈ. _b._ The genitive singular ends in Ç-aeÈ and the genitive plural in Ç-‰rumÈ. _c._ The accusative singular ends in Ç-amÈ and the accusative plural in Ç-‰sÈ. _d._ The genitive singular and the nominative plural have the same ending. Ç34.È EXERCISE Pronounce the following words and give their general meaning. Then give the number and case, and the use of each form. Where the same form stands for more than one case, give all the possible cases and uses. 1. Silva, silv‰s, silvam. 2. Fugam, fugae, fuga. 3. Terr‰rum, terrae, terr‰s. 4. Aqu‰s, causam, lžn‰s. 5. F”liae, fortžnae, lžnae. 6. Inižri‰s, agricol‰rum, aqu‰rum. 7. Inižri‰rum, agricolae, puell‰s. 8. Nautam, agricol‰s, naut‰s. 9. Agricolam, puellam, silv‰rum. LESSON IV FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) [Special Vocabulary] [See TranscriberÕs Note at beginning of text.] NOUNS ÇdeaÈ, _goddess_ (deity) Di‰«na, _Diana_ ÇferaÈ, _a wild beast_ (fierce) L‰t™«na, _Latona_ Çsagit«taÈ, _arrow_ VERBS ÇestÈ, _he (she, it) is_; ÇsuntÈ, _they are_ ÇnecatÈ, _he (she, it) kills, is killing, does kill_ CONJUNCTION[A] ÇetÈ, _and_ PRONOUNS ÇquisÈ, interrog. pronoun, nom. sing., _who?_ ÇcuiusÈ (pronounced _c[oo]i«y[oo]s_, two syllables), interrog. pronoun, gen. sing., _whose?_ [Footnote A: A _conjunction_ is a word which connects words, parts of sentences, or sentences.] Ç35.È We learned from the table (¤33) that the Latin nominative, genitive, and accusative correspond, in general, to the nominative, possessive, and objective in English, and that they are used in the same way. This will be made even clearer by the following sentence: ÇF”lia agricolae nautam amatÈ, _the farmerÕs daughter_ (or _the daughter of the farmer_) _loves the sailor_ What is the subject? the direct object? What case is used for the subject? for the direct object? What word denotes the possessor? In what case is it? Ç36.È RULE. ÇNominative Subject.È _The subject of a finite verb is in the Nominative and answers the question Who? or What?_ Ç37.È RULE. ÇAccusative Object.È _The direct object of a transitive verb is in the Accusative and answers the question Whom? or What?_ Ç38.È RULE. ÇGenitive of the Possessor.È _The word denoting the owner or possessor of something is in the Genitive and answers the question Whose?_ [Illustration: DIANA SAGITTAS PORTAT ET FERAS NECAT] Ç39.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283. I. 1. Di‰na est dea. 2. L‰t™na est dea. 3. Di‰na et L‰t™na sunt deae. 4. Di‰na est dea lžnae. 5. Di‰na est f”lia L‰t™nae. 6. L‰t™na Di‰nam amat. 7. Di‰na est dea silv‰rum. 8. Di‰na silvam amat. 9. Di‰na sagitt‰s portat. 10. Di‰na fer‰s silvae necat. 11. Ferae terr‰rum pugnant. For the order of words imitate the Latin above. II. 1. The daughter of Latona does love the forests. 2. LatonaÕs daughter carries arrows. 3. The farmersÕ daughters do labor. 4. The farmerÕs daughter loves the waters of the forest. 5. The sailor is announcing the girlsÕ flight. 6. The girls announce the sailorsÕ wrongs. 7. The farmerÕs daughter labors. 8. DianaÕs arrows are killing the wild beasts of the land. Ç40.È CONVERSATION Translate the questions and answer them in Latin. The answers may be found in the exercises preceding. 1. Quis est Di‰na? 2. Cuius f”lia est Di‰na? 3. Quis Di‰nam amat? 4. Quis silvam amat? 5. Quis sagitt‰s portat? 6. Cuius f”liae lab™rant? LESSON V FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çcor™«naÈ, _wreath, garland, crown_ f‰«bula, _story_ (fable) Çpecž«niaÈ, _money_ (pecuniary) ÇpugnaÈ, _battle_ (pugnacious) Çvict™«riaÈ, _victory_ VERBS ÇdatÈ, _he (she, it) gives_ n‰rrat, _he (she, it) tells_ (narrate) CONJUNCTION[A] ÇquiaÈ or ÇquodÈ, _because_ ÇcuiÈ (pronounced _c[oo]i_, one syllable), interrog. pronoun, dat. sing., _to whom?_ _for whom?_ [Footnote A: A _conjunction_ is a word which connects words, parts of sentences, or sentences.] Ç41.È ÇThe Dative Case.È In addition to the relationships between words expressed by the nominative, genitive (possessive), and accusative (objective) cases, there are other relationships, to express which in English we use such words as _from_, _with_, _by_, _to_, _for_, _in_, _at_.[1] [Footnote 1: Words like _to_, _for_, _by_, _from_, _in_, etc., which define the relationship between words, are called ÇprepositionsÈ.] Latin, too, makes frequent use of such prepositions; but often it expresses these relations without them by means of case forms which English does not possess. One of the cases found in the Latin declension and lacking in English is called the _dative_. Ç42.È When the nominative singular ends in Ç-aÈ, the dative singular ends in Ç-aeÈ and the dative plural in Ç-”sÈ. NOTE. Observe that the _genitive singular_, the _dative singular_, and the _nominative plural_ all have the same ending, Ç-aeÈ; but the uses of the three cases are entirely different. The general meaning of the sentence usually makes clear which case is intended. _a._ Form the dative singular and plural of the following nouns: ÇfugaÈ, ÇcausaÈ, ÇfortžnaÈ, ÇterraÈ, ÇaquaÈ, ÇpuellaÈ, ÇagricolaÈ, ÇnautaÈ, ÇdominaÈ. Ç43.È ÇThe Dative Relation.È The dative case is used to express the relations conveyed in English by the prepositions _to_, _towards_, _for_. These prepositions are often used in English in expressions of motion, such as _She went to town_, _He ran towards the horse_, _Columbus sailed for America_. In such cases the dative is not used in Latin, as _motion through space_ is foreign to the dative relation. But the dative is used to denote that _to_ or _towards which_ a benefit, injury, purpose, feeling, or quality is directed, or that _for which_ something serves or exists. _a._ What dative relations do you discover in the following? The teacher gave a prize to John because he replied so promptly to all her questions--a good example for the rest of us. It is a pleasure to us to hear him recite. Latin is easy for him, but it is very hard for me. Some are fitted for one thing and others for another. Ç44.È ÇThe Indirect Object.È Examine the sentence ÇNauta fugam nžntiatÈ, _the sailor announces the flight_ Here the verb, ÇnžntiatÈ, governs the direct object, ÇfugamÈ, in the accusative case. If, however, we wish to mention the persons Çto whomÈ the sailor announces the flight, as, _The sailor announces the flight Çto the farmersÈ_, the verb will have two objects: 1. Its direct object, _flight_ (ÇfugamÈ) 2. Its indirect object, _farmers_ According to the preceding section, _to the farmers_ is a relation covered by the dative case, and we are prepared for the following rule: Ç45.È RULE. ÇDative Indirect Object.È _The indirect object of a verb is in the Dative._ _a._ The indirect object usually stands before the direct object. Ç46.È We may now complete the translation of the sentence _The sailor announces the flight to the farmers_, and we have ÇNauta agricol”s fugam nžntiatÈ Ç47.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283. _Point out the direct and indirect objects and the genitive of the possessor._ I. 1. Quis naut”s pecžniam dat? 2. F”liae agricolae naut”s pecžniam dant. 3. Quis fortžnam pugnae nžntiat? 4. Galba agricol”s fortunam pugnae nžntiat. 5. Cui domina f‰bulam n‰rrat? 6. F”liae agricolae domina f‰bulam n‰rrat. 7. Quis Di‰nae cor™nam dat? 8. Puella Di‰nae cor™nam dat quia Di‰nam amat. 9. Dea lžnae sagitt‰s portat et fer‰s silv‰rum necat. 10. Cuius vict™riam Galba nžntiat? 11. Nautae vict™riam Galba nžntiat. Imitate the word order of the preceding exercise. II. 1. To whom do the girls give a wreath? 2. The girls give a wreath to Julia, because Julia loves wreaths. 3. The sailors tell the ladies[2] a story, because the ladies love stories. 4. The farmer gives his (¤22.a) daughter water. 5. Galba announces the cause of the battle to the sailor. 6. The goddess of the moon loves the waters of the forest. 7. Whose wreath is Latona carrying? DianaÕs. [Footnote 2: Observe that in English the indirect object often stands without a preposition _to_ to mark it, especially when it precedes the direct object.] LESSON VI FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_) [Special Vocabulary] ADJECTIVES ÇbonaÈ, _good_ Çgr‰taÈ, _pleasing_ ÇmagnaÈ, _large, great_ ÇmalaÈ, _bad, wicked_ ÇparvaÈ, _small, little_ ÇpulchraÈ, _beautiful, pretty_ Çs™laÈ, _alone_ NOUNS ancil«la, _maidservant_ Ižlia, _Julia_ ADVERBS[A] ÇcžrÈ, _why_ Çn™nÈ, _not_ PRONOUNS ÇmeaÈ, _my_; ÇtuaÈ, _thy, your_ (possesives) ÇquidÈ, interrog. pronoun, nom. and acc. sing., _what?_ Ç-neÈ, the question sign, an enclitic (¤16) added to the first word, which, in a question, is usually the verb, as ÇamatÈ, _he loves_, but Çamat«neÈ? _does he love?_ ÇestÈ, _he is_; ÇestneÈ? _is he?_ Of course Ç-neÈ is not used when the sentence contains ÇquisÈ, ÇcžrÈ, or some other interrogative word. [Footnote A: An _adverb_ is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another adverb; as, She sings _sweetly_; she is _very_ talented; she began to sing _very early_.] Ç48.È ÇThe Ablative Case.È Another case, lacking in English but found in the fuller Latin declension, is the _ab«la-tive._ Ç49.È When the nominative singular ends in Ç-aÈ, the ablative singular ends in Ç-‰È and the ablative plural in Ç-”sÈ. _a._ Observe that the final -a of the nominative is short, while the final -‰ of the ablative is long, as, _Nom._ f”lia _Abl._ f”li‰ _b._ Observe that the ablative plural is like the dative plural. _c._ Form the ablative singular and plural of the following nouns: ÇfugaÈ, ÇcausaÈ, ÇfortžnaÈ, ÇterraÈ, ÇaquaÈ, ÇpuellaÈ, ÇagricolaÈ, ÇnautaÈ, ÇdominaÈ. Ç50.È ÇThe Ablative Relation.È The ablative case is used to express the relations conveyed in English by the prepositions _from_, _with_, _by_, _at_, _in_. It denotes 1. That from which something is separated, from which it starts, or of which it is deprived--generally translated by _from_. 2. That with which something is associated or by means of which it is done--translated by _with_ or _by_. 3. The place where or the time when something happens--translated by _in_ or _at_. _a._ What ablative relations do you discover in the following? In our class there are twenty boys and girls. Daily at eight oÕclock they come from home with their books, and while they are at school they read with ease the books written by the Romans. By patience and perseverance all things in this world can be overcome. Ç51.È ÇPrepositions.È While, as stated above (¤41), many relations expressed in English by prepositions are in Latin expressed by case forms, still prepositions are of frequent occurrence, but only with the accusative or ablative. Ç52.È RULE. ÇObject of a Preposition.È _A noun governed by a preposition must be in the Accusative or Ablative case._ Ç53.È Prepositions denoting the ablative relations _from, with, in, on_, are naturally followed by the ablative case. Among these are ljÈ[1] or ÇabÈ, _from, away from_ Çd�È, _from, down from_ Ç�È[1] or ÇexÈ, _from, out from, out of_ ÇcumÈ, _with_ ÇinÈ, _in, on_ [Footnote 1: Ç‰È and Ç�È are used only before words beginning with a consonant; ÇabÈ and ÇexÈ are used before either vowels or consonants.] 1. _Translate into Latin, using prepositions._ In the water, on the land, down from the forest, with the fortune, out of the forests, from the victory, out of the waters, with the sailors, down from the moon. Ç54.È ÇAdjectives.È Examine the sentence ÇPuella parva bonam deam amatÈ, _the little girl loves the good goddess_ In this sentence ÇparvaÈ (_little_) and ÇbonamÈ (_good_) are not nouns, but are descriptive words expressing quality. Such words are called _adjectives_,[2] and they are said to belong to the noun which they describe. [Footnote 2: _Pick out the adjectives in the following:_ ÒWhen I was a little boy, I remember that one cold winterÕs morning I was accosted by a smiling man with an ax on his shoulder. ÔMy pretty boy,Õ said he, Ôhas your father a grindstone?Õ ÔYes, sir,Õ said I. ÔYou are a fine little fellow,Õ said he. ÔWill you let me grind my ax on it?ÕÓ] You can tell by its ending to which noun an adjective belongs. The ending of ÇparvaÈ shows that it belongs to ÇpuellaÈ, and the ending of ÇbonamÈ that it belongs to ÇdeamÈ. Words that belong together are said to agree, and the belonging-together is called _agreement_. Observe that _the adjective and its noun agree in number and case_. Ç55.È Examine the sentences ÇPuella est parvaÈ, _the girl is little_ ÇPuella parva bonam deam amatÈ, _the little girl loves the good goddess_ In the first sentence the adjective ÇparvaÈ is separated from its noun by the verb and stands in the predicate. It is therefore called a _predicate adjective_. In the second sentence the adjectives ÇparvaÈ and ÇbonamÈ are closely attached to the nouns ÇpuellaÈ and ÇdeamÈ respectively, and are called _attributive adjectives._ _a._ Pick out the attributive and the predicate adjectives in the following: Do you think Latin is hard? Hard studies make strong brains. Lazy students dislike hard studies. We are not lazy. Ç56.È DIALOGUE JULIA AND GALBA First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283. I. Quis, Galba, est Di‰na? G. Di‰na, Ižlia, est pulchra dea lžnae et silv‰rum. I. Cuius f”lia, Galba, est Di‰na? G. L‰t™nae f”lia, Ižlia, est Di‰na. I. Quid Di‰na portat? G. Sagitt‰s Di‰na portat. I. Cžr Di‰na sagitt‰s portat? G. Di‰na sagitt‰s portat, Ižlia, quod mal‰s fer‰s silvae magnae necat. I. Amatne L‰t™na f”liam? G. Amat, et f”lia L‰t™nam amat. I. Quid f”lia tua parva portat? G. Cor™n‰s pulchr‰s f”lia mea parva portat. I. Cui f”lia tua cor™n‰s pulchr‰s dat? G. Di‰nae cor™n‰s dat. I. Quis est cum f”li‰ tu‰? Estne s™la? G. S™la n™n est; f”lia mea parva est cum ancill‰ me‰. _a._ When a person is called or addressed, the case used is called the _voc«ative_ (Latin _voc‰re_, Òto callÓ). _In form the vocative is regularly like the nominative_. In English the name of the person addressed usually stands first in the sentence. _The Latin vocative rarely stands first_. Point out five examples of the vocative in this dialogue. _b._ Observe that questions answered by _yes_ or _no_ in English are answered in Latin by repeating the verb. Thus, if you wished to answer in Latin the question _Is the sailor fighting?_ ÇPugnatne nauta?È you would say ÇPugnatÈ, _he is fighting_, or ÇN™n pugnatÈ, _he is not fighting._ LESSON VII THE FIRST OR _å_-DECLENSION [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çcasa, -aeÈ, f., _cottage_ c�na, -ae, f., _dinner_ Çgall”«na, -aeÈ, f., _hen, chicken_ Ç”n«sula, aeÈ, f., _island_ (pen-insula) ADVERBS Çde-in«deÈ, _then, in the next place_ ÇubiÈ, _where_ PREPOSITION ÇadÈ, _to_, with acc. to express motion toward PRONOUN ÇquemÈ, interrog. pronoun, acc. sing., _whom?_ VERBS ha«bitat, _he (she, it) lives, is living, does live_ (inhabit) ÇlaudatÈ, _he (she, it) praises, is praising, does praise_ (laud) ÇparatÈ, _he (she, it) prepares, is preparing, does prepare_ ÇvocatÈ, _he (she, it) calls, is calling, does call; invites, is inviting, does invite_ (vocation) Ç57.È In the preceding lessons we have now gone over all the cases, singular and plural, of nouns whose nominative singular ends in Ç-aÈ. All Latin nouns whose nominative singular ends in Ç-aÈ belong to the First Declension. It is also called the _å_-Declension because of the prominent part which the vowel ÇaÈ plays in the formation of the cases. We have also learned what relations are expressed by each case. These results are summarized in the following table: +--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ | CASE | NOUN | TRANSLATION | USE AND GENERAL MEANING | | | | | OF EACH CASE | +--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ | | | SINGULAR | | +--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ | _Nom._ | do«min-a | _the lady_ | The subject | | | | | | | _Gen._ | domin-ae | _of the lady_, | The possessor | | | | or _the ladyÕs_ | of something | | | | | | | _Dat._ | domin-ae | _to_ or _for | Expressing the relation | | | | the lady_ | _to_ or _for_, | | | | | especially the | | | | | indirect object | | | | | | | _Acc._ | domin-am | _the lady_ | The direct object | | | | | | | _Abl._ | domin-‰ | _from, with, by, | Separation (_from_), | | | | in, the lady_ | association or means | | | | | (_with, by_), place | | | | | where or time when | | | | | (_in, at_) | +--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ | | | PLURAL | | +--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ | _Nom._ | domin-ae | _the ladies_ | | | | | | | | _Gen._ | domin-‰«rum | _of the ladies_, | | | | | or _the ladiesÕ_ | | | | | | | | _Dat._ | domin-”s | _to_ or _for | The same as | | | | the ladies_ | the singular | | | | | | | _Acc._ | domin-‰s | _the ladies_ | | | | | | | | _Abl._ | domin-”s | _from, with, by_, | | | | | _in, the ladies_ | | +--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+ Ç58.È ÇThe Base.È That part of a word which remains unchanged in inflection and to which the terminations are added is called the ÇbaseÈ. Thus, in the declension above, Çdomin-È is the base and Ç-aÈ is the termination of the nominative singular. Ç59.È Write the declension of the following nouns, separating the base from the termination by a hyphen. Also give them orally. ÇpugnaÈ, ÇterraÈ, ÇlžnaÈ, Çancil«laÈ, Çcor™«naÈ, Ç”n«sulaÈ, ÇsilvaÈ Ç60.È ÇGender.È In English, names of living beings are either masculine or feminine, and names of things without life are neuter. This is called Çnatural genderÈ. Yet in English there are some names of things to which we refer as if they were feminine; as, ÒHave you seen my yacht? _She_ is a beauty.Ó And there are some names of living beings to which we refer as if they were neuter; as, ÒIs the baby here? No, the nurse has taken _it_ home.Ó Some words, then, have a gender quite apart from sex or real gender, and this is called Çgrammatical genderÈ. Latin, like English, has three genders. Names of males are usually masculine and of females feminine, but _names of things have grammatical gender and may be either masculine, feminine, or neuter_. Thus we have in Latin the three words, ÇlapisÈ, _a stone_; Çržp�sÈ, _a cliff_; and ÇsaxumÈ, _a rock_. ÇLapisÈ is _masculine_, Çržp�sÈ _feminine_, and ÇsaxumÈ _neuter_. The gender can usually be determined by the ending of the word, and _must always be learned_, for without knowing the gender it is impossible to write correct Latin. Ç61.È ÇGender of First-Declension Nouns.È Nouns of the first declension are feminine unless they denote males. Thus ÇsilvaÈ is feminine, but ÇnautaÈ, _sailor_, and ÇagricolaÈ, _farmer_, are masculine. Ç62.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 284. I. 1. Agricola cum f”li‰ in cas‰ habitat. 2. Bona f”lia agricolae c�nam parat. 3. C�na est gr‰ta agricolae[1] et agricola bonam f”liam laudat. 4. Deinde f”lia agricolae gall”n‰s ad c�nam vocat. 5. Gall”nae f”liam agricolae amant. 6. Malae f”liae bon‰s c�n‰s n™n parant. 7. F”lia agricolae est gr‰ta dominae. 8. Domina in ”nsul‰ magn‰ habitat. 9. Domina bonae puellae parvae pecžniam dat. II. 1. Where does the farmer live? 2. The farmer lives in the small cottage. 3. Who lives with the farmer? 4. (His) little daughter lives with the farmer. 5. (His) daughter is getting (ÇparatÈ) a good dinner for the farmer. 6. The farmer praises the good dinner. 7. The daughterÕs good dinner is pleasing to the farmer. [Footnote 1: Note that the relation expressed by the dative case covers that _to which a feeling is directed._ (Cf. ¤43.)] [Illustration] What Latin words are suggested by this picture? Ç63.È CONVERSATION Answer the questions in Latin. 1. Quis cum agricol‰ in cas‰ habitat? 2. Quid bona f”lia agricolae parat? 3. Quem agricola laudat? 4. Vocatne f”lia agricolae gall”n‰s ad c�nam? 5. Cuius f”lia est gr‰ta dominae? 6. Cui domina pecžniam dat? LESSON VIII FIRST DECLENSION (_Continued_) [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS ÇItalia, -aeÈ, f., _Italy_ Sicilia, -ae, f., _Sicily_ Çtuba, -aeÈ, f., _trumpet_ (tube) Çvia, -aeÈ, f., _way, road, street_ (viaduct) ADJECTIVES ÇaltaÈ, _high, deep_ (altitude) Çcl‰raÈ, _clear, bright; famous_ Çl‰taÈ, _wide_ (latitude) ÇlongaÈ, _long_ (longitude) ÇnovaÈ, _new_ (novelty) Ç64.È We have for some time now been using adjectives and nouns together and you have noticed an agreement between them in _case_ and in _number_ (¤54). They agree also in _gender_. In the phrase Çsilva magnaÈ, we have a feminine adjective in Ç-aÈ agreeing with a feminine noun in Ç-aÈ. Ç65.È RULE. ÇAgreement of Adjectives.È _Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case._ Ç66.È Feminine adjectives in Ç-aÈ are declined like feminine nouns in Ç-aÈ, and you should learn to decline them together as follows: NOUN ADJECTIVE ÇdominaÈ (base Çdomin-È), ÇbonaÈ (base Çbon-È), f., _lady_ _good_ SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ do«mina bona -a _Gen._ dominae bonae -ae _Dat._ dominae bonae -ae _Acc._ dominam bonam -am _Abl._ domin‰ bon‰ -‰ PLURAL _Nom._ dominae bonae -ae _Gen._ domin‰«rum bon‰«rum -‰rum _Dat._ domin”s bon”s -”s _Acc._ domin‰s bon‰s -‰s _Abl._ domin”s bon”s -”s _a._ In the same way decline together Çpuella malaÈ, _the bad girl_; Çancil«la parvaÈ, _the little maid_; Çfortž«na magnaÈ, _great fortune._ Ç67.È The words ÇdeaÈ, _goddess_, and Çf”liaÈ, _daughter_, take the ending Ç-‰busÈ instead of Ç-”sÈ in the _dative and ablative plural._ Note the _dative and ablative plural_ in the following declension: Çdea bonaÈ (bases Çde-È Çbon-È) SINGULAR PLURAL _Nom._ dea bona deae bonae _Gen._ deae bonae de‰«rum bon‰«rum _Dat._ deae bonae de‰«bus bon”s _Acc._ deam bonam de‰s bon‰s _Abl._ de‰ bon‰ dea«bus bon”s _a._ In the same way decline together Çf”l”a parvaÈ. Ç68.È ÇLatin Word Order.È The order of words in English and in Latin sentences is not the same. In English we arrange words in a fairly fixed order. Thus, in the sentence _My daughter is getting dinner for the farmers_, we cannot alter the order of the words without spoiling the sentence. We can, however, throw emphasis on different words by speaking them with more force. Try the effect of reading the sentence by putting special force on _my, daughter, dinner, farmers_. In Latin, where the office of the word in the sentence is shown by its _ending_ (cf. ¤32.1), and not by its _position_, the order of words is more free, and position is used to secure the same effect that in English is secured by emphasis of voice. To a limited extent we can alter the order of words in English, too, for the same purpose. Compare the sentences _I saw a game of football at Chicago last November_ (normal order) _ÇLast NovemberÈ I saw a game of football at Chicago_ _At Chicago, last November, I saw a game of ÇfootballÈ_ 1. In a Latin sentence the most emphatic place is the _first_; next in importance is the _last_; the weakest point is the _middle_. Generally the _subject_ is the most important word, and is placed _first_; usually the _verb_ is the next in importance, and is placed _last_. The other words of the sentence stand between these two in the order of their importance. Hence the normal order of words--that is, where no unusual emphasis is expressed--is as follows: _subject_--_modifiers of the subject_--_indirect object_-- _direct object_--_adverb_--_verb_ Changes from the normal order are frequent, and are due to the desire for throwing emphasis upon some word or phrase. _Notice the order of the Latin words when you are translating, and imitate it when you are turning English into Latin._ 2. Possessive pronouns and modifying genitives normally stand after their nouns. When placed before their nouns they are emphatic, as Çf”lia meaÈ, _my daughter_; Çmea f”liaÈ, _ÇmyÈ daughter_; Çcasa GalbaeÈ, _GalbaÕs cottage_; ÇGalbae casaÈ, _ÇGalbaÕsÈ cottage_. Notice the variety of emphasis produced by writing the following sentence in different ways: ÇF”lia mea agricol”s c�nam paratÈ (normal order) ÇMea f”lia agricol”s parat c�namÈ (ÇmeaÈ and Çc�namÈ emphatic) ÇAgricol”s f”lia mea c�nam paratÈ (Çagricol”sÈ emphatic) 3. An adjective placed before its noun is more emphatic than when it follows. When great emphasis is desired, the adjective is separated from its noun by other words. ÇF”lia mea casam parvam n™n amatÈ (ÇparvamÈ not emphatic) ÇF”lia mea parvam casam n™n amatÈ (ÇparvamÈ more emphatic) ÇParvam f”lia mea casam n™n amatÈ (ÇparvamÈ very emphatic) 4. Interrogative words usually stand first, the same as in English. 5. The copula (as ÇestÈ, ÇsuntÈ) is of so little importance that it frequently does not stand last, but may be placed wherever it sounds well. Ç69.È EXERCISE First learn the special vocabulary, p. 284. _Note the order of the words in these sentences and pick out those that are emphatic._ 1. Longae n™n sunt tuae viae. 2. Suntne tubae novae in me‰ cas‰? N™n sunt. 3. Quis l‰t‰ in silv‰ habitat? Di‰na, lžnae cl‰rae pulchra dea, l‰t‰ in silv‰ habitat. 4. Nautae alt‰s et l‰t‰s amant aqu‰s. 5. Quid ancilla tua portat? Ancilla mea tubam novam portat. 6. Ubi sunt Lesbia et Ižlia? In tu‰ casa est Lesbia et Ižlia est in me‰. 7. Estne Italia l‰ta terra? Longa est Italia, n™n l‰ta. 8. Cui Galba agricola f‰bulam novam n‰rrat? F”li‰bus dominae cl‰rae f‰bulam novam n‰rrat. 9. Cl‰ra est ”nsula Sicilia. 10. Quem laudat L‰t™na? L‰t™na laudat f”liam. * * * * * ÇFirst Review of Vocabulary and Grammar, ¤¤502-505È * * * * * LESSON IX THE SECOND OR _O_-DECLENSION [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çbellum, -”È, n., _war_ (re-bel) Çc™nstantia, -aeÈ, f., _firmness, constancy, steadiness_ dominus, -”, m., _master, lord_ (dominate) Çequus, -”È, m., _horse_ (equine) Çfržmentum, -”È, n., _grain_ Çl�g‰tus, -”È, m., _lieutenant, ambassador_ (legate) ÇM‰rcus, -”È, m., _Marcus, Mark_ Çmžrus, -”È, m., _wall_ (mural) Çoppid‰nus, -”È, m., _townsman_ Çoppidum, -”È, n., _town_ Çp”lum, -”È, n., _spear_ (pile driver) Çservus, -”È, m., _slave, servant_ Sextus, -”, m., _Sextus_ VERBS ÇcžratÈ, _he (she, it) cares for_, with acc. ÇproperatÈ, _he (she, it) hastens_ Ç70.È Latin nouns are divided into five declensions. The declension to which a noun belongs is shown by the ending of the genitive singular. This should always be learned along with the nominative and the gender. Ç71.È The nominative singular of nouns of the Second or _O_-Declension ends in Ç-usÈ, Ç-erÈ, Ç-irÈ, or Ç-umÈ. The genitive singular ends in Ç-”È. Ç72.È ÇGender.È Nouns in Ç-umÈ are neuter. The others are regularly masculine. Ç73.È ÇDeclension of nouns in -_us_ and -_um_È. Masculines in Ç-usÈ and neuters in Ç-umÈ are declined as follows: ÇdominusÈ (base Çdomin-È), Çp”lumÈ (base Çp”l-È), m., _master_ n., _spear_ TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS SINGULAR _Nom._ do«minus[1] -us p”lum -um _Gen._ domin” -” p”l” -” _Dat._ domin™ -™ p”l™ -™ _Acc._ dominum -um p”lum -um _Abl._ domin™ -™ p”l™ -™ _Voc._ domine -e p”lum -um PLURAL _Nom._ domin” -” p”la -a _Gen._ domin™«rum -™rum p”l™«rum -™rum _Dat._ domin”s -”s p”l”s -”s _Acc._ domin™s -™s p”la -a _Abl._ domin”s -”s p”l”s -”s [Footnote 1: Compare the declension of ÇdominaÈ and of ÇdominusÈ.] _a._ Observe that the masculines and the neuters have the same terminations excepting in the nominative singular and the nominative and accusative plural. _b._ The vocative singular of words of the second declension in Ç-usÈ ends in Ç-eÈ, as ÇdomineÈ, _O master_; ÇserveÈ, _O slave_. This is the most important exception to the rule in ¤56.a. Ç74.È Write side by side the declension of ÇdominaÈ, ÇdominusÈ, and Çp”lumÈ. A comparison of the forms will lead to the following rules, which are of great importance because they apply to all five declensions: _a._ The vocative, with a single exception (see ¤73.b), is like the nominative. That is, the vocative singular is like the nominative singular, and the vocative plural is like the nominative plural. _b._ The nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuter nouns are alike, and in the plural end in Ç-aÈ. _c._ The accusative singular of masculines and feminines ends in Ç-mÈ and the accusative plural in Ç-sÈ. _d._ The dative and ablative plural are always alike. _e._ Final Ç-iÈ and Ç-oÈ are always _long_; final Ç-aÈ is _short_, except in the ablative singular of the first declension. Ç75.È Observe the sentences ÇLesbia est bonaÈ, _Lesbia is good_ ÇLesbia est ancillaÈ, _Lesbia is a maidservant_ We have learned (¤55) that ÇbonaÈ, when used, as here, in the predicate to describe the subject, is called a _predicate adjective_. Similarly a _noun_, as ÇancillaÈ, used in the _predicate_ to define the subject is called a Çpredicate nounÈ. Ç76.È RULE. ÇPredicate Noun.È _A predicate noun agrees in case with the subject of the verb._ [Illustration: PILA] Ç77.È DIALOGUE GALBA AND MARCUS First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285. G. Quis, M‰rce, est l�g‰tus cum p”l™ et tub‰? M. L�g‰tus, Galba, est Sextus. G. Ubi Sextus habitat?[2] M. In oppid™ Sextus cum f”li‰bus habitat. G. Amantne oppid‰n” Sextum? M. Amant oppid‰n” Sextum et laudant, quod magn‰ cum c™nstanti‰ pugnat. G. Ubi, M‰rce, est ancilla tua? Cžr n™n c�nam parat? M. Ancilla mea, Galba, equ™ l�g‰t” aquam et fržmentum dat. G. Cžr n™n servus Sext” equum domin” cžrat? M. Sextus et servus ad mžrum oppid” properant. Oppid‰n” bellum parant.[3] [Footnote 2: ÇhabitatÈ is here translated _does live_. Note the _three_ possible translations of the Latin present tense: ÇhabitatÈ _he lives_ _he is living_ _he does live_ Always choose the translation which makes the best sense.] [Footnote 3: Observe that the verb Çpar™È means not only _to prepare_ but also _to prepare for_, and governs the accusative case.] [Illustration: LEGATUS CUM PILO ET TUBA] Ç78.È CONVERSATION Translate the questions and answer them in Latin. 1. Ubi f”liae Sext” habitant? 2. Quem oppid‰n” amant et laudant? 3. Quid ancilla equ™ l�g‰t” dat? 4. Cuius equum ancilla cžrat? 5. Quis ad mžrum cum Sext™ properat? 6. Quid oppid‰n” parant? LESSON X SECOND DECLENSION (_Continued_) [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çam”cus, -”È, m., _friend_ (amicable) ÇGerm‰nia, -aeÈ, f., _Germany_ Çpatria, -aeÈ, f., _fatherland_ Çpopulus, -”È, m., _people_ ÇRh�nus, -”È, m., _the Rhine_ Çv”cus, -”È, m., _village_ Ç79.È We have been freely using feminine adjectives, like ÇbonaÈ, in agreement with feminine nouns of the first declension and declined like them. _Masculine_ adjectives of this class are declined like ÇdominusÈ, and _neuters_ like p”lum. The adjective and noun, masculine and neuter, are therefore declined as follows: MASCULINE NOUN AND ADJECTIVE NEUTER NOUN AND ADJECTIVE Çdominus bonusÈ, _the good master_ Çp”lum bonumÈ, _the good spear_ BASES domin- bon- BASES p”l- bon- TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS SINGULAR _Nom._ do«minus bonus -us p”lum bonum -um _Gen._ domin” bon” -” p”l” bon” -” _Dat._ domin™ bon™ -™ p”l™ bon™ -™ _Acc._ dominum bonum -um p”lum bonum -um _Abl._ domin™ bon™ -™ p”l™ bon™ -™ _Voc._ domine bone -e p”lum bonum -um PLURAL _Nom._ domin” bon” -” ”la bona -a _Gen._ domin™«rum bon™«rum -™rum ”l™«rum bon™«rum -™rum _Dat._ domin”s bon”s -is ”l”s bon”s -”s _Acc._ domin™s bon™s -™s ”la bona -a _Abl._ domin”s bon”s -”s ”l”s bon”s -”s Decline together Çbellum longumÈ, Çequus parvusÈ, Çservus malusÈ, Çmžrus altusÈ, Çfržmentum novumÈ. Ç80.È Observe the sentences ÇLesbia ancilla est bonaÈ, _Lesbia, the maidservant, is good_ ÇF”lia Lesbiae ancillae est bonaÈ, _the daughter of Lesbia, the maidservant, is good_ ÇServus Lesbiam ancillam amatÈ, _the slave loves Lesbia, the maidservant_ In these sentences ÇancillaÈ, ÇancillaeÈ, and ÇancillamÈ denote the class of persons to which _Lesbia_ belongs and explain who she is. Nouns so related that the second is only another name for the first and explains it are said to be in apposition, and are always in the same case. Ç81.È RULE. ÇApposition.È _An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it explains._ Ç82.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285. I. 1. Patria serv” bon”, v”cus serv™rum bon™rum, bone popule. 2. Populus oppid” magn”, in oppid™ magn™, in oppid”s magn”s. 3. Cum p”l”s long”s, ad p”la longa, ad mžr™s l‰t™s. 4. L�g‰te male, am”c” leg‰t” mal”, c�na gr‰ta domin™ bon™. 5. Fržmentum equ™rum parv™rum, domine bone, ad l�g‰t™s cl‰r™s. 6. Rh�nus est in Germ‰ni‰, patri‰ me‰. 7. Sextus l�g‰tus p”lum longum portat. 8. Oppid‰n” bon” Sext™ l�g‰t™ cl‰r‰ pecžniam dant. 9. Mal” serv” equum bonum M‰rc” domin” necant. 10. Galba agricola et Ižlia f”lia bona lab™rant. 11. M‰rcus nauta in ”nsul‰ Sicili‰ habitat. II. 1. Wicked slave, who is your friend? Why does he not praise Galba, your master? 2. My friend is from (ÇexÈ) a village of Germany, my fatherland. 3. My friend does not love the people of Italy. 4. Who is caring for[1] the good horse of Galba, the farmer? 5. Mark, where is Lesbia, the maidservant? 6. She is hastening[1] to the little cottage[2] of Julia, the farmerÕs daughter. [Footnote 1: See footnote 1, p. 33. Remember that ÇcžratÈ is transitive and governs a direct object.] [Footnote 2: Not the dative. (Cf. ¤43.)] LESSON XI ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çarma, arm™rumÈ, n., plur., _arms_, especially defensive weapons Çf‰ma, -aeÈ, f., _rumor; reputation, fame_ Çgalea, -aeÈ, f., _helmet_ Çpraeda, -aeÈ, f., _booty, spoils_ (predatory) Çt�lum, -”È, n., _weapon of offense, spear_ ADJECTIVES Çdžrus, -a, -umÈ, _hard, rough; unfeeling, cruel; severe, toilsome_ (durable) ÇR™m‰nus, -a, -umÈ, _Roman_. As a noun, ÇR™m‰nus, -”È, m., _a Roman_ Ç83.È Adjectives of the first and second declensions are declined in the three genders as follows: MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER SINGULAR _Nom._ bonus bona bonum _Gen._ bon” bonae bon” _Dat._ bon™ bonae bon™ _Acc._ bonum bonam bonum _Abl._ bon™ bon‰ bon™ _Voc._ bone bona bonum PLURAL _Nom._ bon” bonae bona _Gen._ bon™rum bon‰rum bon™rum _Dat._ bon”s bon”s bon”s _Acc._ bon™s bon‰s bona _Abl._ bon”s bon”s bon”s _a._ Write the declension and give it orally _across the page_, thus giving the three genders for each case. _b._ Decline Çgr‰tus, -a, -umÈ; Çmalus, -a, -umÈ; Çaltus, -a, -umÈ; Çparvus, -a, -umÈ. Ç84.È Thus far the adjectives have had the same terminations as the nouns. However, the agreement between the adjective and its noun does _not_ mean that they must have the same termination. If the adjective and the noun belong to different declensions, the terminations will, in many cases, not be the same. For example, ÇnautaÈ, _sailor_, is masculine and belongs to the first declension. The masculine form of the adjective ÇbonusÈ is of the second declension. Consequently, _a good sailor_ is Çnauta bonusÈ. So, _the wicked farmer_ is Çagricola malusÈ. Learn the following declensions: Ç85.È Çnauta bonusÈ (bases naut- bon-), m., _the good sailor_ SINGULAR _Nom._ nauta bonus _Gen._ nautae bon” _Dat._ nautae bon™ _Acc._ nautam bonum _Abl._ naut‰ bon™ _Voc._ nauta bone PLURAL _Nom._ nautae bon” _Gen._ naut‰rum bon™rum _Dat._ naut”s bon”s _Acc._ naut‰s bon™s _Abl._ naut”s bon”s _Voc._ nautae bon” Ç86.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285. I. 1. Est[1] in v”c™ nauta bonus. 2. Sextus est am”cus nautae bon”. 3. Sextus nautae bon™ galeam dat. 4. Populus R™m‰nus nautam bonum laudat. 5. Sextus cum naut‰ bon™ praedam portat. 6. Ubi, nauta bone, sunt arma et t�la l�g‰t” R™m‰n”? 7. Nautae bon” ad bellum properant. 8. F‰ma naut‰rum bon™rum est cl‰ra. 9. Pugnae sunt gr‰tae naut”s bon”s. 10. Oppid‰n” naut‰s bon™s cžrant. 11. Cžr, nautae bon”, mal” agricolae ad Rh�num properant? 12. Mal” agricolae cum bon”s naut”s pugnant. II. 1. The wicked farmer is hastening to the village with (his) booty. 2. The reputation of the wicked farmer is not good. 3. Why does GalbaÕs daughter give arms and weapons to the wicked farmer? 4. Lesbia invites the good sailor to dinner. 5. Why is Lesbia with the good sailor hastening from the cottage? 6. Sextus, where is my helmet? 7. The good sailors are hastening to the toilsome battle. 8. The horses of the wicked farmers are small. 9. The Roman people give money to the good sailors. 10. Friends care for the good sailors. 11. Whose friends are fighting with the wicked farmers? [Footnote 1: ÇEstÈ, beginning a declarative sentence, _there is._] [Illustration: GALEAE] LESSON XII NOUNS IN _-IUS_ AND _-IUM_ [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çf”lius, f”l”È, m., _son_ (filial) fluvius, fluv”, m., _river_ (fluent) Çgladius, glad”È, m., _sword_ (gladiator) Çpraesidium, praesi«d”È, n., _garrison, guard, protection_ Çproelium, proel”È, n., _battle_ ADJECTIVES Çf”nitimus, -a, -umÈ, _bordering upon, neighboring, near to_. As a noun, Çf”nitim”, -™rumÈ, m., plur., _neighbors_ ÇGerm‰nus, -a, -umÈ, _German_. As a noun, ÇGerm‰nus, -”È, m., _a German_ Çmultus, -a, -umÈ, _much_; plur., _many_ ADVERB ÇsaepeÈ, _often_ Ç87.È Nouns of the second declension in Ç-iusÈ and Ç-iumÈ end in Ç-”È in the genitive singular, _not_ in Ç-i”È, and the accent rests on the penult; as, Çf”l”È from Çf”liusÈ (_son_), Çpraesi«d”È from Çpraesi«diumÈ (_garrison_). Ç88.È Proper names of persons in Ç-iusÈ, and Çf”liusÈ, end in Ç-”È in the vocative singular, _not_ in Ç-eÈ, and the accent rests on the penult; as, ÇVergi«l”È, _O Vergil_; Çf”l”È, _O son._ _a._ Observe that in these words the vocative and the genitive are alike. Ç89.È ÇpraesidiumÈ (base praesidi-), Çf”liusÈ (base f”li-), n., _garrison_ m., _son_ SINGULAR _Nom._ praesidium f”lius _Gen._ praesi«d” f”l” _Dat._ praesidi™ f”li™ _Acc._ praesidium f”lium _Abl._ praesidi™ f”li™ _Voc._ praesidium f”l” The plural is regular. Note that the Ç-i-È of the base is lost only in the genitive singular, and in the vocative of words like Çf”liusÈ. Decline together Çpraesidium parvumÈ; Çf”lius bonusÈ; Çfluvius longusÈ, _the long river_; Çproelium cl‰rumÈ, _the famous battle._ Ç90.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 285. I. 1. Fržmentum bonae terrae, glad” mal”, bell” long”. 2. C™nstantia magna, praesidia magna, cl‰re Vergi«l”. 3. Male serve, ï cl‰rum oppidum, male f”l”, f”li” mal”, f”l” mal”. 4. Fluv” long”, fluvi” long”, fluvi™rum long™rum, f‰ma praesi«d” magn”. 5. Cum gladi”s parv”s, cum de‰bus cl‰r”s, ad naut‰s cl‰r™s. 6. Mult™rum proeli™rum, praedae magnae, ad proelia džra. GERMåNIA II. Germ‰nia, patria Germ‰n™rum, est cl‰ra terra. In Germ‰ni‰ sunt fluvi” mult”. Rh�nus magnus et l‰tus fluvius Germ‰niae est. In silv”s l‰t”s Germ‰niae sunt ferae multae. Multi Germ‰nii in oppid”s magnis et in v”c”s parv”s habitant et mult” sunt agricolae bon”. Bella Germ‰n™rum sunt magna et cl‰ra. Populus Germ‰niae bellum et proelia amat et saepe cum finitim”s pugnat. Fluvius Rh�nus est f”nitimus oppid”s[1] mult”s et cl‰r”s. [Footnote 1: Dative with Çf”nitimusÈ. (See ¤43.)] LESSON XIII SECOND DECLENSION (_Continued_) [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çager, agr”È, m., _field_ (acre) Çc™pia, -aeÈ, f., _plenty, abundance_ (copious); plur., _troops, forces_ ÇCorn�lius, Corn�«l”È, m., _Cornelius_ Çl™r”«ca, -aeÈ, f., _coat of mail, corselet_ Çpraemium, praem”È, n., _reward, prize_ (premium) Çpuer, puer”È, m., _boy_ (puerile) ÇR™ma, -aeÈ, f., _Rome_ Çscžtum, -”È, n., _shield_ (escutcheon) Çvir, vir”È, m., _man, hero_ (virile) ADJECTIVES Çlegi™n‰rius, -a, -umÈ,[A] _legionary, belonging to the legion_. As a noun, Çlegi™n‰ri”, -™rumÈ, m., plur., _legionary soldiers_ Çl”ber, l”bera, l”berumÈ, _free_ (liberty) As a noun. Çl”ber”, -™rumÈ, m., plur., _children_ (lit. _the freeborn_) Çpulcher, pulchra, pulchrumÈ, _pretty, beautiful_ PREPOSITION ÇapudÈ, _among_, with acc. CONJUNCTION ÇsedÈ, _but_ [Footnote A: The genitive singular masculine of adjectives in Ç-iusÈ ends in Ç-i”È and the vocative in Ç-ieÈ; not in Ç-”È, as in nouns.] Ç91.È ÇDeclension of Nouns in _-er_ and _-ir_.È In early Latin all the masculine nouns of the second declension ended in Ç-osÈ. This Ç-osÈ later became Ç-usÈ in words like ÇservusÈ, and was dropped entirely in words with bases ending in Ç-rÈ, like ÇpuerÈ, _boy_; ÇagerÈ, _field_; and ÇvirÈ, _man_. These words are therefore declined as follows: Ç92.È ÇpuerÈ, m., _boy_ ÇagerÈ, m., _field_ ÇvirÈ, m., _man_ BASE Çpuer-È BASE Çagr-È BASE Çvir-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ puer ager vir ---- _Gen._ puer” agr” vir” -” _Dat._ puer™ agr™ vir™ -™ _Acc._ puerum agrum virum -um _Abl._ puer™ agr™ vir™ -™ PLURAL _Nom._ puer” agr” vir” -” _Gen._ puer™rum agr™rum vir™rum -™rum _Dat._ puer”s agr”s vir”s -”s _Acc._ puer™s agr™s vir™s -™s _Abl._ puer”s agr”s vir”s -”s _a._ The vocative case of these words is like the nominative, following the general rule (¤74.a). _b._ The declension differs from that of ÇservusÈ only in the nominative and vocative singular. _c._ Note that in ÇpuerÈ the ÇeÈ remains all the way through, while in ÇagerÈ it is present only in the nominative. In ÇpuerÈ the ÇeÈ belongs to the base, but in ÇagerÈ (base Çagr-È) it does not, and was inserted in the nominative to make it easier to pronounce. Most words in Ç-erÈ are declined like ÇagerÈ. _The genitive shows whether you are to follow_ ÇpuerÈ _or_ ÇagerÈ. Ç93.È Masculine adjectives in Ç-erÈ of the second declension are declined like nouns in Ç-erÈ. A few of them are declined like ÇpuerÈ, but most of them like ÇagerÈ. The feminine and neuter nominatives show which form to follow, thus, MASC. FEM. NEUT. l”ber l”bera l”berum (_free_) is like ÇpuerÈ pulcher pulchra pulchrum (_pretty_) is like ÇagerÈ For the full declension in the three genders, see ¤469._b._ _c._ Ç94.È Decline together the words Çvir l”berÈ, Çterra l”beraÈ, Çfržmentum l”berumÈ, Çpuer pulcherÈ, Çpuella pulchraÈ, Çoppidum pulchrumÈ Ç95.È ITALIA[1] First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286. Magna est Italiae f‰ma, patriae R™m‰n™rum, et cl‰ra est R™ma, domina orbis terr‰rum.[2] Tiberim,[3] fluvium R™m‰num, quis n™n laudat et pulchr™s fluvi™ f”nitim™s agr™s? Alt™s mžr™s, longa et džra bella, cl‰r‰s vict™ri‰s quis n™n laudat? Pulchra est terra Italia. Agr” bon” agricol”s praemia dant magna, et equ” agricol‰rum c™piam fržment” ad oppida et v”c™s portant. In agr”s popul” R™m‰n” lab™rant mult” serv”. Viae Italiae sunt longae et l‰tae. F”nitima Italiae est ”nsula Sicilia. [Footnote 1: In this selection note especially the emphasis as shown by the order of the words.] [Footnote 2: Çorbis terr‰rumÈ, _of the world_.] [Footnote 3: ÇTiberimÈ, _the Tiber_, accusative case.] Ç96.È DIALOGUE MARCUS AND CORNELIUS C. Ubi est, M‰rce, f”lius tuus? Estne in pulchr‰ terr‰ Itali‰? M. N™n est, Corn�l”, in Itali‰. Ad fluvium Rh�num properat cum c™pi”s R™m‰n”s quia est[4] f‰ma Nov” bell” cum Germ‰n”s. L”ber Germ‰niae populus R™m‰n™s N™n amat. C. Estne f”lius tuus copi‰rum R™m‰n‰rum l�g‰tus? M. L�g‰tus n™n est, sed est apud legi™n‰ri™s. C. Quae[5] arma portat[6]? M. Scžtum magnum et l™r”cam džram et galeam pulchram portat. C. Quae t�la portat? M. Gladium et p”lum longum portat. C. Amatne l�g‰tus f”lium tuum? M. Amat, et saepe f”li™ me™ praemia pulchra et praedam multam dat. C. Ubi est terra Germ‰n™rum? M. Terra Germ‰n™rum, Corn�l” est f”nitima Rh�n™, fluvi™ magn™ et alt™. [Footnote 4: ÇestÈ, before its subject, _there is_; so ÇsuntÈ, _there are._] [Footnote 5: ÇQuaeÈ, _what kind of_, an interrogative adjective pronoun.] [Footnote 6: What are the three possible translations of the present tense?] [Illustration: LEGIONARIUS] LESSON XIV THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çauxilium, auxi«l”È, n., _help, aid_ (auxiliary) Çcastrum, -”È, n., _fort_ (castle); plur., _camp_ (lit. _forts_) Çcibus, -”È, m., _food_ Çc™nsilium, c™nsi«l”È, n., _plan_ (counsel) Çd”ligentia, -aeÈ, f.. _diligence, industry_ magister, magistr”, m., _master, teacher_[A] ADJECTIVES Çaeger, aegra, aegrumÈ, _sick_ Çcr�ber, cr�bra, cr�brumÈ, _frequent_ Çmiser, misera, miserumÈ, _wretched, unfortunate_ (miser) [Footnote A: Observe that ÇdominusÈ, as distinguished from ÇmagisterÈ, means _master_ in the sense of _owner_.] Ç97.È Observe the sentences _This is my shield_ _This shield is mine_ In the first sentence _my_ is a possessive adjective; in the second _mine_ is a possessive pronoun, for it takes the place of a noun, _this shield is mine_ being equivalent to _this shield is my shield_. Similarly, in Latin the possessives are sometimes _adjectives_ and sometimes _pronouns_. Ç98.È The possessives _my, mine, your, yours_, etc. are declined like adjectives of the first and second declensions. SINGULAR _1st Pers._ meus, mea, meum _my, mine_ _2d Pers._ tuus, tua, tuum _your, yours_ _3d Pers._ suus, sua, suum _his (own), her (own), its (own)_ PLURAL _1st Pers._ noster, nostra, nostrum _our, ours_ _2d Pers._ vester, vestra, vestrum _your, yours_ _3d Pers._ suus, sua, suum _their (own), theirs_ NOTE. ÇMeusÈ has the irregular vocative singular masculine Çm”È, as Çm” f”l”È, _O my son_. _a._ The possessives agree with the name of the _thing possessed_ in gender, number, and case. Compare the English and Latin in _Sextus is calling ÇhisÈ boy_ ÇSextusÈ } Çsuum puerum vocatÈ _Julia is calling ÇherÈ boy_ ÇIžliaÈ } Observe that ÇsuumÈ agrees with ÇpuerumÈ, and is unaffected by the gender of Sextus or Julia. _b._ When _your, yours_, refers to _one_ person, use ÇtuusÈ; when to _more than one_, ÇvesterÈ; as, _Lesbia, your wreaths are pretty_ ÇCor™nae tuae, Lesbia, sunt pulchraeÈ _Girls, your wreaths are pretty_ ÇCor™nae vestrae, puellae, sunt pulchraeÈ _c._ ÇSuusÈ is a _reflexive_ possessive, that is, it usually stands in the predicate and regularly refers back to the _subject_. Thus, ÇVir su™s serv™s vocatÈ means _The man calls his (own) slaves._ Here _his_ (Çsu™sÈ) refers to _man_ (ÇvirÈ), and could not refer to any one else. _d._ Possessives are used much less frequently than in English, being omitted whenever the meaning is clear without them. (Cf. ¤22.a.) This is especially true of Çsuus, -a, -umÈ, which, when inserted, is more or less emphatic, like our _his own, her own_, etc. Ç99.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286. I. 1. M‰rcus am”c™ Sext™ c™nsilium suum nžntiat 2. Est c™pia fržment” in agr”s nostr”s. 3. Am”c” me” bonam c�nam ancillae vestrae laudant 4. Tua l™r”ca, m” f”l”, est džra. 5. Scžta nostra et t�la, m” am”ce, in castrls R™m‰n”s sunt. 6. Suntne vir” patriae tuae l”ber”? Sunt. 7. Ubi, Corn�l”, est tua galea pulchra? 8. Mea galea, Sexte, est in cas‰ me‰. 9. P”lum longum est tuum, sed gladius est meus. 10. Ižlia gall”n‰s su‰s pulchr‰s amat et gall”nae dominam suam amant. 11. Nostra castra sunt vestra. 12. Est c™pia praedae in castr”s vestr”s. 13. Am”c” tu” miser”s et aegr”s cibum et pecžniam saepe dant. II. 1. Our teacher praises MarkÕs industry. 2. My son Sextus is carrying his booty to the Roman camp.[1] 3. Your good girls are giving aid to the sick and wretched.[2] 4. There are [3] frequent battles in our villages. 5. My son, where is the lieutenantÕs food? 6. The camp is mine, but the weapons are yours. [Footnote 1: Not the dative. Why?] [Footnote 2: Here the adjectives _sick_ and _wretched_ are used like nouns.] [Footnote 3: Where should ÇsuntÈ stand? Cf. I. 2 above.] [Illustration: AGRICOLA ARAT] LESSON XV THE ABLATIVE DENOTING _WITH_ [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çcarrus, -”È, m., _cart, wagon_ Çinopia, -aeÈ, f., _want, lack;_ the opposite of Çc™piaÈ Çstudium, stud”È, n., _zeal, eagerness_ (study) ADJECTIVES Çarm‰tus, -a, -umÈ, _armed_ Ç”nf”rmus, -a, -umÈ, _week, feeble_ (infirm) vali«dus, -a, -um, _strong, sturdy_ VERB Çm‰tžratÈ, _he (she, it) hastens._ Cf. properat ADVERB ÇiamÈ, _already, now_ Ç-queÈ, conjunction, _and_; an enclitic (cf. ¤16) and always added to the _second_ of two words to be connected, as Çarma t�la«queÈ, _arms and weapons_. Ç100.È Of the various relations denoted by the ablative case (¤50) there is none more important than that expressed in English by the preposition _with_. This little word is not so simple as it looks. It does not always convey the same meaning, nor is it always to be translated by ÇcumÈ. This will become clear from the following sentences: _a._ Mark is feeble _with_ (_for_ or _because of_) want of food _b._ Diana kills the beasts _with_ (or _by_) her arrows _c._ Julia is _with_ Sextus _d._ The men fight _with_ great steadiness _a._ In sentence _a_, _with want_ (_of food_) gives the cause of MarkÕs feebleness. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative without a preposition, and the construction is called the Çablative of causeÈ: ÇM‰rcus est ”nf”rmus inopi‰ cib”È _b._ In sentence _b_, _with_ (or _by_) _her arrows_ tells Çby means of whatÈ Diana kills the beasts. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative without a preposition, and the construction is called the Çablative of meansÈ: ÇDi‰na sagitt”s su”s fer‰s necatÈ _c._ In sentence _c_ we are told that Julia is not alone, but Çin company withÈ Sextus. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative with the preposition ÇcumÈ, and the construction is called the Çablative of accompanimentÈ: ÇIžlia est cum Sext™È _d._ In sentence _d_ we are told how the men fight. The idea is one of ÇmannerÈ. This is expressed in Latin by the ablative with ÇcumÈ, unless there is a modifying adjective present, in which case ÇcumÈ may be omitted. This construction is called the Çablative of mannerÈ: ÇVir” (cum) c™nstanti‰ magn‰ pugnantÈ Ç101.È You are now able to form four important rules for the ablative denoting _with_: Ç102.È RULE. ÇAblative of Cause.È _Cause is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question Because of what?_ Ç103.È RULE. ÇAblative of Means.È _Means is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question By means of what? With what?_ N.B. ÇCumÈ must never be used with the ablative expressing cause or means. Ç104.È RULE. ÇAblative of Accompaniment.È _Accompaniment is denoted by the ablative with ÇcumÈ. This answers the question With whom?_ Ç105.È RULE. ÇAblative of Manner.È _The ablative with ÇcumÈ is used to denote the manner of an action. ÇCumÈ may be omitted, if an adjective is used with the ablative. This answers the question How? In what manner?_ Ç106.È What uses of the ablative do you discover in the following passage, and what question does each answer? The soldiers marched to the fort with great speed and broke down the gate with blows of their muskets. The inhabitants, terrified by the din, attempted to cross the river with their wives and children, but the stream was swollen with (_or_ by) the rain. Because of this many were swept away by the waters and only a few, almost overcome with fatigue, with great difficulty succeeded in gaining the farther shore. Ç107.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 286. I. _The Romans prepare for War._ R™m‰n”, cl‰rus Italiae populus, bellum parant. Ex agr”s su”s, vic”s, oppid”sque magn™ studi™ vir” valid” ad arma properant. Iam l�gat” cum legi™nari”s ex Itali‰ ad Rh�num, fluvium Germ‰niae altum et l‰tum, properant, et serv” equ”s et carr”s cibum fržmentumque ad castra R™m‰na portant. Inopi‰ bon™rum t�l™rum ”nfirm” sunt Germ‰n”, sed R™m‰n” arm‰ti gale”s, l™r”c”s, scžt”s, gladi”s, p”l”sque sunt valid”. II. 1. The sturdy farmers of Italy labor in the fields with great diligence. 2. Sextus, the lieutenant, and (his) son Mark are fighting with the Germans. 3. The Roman legionaries are armed with long spears. 4. Where is Lesbia, your maid, Sextus? Lesbia is with my friends in GalbaÕs cottage. 5. Many are sick because of bad water and for lack of food. 6. The Germans, with (their) sons and daughters, are hastening with horses and wagons. LESSON XVI THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES Ç108.È There are nine irregular adjectives of the first and second declensions which have a peculiar termination in the genitive and dative singular of all genders: MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Gen._ -”us -”us -”us _Dat._ -” -” -” Otherwise they are declined like Çbonus, -a, -umÈ. Learn the list and the meaning of each: Çalius, alia, aliudÈ, _other, another_ (of several) Çalter, altera, alterumÈ, _the one, the other_ (of two) Çžnus, -a, -umÈ, _one, alone_; (in the plural) _only_ Çžllus, -a, -umÈ, _any_ Çnžllus, -a, -umÈ, _none, no_ Çs™lus, -a, -umÈ, _alone_ Çt™tus, -a, -umÈ, _all, whole, entire_ Çuter, utra, utrumÈ, _which?_ (of two) Çneuter, neutra, neutrumÈ, _neither_ (of two) Ç109.È PARADIGMS SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ nžllus nžlla nžllum _Gen._ nžll”«us nžll”«us nžll”«us _Dat._ nžll” nžll” nžll” _Acc._ nžllum nžllam nžllum _Abl._ nžll™ nžll‰ nžll™ MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ alius alia aliud _Gen._ al”«us al”«us al”«us _Dat._ ali” ali” ali” _Acc._ alium aliam aliud _Abl._ ali™ ali‰ ali™ THE PLURAL IS REGULAR _a._ Note the peculiar neuter singular ending in Ç-dÈ of ÇaliusÈ. The genitive Çal”usÈ is rare. Instead of it use Çalter”usÈ, the genitive of ÇalterÈ. _b._ These peculiar case endings are found also in the declension of pronouns (see ¤114). For this reason these adjectives are sometimes called the Çpronominal adjectivesÈ. Ç110.È Learn the following idioms: Çalter, -era, -erumÈ ... Çalter, -era, -erumÈ, _the one ... the other_ (of two) Çalius, -a, -udÈ ... Çalius, -a, -udÈ, _one ... another _ (of any number) Çali”, -ae, -aÈ ... Çali”, -ae, -aÈ, _some ... others_ EXAMPLES 1. ÇAlterum oppidum est magnum, alterum parvumÈ, _the one town is large, the other small_ (of two towns). 2. ÇAliud oppidum est validum, aliud ”nf”rmumÈ, _one town is strong, another weak_ (of towns in general). 3. ÇAli” gladi™s, ali” scžta portantÈ, _some carry swords, others shields._ Ç111.È EXERCISES I. 1. In utr‰ cas‰ est Ižlia? Ižlia est in neutr‰ cas‰. 2. Nžll” mal™ puer™ praemium dat magister. 3. Alter puer est nauta, alter agricola. 4. Ali” vir” aquam, ali” terram amant. 5. Galba žnus (_or_ s™lus) cum studi™ lab™rat. 6. Estne žllus carrus in agr™ me™? 7. Lesbia est ancilla alter”us domin”, Tullia alter”us. 8. Lesbia s™la c�nam parat. 9. C�na nžll”us alter”us ancillae est bona. 10. Lesbia nžll” ali” vir™ c�nam dat. NOTE. The pronominal adjectives, as you observe, regularly stand before and not after their nouns. II. 1. The men of all Germany are preparing for war. 2. Some towns are great and others are small. 3. One boy likes chickens, another horses. 4. Already the booty of one town is in our fort. 5. Our whole village is suffering for (i.e. _weak because of_) lack of food. 6. The people are already hastening to the other town. 7. Among the Romans (there) is no lack of grain. LESSON XVII THE DEMONSTRATIVE _IS, EA, ID_ [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çagr” cultžra, -aeÈ, f., _agriculture_ ÇGallia, -aeÈ, f., _Gaul_ Çdomicil”um, dom”ci«l”È, n., _dwelling place_ (domicile), _abode_ ÇGallus, -iÈ, m., _a Gaul_ Çlacrima, -aeÈ, f., _tear_ Çf�mina, -aeÈ, f., _woman_ (female) Çnumerus, -”È, m., _number_ (numeral) ADJECTIVE Çm‰tžrus, -a, -umÈ, _ripe, mature_ ADVERB qu™, _whither_ VERBS arat, _he (she, it) plows_ (arable) Çd�s”deratÈ, _he (she, it) misses, longs for_ (desire), with acc. CONJUNCTION ÇanÈ, _or_, introducing the second half of a double question, as _Is he a Roman or a Gaul_, ÇEstne Romanus an Gallus?È Ç112.È A demonstrative is a word that points out an object definitely, as _this, that, these, those_. Sometimes these words are pronouns, as, _Do you hear these?_ and sometimes adjectives, as, _Do you hear these men?_ In the former case they are called Çdemonstrative pronounsÈ, in the latter Çdemonstrative adjectivesÈ. Ç113.È Demonstratives are similarly used in Latin both as _pronouns_ and as _adjectives_. The one used most is ÇisÈ, masculine; ÇeaÈ, feminine; ÇidÈ, neuter SINGULAR: _this, that_; PLURAL: _these, those_ Ç114.È ÇIsÈ is declined as follows. Compare its declension with that of ÇaliusÈ, ¤109. BASE Çe-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ is ea id e” eae ea (_or_ i”) _Gen._ eius eius eius e™rum e‰rum e™rum _Dat._ e” e” e” e”s e”s e”s (_or_ i”s i”s i”s) _Acc._ eum eam id e™s e‰s ea _Abl._ e™ e‰ e™ e”s e”s e”s (_or_ i”s i”s i”s) Note that the base Çe-È changes to Çi-È in a few cases. The genitive singular ÇeiusÈ is pronounced _eh«yus_. In the plural the forms with two ÇiÈÕs are preferred and the two ÇiÈÕs are pronounced as one. Hence, pronounce Çi”È as Ç”È and Çi”sÈ as Ç”sÈ. Ç115.È Besides being used as demonstrative pronouns and adjectives the Latin demonstratives are regularly used for the personal pronoun _he, she, it_. As a personal pronoun, then, ÇisÈ would have the following meanings: SINGULAR _Nom._ ÇisÈ, _he_; ÇeaÈ, _she_; ÇidÈ, _it_ _Gen._ ÇeiusÈ, _of him_ or _his_; ÇeiusÈ, _of her, her_, or _hers_; ÇeiusÈ, _of it_ or _its_ _Dat._ Çe”È, _to_ or _for him_; Çe”È, _to_ or _for her_; Çe”È, _to_ or _for it_ _Acc._ ÇeumÈ, _him_; ÇeamÈ, _her_; ÇidÈ, _it_ _Abl._ Çe™È, _with, from_, etc., _him_; Çe‰È, _with, from_, etc., _her_; Çe™È, _with, from_, etc., _it_ PLURAL _Nom._ Çe”È or Çi”È, ÇeaeÈ, ÇeaÈ, _they_ _Gen._ Çe™rumÈ, Çe‰rumÈ, Çe™rumÈ, _of them, their_ _Dat._ Çe”sÈ or Çi”sÈ, Çe”sÈ or Çi”sÈ, Çe”sÈ or Çi”sÈ, _to_ or _for them_ _Acc._ Çe™s, e‰s, eaÈ, _them_ _Abl._ Çe”sÈ or Çi”sÈ, Çe”sÈ or Çi”sÈ, Çe”sÈ or Çi”sÈ, _with, from_, etc., _them_ Ç116.È ÇComparison between _suus_ and _is_.È We learned above (¤98.c) that ÇsuusÈ is a _reflexive_ possessive. When _his, her_ (poss.), _its, their_, do not refer to the subject of the sentence, we express _his, her, its_ by ÇeiusÈ, the genitive singular of ÇisÈ, ÇeaÈ, ÇidÈ; and _their_ by the genitive plural, using Çe™rumÈ to refer to a masculine or neuter antecedent noun and Çe‰rumÈ to refer to a feminine one. EXAMPLES _Galba calls his_ (own) _son_, ÇGalba suum f”lium vocatÈ _Galba calls his son_ (not his own, but anotherÕs), ÇGalba eius f”lium vocatÈ _Julia calls her_ (own) _children_, ÇIžlia su™s l”ber™s vocatÈ _Julia calls her children_ (not her own, but anotherÕs), ÇIžlia eius l”ber™s vocatÈ _The men praise their_ (own) _boys_, Çvir” su™s puer™s laudantÈ _The men praise their boys_ (not their own, but othersÕ), Çvir” e™rum puer™s laudantÈ Ç117.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287. 1. He praises her, him, it, them. 2. This cart, that report, these teachers, those women, that abode, these abodes. 3. That strong garrison, among those weak and sick women, that want of firmness, those frequent plans. 4. The other woman is calling her chickens (_her own_). 5. Another woman is calling her chickens (_not her own_). 6. The Gaul praises his arms (_his own_). 7. The Gaul praises his arms (_not his own_). 8. This farmer often plows their fields. 9. Those wretched slaves long for their master (_their own_). 10. Those wretched slaves long for their master (_not their own_). 11. Free men love their own fatherland. 12. They love its villages and towns. Ç118.È DIALOGUE[1] CORNELIUS AND MARCUS M. Quis est vir, Corn�l”, cum puer™ parv™? Estne R™m‰nus et l”ber? C. R™m‰nus n™n est, M‰rce. Is vir est servus et eius domicilium est in silv”s Galliae. M. Estne puer f”lius eius serv” an alter”us? C. Neutr”us f”lius est puer. Is est f”lius l�g‰t” Sext”. M. Qu™ puer cum e™ serv™ properat? C. Is cum serv™ properat ad l‰t™s Sext” agr™s.[2] T™tum fržmentum est iam m‰tžrum et magnus serv™rum numerus in Italiae[3] agr”s lab™rat. M. Agricolaene sunt Gall” et patriae suae agr™s arant? C. N™n agricolae sunt. Bellum amant Gall”, n™n agr” cultžram. Apud e™s vir” pugnant et f�minae auxili™ l”ber™rum agr™s arant parantque cibum. M. Magister noster puer”s puell”sque gr‰t‰s Gall™rum f‰bul‰s saepe n‰rrat et laudat e™s saepe. C. Mala est fortžna e™rum et saepe miser” serv” mult”s cum lacrim”s patriam suam d�s”derant. [Footnote 1: There are a number of departures from the normal order in this dialogue. Find them, and give the reason.] [Footnote 2: When a noun is modified by both a genitive and an adjective, a favorite order of words is _adjective, genitive, noun_.] [Footnote 3: A modifying genitive often stands between a preposition and its object.] * * * * * ÇSecond Review, Lessons IX-XVII, ¤¤506-509È * * * * * LESSON XVIII ÇCONJUGATIONÈ THE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES OF ÇSUMÈ [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS lždus, -”, m.,_school_ Çsocius, soc”È, m., _companion, ally_ (social) ADJECTIVES Ç”r‰tus, -a, -umÈ, _angry, furious_ (irate) Çlaetus, -a, -umÈ, _happy, glad_ (social) ADVERBS hodi�, _to-day_ ÇibiÈ, _there, in that place_ mox, _presently, soon_, of the immediate future ÇnuncÈ, _now, the present moment_ ÇnžperÈ, _lately, recently_, of the immediate past Ç119.È The inflection of a verb is called its _conjugation_ (cf. ¤23). In English the verb has but few changes in form, the different meanings being expressed by the use of personal pronouns and auxiliaries, as, _I am carried, we have carried, they shall have carried_, etc. In Latin, on the other hand, instead of using personal pronouns and auxiliary verbs, the form changes with the meaning. In this way the Romans expressed differences in _tense, mood, voice, person_, and _number_. Ç120.È ÇThe Tenses.È The different forms of a verb referring to different times are called its _tenses_. The chief distinctions of time are present, past, and future: 1. ÇThe presentÈ, that is, _what is happening now_, or _what usually happens_, is expressed by THE PRESENT TENSE 2. ÇThe pastÈ, that is, _what was happening, used to happen, happened, has happened_, or _had happened_, is expressed by THE IMPERFECT, PERFECT, AND PLUPERFECT TENSES 3. ÇThe futureÈ, that is, _what is going to happen_, is expressed by THE FUTURE AND FUTURE PERFECT TENSES Ç121.È ÇThe Moods.È Verbs have inflection of _mood_ to indicate the manner in which they express action. The moods of the Latin verb are the _indicative, subjunctive, imperative_, and _infinitive_. _a._ A verb is in the _indicative_ mood when it makes a statement or asks a question about something assumed as a fact. All the verbs we have used thus far are in the present indicative. Ç122.È ÇThe Persons.È There are three persons, as in English. The first person is the person speaking (_I sing_); the second person the person spoken to (_you sing_); the third person the person spoken of (_he sings_). Instead of using personal pronouns for the different persons in the two numbers, singular and plural, the Latin verb uses the personal endings (cf. ¤22 _a_; 29). We have already learned that Ç-tÈ is the ending of the third person singular in the active voice and Ç-ntÈ of the third person plural. The complete list of personal endings of the active voice is as follows: SINGULAR PLURAL _1st Pers._ _I_ -m or -™ _we_ -mus _2d Pers._ _thou_ or _you_ -s _you_ -tis _3d Pers._ _he, she, it_ -t _they_ -nt Ç123.È Most verbs form their moods and tenses after a regular plan and are called _regular_ verbs. Verbs that depart from this plan are called _irregular_. The verb _to be_ is irregular in Latin as in English. The present, imperfect, and future tenses of the indicative are inflected as follows: PRESENT INDICATIVE SINGULAR PLURAL _1st Pers._ su-m, _I am_ su-mus, _we are_ _2d Pers._ e-s, _you[1] are_ es-tis, _you[1] are_ _3d Pers._ es-t, _he, she_, or _it is_ su-nt, _they are_ IMPERFECT INDICATIVE SINGULAR PLURAL _1st Pers._ er-a-m, _I was_ er-‰«-mus, _we were_ _2d Pers._ er-‰-s, _you were_ er-‰«-tis, _you were_ _3d Pers._ er-a-t, _he, she_, or _it was_ er-‰-nt, _they were_ FUTURE INDICATIVE SINGULAR PLURAL _1st Pers._ er-™, _I shall be_ er«-i-mus, _we shall be_ _2d Pers._ er-i-s, _you will be_ er«-i-tis, _you will be_ _3d Pers._ er-i-t, _he will be_ er-u-nt, _they will be_ _a._ Be careful about vowel quantity and accent in these forms, and consult ¤¤12.2; 14; 15. [Footnote 1: Observe that in English _you are_, _you were_, etc. may be either singular or plural. In Latin the singular and plural forms are never the same.] Ç124.È DIALOGUE THE BOYS SEXTUS AND MARCUS First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287. S. Ubi es, M‰rce? Ubi est Qu”ntus? Ubi estis, am”c”? M. Cum Qu”nt™, Sexte, in silv‰ sum. N™n s™l” sumus; sunt in silv‰ mult” ali” puer”. S. Nunc laetus es, sed nžper n™n laetus er‰s. Cžr miser er‰s? M. Miser eram quia am”c” me” erant in ali™ vic™ et eram s™lus. Nunc sum apud soci™s me™s. Nunc laet” sumus et erimus. S. Er‰tisne in lždo hodi�? M. Hodi� n™n er‰mus in lžd™, quod magister erat aeger. S. Eritisne mox in lžd™? M. Am”c” me” ibi erunt, sed ego (_I_) n™n er™. S. Cžr n™n ibi eris? Magister, saepe ir‰tus, inopiam tuam stud” d”ligentiaeque n™n laudat. M. Nžper aeger eram et nunc ”nf”rmus sum. Ç125.È EXERCISE 1. You are, you were, you will be, (_sing. and plur._). 2. I am, I was, I shall be. 3. He is, he was, he will be. 4. We are, we were, we shall be. 5. They are, they were, they will be. 6. Why were you not in school to-day? I was sick. 7. Lately he was a sailor, now he is a farmer, soon he will be a teacher. 8. To-day I am happy, but lately I was wretched. 9. The teachers were happy because of the boysÕ industry. [Illustration: PUERI ROMANI IN LUDO] LESSON XIX THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _AMï_ AND _MONEï_ Ç126.È There are four conjugations of the regular verbs. These conjugations are distinguished from each other by the final vowel of the present conjugation-stem.[1] This vowel is called the _distinguishing vowel_, and is best seen in the present infinitive. [Footnote 1: The _stem_ is the body of a word to which the terminations are attached. It is often identical with the base (cf. ¤58). If, however, the stem ends in a vowel, the latter does not appear in the base, but is variously combined with the inflectional terminations. This point is further explained in ¤230.] Below is given the _present infinitive_ of a verb of each conjugation, the _present stem_, and the _distinguishing vowel._ DISTINGUISHING CONJUGATION PRES. INFIN. PRES. STEM VOWEL I. Çam‰«reÈ, _to love_ Çam‰-È Ç‰È II. Çmon�«reÈ, _to advise_ Çmon�-È Ç�È III. Çre«gereÈ, _to rule_ Çrege-È ÇeÈ IV. Çaud”«reÈ, _to hear_ Çaudi-È Ç”È _a._ Note that the present stem of each conjugation is found by dropping Ç-reÈ, the ending of the present infinitive. NOTE. The present infinitive of ÇsumÈ is ÇesseÈ, and Çes-È is the present stem. Ç127.È From the present stem are formed the _present_, _imperfect_, and _future_ tenses. Ç128.È The inflection of the Present Active Indicative of the first and of the second conjugation is as follows: Ça«m™, am‰«reÈ (_love_) Çmo«ne™, mon�«reÈ (_advise_) PRES. STEM Çam‰-È PRES. STEM Çmon�-È SINGULAR PLURAL PERSONAL ENDINGS 1. a«m™, _I love_ mo«ne™, _I advise_ -™ 2. a«m‰s, _you love_ mo«n�s, _you advise_ -s 3. a«mat, _he (she, it) loves_ mo«net, _he (she, it) advises_ -t 1. am‰«mus, _we love_ mon�«mus, _we advise_ -mus 2. am‰«tis, _you love_ mon�«tis, _you advise_ -tis 3. a«mant, _they love_ mo«nent, _they advise_ -nt 1. The present tense is inflected by adding the personal endings to the present stem, and its first person uses Ç-oÈ and not Ç-mÈ. The form Çam™È is for Çam‰-™È, the two vowels lj-™È contracting to Ç™È. In Çmone™È there is no contraction. _Nearly all regular verbs ending in Ç-eoÈ belong to the second conjugation._ 2. Note that the long final vowel of the stem is shortened before another vowel (Çmon�-™È = Çmo«ne™È), and before final Ç-tÈ (ÇamatÈ, ÇmonetÈ) and Ç-ntÈ (ÇamantÈ, ÇmonentÈ). Compare ¤12.2. Ç129.È Like Çam™È and Çmone™È inflect the present active indicative of the following verbs[2]: [Footnote 2: The only new verbs in this list are the five of the second conjugation which are starred. Learn their meanings.] INDICATIVE PRESENT INFINITIVE PRESENT a«r™, _I plow_ ar‰«re, _to plow_ cž«r™, _I care for_ cžr‰«re, _to care for_ *d�«le™, _I destroy_ d�l�«re, _to destroy_ d�s”«der™, _I long for_ d�s”der‰«re, _to long for_ d™,[3] _I give_ da«re, _to give_ *ha«be™, _I have_ hab�«re, _to have_ ha«bit™, _I live, I dwell_ habit‰«re, _to live, to dwell_ *iu«be™, _I order_ iub�«re, _to order_ lab™«r™, _I labor_ lab™r‰«re, _to labor_ lau«d™, _I praise_ laud‰«re, _to praise_ m‰tž«r™, _I hasten_ m‰tžr‰«re, _to hasten_ *mo«ve™, _I move_ mov�«re, _to move_ n‰r«r™, _I tell_ n‰rr‰«re, _to tell_ ne«c™, _I kill_ nec‰«re, _to kill_ nžn«ti™, _I announce_ nžnti‰«re, _to announce_ pa«r™, _I prepare_ par‰«re, _to prepare_ por«t™, _I carry_ port‰«re, _to carry_ pro«per™, _I hasten_ proper‰«re, _to hasten_ pug«n™, _I fight_ pugn‰«re, _to fight_ *vi«de™, _I see_ vid�«re, _to see_ vo«c™, _I call_ voc‰«re, _to call_ [Footnote 3: Observe that in Çd™, dareÈ, the ÇaÈ is _short_, and that the present stem is Çda-È and not Çd‰-È. The only forms of Çd™È that have a long are Çd‰sÈ (pres. indic.), Çd‰È (pres. imv.), and Çd‰nsÈ (pres. part.).] Ç130.È ÇThe Translation of the Present.È In English there are three ways of expressing present action. We may say, for example, _I live, I am living_, or _I do live_. In Latin the one expression Çhabit™È covers all three of these expressions. Ç131.È EXERCISES Give the _voice_, _mood_, _tense_, _person_, and _number_ of each form. I. 1. Voc‰mus, proper‰tis, iubent. 2. Mov�tis, laud‰s, vid�s. 3. D�l�tis, hab�tis, dant. 4. M‰tžr‰s, d�s”derat, vid�mus. 5. Iubet, movent, necat. 6. N‰rr‰mus, mov�s, vident. 7. Lab™r‰tis, properant, port‰s, parant. 8. D�let, hab�tis, iub�mus, d‰s. N.B. Observe that the personal ending is of prime importance in translating a Latin verb form. Give that your first attention. II. 1. We plow, we are plowing, we do plow. 2. They care for, they are caring for, they do care for. 3. You give, you are having, you do have (_sing_.). 4. We destroy, I do long for, they are living. 5. He calls, they see, we are telling. 6. We do fight, we order, he is moving, he prepares. 7. They are laboring, we kill, you announce. LESSON XX IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _AMï_ AND _MONEï_ [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çf™rma, -aeÈ, f., _form, beauty_ Çreg”na, -aeÈ, f., _queen_ (regal) Çpoena, -aeÈ, f., _punishment, penalty_ superbia, -ae, f., _pride, haughtiness_ Çpotentia, -aeÈ, f., _power_ (potent) Çtr”st”t”a, -aeÈ, f., _sadness, sorrow_ ADJECTIVES ÇseptemÈ, indeclinable, _seven_ Çsuperbus, -a, -umÈ, _proud, haughty_ (superb) CONJUNCTIONS Çn™n s™lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_ Ç132.È ÇTense Signs.È Instead of using auxiliary verbs to express differences in tense, like _was_, _shall_, _will_, etc., Latin adds to the verb stem certain elements that have the force of auxiliary verbs. These are called _tense signs_. Ç133.È ÇFormation and Inflection of the Imperfect.È The tense sign of the imperfect is Ç-b‰-È, which is added to the present stem. The imperfect consists, therefore, of three parts: PRESENT STEM TENSE SIGN PERSONAL ENDING Çam‰-È Çba-È ÇmÈ _loving_ _was_ _I_ The inflection is as follows: CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II PERSONAL SINGULAR ENDINGS 1. am‰«bam, _I was loving_ mon�«bam, _I was advising_ -m 2. am‰«b‰s, _you were loving_ mon�«b‰s, _you were advising_ -s 3. am‰«bat, _he was loving_ mon�«bat, _he was advising_ -t PLURAL 1. am‰b‰«mus, _we were loving_ mon�b‰«mus, _we were advising_ -mus 2. am‰b‰«tis, _you were loving_ mon�b‰«tis, _you were advising_ -tis 3. am‰«bant, _they were loving_ mon�«bant, _they wereadvising_ -nt _a._ Note that the Ç‰È of the tense sign Ç-b‰-È is shortened before Ç-ntÈ, and before ÇmÈ and ÇtÈ when final. (Cf. ¤12.2.) In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in ¤129. Ç134.È ÇMeaning of the Imperfect.È The Latin imperfect describes an act as _going on_ or _progressing in past time_, like the English past-progressive tense (as, _I was walking_). It is the regular tense used to describe a past situation or condition of affairs. Ç135.È EXERCISES I. 1. Vid�b‰mus, d�s”der‰bat, m‰tžr‰b‰s. 2. Dabant, voc‰b‰tis, d�l�b‰mus. 3. Pugnant, laud‰b‰s, mov�b‰tis. 4. Iub�bant, proper‰b‰tis, port‰b‰mus. 5. Dab‰s, n‰rr‰bant, lab™r‰b‰tis. 6. Vid�bant, mov�b‰s, nžnti‰b‰mus. 7. Nec‰bat, mov�bam, hab�bat, par‰b‰tis. II. 1. You were having (_sing. and plur._), we were killing, they were laboring. 2. He was moving, we were ordering, we were fighting. 3. We were telling, they were seeing, he was calling. 4. They were living, I was longing for, we were destroying. 5. You were giving, you were moving, you were announcing, (_sing. and plur._). 6. They were caring for, he was plowing, we were praising. Ç136.È NI«OBE AND HER CHILDREN First learn the special vocabulary, p. 287. Niob�, r�gina Th�b‰n™rum, erat pulchra f�mina sed superba. Erat superba n™n s™lum f™rm‰[1] su‰ mar”t”que potenti‰[1] sed etiam magn™ l”ber™rum numer™.[1] Nam hab�bat[2] septem f”li™s et septem f”li‰s. Sed ea superbia erat r�g”nae[3] causa magnae tr”stitiae et l”ber”s[3] causa džrae poenae. NOTE. The words ÇNiob�È, ÇTh�b‰n™rumÈ, and Çmar”t”È will be found in the general vocabulary. Translate the selection without looking up any other words. [Footnote 1: Ablative of cause.] [Footnote 2: Translate _had_; it denotes a past situation. (See ¤134.)] [Footnote 3: Dative, cf. ¤43.] LESSON XXI FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _AMï_ AND _MONEï_ [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS sacrum, -”, n., _sacrifice, offering, rite_ Çverbum, -”È, n., _word_ (verb) VERBS sede™, -�re, _sit_ (sediment) vol™, -‰re, _fly_ (volatile) ADJECTIVES Çinterfectus, -a, -umÈ, _slain_ Çmolestus, -a, -umÈ, _troublesome, annoying_ (molest) Çperpetuus, -a, -umÈ, _perpetual, continuous_ ÇegoÈ, personal pronoun, _I_ (egotism). Always emphatic in the nominative. Ç137.È The tense sign of the Future Indicative in the first and second conjugations is Ç-bi-È. This is joined to the present stem of the verb and followed by the personal ending, as follows: PRESENT STEM TENSE SIGN PERSONAL ENDING Çam‰-È Çbi-È ÇsÈ _love_ _will_ _you_ Ç138.È The Future Active Indicative is inflected as follows. CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II SINGULAR 1. am‰«b™, _I shall love_ mon�«b™, _I shall advise_ 2. am‰«bis, _you will love_ mon�«bis, _you will advise_ 3. am‰«bit, _he will love_ mon�«bit, _he will advise_ PLURAL 1. am‰«bimus, _we shall love_ mon�«bimus, _we shall advise_ 2. am‰«bitis _you will love_ mon�«bitis, _you will advise_ 3. am‰«bunt, _they will love_ mon�«bunt, _they will advise_ _a._ The personal endings are as in the present. The ending Ç-b™È in the first person singular is contracted from Ç-bi-™È. The Ç-bi-È appears as Ç-bu-È in the third person plural. Note that the inflection is like that of Çer™È, the future of ÇsumÈ. _Pay especial attention to the accent._ In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in ¤129. Ç139.È EXERCISES I. 1. Mov�bitis, laud‰bis, ar‰b™. 2. D�l�bitis, voc‰bitis, dabunt. 3. M‰tžr‰bis, d�s”der‰bit, vid�bimus. 4. Hab�bit, mov�bunt, nec‰bit. 5. N‰rr‰bimus, mon�bis, vid�bunt. 6. Lab™r‰bitis, cžr‰bunt, dabis. 7. Habit‰bimus, proper‰bitis, iub�bunt, par‰bit. 8. Nžnti‰b™, port‰bimus, iub�b™. II. 1. We shall announce, we shall see, I shall hasten. 2. I shall carry, he will plow, they will care for. 3. You will announce, you will move, you will give, (_sing. and plur._). 4. We shall fight, we shall destroy, I shall long for. 5. He will call, they will see, you will tell (_plur._). 6. They will dwell, we shall order, he will praise. 7. They will labor, we shall kill, you will have (_sing. and plur._), he will destroy. Ç140.È NI«OBE AND HER CHILDREN (_Concluded_) First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288. Apoll™ et Di‰na erant l”ber” L‰t™nae. I”s Th�b‰n” sacra cr�bra par‰bant.[1] Oppid‰n” am‰bant L‰t™nam et l”ber™s eius. Id superbae r�g”nae erat molestum. ÒCžr,Ó inquit, ÒL‰t™nae et l”ber”s sacra par‰tis? Du™s l”ber™s habet L‰t™na; quattuordecim habe™ ego. Ubi sunt mea sacra?Ó L‰t™na i”s verb”s[2] ”r‰ta l”ber™s su™s vocat. Ad eam volant Apoll™ Di‰naque et sagitt”s[3] su”s miser™s l”ber™s r�g”nae superbae d�lent. Niob�, nžper laeta, nunc misera, sedet apud l”ber™s interfect™s et cum perpetu”s lacrim”s[4] e™s d�s”derat. NOTE. Consult the general vocabulary for ÇApoll™È, ÇinquitÈ, Çdu™sÈ, and ÇquattuordecimÈ. Try to remember the meaning of all the other words. [Footnote 1: Observe the force of the imperfect here, _used to prepare_, _were in the habit of preparing_; so Çam‰bantÈ denotes a past situation of affairs. (See ¤134.)] [Footnote 2: Ablative of cause.] [Footnote 3: Ablative of means.] [Footnote 4: This may be either manner or accompaniment. It is often impossible to draw a sharp line between means, manner, and accompaniment. The Romans themselves drew no sharp distinction. It was enough for them if the general idea demanded the ablative case.] LESSON XXII REVIEW OF VERBS ¥ THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çdiscipl”na, -aeÈ, f., _training, culture, discipline_ ÇG‰ius, G‰”È, m., _Caius_, a Roman first name Ç™rn‰mentum, -”È, n., _ornament, jewel_ Tiberius, Tibe«r”, m., _Tiberius_, a Roman first name VERB Çdoce™, -�reÈ, _teach_ (doctrine) ADVERB Çmaxim�È, _most of all, especially_ ADJECTIVE Çant”quus, -qua, -quumÈ, _old, ancient_ (antique) Ç141.È Review the present, imperfect, and future active indicative, both orally and in writing, of ÇsumÈ and the verbs in ¤129. Ç142.È We learned in ¤43 for what sort of expressions we may expect the dative, and in ¤44 that one of its commonest uses is with _verbs_ to express the indirect object. It is also very common with _adjectives_ to express the object toward which the quality denoted by the adjective is directed. We have already had a number of cases where Çgr‰tusÈ, _agreeable to_, was so followed by a dative; and in the last lesson we had ÇmolestusÈ, _annoying to_, followed by that case. The usage may be more explicitly stated by the following rule: Ç143.È RULE. ÇDative with Adjectives.È _The dative is used with adjectives to denote the object toward which the given quality is directed. Such are, especially, those meaning ÇnearÈ, also ÇfitÈ, ÇfriendlyÈ, ÇpleasingÈ, ÇlikeÈ, and their opposites._ Ç144.È Among such adjectives memorize the following: Çid™neus, -a, -umÈ, _fit, suitable_ (for) Çam”cus, -a, -umÈ, _friendly_ (to) Çinimicus, -a, -umÈ, _hostile_ (to) Çgr‰tus, -a, -umÈ, _pleasing_ (to), _agreeable_ (to) Çmolestus, -a, -umÈ, _annoying_ (to), _troublesome_ (to) Çf”nitimus, -a, -umÈ, _neighboring_ (to) Çproximus, -a, -umÈ, _nearest, next_ (to) Ç145.È EXERCISES I. 1. R™m‰n” terram id™neam agr” cultžrae habent. 2. Gall” c™pi”s R™m‰n”s inim”c” erant. 3. Cui dea L‰t™na am”ca non erat? 4. Dea L‰t™na superbae r�g”nae am”ca n™n erat. 5. Cibus noster, M‰rce, erit arm‰t”s vir”s gr‰tus. 6. Quid erat molestum popul”s Italiae? 7. Bella longa cum Gall”s erant molesta popul”s Italiae. 8. Agr” Germ‰n™rum fluvi™ Rh�n™ f”nitim” erant. 9. R™m‰n” ad silvam oppid™ proximam castra mov�bant. 10. N™n s™lum f™rma sed etiam superbia r�g”nae erat magna. 11. Mox r�g”na pulchra erit aegra tr”stiti‰. 12. Cžr erat Niob�, r�g”na Th�b‰n™rum, laeta? Laeta erat Niob� mult”s f”li”s et f”li‰bus. II. 1. The sacrifices of the people will be annoying to the haughty queen. 2. The sacrifices were pleasing not only to Latona but also to Diana. 3. Diana will destroy those hostile to Latona. 4. The punishment of the haughty queen was pleasing to the goddess Diana. 5. The Romans will move their forces to a large field[1] suitable for a camp. 6. Some of the allies were friendly to the Romans, others to the Gauls. [Footnote 1: Why not the dative?] Ç146.È CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288. Apud ant”qu‰s domin‰s, Corn�lia, åfric‰n” f”lia, erat[2] maxim� cl‰ra. F”li” eius erant Tiberius Gracchus et G‰ius Gracchus. I” puer” cum Corn�li‰ in oppid™ R™m‰, cl‰r™ Italiae oppid™, habit‰bant. Ibi e™s cžr‰bat Corn�lia et ibi magn™ cum studi™ e™s doc�bat. Bona f�mina erat Corn�lia et bonam discipl”nam maxim� am‰bat. NOTE. Can you translate the paragraph above? There are no new words. [Footnote 2: Observe that all the imperfects denote continued or progressive action, or describe a state of affairs. (Cf. ¤134.)] LESSON XXIII PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _REGï_ AND _AUDIï_ Ç147.È As we learned in ¤126, the present stem of the third conjugation ends in Ç-eÈ, and of the fourth in Ç-”È. The inflection of the Present Indicative is as follows: CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION IV Çre«g™, re«gereÈ (_rule_) Çau«dio, aud”«reÈ (_hear_) PRES. STEM Çrege-È PRES. STEM Çaud”-È SINGULAR 1. re«g™, _I rule_ au«di™, _I hear_ 2. re«gis, _you rule_ au«d”s, _you hear_ 3. re«git, _he (she, it) rules_ au«dit, _he (she, it) hears_ PLURAL 1. re«gimus, _we rule_ aud”«mus, _we hear_ 2. re«gitis, _you rule_ aud”«tis, _you hear_ 3. re«gunt, _they rule_ au«diunt, _they hear_ 1. The personal endings are the same as before. 2. The final short Ç-e-È of the stem Çrege-È combines with the Ç-™È in the first person, becomes Ç-u-È in the third person plural, and becomes Ç-i-È elsewhere. The inflection is like that of Çer™È, the future of ÇsumÈ. 3. In Çaudi™È the personal endings are added regularly to the stem Çaud”-È. In the third person plural Ç-u-È is inserted between the stem and the personal ending, as Çaudi-u-ntÈ. Note that the long vowel of the stem is shortened before final Ç-tÈ just as in Çam™È and Çmone™È. (Cf. ¤12.2.) Note that Ç-i-È is always short in the third conjugation and long in the fourth, excepting where long vowels are regularly shortened. (Cf. ¤12.1, 2.) Ç148.È Like Çreg™È and Çaudi™È inflect the present active indicative of the following verbs: INDICATIVE PRESENT INFINITIVE PRESENT ag™, _I drive_ agere, _to drive_ d”c™, _I say_ d”cere, _to say_ džc™, _I lead_ džcere, _to lead_ mitt™, _I send_ mittere, _to send_ mžni™, _I fortify_ mžn”re, _to fortify_ reperi™, _I find_ reper”re, _to find_ veni™, _I come_ ven”re, _to come_ Ç149.È EXERCISES I. 1. Quis agit? Cžr venit? Quem mittit? Quem džcis? 2. Quid mittunt? Ad quem veniunt? Cuius castra mžniunt? 3. Quem agunt? Ven”mus. Quid puer reperit? 4. Quem mittimus? Cuius equum džcitis? Quid d”cunt? 5. Mžn”mus, ven”tis, d”cit. 6. Agimus, reper”tis, mžn”s. 7. Reperis, ducitis, d”cis. 8. Agitis, audimus, regimus. II. 1. What do they find? Whom do they hear? Why does he come? 2. Whose camp are we fortifying? To whom does he say? What are we saying? 3. I am driving, you are leading, they are hearing. 4. You send, he says, you fortify (_sing. and plur._). 5. I am coming, we find, they send. 6. They lead, you drive, he does fortify. 7. You lead, you find, you rule, (_all plur._). Ç150.È CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS (_Concluded_) Proximum domic”li™ Corn�liae erat pulchrae Camp‰nae domicilium. Camp‰na erat superba n™n s™lum f™rm‰ su‰ sed maxim� ™rn‰ment”s su”s. Ea[1] laud‰bat semper. ÒHab�sne tž žlla orn‰menta, Corn�lia?Ó inquit. ÒUbi sunt tua ™rn‰menta?Ó Deinde Corn�lia f”li™s su™s Tiberium et G‰ium vocat. ÒPuer” me”,Ó inquit, Òsunt mea ™rn‰menta. Nam bon” l”ber” sunt semper bonae f�minae ™rn‰menta maxim� cl‰ra.Ó NOTE. The only new words here are ÇCamp‰naÈ, ÇsemperÈ, and ÇtžÈ. [Footnote 1: ÇEaÈ, accusative plural neuter.] [Illustration: ÒPUERI MEI SUNT MEA ORNAMENTAÓ] LESSON XXIV IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _REGï_ AND _AUDIï_ THE DATIVE WITH SPECIAL INTRANSITIVE VERBS Ç151.È PARADIGMS CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION IV SINGULAR 1. reg�«bam, _I was ruling_ audi�«bam, _I was hearing_ 2. reg�«b‰s, _you were riding_ audi�«b‰s, _you were hearing_ 3. reg�«bat, _he was ruling_ audi�«bat, _he was hearing_ PLURAL 1. reg�b‰«mus, _we were ruling_ audi�b‰«mus, _we were hearing_ 2. reg�b‰«tis, _you were ruling_ audi�b‰«tis, _you were hearing_ 3. reg�«bant, _they were ruling_ audi�«bant, _they were hearing_ 1. The tense sign is Ç-b‰-È, as in the first two conjugations. 2. Observe that the final Ç-e-È of the stem is lengthened before the tense sign Ç-b‰-È. This makes the imperfect of the third conjugation just like the imperfect of the second (cf. Çmon�bamÈ and Çreg�bamÈ). 3. In the fourth conjugation Ç-�-È is inserted between the stem and the tense sign Ç-b‰-È (Çaudi-�-ba-mÈ). 4. In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in ¤148. Ç152.È EXERCISES I. 1. Ag�bat, veni�bat, mitt�bat, džc�bant. 2. Ag�bant, mitt�bant, džc�bas, mžni�bant. 3. Mitt�b‰mus, džc�b‰tis, d”c�bant. 4. Mžni�b‰mus, veni�b‰tis, d”c�b‰s. 5. Mitt�b‰s, veni�b‰mus, reperi�bat. 6. Reperi�b‰s, veni�b‰s, audi�b‰tis. 7. Ag�b‰mus, reperi�b‰tis, mžni�bat. 8. Ag�b‰tis, d”c�bam, mžni�bam. II. 1. They were leading, you were driving (_sing. and plur._), he was fortifying. 2. They were sending, we were finding, I was coming. 3. You were sending, you were fortifying, (_sing. and plur._), he was saying. 4. They were hearing, you were leading (_sing. and plur._), I was driving. 5. We were saying, he was sending, I was fortifying. 6. They were coming, he was hearing, I was finding. 7. You were ruling (_sing. and plur._), we were coming, they were ruling. Ç153.È ÇThe Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs.È We learned above (¤20.a) that a verb which does not admit of a direct object is called an _intransitive_ verb. Many such verbs, however, are of such meaning that they can govern an indirect object, which will, of course, be in the dative case (¤45). Learn the following list of intransitive verbs with their meanings. In each case the dative indirect object is the person or thing to which a benefit, injury, or feeling is directed. (Cf. ¤43.) Çcr�d™, cr�dereÈ, _believe_ (give belief to) Çfave™, fav�reÈ, _favor_ (show favor to) Çnoce™, noc�reÈ, _injure_ (do harm to) Çp‰re™, p‰r�reÈ, _obey_ (give obedience to) Çpersu‰de™, persu‰d�reÈ, _persuade_ (offer persuasion to) Çresist™, resistereÈ, _resist_ (offer resistance to) Çstude™, stud�reÈ, _be eager for_ (give attention to) Ç154.È RULE. ÇDative with Intransitive Verbs.È _The dative of the indirect object is used with the intransitive verbs Çcr�d™È, Çfave™È, Çnoce™È, Çp‰re™È, Çpersu‰de™È, Çresist™È, Çstude™È, and others of like meaning._ Ç155.È EXERCISE 1. Cr�disne verb”s soci™rum? Mult” verb”s e™rum n™n cr�dunt. 2. Me” f”nitim” c™nsili™ tu™ n™n fav�bunt, quod bell™ student. 3. Tiberius et G‰ius discipl”nae džrae n™n resist�bant et Corn�liae p‰r�bant. 4. Dea erat inim”ca septem f”li‰bus r�g”nae. 5. Džra poena et perpetua tr”stitia r�g”nae n™n persu‰d�bunt. 6. Nžper ea resist�bat et nunc resistit potentiae L‰t™nae. 7. Mox sagittae vol‰bunt et l”ber”s miser”s noc�bunt. LESSON XXV FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _REGï_ AND _AUDIï_ Ç156.È In the future tense of the third and fourth conjugations we meet with a new tense sign. Instead of using Ç-bi-È, as in the first and second conjugations, we use Ç-‰-È[1] in the first person singular and Ç-�-È in the rest of the tense. In the third conjugation the final Ç-e-È of the stem is dropped before this tense sign; in the fourth conjugation the final Ç-”-È of the stem is retained.[2] [Footnote 1: The Ç-‰-È is shortened before Ç-mÈ final, and Ç-�-È before Ç-tÈ final and before Ç-ntÈ. (Cf. ¤12.2.)] [Footnote 2: The Ç-”-È is, of course, shortened, being before another vowel. (Cf. ¤12.1.)] Ç157.È PARADIGMS CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION IV SINGULAR 1. re«gam, _I shall rule_ au«diam, _I shall hear_ 2. re«g�s, _you will rule_ au«di�s, _you will hear_ 3. re«get, _he will rule_ au«diet, _he will hear_ PLURAL 1. reg�«mus, _we shall rule_ audi�«mus, _we shall hear_ 2. reg�«tis, _you will rule_ audi�«tis, _you will hear_ 3. re«gent, _they will rule_ au«dient, _they will hear_ 1. Observe that the future of the third conjugation is like the present of the second, excepting in the first person singular. 2. In the same manner inflect the verbs given in ¤148. Ç158.È EXERCISES I. 1. D”cet, džc�tis, mžni�mus. 2. D”cent, d”c�tis, mitt�mus. 3. Mžnient, venient, mittent, agent. 4. Džcet, mitt�s, veniet, aget. 5. Mžniet, reperi�tis, ag�mus. 6. Mittam, veni�mus, regent. 7. Audi�tis, veni�s, reperi�s. 8. Reperiet, agam, džc�mus, mittet. 9. Vid�bitis, sed�b™, voc‰bimus. II. 1. I shall find, he will hear, they will come. 2. I shall fortify, he will send, we shall say. 3. I shall drive, you will lead, they will hear. 4. You will send, you will fortify, (_sing. and plur._), he will say. 5. I shall come, we shall find, they will send. 6. Who[3] will believe the story? I[4] shall believe the story. 7. Whose friends do you favor? We favor our friends. 8. Who will resist our weapons? Sextus will resist your weapons. 9. Who will persuade him? They will persuade him. 10. Why were you injuring my horse? I was not injuring your horse. 11. Whom does a good slave obey? A good slave obeys his master. 12. Our men were eager for another battle. [Footnote 3: Remember that ÇquisÈ, _who_, is singular in number.] [Footnote 4: Express by ÇegoÈ, because it is emphatic.] LESSON XXVI VERBS IN _-Iï_ OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION ¥ THE IMPERATIVE MOOD Ç159.È There are a few common verbs ending in Ç-i™È which do not belong to the fourth conjugation, as you might infer, but to the third. The fact that they belong to the third conjugation is shown by the ending of the infinitive. (Cf. ¤126.) Compare Çaudi™, aud”«reÈ (_hear_), fourth conjugation Çcapi™, ca«pereÈ (_take_), third conjugation Ç160.È The present, imperfect, and future active indicative of Çcapi™È are inflected as follows: Çcapi™, capereÈ, _take_ PRES. STEM Çcape-È PRESENT IMPERFECT FUTURE SINGULAR 1. ca«pi™ capi�«bam ca«piam 2. ca«pis capi�«b‰s ca«pi�s 3. ca«pit capi�«bat ca«piet PLURAL 1. ca«pimus capi�b‰«mus capi�«mus 2. ca«pitis capi�b‰«tis capi�«tis 3. ca«piunt capi�«bant ca«pient 1. Observe that Çcapi™È and the other Ç-i™È verbs follow the fourth conjugation wherever in the fourth conjugation _two vowels occur in succession._ (Cf. capi™, audi™; capiunt, audiunt; and all the imperfect and future.) All other forms are like the third conjugation. (Cf. capis, regis; capit, regit; etc.) 2. Like Çcapi™È, inflect Çfaci™, facereÈ, _make, do_ Çfugi™, fugereÈ, _flee_ Çiaci™, iacereÈ, _hurl_ Çrapi™, rapereÈ, _seize_ Ç161.È ÇThe Imperative Mood.È The imperative mood expresses a command; as, _come!_ _send!_ The present tense of the imperative is used only in the second person, singular and plural. _The singular in the active voice is regularly the same in form as the present stem. The plural is formed by adding Ç-teÈ to the singular._ CONJUGATION SINGULAR PLURAL I. am‰, _love thou_ am‰«te, _love ye_ II. mon�, _advise thou_ mon�«te, _advise ye_ III. (_a_) rege, _rule thou_ re«gite, _rule ye_ (_b_) cape, _take thou_ ca«pite, _take ye_ IV. aud”, _hear thou_ aud”«te, _hear ye_ sum (irregular) es, _be thou_ este, _be ye_ 1. In the third conjugation the final -e- of the stem becomes -i- in the plural. 2. The verbs Çd”c™È, _say_; Çdžc™È, _lead_; and Çfaci™È, _make_, have the irregular forms Çd”cÈ, ÇdžcÈ, and ÇfacÈ in the singular. 3. Give the present active imperative, singular and plural, of Çveni™È, Çdžc™È, Çvoc™È, Çdoce™È, Çlaud™È, Çd”c™È, Çsede™È, Çag™È, Çfaci™È, Çmžni™È, Çmitt™È, Çrapi™È. Ç162.È EXERCISES I. 1. Fugient, faciunt, iaci�bat. 2. D�l�, nžnti‰te, fugiunt. 3. Ven”te, d”c, faci�tis. 4. Džcite, iaciam, fugi�bant. 5. Fac, iaci�b‰mus, fugimus, rapite. 6. Sed�te, reper”, doc�te. 7. Fugi�mus, iacient, rapi�s. 8. Reperient, rapi�b‰tis, nocent. 9. Fav�te, resist�, p‰r�bitis. 10. Vol‰ ad mult‰s terr‰s et d‰ auxilium. 11. Ego t�la mea capiam et mult‰s fer‰s d�l�b™. 12. Quis f‰bulae tuae cr�det? 13. Este bon”, puer”, et aud”te verba gr‰ta magistr”. II. 1. The goddess will seize her arms and will hurl her weapons. 2. With her weapons she will destroy many beasts. 3. She will give aid to the weak.[1] 4. She will fly to many lands and the beasts will flee. 5. Romans, tell[2] the famous story to your children. [Footnote 1: Plural. An adjective used as a noun. (Cf. ¤99.II.3.)] [Footnote 2: Imperative. The imperative generally stands first, as in English.] * * * * * ÇThird Review, Lessons XVIII-XXVI, ¤¤510-512È * * * * * LESSON XXVII THE PASSIVE VOICE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF _AMï_ AND _MONEï_ [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS ljla, -aeÈ, f., _wing_ Çdeus, -”È, m., _god_ (deity)[A] Çmonstrum, -”È, n., _omen, prodigy; monster_ ™r‰culum, -”, n., _oracle_ VERB Çv‰st™, -‰reÈ, _lay waste, devastate_ ADJECTIVES Çcomm™tus, -a, -umÈ, _moved, excited_ Çmaximus, -a, -umÈ, _greatest_ (maximum) Çsaevus, -a, -umÈ, _fierce, savage_ ADVERBS ÇitaÈ, _thus, in this way, as follows_ ÇtumÈ, _then, at that time_ [Footnote A: For the declension of ÇdeusÈ, see ¤468] Ç163.È ÇThe Voices.È Thus far the verb forms have been in the _active voice_; that is, they have represented the subject as _performing_ an action; as, The lion ---> _killed_ ---> the hunter A verb is said to be in the _passive voice_ when it represents its subject as _receiving_ an action; as, The lion <--- _was killed_ <--- by the hunter Note the direction of the arrows. Ç164.È ÇPassive Personal Endings.È In the passive voice we use a different set of personal endings. They are as follows: SINGULAR PLURAL 1. -r, _I_ 1. -mur, _we_ 2. -ris, -re, _you_ 2. -min”, _you_ 3. -tur, _he, she, it_ 3. -ntur, _they_ _a._ Observe that the letter Ç-rÈ appears somewhere in all but one of the endings. This is sometimes called the _passive sign_. Ç165.È PARADIGMS Çam™, am‰reÈ Çmon�o, mon�reÈ PRES. STEM Çam‰-È PRES. STEM Çmon�-È PRESENT INDICATIVE PERSONAL ENDINGS SINGULAR a«mor, _I am loved_ mo«neor, _I am advised_ -or[1] am‰«ris or am‰«re, mon�«ris or mon�«re. -ris or -re _you are loved_ _you are advised_ am‰«tur, _he is loved_ mon�«tur, _he is advised_ -tur PLURAL am‰«mur, _we are loved_ mon�«mur, _we are advised_ -mur am‰«min”, _you are loved_ mon�«min”, _you are advised_ -mini aman«tur, _they are loved_ monen«tur, _they are advised_ -ntur [Footnote 1: In the present the personal ending of the first person singular is Ç-orÈ.] IMPERFECT INDICATIVE (TENSE SIGN Ç-b‰-È) SINGULAR am‰«bar, mon�«bar, -r _I was being loved_ _I was being advised_ am‰b‰«ris or am‰b‰«re, mon�b‰«ris or mon�b‰«re -ris or -re _you were being loved_ _you were being advised_ am‰b‰«tur, mon�b‰«tur, -tur _he was being loved_ _he was being advised_ PLURAL am‰b‰«mur, mon�b‰«mur, -mur _we were being loved_ _we were being advised_ am‰b‰«min”, mon�b‰«min”, -min” _you were being loved_ _you were being advised_ am‰ban«tur, mon�ban«tur, -ntur _they were being loved_ _they were being advised_ FUTURE (TENSE SIGN Ç-bi-È) SINGULAR am‰«bor, mon�«bor, -r _I shall be loved_ _I shall be advised_ am‰«beris, _or_ am‰«bere mon�«beris _or_ mon�«bere, -ris or -re _you will be loved_ _you will be advised_ am‰«bitur, mon�«bitur, -tur _he will be loved_ _he will be advised_ PLURAL am‰«bimur, mon�«bimur, -mur _we shall be loved_ _we shall be advised_ am‰bi«min”, mon�bi«min”, -min” _you will be loved_ _you will be advised_ am‰bun«tur, mon�bun«tur, -ntur _they will be loved_ _they will be advised_ 1. The tense sign and the personal endings are added as in the active. 2. In the future the tense sign Ç-bi-È appears as Ç-bo-È in the first person, Ç-be-È in the second, singular number, and as Ç-bu-È in the third person plural. 3. Inflect Çlaud™È, Çnec™È, Çport™È, Çmove™È, Çd�le™È, Çiube™È, in the present, imperfect, and future indicative, active and passive. Ç166.È Intransitive verbs, such as Çm‰tžr™È, _I hasten_; Çhabit™È, _I dwell_, do not have a passive voice with a personal subject. Ç167.È EXERCISES I. 1. Laud‰ris _or_ laud‰re, laud‰s, datur, dat. 2. Dabitur, dabit, vid�min”, vid�tis. 3. Voc‰bat, voc‰b‰tur, d�l�bitis, d�l�bimin”. 4. Par‰b‰tur, par‰bat, cžr‰s, cžr‰ris _or_ cžr‰re. 5. Port‰bantur, port‰bant, vid�bimur, vid�bimus. 6. Iub�ris _or_ iub�re, iub�s, laud‰b‰ris _or_ laud‰b‰re, laud‰b‰s. 7. Mov�beris or mov�bere, mov�bis, dabantur, dabant. 8. D�lentur, d�lent, par‰b‰mur, par‰b‰mus. II. 1. We prepare, we are prepared, I shall be called, I shall call, you were carrying, you were being carried. 2. I see, I am seen, it was being announced, he was announcing, they will order, they will be ordered. 3. You will be killed, you will kill, you move, you are moved, we are praising, we are being praised. 4. I am called, I call, you will have, you are cared for. 5. They are seen, they see, we were teaching, we were being taught, they will move, they will be moved. [Illustration: PERSEUS ANDROMEDAM SERVAT] Ç168.È PER«SEUS AND ANDROM«EDA First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288. Perseus f”lius erat Iovis,[2] maxim”[3] de™rum. D� e™ mult‰s fabul‰s n‰rrant po�tae. E” favent de”, e” magica arma et ‰l‰s dant. E”s t�l”s arm‰tus et ‰l”s fr�tus ad mult‰s terr‰s vol‰bat et m™nstra saeva d�l�bat et miser”s ”nf”rm”sque auxilium dabat. Aethiopia est terra åfricae. Eam terram C�pheus[4] reg�bat. E”[5] Neptžnus, maximus aqu‰rum deus, erat ”r‰tus et mittit[6] m™nstrum saevum ad Aethiopiam. Ibi m™nstrum n™n s™lum l‰t”s pulchr”sque Aethiopiae agr”s noc�bat sed etiam domicilia agricol‰rum d�l�bat, et mult™s vir™s, f�min‰s, l”ber™sque nec‰bat. Populus ex agr”s fugi�bat et oppida mžr”s valid”s mžni�bat. Tum C�pheus magn‰ tr”stiti‰ comm™tus ad Iovis ™r‰culum properat et ita d”cit: ÒAm”c” me” necantur; agr” me” v‰stantur. Aud” verba mea, Iuppiter. D‰ miser”s auxilium. Age m™nstrum saevum ex patri‰.Ó [Footnote 2: ÇIovisÈ, the genitive of ÇIuppiterÈ.] [Footnote 3: Used substantively, _the greatest_. So below, l. 4, Çmiser”sÈ and Ç”nf”rm”sÈ are used substantively.] [Footnote 4: Pronounce in two syllables, _Ce«pheus_.] [Footnote 5: ÇE”È, _at him_, dative with Ç”r‰tusÈ.] [Footnote 6: The present is often used, as in English, in speaking of a past action, in order to make the story more vivid and exciting.] LESSON XXVIII PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF _REGï_ AND _AUDIï_ [Special Vocabulary] VERBS Çresponde™, -�reÈ, _respond, reply_ Çserv™, -‰reÈ, _save, preserve_ ADJECTIVE Çc‰rus, -a, -umÈ, _dear_ (cherish) CONJUNCTION ÇautemÈ, _but, moreover, now_. Usually stands second, never first NOUN Çv”ta, -aeÈ, f., _life_ (vital) Ç169.È Review the present, imperfect, and future indicative active of Çreg™È and Çaudi™È, and learn the passive of the same tenses (¤¤490, 491). _a._ Observe that the tense signs of the imperfect and future are the same as in the active voice, and that the passive personal endings (¤164) are added instead of the active ones. _b._ Note the slight irregularity in the second person singular present of the third conjugation. There the final Ç-e-È of the stem is not changed to Ç-i-È, as it is in the active. We therefore have Çre«gerisÈ or Çre«gereÈ, _not_ Çre«girisÈ, Çre«gireÈ. _c._ Inflect Çag™È, Çd”c™È, Çdžc™È, Çmžni™È, Çreperi™È, in the present, imperfect, and future indicative, active and passive. Ç170.È EXERCISES I. 1. Ag�bat, ag�b‰tur, mitt�bat, mitt�b‰tur, džc�bat. 2. Agunt, aguntur, mittuntur, mittunt, mžniunt. 3. Mittor, mittar, mittam, džc�re, džcere. 4. D”c�mur, d”cimus, d”c�mus, d”cimur, mžni�bamin”. 5. Džcitur, džcimin”, reper”mur, reperiar, agitur. 6. Ag�b‰mus, ag�b‰mur, reper”ris, reperi�min”. 7. Mžn”min”, veni�bam, džc�bar, d”c�tur. 8. Mittimin”, mittitis, mitt�ris, mitteris, ag�b‰min”. 9. D”citur, d”cit, mžniuntur, reperient, audientur. II. 1. I was being driven, I was driving, we were leading, we were being led, he says, it is said. 2. I shall send, I shall be sent, you will find, you will be found, they lead, they are led. 3. I am found, we are led, they are driven, you were being led (_sing. and plur._). 4. We shall drive, we shall be driven, he leads, he is being led, they will come, they will be fortified. 5. They were ruling, they were being ruled, you will send, you will be sent, you are sent, (_sing. and plur._). 6. He was being led, he will come, you are said (_sing. and plur._). Ç171.È PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_) First learn the special vocabulary, p. 288. Tum ™r‰culum ita respondet: ÒMala est fortžna tua. Neptžnus, magnus aqu‰rum deus, terrae Aethiopiae inim”cus, e‰s poen‰s mittit. Sed par‰ ”r‰t™ de™ sacrum id™neum et m™nstrum saevum ex patri‰ tu‰ ag�tur. Andromeda f”lia tua est m™nstr™ gr‰ta. D‰ eam m™nstr™. Serv‰ c‰ram patriam et v”tam popul” tu”.Ó Andromeda autem erat puella pulchra. Eam am‰bat C�pheus maxim�. LESSON XXIX PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF _-Iï_ VERBS PRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE [Special Vocabulary] VERB Çsuper™, -‰reÈ, _conquer, overcome_ (insuperable) NOUNS Çcžra, -aeÈ, f., _care, trouble_ Çlocus, -”È, m., _place, spot_ (location). ÇLocusÈ is neuter in the plural and is declined Çloca, -™rumÈ, etc. Çper”culum, -”È, n., _danger, peril_ ADVERBS ÇsemperÈ, _always_ ÇtamenÈ, _yet, nevertheless_ PREPOSITIONS Çd�È, with abl., _down from; concerning_ ÇperÈ, with acc., _through_ CONJUNCTION ÇsiÈ, _if_ Ç172.È Review the active voice of Çcapi™È, present, imperfect, and future, and learn the passive of the same tenses (¤492). _a._ The present forms ÇcapiorÈ and ÇcapiunturÈ are like Çaudior, audiunturÈ, and the rest of the tense is like ÇregorÈ. _b._ In like manner inflect the passive of Çiaci™È and Çrapi™È. Ç173.È ÇThe Infinitive.È The infinitive mood gives the general meaning of the verb without person or number; as, Çam‰reÈ, _to love_. Infinitive means _unlimited_. The forms of the other moods, being limited by person and number, are called the _finite_, or limited, verb forms. Ç174.È The forms of the Present Infinitive, active and passive, are as follows: CONJ. PRES. PRES. INFINITIVE PRES. INFINITIVE STEM ACTIVE PASSIVE I. Çam‰-È am‰«re, am‰«r”, _to love_ _to be loved_ II. Çmon�-È mon�«re, mon�«r”, _to advise_ _to be advised_ III. Çrege-È re«gere, re«g”, _to rule_ _to be ruled_ Çcape-È ca«pere ca«p”, _to take_ _to be taken_ IV. Çaud”-È aud”«re, aud”r”, _to hear_ _to be heard_ 1. Observe that to form the present active infinitive we add Ç-reÈ to the present stem. _a._ The present infinitive of ÇsumÈ is ÇesseÈ. There is no passive. 2. Observe that the present passive infinitive is formed from the active by changing final Ç-eÈ to Ç-”È, except in the third conjugation, which changes final Ç-ereÈ to Ç-”È. 3. Give the active and passive present infinitives of Çdoce™È, Çsede™È, Çvol™È, Çcžr™È, Çmitt™È, Çdžc™È, Çmžni™È, Çreperi™È, Çiaci™È, Çrapi™È. Ç175.È The forms of the Present Imperative, active and passive, are as follows: ACTIVE[1] PASSIVE CONJ. SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL I. Ça«m‰È am‰«te am‰«re, am‰«min”, _be thou loved_ _be ye loved_ II. Çmo«n�È mon�«te mon�«re, mon�«min”, _be thou advised_ _be ye advised_ III. Çre«geÈ re«gite re«gere, regi«min”, _be thou ruled _ _be ye ruled_ Çca«peÈ ca«pite ca«pere, capi«min”, _be thou taken_ _be ye taken_ IV. Çau«d”È aud”«te aud”«re, aud”«min”, _be thou heard_ _be ye heard_ 1. Observe that the second person singular of the present passive imperative is like the present active infinitive, and that both singular and plural are like the second person singular[2] and plural, respectively, of the present passive indicative. 2. Give the present imperative, both active and passive, of the verbs in ¤174.3. [Footnote 1: For the sake of comparison the active is repeated from ¤161.] [Footnote 2: That is, using the personal ending Ç-reÈ. A form like Çam‰reÈ may be either _indicative_, _infinitive_, or _imperative_.] Ç176.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289. I. 1. Tum Perseus ‰l”s ad terr‰s mult‰s volabit. 2. M™nstrum saevum per aqu‰s properat et mox agr™s nostr™s v‰st‰bit. 3. S” autem C�pheus ad ™r‰culum proper‰bit, ™r‰culum ita respond�bit. 4. Quis t�l”s Perse” super‰bitur? Multa m™nstra t�l”s eius super‰buntur. 5. Cum cžr”s magn”s et lacrim”s mult”s agricolae ex domicili”s c‰r”s aguntur. 6. Multa loca v‰st‰bantur et multa oppida d�l�bantur. 7. M™nstrum est validum, tamen super‰bitur. 8. Cr�d�sne semper verb”s ™r‰cul”? Ego i”s non semper cr�dam. 9. P‰r�bitne C�pheus ™r‰cul™? Verba ™r‰cul” e” persu‰d�bunt. 10. Si n™n fugi�mus, oppidum capi�tur et oppid‰n” nec‰buntur. 11. Voc‰te puer™s et n‰rr‰te f‰bulam cl‰ram d� m™nstr™ saev™. II. 1. Fly thou, to be cared for, be ye sent, lead thou. 2. To lead, to be led, be ye seized, fortify thou. 3. To be hurled, to fly, send thou, to be found. 4. To be sent, be ye led, to hurl, to be taken. 5. Find thou, hear ye, be ye ruled, to be fortified. LESSON XXX SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS ¥ THE ABLATIVE DENOTING _FROM_ [Special Vocabulary] VERBS Çabsum, abesseÈ, irreg., _be away, be absent, be distant_, with separative abl. Çadpropinqu™, -‰reÈ, _draw near, approach_ (propinquity), with dative[A] Çcontine™, -�reÈ, _hold together, hem in, keep_ (contain) Çdisc�d™, -ereÈ, _depart, go away, leave_, with separative abl. Çege™, -�reÈ, _lack, need, be without_, with separative abl. Çinterfici™, -ereÈ, _kill_ Çprohibe™, -�reÈ, _restrain, keep from_ (prohibit) Çvulner™, -‰reÈ, _wound_ (vulnerable) NOUNS Çpr™vincia, -aeÈ, f., _province_ Çv”num, -”È, n., _wine_ ADJECTIVE Çd�fessus, -a, -umÈ, _weary, worn out_ ADVERB Çlong�È, _far, by far, far away_ [Footnote A: This verb governs the dative because the idea of _nearness to_ is stronger than that of _motion to_. If the latter idea were the stronger, the word would be used with ÇadÈ and the accusative.] Ç177.È You should learn to give rapidly synopses of the verbs you have had, as follows:[1] CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ a«m™ a«mor mo«ne™ mo«neor _Imperf._ am‰«bam am‰«bar mon�«bam mon�«bar _Fut._ am‰«bo am‰«bor mon�«bo mon�«bor [Footnote 1: Synopses should be given not only in the first person, but in other persons as well, particularly in the third singular and plural.] CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II IMPERATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ a«m‰ am‰«re mo«n� mon�«re INFINITIVE _Pres._ am‰«re am‰«r” mon�«re mon�«r” CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION III (Ç-i™È verbs) INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ re«g™ re«gor ca«pi™ ca«pior _Imperf._ reg�«bam reg�«bar capi�«bam capi�«bar _Fut._ re«gam re«gar ca«piam ca«piar IMPERATIVE _Pres._ re«ge re«gere ca«pe ca«pere INFINITIVE _Pres._ re«gere re«g” ca«pere ca«p” CONJUGATION IV INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ au«di™ au«dior _Imperf._ audi�«bam audi�«bar _Fut._ au«diam au«diar IMPERATIVE _Pres._ au«d” aud”«re INFINITIVE _Pres._ aud”«re aud”«r” 1. Give the synopsis of Çrapi™È, Çmžni™È, Çreperi™È, Çdoce™È, Çvide™È, Çd”c™È, Çag™È, Çlaud™È, Çport™È, and vary the person and number. Ç178.È We learned in ¤50 that one of the three relations covered by the ablative case is expressed in English by the preposition _from._ This is sometimes called the _separative ablative_, and it has a number of special uses. You have already grown familiar with the first mentioned below. Ç179.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Place From.È _The place from which is expressed by the ablative with the prepositions Ç‰È or ÇabÈ, Çd�È, Ç�È or ÇexÈ._ ÇAgricolae ex agr”s veniuntÈ, _the farmers come from the fields_ _a._ Ç‰È or ÇabÈ denotes _from near_ a place; Ç�È or ÇexÈ, _out from_ it; and Çd�È, _down from_ it. This may be represented graphically as follows: _________ | | Ç‰È or ÇabÈ | | Ç�È or ÇexÈ /_____________| ___________________\ \ | Place | / |_________| | | Çd�È | V Ç180.È RULE. ÇAblative of Separation.È _Words expressing separation or deprivation require an ablative to complete their meaning._ _a._ If the separation is _actual_ and _literal_ of one material thing from another, the preposition Ç‰È or ÇabÈ, Ç�È or ÇexÈ, or Çd�È is generally used. If no actual motion takes place of one thing from another, no preposition is necessary. (a) ÇPerseus terram ‰ m™nstr”s l”beratÈ _Perseus frees the land from monsters_ (literal separation--actual motion is expressed) (b) ÇPerseus terram tr”stiti‰ l”beratÈ _Perseus frees the land from sorrow_ (figurative separation--no actual motion is expressed) Ç181.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Personal Agent.È _The word expressing the person from whom an action starts, when not the subject, is put in the ablative with the preposition Ç‰È or ÇabÈ._ _a._ In this construction the English translation of ljÈ, ÇabÈ is _by_ rather than _from_. This ablative is regularly used with passive verbs to indicate the _person by whom_ the act was performed. ÇM™nstrum ‰ Perse™ nec‰turÈ, _the monster is being slain by_ (lit. _from_) _Perseus_ _b._ Note that the active form of the above sentence would be ÇPerseus monstrum necatÈ, _Perseus is slaying the monster_. In the passive the _object_ of the active verb becomes the _subject_, and the _subject_ of the active verb becomes the _ablative of the personal agent_, with Ç‰È or ÇabÈ. _c._ Distinguish carefully between the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent. Both are often translated into English by the preposition _by_. (Cf. ¤100. _b._) _Means is a ÇthingÈ; the agent or actor is a ÇpersonÈ_. The ablative of means has no preposition. The ablative of the personal agent has Ç‰È or ÇabÈ. Compare ÇFera sagitt‰ nec‰turÈ, _the wild beast is killed by an arrow_ ÇFera ‰ Di‰n‰ nec‰turÈ, _the wild beast is killed by Diana_ ÇSagitt‰È, in the first sentence, is the ablative of means; lj Di‰n‰È, in the second, is the ablative of the personal agent. Ç182.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289. I. 1. Viri inopi‰ cib” d�fess” ab e™ loc™ disc�dent. 2. Gerin‰n” castr”s R™m‰n”s adpropinqu‰bant, tamen l�g‰tus c™pi‰s ‰ proeli™ contin�bat. 3. Multa Gall™rum oppida ab R™man”s capientur. 4. Tum R™m‰n” t™tum populum e™rum oppid™rum gladi”s p”l”sque interficient. 5. Oppid‰n” R™m‰n”s resistent, sed defess” long™ proel”o fugient. 6. Mult” ex Galli‰ fugi�bant et in Germ‰n™rum vic”s habit‰bant. 7. Miser” nautae vulnerantur ab inim”c”s[2] saev”s et cib™ egent. 8. Disc�dite et date vir”s fržmentum et c™piam v”n”. 9. C™piae nostrae ‰ proeli™ contin�bantur ab Sext™ l�gat™. 10. Id oppidum ab pr™vinci‰ R™m‰n‰ long� aberat. II. 1. The weary sailors were approaching a place dear to the goddess Diana. 2. They were without food and without wine. 3. Then Galba and seven other men are sent to the ancient island by Sextus. 4. Already they are not far away from the land, and they see armed men on a high place. 5. They are kept from the land by the men with spears and arrows. 6. The men kept hurling their weapons down from the high place with great eagerness. [Footnote 2: Çinim”c”sÈ, here used as a noun. See vocabulary.] LESSON XXXI PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF _SUM_ [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS aurum, -”, n., _gold_ (oriole) Çmora, -aeÈ, f., _delay_ Çn‰vigium, n‰vi«g”È, n., _boat, ship_ Çventus, -”È, m., _wind_ (ventilate) VERB Çn‰vig™, -‰reÈ, _sail_ (navigate) ADJECTIVES attentus, -a, -um, _attentive, careful_ Çdubius, -a, -umÈ, _doubtful_ (dubious) perfidus, -a, -um, _faithless, treacherous_ (perfidy) ADVERB Çante‰È, _before, previously_ PREPOSITION ÇsineÈ, with abl., _without_ Ç183.È ÇPrincipal Parts.È There are certain parts of the verb that are of so much consequence in tense formation that we call them the _principal parts._ The principal parts of the Latin verb are the present, the past, and the past participle; as _go, went, gone_; _see, saw, seen_, etc. The principal parts of the Latin verb are the _first person singular of the present indicative_, the _present infinitive_, the _first person singular of the perfect indicative_, and _the perfect passive participle._ Ç184.È ÇConjugation Stems.È From the principal parts we get three conjugation stems, from which are formed the entire conjugation. We have already learned about the Çpresent stemÈ, which is found from the present infinitive (cf. ¤126.a). The other two stems are the Çperfect stemÈ and the Çparticipial stemÈ. Ç185.È ÇThe Perfect Stem.È The perfect stem of the verb is formed in various ways, but may always be _found by dropping Ç-”È from the first person singular of the perfect_, the third of the principal parts. From the perfect stem are formed the following tenses: THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE THE PLUPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE (ENGLISH PAST PERFECT) THE FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE All these tenses express completed action in present, past, or future time respectively. Ç186.È ÇThe Endings of the Perfect.È The perfect active indicative is inflected by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect stem. These endings are different from those found in any other tense, and are as follows: SINGULAR PLURAL 1. -”, _I_ 1. -imus, _we_ 2. -ist”, _you_ 2. -istis, _you_ 3. -it, _he, she, it_ 3. -�runt or -�re, _they_ Ç187.È Inflection of ÇsumÈ in the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative: PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. PRIN. PARTS sum esse fu” PERFECT STEM fu- PERFECT SINGULAR PLURAL fu«”, _I have been, I was_ fu«imus, _we have been, we were_ fuis«t”, fuis«tis, _you have been, you were_ _you have been, you were_ fu«it, _he has been, he was_ fu�«runt _or_ fu�«re, _they have been, they were_ PLUPERFECT (TENSE SIGN Ç-er‰-È) fu«eram, _I had been_ fuer‰«mus, _we had been_ fu«er‰s, _you had been_ fuer‰«tis, _you had been_ fu«erat, _he had been_ fu«erant, _they had been_ FUTURE PERFECT (TENSE SIGN Ç-eri-È) fu«er™, _I shall have been_ fue«rimus, _we shall have been_ fu«eris, _you will have been_ fue«ritis, _you will have been_ fu«erit, _he will have been_ fu«erint, _they will have been_ 1. Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect. 2. Observe that the pluperfect may be formed by adding ÇeramÈ, the imperfect of ÇsumÈ, to the perfect stem. The tense sign is Ç-er‰-È. 3. Observe that the future perfect may be formed by adding Çer™È, the future of ÇsumÈ, to the perfect stem. But the third person plural ends in Ç-erintÈ, not in Ç-eruntÈ. The tense sign is Ç-eri-È. 4. All active perfects, pluperfects, and future perfects are formed on the perfect stem and inflected in the same way. Ç188.È DIALOGUE THE BOYS TITUS, MARCUS, AND QUINTUS First learn the special vocabulary, p. 289. M. Ubi fuistis, Tite et Qu”nte? T. Ego in me™ lžd™ fu” et Qu”ntus in su™ lžd™ fuit. Bon” puer” fuimus. Fuitne Sextus in v”c™ hodi�? M. Fuit. Nžper per agr™s proxim™s fluvi™ proper‰bat. Ibi is et Corn�lius habent n‰vigium. T. _N‰vigium_ d”cis? Ali”[1] n‰rr‰ eam f‰bulam! M. V�r™ (_Yes, truly_), pulchrum et novum n‰vigium! Q. Cuius pecžni‰[2] Sextus et Corn�lius id n‰vigium parant? Quis i”s pecžniam dat? M. Am”c” Corn�l” multum habent aurum et puer pecžni‰ n™n eget. T. Qu™ puer” n‰vig‰bunt? N‰vig‰buntne long� ‰ terr‰? M. Dubia sunt c™nsilia e™rum. Sed hodi�, cr�d™, s” ventus erit id™neus, ad maximam ”nsulam n‰vig‰bunt. Iam ante‰ ibi fu�runt. Tum autem ventus erat perfidus et puer” magn™ in per”cul™ erant. Q. Aqua vent™ comm™ta est inim”ca naut”s semper, et saepe perfidus ventus n‰vigia rapit, agit, d�letque. I” puer”, s” n™n fuerint maxim� attent”, ”r‰t‰ aqu‰ et valid™ vent™ super‰buntur et ita interficientur. [Footnote 1: Dative case. (Cf. ¤109.)] [Footnote 2: Ablative of means.] Ç189.È EXERCISE 1. Where had the boys been before? They had been in school. 2. Where had Sextus been? He had been in a field next to the river. 3. Who has been with Sextus to-day? Cornelius has been with him. 4. Who says so? Marcus. 5. If the wind has been suitable, the boys have been in the boat. 6. Soon we shall sail with the boys. 7. There[3] will be no danger, if we are (shall have been) careful.[4] [Footnote 3: The expletive _there_ is not expressed, but the verb will precede the subject, as in English.] [Footnote 4: This predicate adjective must be nominative plural to agree with _we_.] LESSON XXXII THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS [Special Vocabulary] NOUNS Çanimus, -”È, m., _mind, heart; spirit, feeling_ (animate) Çbracchium, bracch”È, n., _forearm, arm_ Çporta, -aeÈ, f., _gate_ (portal) ADJECTIVES Çadversus, -a, -umÈ, _opposite; adverse, contrary_ Çpl�nus, -a, -umÈ, _full_ (plenty) PREPOSITION Çpr™È, with abl., _before; in behalf of; instead of_ ADVERB ÇdižÈ, _for a long time, long_ Ç190.È ÇMeanings of the Perfect.È The perfect tense has two distinct meanings. The first of these is equivalent to the English present perfect, or perfect with _have_, and denotes that the action of the verb is complete at the time of speaking; as, _I have finished my work_. As this denotes completed action at a definite time, it is called the Çperfect definiteÈ. The perfect is also used to denote an action that happened _sometime in the past_; as, _I finished my work._ As no definite time is specified, this is called the Çperfect indefiniteÈ. It corresponds to the ordinary use of the English past tense. _a._ Note carefully the difference between the following tenses: _I {was finishing } my work_ (imperfect, ¤134) {used to finish} _I finished my work_ (perfect indefinite) _I have finished my work_ (perfect definite) When telling a story the Latin uses the _perfect indefinite_ to mark the different _forward steps_ of the narrative, and the _imperfect_ to _describe situations and circumstances_ that attend these steps. If the following sentences were Latin, what tenses would be used? ÒLast week I went to Boston. I was trying to find an old friend of mine, but he was out of the city. Yesterday I returned home.Ó Ç191.È ÇInflection of the Perfect.È We learned in ¤186 that any perfect is inflected by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect stem. The inflection in the four regular conjugations is then as follows: CONJ. I Çam‰v”È _I have loved_, _I loved_ or _did love_ CONJ. II Çmonu”È _I have advised_, _I advised_ or _did advise_ CONJ. III Çr�x”È _I have ruled_, _I ruled_ or _did rule_ Çc�p”È _I have taken_, _I took_ or _did take_ CONJ. IV Çaud”v”È _I have heard_, _I heard_ or _did hear_ PERFECT STEMS Çam‰v-È Çmonu-È Çr�x-È Çc�p-È Çaud”v-È SINGULAR 1. am‰«v” mo«nu” r�«x” c�«p” aud”«v” 2. am‰vis«t” monuis«t” r�xis«t” c�pis«t” aud”vis«t” 3. am‰«vit mo«nuit r�«xit c�«pit aud”«vit PLURAL 1. am‰«vimus monu«imus r�«ximus c�«pimus aud”«vimus 2. am‰vis«tis monuis«tis r�xis«tis c�pis«tis aud”vis«tis 3. am‰v�«runt monu�«runt r�x�«runt c�p�«runt aud”v�«runt _or_ _or_ _or_ _or_ _or_ am‰v�«re monu�«re r�x�«re c�p�«re aud”v�«re 1. The first person of the perfect is always given as the third of the principal parts. From this we get the perfect stem. _This shows the absolute necessity of learning the principal parts thoroughly._ 2. Nearly all perfects of the first conjugation are formed by adding Ç-v”È to the present stem. Like Çam‰v”È inflect Çpar‰v”È, Çvoc‰v”È, Çcžr‰v”È, Çlaud‰v”È. 3. Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect. Drill on it. Ç192.È Learn the principal parts and inflect the perfects: PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. d™ dare ded” _give_ d�le™ d�l�re d�l�v” _destroy_ habe™ hab�re habu” _have_ move™ mov�re m™v” _move_ p‰re™ p‰r�re p‰ru” _obey_ prohibe™ prohib�re proh”bu” _restrain, keep from_ vide™ vid�re v”d” _see_ d”c™ d”cere d”x” _say_ disc�d™ disc�dere discess” _depart_ džc™ džcere džx” _lead_ faci™ facere f�c” _make, do_ mitt™ mittere m”s” _send_ mžni™ mžn”re mžn”v” _fortify_ veni™ ven”re v�n” _come_ Ç193.È PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_) First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290. C�pheus, advers‰ fortžn‰ maxim� comm™tus, discessit et mult”s cum lacrim”s popul™ Aethiopiae verba ™r‰cul” n‰rr‰vit. F‰ta Andromedae, puellae pulchrae, ‰ t™t™ popul™ d�pl™r‰bantur, tamen nžllum erat auxilium. Deinde C�pheus cum pl�n™ tr”stitiae anim™ c‰ram suam f”liam ex oppid” port‰ ad aquam džxit et bracchia eius ad saxa džra rev”nxit. Tum am”c” puellae miserae long� discess�runt et diž m™nstrum saevum exspect‰v�runt. Tum forte Perseus, ‰l”s fr�tus, super Aethiopiam vol‰bat. V”dit populum, Andromedam, lacrim‰s, et, magnopere attonitus, ad terram d�scendit. Tum C�pheus e” t™t‰s cžr‰s n‰rr‰vit et ita d”xit: ÒP‰r�b™ verb”s ™r‰cul”, et pr™ patri‰ f”liam meam dab™; sed s” id m™nstrum interfici�s et Andromedam serv‰bis, tibi (_to you_) eam dab™.Ó LESSON XXXIII PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE Ç194.È CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV Çam™È Çmone™È Çreg™È Çcapi™È Çaudi™È PERFECT STEMS Çam‰v-È Çmonu-È Çr�x-È Çc�p-È Çaud”v-È PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE TENSE SIGN Ç-er‰-È SINGULAR I had loved I had advised I had ruled I had taken I had heard 1. am‰«veram monu«eram r�«xeram c�«peram aud”«veram 2. am‰«ver‰s monu«er‰s r�«xer‰s c�«per‰s aud”«ver‰s 3. am‰«verat monu«erat r�«xerat c�«perat aud”«verat PLURAL 1. am‰ver‰«mus monuer‰«mus r�xer‰«mus c�per‰«mus aud”ver‰«mus 2. am‰ver‰«tis monuer‰«tis r�xer‰«tis c�per‰«tis aud”ver‰«tis 3. ama«verant monu«erant r�«xerant c�«perant aud”«verant FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE TENSE SIGN Ç-eri-È SINGULAR I shall have I shall have I shall have I shall have I shall have loved advised ruled taken heard 1. am‰«ver™ monu«er™ r�«xer™ c�«per™ aud”«ver™ 2. am‰«veris monu«eris r�«xeris c�«peris aud”«veris 3. am‰«verit monu«erit r�«xerit c�«perit aud”«verit PLURAL 1. am‰ve«rimus monue«rimus r�xe«rimus c�pe«rimus aud”ve«rimus 2. am‰ve«ritis monue«ritis r�xe«ritis c�pe«ritis aud”ve«ritis 3. am‰«verint monu«erint r�«xerint c�«perint aud”«verint 1. Observe that these are all inflected alike and the rules for formation given in ¤187.2-4 hold good here. 2. In like manner inflect the pluperfect and future perfect indicative active of Çd™È, Çport™È, Çd�le™È, Çmove™È, Çhabe™È, Çd”c™È, Çdisc�d™È, Çfaci™È, Çveni™È, Çmžni™È. Ç195.È ÇThe Perfect Active Infinitive.È The perfect active infinitive is formed by adding Ç-isseÈ to the perfect stem. CONJ PERFECT STEM PERFECT INFINITIVE I. am‰v- am‰vis«se, _to have loved_ II. monu- monuis«se, _to have advised_ III. (_a_) r�x- r�xis«se, _to have ruled_ (_b_) c�p- c�pis«se, _to have taken_ IV. aud”vÈ aud”vis«se, _to have heard_ sum fu- fuis«se, _to have been_ 1. In like manner give the perfect infinitive active of Çd™È, Çport™È, Çd�le™È, Çmove™È, Çhabe™È, Çd”c™È, Çdisc�d™È, Çfaci™È, Çveni™È, Çmžni™È. Ç196.È EXERCISES I. 1. Habuist”, m™v�runt, miserant. 2. V”dit, d”xeris, džxisse. 3. M”sistis, p‰ru�runt, discesser‰mus. 4. Mžn”vit, dederam, m”ser™. 5. Habuerimus, d�l�v”, p‰ruit, fuisse. 6. Deder‰s, mžn”veritis, v�ner‰tis, m”sisse. 7. V�ner‰s, f�cisse, deder‰tis, port‰veris. 8. Quem verba ™r‰cul” m™verant? Populum verba ™r‰cul” m™verant. 9. Cui C�pheus verba ™r‰cul” n‰rr‰verit? Perse™ C�pheus verba ™r‰cul” n‰rr‰verit. 10. Am”c” ab Andromed‰ discesserint. 11. M™nstrum saevum domicilia multa d�l�verat. 12. Ubi m™nstrum v”distis? Id in aqu‰ v”dimus. 13. Quid m™nstrum faciet? M™nstrum Andromedam interficiet. II. 1. They have obeyed, we have destroyed, I shall have had. 2. We shall have sent, I had come, they have fortified. 3. I had departed, he has obeyed, you have sent (_sing. and plur._). 4. To have destroyed, to have seen, he will have given, they have carried. 5. He had destroyed, he has moved, you have had (_sing. and plur._). 6. I have given, you had moved (_sing. and plur._), we had said. 7. You will have made (_sing. and plur._), they will have led, to have given. 8. Who had seen the monster? Andromeda had seen it. 9. Why had the men departed from[1] the towns? They had departed because the monster had come. 10. Did Cepheus obey[2] the oracle[3]? He did. [Footnote 1: ÇexÈ. What would ÇabÈ mean?] [Footnote 2: _Did ... obey_, perfect tense.] [Footnote 3: What case?] LESSON XXXIV REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE [Special Vocabulary] ADVERBS ÇceleriterÈ, _quickly_ (celerity) Çd�niqueÈ, _finally_ ÇgraviterÈ, _heavily, severely_ (gravity) Çsubit™È, _suddenly_ VERB Çreport™, -‰re, -‰v”È, _bring back, restore; win, gain_ (report) Ç197.È A review of the tenses of the indicative active shows the following formation: { PRESENT = First of the principal parts TENSES { IMPERFECT = Present stem + -ba-m OF THE { FUTURE = Present stem + -b™, Conj. I and II INDICATIVE { -a-m, Conj. III and IV { PERFECT = Third of the principal parts { PLUPERFECT = Perfect stem + -era-m { FUTURE PERFECT = Perfect stem + -er™ Ç198.È The synopsis of the active voice of Çam™È, as far as we have learned the conjugation, is as follows: PRINCIPAL PARTS Çam™, am‰re, am‰v”È PRES. STEM Çam‰-È { _Pres._ am™ INDIC. { _Imperf._ am‰bam { _Fut._ am‰b™ PRES. IMV. am‰ PRES. INFIN. am‰re PERF. STEM Çam‰v-È { _Perf._ am‰v” INDIC. { _Pluperf._ am‰veram { _Fut. perf._ am‰ver™ PERF. INFIN. am‰visse 1. Learn to write in the same form and to give rapidly the principal parts and synopsis of Çpar™È, Çd™È, Çlaud™È, Çd�le™È, Çhabe™È, Çmove™È, Çp‰re™È, Çvide™È, Çd”c™È, Çdisc�d™È, Çdžc™È, Çmitt™È, Çcapi™È, Çmuni™È, Çveni™È.[1] [Footnote 1: Learn to give synopses rapidly, and not only in the first person singular but in any person of either number.] Ç199.È Learn the following principal parts:[2] PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. IRREGULAR VERBS sum esse fu” _be_ ab«sum abes«se ‰«fu” _be away_ d™ dare ded” _give_ CONJUGATION II contine™ contin�re continu” _hold in, keep_ doce™ doc�re docu” _teach_ ege™ eg�re egu” _need_ fave™ fav�re f‰v” _favor_ iube™ iub�re iuss” _order_ noce™ noc�re nocu” _injure_ persu‰de™ persu‰d�re persu‰s” _persuade_ responde™ respond�re respond” _reply_ sede™ sed�re s�d” _sit_ stude™ stud�re studu” _be eager_ CONJUGATION III ag™ agere �g” _drive_ cr�d™ cr�dere cr�did” _believe_ fugi™ fugere fžg” _flee_ iaci™ iacere i�c” _hurl_ interfici™ interficere interf�c” _kill_ rapi™ rapere rapu” _seize_ resis«t™ resis«tere re«stit” _resist_ CONJUGATION IV repe«ri™ reper”«re rep«per” _find_ [Footnote 2: These are all verbs that you have had before, and the perfect is the only new form to be learned.] Ç200.È PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Concluded_) First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290. Read the whole story. Perseus semper proeli™ stud�bat[3] et respondit,[3] ÒVerba tua sunt maxim� gr‰ta,Ó et laetus arma sua magica par‰vit.[3] Subit™ m™nstrum vid�tur; celeriter per aquam properat et Andromedae adpropinquat. Eius am”c” long� absunt et misera puella est s™la. Perseus autem sine mor‰ super aquam vol‰vit.[3] Subit™ d�scendit[3] et džr™ gladi™ saevum m™nstrum graviter vulner‰vit.[3] Diž pugn‰tur,[4] diž proelium est dubium. D�nique autem Perseus m™nstrum interf�cit[3] et vict™riam report‰vit.[3] Tum ad saxum v�nit[3] et Andromedam l”ber‰vit[3] et eam ad C�pheum džxit.[3] Is, nžper miser, nunc laetus, ita d”xit[3]: ÒTu™ auxili™, m” am”ce, c‰ra f”lia mea est l”bera; tua est Andromeda.Ó Diž Perseus cum Andromed‰ ibi habit‰bat[3] et magnopere ‰ t™t™ popul™ am‰b‰tur.[3] [Footnote 3: See if you can explain the use of the perfects and imperfects in this passage.] [Footnote 4: The verb pugn‰tur means, literally, _it is fought_; translate freely, _the battle is fought_, or _the contest rages_. The verb pugn™ in Latin is intransitive, and so does not have a personal subject in the passive. A verb with an indeterminate subject, designated in English by _it_, is called impersonal.] LESSON XXXV THE PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE THE PERFECT PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE Ç201.È The fourth and last of the principal parts (¤183) is the Çperfect passive participleÈ. _From it we get the participial stem on which are formed the future active infinitive and all the passive perfects._ 1. Learn the following principal parts, which are for the first time given in full: CONJ. PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. PERF. PASS. PART. I. am™ am‰«-re am‰«v-” am‰«t-us This is the model for all regular verbs of the first conjugation. II. mo«ne™ mon�«-re mo«nu-” mo«nit-us III. reg™ re«ge-re r�x-” r�ct-us ca«pi™ ca«pe-re c�p-” capt-us IV. au«di™ aud”«-re aud”«v-” aud”«t-us 2. The base of the participial stem is found by dropping Ç-usÈ from the perfect passive participle. Ç202.È In English the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect tenses of the indicative passive are made up of forms of the auxiliary verb _to be_ and the past participle; as, _I have been loved_, _I had been loved_, _I shall have been loved._ Very similarly, in Latin, the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect passive tenses use respectively the present, imperfect, and future of ÇsumÈ as an auxiliary verb with the perfect passive participle, as Perfect passive, Çam‰«tus sumÈ, _I have been_ or _was loved_ Pluperfect passive, Çam‰«tus eramÈ, _I had been loved_ Future perfect passive, Çam‰«tus er™È, _I shall have been loved_ 1. In the same way give the synopsis of the corresponding tenses of Çmone™È, Çreg™È, Çcapi™È, and Çaudi™È, and give the English meanings. Ç203.È ÇNature of the Participle.È A participle is partly verb and partly adjective. As a verb it possesses tense and voice. As an adjective it is declined and agrees with the word it modifies in gender, number, and case. Ç204.È The perfect passive participle is declined like Çbonus, bona, bonumÈ, and in the compound tenses (¤202) it agrees as a predicate adjective with the subject of the verb. EXAMPLES IN SINGULAR ÇVir laud‰tus estÈ, _the man was praised_, or _has been praised_ ÇPuella laud‰ta estÈ, _the girl was praised_, or _has been praised_ ÇC™nsilium laud‰tum estÈ, _the plan was praised_, or _has been praised_ EXAMPLES IN PLURAL ÇVir” laud‰t” suntÈ, _the men were praised_, or _have been praised_ ÇPuellae laud‰tae suntÈ, _the girls were praised_, or _have been praised_ ÇC™nsilia laud‰ta suntÈ, _the plans were praised_, or _have been praised_ 1. Inflect the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative passive of Çam™È, Çmone™È, Çreg™È, Çcapi™È, and Çaudi™È (¤¤488-492). Ç205.È ÇThe perfect passive infinitiveÈ is formed by adding ÇesseÈ, the present infinitive of ÇsumÈ, to the perfect passive participle; as, am‰«t-us (-a, -um) ÇesseÈ, _to have been loved_; mo«nit-us (-a, -um) ÇesseÈ, _to have been advised_. 1. Form the perfect passive infinitive of Çreg™È, Çcapi™È, Çaudi™È, and give the English meanings. Ç206.È The future active infinitive is formed by adding ÇesseÈ, the present infinitive of ÇsumÈ, to the future active participle. This participle is made by adding Ç-žrus, -a, -umÈ to the base of the participial stem. Thus the future active infinitive of Çam™È is amat-ž«rus (-a, -um) ÇesseÈ, _to be about to love_. _a._ Note that in forming the three tenses of the active infinitive we use all three conjugation stems: Present, am‰re (present stem), _to love_ Perfect, am‰visse (perfect stem), _to have loved_ Future, am‰tžrus esse (participial stem), _to be about to love_ 1. Give the three tenses of the active infinitive of Çlaud™È, Çmone™È, Çreg™È, Çcapi™È, Çaudi™È, with the English meanings. Ç207.È EXERCISES I. 1. F‰bula Andromedae n‰rr‰ta est. 2. Multae f‰bulae ‰ magistr™ n‰rr‰tae sunt. 3. Ager ab agricol‰ valid™ ar‰tus erat. 4. Agr” ab agricol”s valid”s ar‰t” erant. 5. Aurum ‰ serv™ perfid™ ad domicilium suum port‰tum erit. 6. Nostra arma ‰ l�g‰t™ laud‰ta sunt. Quis vestra arma laud‰vit? 7. Ab ancill‰ tu‰ ad c�nam voc‰tae sumus. 8. Andromeda m™nstr™ n™n data est, quia m™nstrum ‰ Perse™ nec‰tum erat. II. 1. The provinces were laid waste, the field had been laid waste, the towns will have been laid waste. 2. The oracles were heard, the oracle was heard, the oracles had been heard. 3. The oracle will have been heard, the province had been captured, the boats have been captured. 4. The fields were laid waste, the man was advised, the girls will have been advised. 5. The towns had been ruled, we shall have been captured, you will have been heard. LESSON XXXVI REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS ¥ PREPOSITIONS _YES_-OR-_NO_ QUESTIONS [Special Vocabulary] Çdexter, dextra, dextrumÈ, _right_ (dextrous) Çsinister, sinistra, sinistrumÈ, _left_ Çfržstr‰È, adv., _in vain_ (frustrate) Çger™, gerere, gess”, gestusÈ, _bear, carry on; wear_; Çbellum gerereÈ, _to wage war_ Çoccup™, occup‰re, occup‰v”, occup‰tusÈ, _seize, take possession of_ (occupy) Çpostul™, postul‰re, postul‰v”, postul‰tusÈ, _demand_ (ex-postulate) Çrecžs™, recžs‰re, recžs‰v”, recžs‰tusÈ, _refuse_ Çst™, st‰re, stet”, statusÈ, _stand_ Çtempt™, tempt‰re, tempt‰v”, tempt‰tusÈ, _try, tempt, test; attempt_ Çtene™, ten�re, tenu”, ----È, _keep, hold_ (tenacious) The word ÇubiÈ, which we have used so much in the sense of _where_ in asking a question, has two other uses equally important: 1. ÇubiÈ = _when_, as a relative conjunction denoting time; as, ÇUbi m™nstrum aud”v�runt, fžg�runtÈ, _when they heard the monster, they fled_ 2. ÇubiÈ = _where_, as a relative conjunction denoting place; as, ÇVide™ oppidum ubi Galba habitatÈ, _I see the town where Galba lives_ ÇubiÈ is called a _relative conjunction_ because it is equivalent to a relative pronoun. _When_ in the first sentence is equivalent to _at the time Çat whichÈ;_ and in the second, _where_ is equivalent to _the place Çin whichÈ._ Ç208.È The following list shows the principal parts of all the verbs you have had excepting those used in the paradigms. The parts you have had before are given for review, and the perfect participle is the only new form for you to learn. Sometimes one or more of the principal parts are lacking, which means that the verb has no forms based on that stem. A few verbs lack the perfect passive participle but have the future active participle in Ç-žrusÈ, which appears in the principal parts instead. IRREGULAR VERBS ÇsumÈ ÇesseÈ Çfu”È ÇfutžrusÈ _be_ ÇabsumÈ ÇabesseÈ Ç‰fu”È Ç‰futžrusÈ _be away_ Çd™È[1] ÇdareÈ Çded”È ÇdatusÈ _give_ [Footnote 1: Çd™È is best classed with the irregular verbs because of the short ÇaÈ in the present and participial stems.] CONJUGATION I Çport™È Çport‰reÈ Çport‰v”È Çport‰tusÈ _carry_ So for all verbs of this conjugation thus far used. CONJUGATION II Çcontine™È Çcontin�reÈ Çcontinu”È ÇcontentusÈ _hold in, keep_ Çd�le™È Çd�l�reÈ Çd�l�v”È Çd�l�tusÈ _destroy_ Çdoce™È Çdoc�reÈ Çdocu”È ÇdoctusÈ _teach_ Çege™È Çeg�reÈ Çegu”È ---- _lack_ Çfave™È Çfav�reÈ Çf‰v”È ÇfautžrusÈ _favor_ Çiube™È Çiub�reÈ Çiuss”È ÇiussusÈ _order_ Çmove™È Çmov�reÈ Çm™v”È Çm™tusÈ _move_ Çnoce™È Çnoc�reÈ Çnocu”È ÇnocitžrusÈ _injure_ Çp‰re™È Çp‰r�reÈ Çp‰ru”È ---- _obey_ Çpersu‰de™È Çpersu‰d�reÈ Çpersu‰s”È Çpersu‰susÈ _persuade (from)_ Çprohibe™È Çprohib�reÈ Çprohibu”È ÇprohibitusÈ _restrain, keep_ Çresponde™È Çrespond�reÈ Çrespond”È Çresp™nsusÈ _reply_ Çsede™È Çsed�reÈ Çs�d”È Ç-sessusÈ _sit_ Çstude™È Çstud�reÈ Çstudu”È ---- _be eager_ Çvide™È Çvid�reÈ Çv”d”È Çv”susÈ _see_ CONJUGATION III Çag™È ÇagereÈ Ç�g”È Ç‰ctusÈ _drive_ Çcr�d™È Çcr�dereÈ Çcr�did”È Çcr�ditusÈ _believe_ Çd”c™È Çd”cereÈ Çd”x”È ÇdictusÈ _say_ Çdisc�d™È Çdisc�dereÈ Çdiscess”È ÇdiscessusÈ _depart_ Çdžc™È ÇdžcereÈ Çdžx”È ÇductusÈ _lead_ Çfaci™È[2] ÇfacereÈ Çf�c”È ÇfactusÈ _make_ Çfugi™È ÇfugereÈ Çfžg”È ÇfugitžrusÈ _flee_ Çiaci™È ÇiacereÈ Çi�c”È ÇiactusÈ _hurl_ Çinterfici™È ÇinterficereÈ Çinterf�c”È ÇinterfectusÈ _kill_ Çmitt™È ÇmittereÈ Çm”s”È ÇmissusÈ _send_ Çrapi™È ÇrapereÈ Çrapu”È ÇraptusÈ _seize_ Çresist™È ÇresistereÈ Çrestit”È ---- _resist_ CONJUGATION IV Çmžni™È Çmžn”reÈ Çmžn”v”È Çmžn”tusÈ _fortify_ Çreperi™È Çreper”reÈ Çrep«per”È ÇrepertusÈ _find_ Çveni™È Çven”reÈ Çv�n”È ÇventusÈ _come_ [Footnote 2: Çfaci™È has an irregular passive which will be presented later.] Ç209.È ÇPrepositions.È 1. We learned in ¤¤52, 53 that only the _accusative_ and the _ablative_ are used with prepositions, and that prepositions expressing ablative relations govern the ablative case. Those we have had are here summarized. The table following should be learned. Ç‰È or ÇabÈ, _from, by_ ÇcumÈ, _with_ Çd�È, _down from, concerning_ Ç�È or ÇexÈ, _out from, out of_ Çpr™È, _before, in front of; for, in behalf of_ ÇsineÈ, _without_ 2. Prepositions not expressing ablative relations must govern the _accusative_ (¤52). Of these we have had the following: ÇadÈ, _to_; ÇapudÈ, _among_; ÇperÈ, _through_ There are many others which you will meet as we proceed. 3. The preposition ÇinÈ when meaning _in_ or _on_ governs the _ablative_; when meaning _to, into, against_ (relations foreign to the ablative) ÇinÈ governs the _accusative_. Ç210.È Ç_Yes_-or-_No_ Questions.È Questions not introduced by some interrogative word like _who, why, when_, etc., but expecting the answer _yes_ or _no_, may take one of three forms: 1. _Is he coming?_ (Asking for information. Implying nothing as to the answer expected.) 2. _Is he not coming?_ (Expecting the answer _yes_.) 3. _He isn«t coming, is he?_ (Expecting the answer _no_.) These three forms are rendered in Latin as follows: 1. ÇVenitne?È _is he coming?_ 2. ÇN™nne venit?È _is he not coming?_ 3. ÇNum venit?È _he isn«t coming, is he?_ _a._ Ç-neÈ, the question sign, is usually added to the verb, which then stands first. _b._ We learned in ¤56.b that _yes_-or-_no_ questions are usually answered by repeating the verb, with or without a negative. Instead of this, ÇitaÈ, Çv�r™È, Çcert�È, etc. (_so, truly, certainly_, etc.) may be used for _yes_, and Çn™nÈ, Çminim�È, etc. for _no_ if the denial is emphatic, as, _by no means_, _not at all_. Ç211.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290. I. 1. N™nne hab�bat Corn�lia ™rn‰menta aur”? Hab�bat. 2. Num Sextus l�g‰tus scžtum in dextr™ bracchi™ ger�bat? N™n in dextr™, sed sinistr™ in bracchi™ Sextus scžtum ger�bat. 3. Fržstr‰ bella multa ab Gall”s gesta erant. 4. Ubi oppidum ‰ perfid™ Sext™ occup‰tum est, oppid‰n” miser” gladi™ interfect” sunt. 5. Id oppidum erat pl�num fržment”. 6. N™nne Sextus ab oppid‰n”s fržmentum postul‰vit? V�r™, sed i” recžs‰v�runt fržmentum dare. 7. Cžr oppidum ab Sext™ d�l�tum est? Quia fržmentum recžs‰tum est. 8. Ea vict™ria n™n dubia erat. 9. Oppid‰n” erant d�fess” et arm”s eg�bant. 10. Num fugam tempt‰v�runt? Minim�. II. 1. Where was Julia standing? She was standing where you had ordered. 2. Was Julia wearing any ornaments? She had many ornaments of gold. 3. Did she not attempt flight when she saw the danger? She did. 4. Who captured her? Galba captured her without delay and held her by the left arm. 5. She didn«t have the ladyÕs gold, did she? No, the gold had been taken by a faithless maid and has been brought back. * * * * * ÇFourth Review, Lessons XXVII-XXXVI, ¤¤513-516È * * * * * LESSON XXXVII CONJUGATION OF _POSSUM_ ¥ THE INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH [Special Vocabulary] ÇnequeÈ or ÇnecÈ, conj., _neither_, _nor_, _and ... not_; Çneque ... nequeÈ, _neither ... nor_ Çcastellum, -”È, n., _redoubt, fort_ (castle) Çcot”di�È, adv., _daily_ cess™, cess‰re, cess‰v”, cess‰tus, _cease_, with the infin. Çincipi™, incipere, inc�p”, inceptusÈ, _begin_ (incipient), with the infin. Çoppugn™, oppugn‰re, oppugn‰v”, oppugn‰tusÈ, _storm, assail_ Çpet™, petere, petiviÈ or Çpeti”, pet”tusÈ, _aim at, assail, storm, attack; seek, ask_ (petition) Çp™n™, p™nere, posu”, positusÈ, _place, put_ (position); Çcastra p™nereÈ, _to pitch camp_ Çpossum, posse, potu”, ----È, _be able, can_ (potent), with the infin. Çvet™, vet‰re, vetu”, vetitusÈ, _forbid_ (veto), vith the infin.; opposite of Çiube™È, _command_ Çvinc™, vincere, v”c”, victusÈ, _conquer_ (in-vincible) Çv”v™, v”vere, v”x”, ----È, _live, be alive_ (re-vive) Ç212.È Learn the principal parts of ÇpossumÈ, _I am able_, _I can_, and its inflection in the indicative and infinitive. (Cf. ¤495.) _a._ ÇPossumÈ, _I can_, is a compound of ÇpotisÈ, _able_, and ÇsumÈ, _I am_. Ç213.È ÇThe Infinitive with Subject Accusative.È The _infinitive_ (cf. ¤173) is a _verbal noun_. Used as a noun, it has the constructions of a noun. As a verb it can govern a case and be modified by an adverb. The uses of the infinitive are much the same in Latin as in English. 1. In English certain verbs of _wishing, commanding, forbidding_, and the like are used with an object clause consisting of a substantive in the objective case and an infinitive, as, _he commanded the men to flee_. Such object clauses are called infinitive clauses, and the substantive is said to be the subject of the infinitive. Similarly in Latin, some verbs of _wishing, commanding, forbidding_, and the like are used with an object clause consisting of an infinitive with a subject in the accusative case, as, ÇIs vir™s fugere iussitÈ, _he commanded the men to flee_. Ç214.È RULE. ÇSubject of the Infinitive.È _The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative._ Ç215.È ÇThe Complementary Infinitive.È In English a verb is often followed by an infinitive to complete its meaning, as, _the Romans are able to conquer the Gauls_. This is called the _complementary_ infinitive, as the predicate is not _complete_ without the added infinitive. Similarly in Latin, _verbs of incomplete predication_ are completed by the infinitive. Among such verbs are ÇpossumÈ, _I am able, I can_; Çproper™È, Çm‰tžr™È, _I hasten_; Çtempt™È, _I attempt_; as ÇR™m‰n” Gall™s super‰re possuntÈ, _the Romans are able to_ (or _can_) _conquer the Gauls_ ÇBellum gerere m‰tžrantÈ, _they hasten to wage war_ _a._ A predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees in gender, number, and case with the subject of the main verb. ÇMal” puer” esse bon” n™n possuntÈ, _bad boys are not able to_ (or _cannot_) _be good._ Observe that Çbon”È agrees with Çpuer”È. Ç216.È ÇThe Infinitive used as a Noun.È In English the infinitive is often used as a pure noun, as the subject of a sentence, or as a predicate nominative. For example, _To conquer_ (= conquering) _is pleasing; To see_ (= seeing) _is to believe_ (= believing). The same use of the infinitive is found in Latin, especially with ÇestÈ, as ÇSuper‰re est gr‰tumÈ, _to conquer is pleasing_ ÇVid�re est cr�dereÈ, _to see is to believe_ _a._ In the construction above, the infinitive often has a subject, which must then be in the accusative case, as ÇGalbam super‰re inim”c™s est gr‰tum mult”sÈ, _for Galba to conquer his enemies is pleasing to many_ _b._ An infinitive used as a noun is neuter singular. Thus, in the sentence Çsuper‰re est gr‰tumÈ, the predicate adjective Çgr‰tumÈ is in the neuter nominative singular to agree with Çsuper‰reÈ the subject. Ç217.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291. I. 1. Magister lžd” l”ber™s cum d”ligenti‰ lab™r‰re iussit. 2. Eg�re cib™ et vin™ est vir”s molestum. 3. Vir” arm‰t” vetu�runt Gall™s castra ibi p™nere. 4. Estne l�g‰tus in castell™ an in mžr™? Is est pr™ port‰. 5. Ubi nostr”[1] fugere inc�p�runt, l�g‰tus ab vestr”s[1] captus est. 6. Gall” castellum ibi oppugn‰verant ubi praesidium erat ”nf”rmum. 7. Ali” pugn‰re tempt‰bant, ali” port‰s pet�bant. 8. F�minae pr™ domicili”s sed�bant neque resistere valid”s Gall”s poterant. 9. Bellum est saevum, nec ”nf”rm”s nec miser”s favet. 10. Sed vir” arma postul‰bant et stud�bant Gall™s d� mžr”s agere. 11. Id castellum ab Gall”s occup‰r” R™m‰n”s n™n gr‰tum erit. 12. Gall” ubi ‰ R™m‰n”s vict” sunt, esse l”ber”[2] cess‰v�runt. 13. Diž sine aqu‰ v”vere n™n potestis. II. 1. The girl began daily to carry water from the river to the gates. 2. The Gauls had pitched their camp in a place suitable for a battle. 3. For a long time they tried in vain to seize the redoubt. 4. Neither did they cease to hurl weapons against[3] the walls. 5. But they were not able to (could not) take the town. [Footnote 1: Supply _men_. ÇnostriÈ, Çvestr”È, and Çsu”È are often used as nouns in this way.] [Footnote 2: Not _children_. The Romans used Çl”ber”È either as an adjective, meaning _free_, or as a noun, meaning _the free_, thereby signifying their _free-born children_. The word was never applied to children of slaves.] [Footnote 3: ÇinÈ with the accusative.] Ç218.È THE FAITHLESS TARPE«IA Sab”n” ™lim cum R™m‰n”s bellum ger�bant et mult‰s vict™ri‰s report‰verant. Iam agr™s proxim™s mžr”s v‰st‰bant, iam oppid™ adpropinqu‰bant. R™m‰n” autem in Capit™lium fžgerant et long� per”cul™ aberant. Mžr”s valid”s et sax”s alt”s cr�d�bant. Fržstr‰ Sab”n” t�la iaci�bant, fržstr‰ port‰s džr‰s pet�bant; castellum occup‰re n™n poterant. Deinde novum c™nsilium c�p�runt.[4] Tarp�ia erat puella R™m‰na pulchra et superba. Cot”di� aquam c™pi”s R™m‰n”s in Capit™lium port‰bat. E”[5] n™n noc�bant Sab”n”, quod ea sine arm”s erat neque Sab”n” bellum cum f�min”s l”ber”sque ger�bant. Tarp�ia autem maxim� am‰bat ™rn‰menta aur”. Cot”di� Sab”n™rum ™rn‰menta vid�bat et mox ea d�s”der‰re incipi�bat. E” žnus ex[6] Sab”n”s d”xit, ÒDžc c™pi‰s Sab”n‰s intr‰ port‰s, Tarp�ia, et maxima erunt praemia tua.Ó [Footnote 4: Çc™nsilium capereÈ, _to make a plan_. Why is the _perfect_ tense used here and the imperfect in the preceding sentences? Explain the use of tenses in the next paragraph.] [Footnote 5: Dative with Çnoc�bantÈ. (Cf. ¤154.)] [Footnote 6: ÇexÈ, _out of_, i.e. _from the nuumber of_; best translated _of_.] [Illustration: TARPEIA PUELLA PERFIDA] LESSON XXXVIII THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN Ç219.È Sentences are _simple, compound_, or _complex_. _a._ A _simple sentence_ is a sentence containing but one statement, that is, one subject and one predicate: _The Romans approached the town._ _b._ A _compound sentence_ is a sentence containing two or more independent statements: _The Romans approached the town_ | and | _the enemy fled._ NOTE. An independent statement is one that can stand alone; it does not depend upon another statement. _c._ A _complex sentence_ is a sentence containing one independent statement and one or more dependent statements: _When the Romans approached the town | the enemy fled._ NOTE. A dependent or subordinate statement is one that depends on or qualifies another statement; thus _the enemy fled_ is independent, and _when the Romans approached the town_ is dependent or subordinate. _d._ The separate statements in a compound or complex sentence are called _clauses_. In a complex sentence the independent statement is called the _main clause_ and the dependent statement the _subordinate clause._ Ç220.È Examine the complex sentence _The Romans killed the men who were taken_ Here are two clauses: _a._ The main clause, _The Romans killed the men_ _b._ The subordinate clause, _who were taken_ The word _who_ is a pronoun, for it takes the place of the noun _men_. It also connects the subordinate clause _who were taken_ with the noun _men_. Hence the clause is an _adjective clause_. A pronoun that connects an _adjective clause_ with a substantive is called a _relative pronoun_, and the substantive for which the relative pronoun stands is called its _antecedent_. The relative pronouns in English are _who, whose, whom, which, what, that_. Ç221.È The relative pronoun in Latin is Çqu”È, ÇquaeÈ, ÇquodÈ, and it is declined as follows: SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ Çqu”È ÇquaeÈ ÇquodÈ Çqu”È ÇquaeÈ ÇquaeÈ _Gen._ ÇcuiusÈ ÇcuiusÈ ÇcuiusÈ Çqu™rumÈ Çqu‰rumÈ Çqu™rumÈ _Dat._ ÇcuiÈ ÇcuiÈ ÇcuiÈ ÇquibusÈ ÇquibusÈ ÇquibusÈ _Acc._ ÇquemÈ ÇquamÈ ÇquodÈ Çqu™sÈ Çqu‰sÈ ÇquaeÈ _Abl._ Çqu™È Çqu‰È Çqu™È ÇquibusÈ ÇquibusÈ ÇquibusÈ 1. Review the declension of ÇisÈ, ¤114, and note the similarity in the endings. The forms Çqu”È, ÇquaeÈ, and ÇquibusÈ are the only forms showing new endings. NOTE. The genitive ÇcuiusÈ and the dative ÇcuiÈ are pronounced _c[oo]i«y[oo]s_ (two syllables) and _c[oo]i_ (one syllable). Ç222.È ÇThe Relative Pronoun is translated as follows:È[1] MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ _who, that_ _which, what, that_ _Gen._ _of whom, whose_ _of which, of what, whose_ _Dat._ _to_ or _for whom_ _to_ or _for which_, _to_ or _for what_ _Acc._ _whom, that_ _which, what, that_ _Abl._ _from_, etc., _whom_ _from_, etc., _which_ or _what_ [Footnote 1: This table of meanings need not be memorized. It is inserted for reference when translating.] _a._ We see from the table above that Çqu”È, when it refers to a person, is translated by some form of _who_ or by _that_; and that when it refers to anything else it is translated by _which, what_, or _that_. Ç223.È Note the following sentences: _The Romans killed the men who were taken_ _The Romans killed the woman who was taken_ ÇR™m‰n” interf�c�runt vir™s qu” capt” suntÈ ÇR™m‰n” interf�c�runt f�minam quae capta estÈ In the first sentence _who_ (Çqu”È) refers to the antecedent _men_ (Çvir™sÈ), and is _masculine plural_. In the second, _who_ (ÇquaeÈ) refers to _woman_ (Çf�minamÈ), and _feminine singular_. From this we learn that the relative must agree with its antecedent in _gender_ and _number_. In neither of the sentences are the antecedents and relatives in the same case. ÇVir™sÈ and Çf�minamÈ are accusatives, and Çqu”È and ÇquaeÈ are nominatives, being the subjects of the subordinate clauses. Hence Ç224.È RULE. ÇAgreement of the Relative.È _A relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and number; but its case is determined by the way it is used in its own clause._ Ç225.È ÇInterrogative Pronouns.È An interrogative pronoun is a pronoun that asks a question. In English the interrogatives are _who?_ _which?_ _what?_ In Latin they are Çquis?È Çquid?È (pronoun) and Çqu”?È Çquae?È Çquod?È (adjective). Ç226.È Examine the sentences _a._ _Who is the man?_ ÇQuis est vir?È _b._ _What man is leading them?_ ÇQu” vir e™s džcit?È In _a_, _who_ is an interrogative _pronoun_. In _b_, _what_ is an interrogative _adjective_. Observe that in Latin ÇquisÈ, ÇquidÈ is the _pronoun_ and Çqu”È, ÇquaeÈ, ÇquodÈ is the _adjective_. Ç227.È 1. The interrogative adjective Çqu”È, ÇquaeÈ, ÇquodÈ is declined just like the relative pronoun. (See ¤221.) 2. The interrogative pronoun ÇquisÈ, ÇquidÈ is declined like Çqu”È, ÇquaeÈ, ÇquodÈ in the plural. In the singular it is declined as follows: MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ÇquisÈ, _who?_ ÇquidÈ, _what? which?_ _Gen._ ÇcuiusÈ, _whose?_ ÇcuiusÈ, _whose?_ _Dat._ ÇcuiÈ, _to_ or _for whom?_ ÇcuiÈ, _to_ or _for_ _what_ or _which?_ _Acc._ ÇquemÈ, _whom?_ ÇquidÈ, _what? which?_ _Abl._ Çqu™È, _from_, etc., _whom?_ Çqu™È, _from_, etc., _which_ or _what?_ NOTE. Observe that the masculine and feminine are alike and that all the forms are like the corresponding forms of the relative, excepting quis and quid. Ç228.È EXERCISES I. 1. Quis est aeger? Servus quem am™ est aeger. 2. Cuius scžtum hab�s? Scžtum habe™ quod l�g‰tus ad castellum m”sit. 3. Cui l�g‰tus suum scžtum dabit? F”li™ me™ scžtum dabit. 4. Ubi Germ‰n” ant”qu” v”v�bant? In terr‰ quae est proxima Rh�n™ Germ‰n” v”v�bant. 5. Quibuscum[1] Germ‰n” bellum ger�bant? Cum R™m‰n”s, qui e™s super‰re stud�bant, Germ‰n” bellum ger�bant. 6. Qu” vir” castra p™nunt? I” sunt vir” qu™rum arm”s Germ‰n” vict” sunt. 7. Quibus t�l”s c™piae nostrae egu�runt? Gladi”s et tel”s nostrae c™piae egu�runt. 8. å quibus porta sinistra ten�b‰tur? å soci”s porta sinistra ten�b‰tur. 9. Quae pr™vinciae ‰ R™m‰n”s occup‰tae sunt? Multae pr™vinciae ‰ R™m‰n”s occup‰tae sunt. 10. Quibus vir”s de” fav�bunt? Bon”s vir”s de” fav�bunt. [Footnote 1: ÇcumÈ is added to the ablative of relative, interrogative, and personal pronouns instead of being placed before them.] [Illustration: GERMANI ANTIQUI] II. 1. What victory will you announce? 2. I will announce to the people the victory which the sailors have won. 3. The men who were pitching camp were eager for battle. 4. Nevertheless they were soon conquered by the troops which Sextus had sent. 5. They could not resist our forces, but fled from that place without delay. Ç229.È THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA (_Concluded_)[2] Tarp�ia, comm™ta ™rnament”s Sab”n™rum pulchr”s, diž resistere n™n potuit et respondit: ÒDate mihi[3] ™rn‰menta quae in sinistr”s bracch”s geritis, et celeriter c™pi‰s vestr‰s in Capit™lium džcam.Ó Nec Sab”n” recžs‰v�runt, sed per džr‰s magn‰sque castell” port‰s proper‰v�runt qu™[1] Tarp�ia džxit et mox intr‰ valid™s et alt™s mžr™s st‰bant. Tum sine mor‰ in[2] Tarp�iam scžta graviter i�c�runt; nam scžta quoque in sinistr”s bracchi”s ger�bant. Ita perfida puella Tarp�ia interfecta est; ita Sab”n” Capit™lium occup‰v�runt. [Footnote 2: Explain the use of the tenses in this selection.] [Footnote 3: _to me._] [Footnote 1: qu™ = _whither_, _to the place where_. Here ÇquoÈ is the relative adverb. We have had it used before as the interrogative adverb, _whither?_ _to what place?_] [Footnote 2: _upon_.] LESSON XXXIX THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ CONSONANT STEMS [Special Vocabulary] Çbarbarus, -a, -umÈ, _strange, foreign, barbarous_. As a noun, Çbarbar”, -™rumÈ, m., plur., _savages, barbarians_ Çdux, ducisÈ, m., _leader_ (duke). Cf. the verb Çdžc™È Çeques, equitisÈ, m., _horseman, cavalryman_ (equestrian) iždex, iždicis, _m., judge_ Çlapis, lapidisÈ, m., _stone_ (lapidary) Çm”les, m”litisÈ, m., _soldier_ (militia) Çpedes, peditisÈ, m., _foot soldier_ (pedestrian) Çp�s, pedisÈ,[A] m., _foot_ (pedal) Çpr”nceps, pr”ncipisÈ, m., _chief_ (principal) Çr�x, r�gisÈ, m., _king_ (regal) Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, _highest, greatest_ (summit) Çvirtžs, virtžtisÈ, f., _manliness, courage_ (virtue) [Footnote A: Observe that ÇeÈ is _long_ in the nom. sing, and _short_ in the other cases.] Ç230.È ÇBases and Stems.È In learning the first and second declensions we saw that the different cases were formed by adding the case terminations to the part of the word that did not change, which we called the ÇbaseÈ. If to the base we add Ç-‰È in the first declension, and Ç-oÈ in the second, we get what is called the ÇstemÈ. Thus ÇportaÈ has the base Çport-È and the stem Çport‰-È; ÇservusÈ has the base Çserv-È and the stem Çservo-È. These stem vowels, Ç-‰-È and Ç-o-È, play so important a part in the formation of the case terminations that these declensions are named from them respectively the _å_- and _O_-Declensions. Ç231.È ÇNouns of the Third Declension.È The third declension is called the Consonant or _I_-Declension, and its nouns are classified according to the way the _stem_ ends. If the last letter of the stem is a consonant, the word is said to have a _consonant stem_; if the stem ends in Ç-i-È, the word is said to have an Çi-È_stem_. _In consonant stems the stem is the same as the base. In_ Çi-È_stems the stem is formed by adding_ Ç-i-È _to the base._ The presence of the ÇiÈ makes a difference in certain of the cases, so the distinction is a very important one. Ç232.È Consonant stems are divided into two classes: I. Stems that add Ç-sÈ to the base to form the nominative singular. II. Stems that add no termination in the nominative singular. CLASS I Ç233.È Stems that add Ç-sÈ to the base in the nominative singular are either masculine or feminine and are declined as follows: Çpr”ncepsÈ, Çm”lesÈ, m., ÇlapisÈ, m., _chief_ _soldier_ m., _stone_ BASES OR STEMS Çpr”ncip-È Çm”lit-È Çlapid-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS M. AND F. _Nom._ pr”nceps m”les lapis -s _Gen._ pr”n«cipis m”litis lapidis -is _Dat._ pr”n«cip” m”lit” lapid” -” _Acc._ pr”n«cipem m”litem lapidem -em _Abl._ pr”n«cipe m”lite lapide -e PLURAL _Nom._ pr”n«cip�s m”lit�s lapid�s -�s _Gen._ pr”n«cipum m”litum lapidum -um _Dat._ pr”nci«pibus m”litibus lapidibus -ibus _Acc._ pr”n«cip�s m”lit�s lapid�s -�s _Abl._ pr”nci«pibus m”litibus lapidibus -ibus Çr�xÈ, ÇiždexÈ, ÇvirtžsÈ, f., m., _king_ m.,_judge_ _manliness_ BASES OR STEMS Çr�g-È Çiždic-È Çvirtžt-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS M. AND F. _Nom._ r�x iždex virtžs -s _Gen._ r�gis iždicis virtž«tis -is _Dat._ r�g” iždic” virtž«t” -” _Acc._ r�gem iždicem virtž«tem -em _Abl._ r�ge iždice virtž«te -e PLURAL _Nom._ r�g�s iždic�s virtž«t�s -�s _Gen._ r�gum iždicum virtž«tum -um _Dat._ r�gibus iždicibus virtž«tibus -ibus _Acc._ r�g�s iždic�s virtž«t�s -�s _Abl._ r�gibus iždicibus virtž«tibus -ibus 1. The base or stem is found by dropping Ç-isÈ in the genitive singular. 2. Most nouns of two syllables, like Çpr”ncepsÈ (Çpr”ncip-È), Çm”lesÈ (Çm”lit-È), ÇiždexÈ (Çiždic-È), have ÇiÈ in the base, but ÇeÈ in the nominative. _a._ ÇlapisÈ is an exception to this rule. 3. Observe the consonant changes of the base or stem in the nominative: _a._ A final Ç-tÈ or Ç-dÈ is dropped before Ç-sÈ; thus Çm”lesÈ for Çm”letsÈ, ÇlapisÈ for ÇlapidsÈ, ÇvirtžsÈ for ÇvirtžtsÈ. _b._ A final Ç-cÈ or Ç-gÈ unites with Ç-sÈ and forms Ç-xÈ; thus ÇiždecÈ + ÇsÈ = ÇiždexÈ, Çr�gÈ + ÇsÈ = Çr�xÈ. 4. Review ¤74 and apply the rules to this declension. In like manner decline Çdux, ducisÈ, m., _leader_; Çeques, equitisÈ, m., _horseman_; Çpedes, peditisÈ, m., _foot soldier_; Çp�s, pedisÈ, m.,_foot_. Ç234.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291. I. 1. Neque pedit�s neque equit�s occup‰re castellum R™m‰num poterant. 2. Summ‰ virtžte mžr™s alt™s cot”di� oppugn‰bant. 3. Pedes m”litum lapidibus qu” d� mžr™ iaci�bantur saepe vulner‰bantur. 4. Quod novum c™nsilium dux c�pit? 5. Is perfidam puellam pulchr”s ™rn‰ment”s tempt‰vit. 6. Quid puella f�cit? 7. Puella comm™ta aur™ m”lit�s per port‰s džxit. 8. Tamen praemia quae summ™ studi™ pet”verat n™n report‰vit. 9. Apud R™m‰n™s ant”qu™s Tarp�ia n™n est laud‰ta. II. 1. What ship is that which I see? That (ÇilludÈ) ship is the _Victory_. It is sailing now with a favorable wind and will soon approach Italy. 2. The judges commanded the savages to be seized and to be killed. 3. The chiefs of the savages suddenly began to flee, but were quickly captured by the horsemen. 4. The king led the foot soldiers to the wall from which the townsmen were hurling stones with the greatest zeal. [Illustration: NAVIGIUM] LESSON XL THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ CONSONANT STEMS (_Continued_) [Special Vocabulary] ÇCaesar, -arisÈ, m., _C¾sar_ Çcapt”vus, -”È, m., _captive, prisoner_ Çc™nsul, -isÈ, m., _consul_ Çfr‰ter, fr‰trisÈ, m., _brother_ (fraternity) Çhom™, hominisÈ, m., _man, human being_ Çimped”mentum, -”È, n., _hindrance_ (impediment); plur. Çimped”menta, -™rumÈ, _baggage_ Çimper‰tor, imper‰t™risÈ, m., _commander in chief, general_ (emperor) Çlegi™, legi™nisÈ, f., _legion_ Çm‰ter, m‰trisÈ, f., _mother_ (maternal) Ç™rd™, ™rdinisÈ, m., _row, rank_ (order) Çpater, patrisÈ, m., _father_ (paternal) Çsalžs, salžtisÈ, f., _safety_ (salutary) Çsoror, sor™risÈ, f., _sister_ (sorority) CLASS II Ç235.È Consonant stems that add no termination in the nominative are declined in the other cases exactly like those that add Ç-sÈ. They may be masculine, feminine, or neuter. Ç236.È PARADIGMS MASCULINES AND FEMININES Çc™nsulÈ, Çlegi™È, f., Ç™rd™È, ÇpaterÈ, m., m., _consul_ _legion_ m., _row_ _father_ BASES OR STEMS Çc™nsul-È Çlegi™n-È Ç™rdin-È Çpatr-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS M. AND F. _Nom._ c™nsul legi™ ™rd™ pater -- _Gen._ c™nsulis legi™nis ™rdinis patris -is _Dat._ c™nsul” legi™n” ™rdin” patr” -” _Acc._ c™nsulem legi™nem ™rdinem patrem -em _Abl._ c™nsule legi™ne ™rdine patre -e PLURAL _Nom._ c™nsul�s legi™n�s ™rdin�s patr�s -�s _Gen._ c™nsulum legi™num ™rdinum patrum -um _Dat._ c™nsulibus legi™nibus ™rdinibus patribus -ibus _Acc._ c™nsul�s legi™n�s ™rdin�s patr�s -�s _Abl._ c™nsulibus legi™nibus ™rdinibus patribus -ibus 1. With the exception of the nominative, the terminations are exactly the same as in Class I, and the base or stem is found in the same way. 2. Masculines and feminines with bases or stems in -in- and -™n- drop -n- and end in -™ in the nominative, as legi™ (base or stem legi™n-), ™rd™ (base or stem ™rdin-). 3. Bases or stems in -tr- have -ter in the nominative, as pater (base or stem patr-). 4. Note how the genitive singular gives the clue to the whole declension. _Always learn this with the nominative._ Ç237.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 291. I. 1. Aud”sne tub‰s, M‰rce? N™n s™lum tub‰s audi™ sed etiam ™rdin�s militum et carr™s imped”ment™rum pl�n™s vid�re possum. 2. Qu‰s legi™n�s vid�mus? Eae legi™n�s nžper ex Galli‰ v�n�runt. 3. Quid ibi f�c�runt? Stud�bantne pugn‰re an sine virtžte erant? 4. Multa proelia f�c�runt[1] et magn‰s vict™ri‰s et mult™s capt”v™s report‰v�runt. 5. Quis est imper‰tor e‰rum legi™num? Caesar, summus R™m‰n™rum imper‰tor. 6. Quis est eques qu” pulchram cor™nam gerit? Is eques est fr‰ter meus. E” cor™na ‰ c™nsule data est quia summ‰ virtžte pugn‰verat et ‰ barbar”s patriam serv‰verat. II. 1. Who has seen my father to-day? 2. I saw him just now (ÇnžperÈ). He was hastening to your dwelling with your mother and sister. 3. When men are far from the fatherland and lack food, they cannot be restrained[2] from wrong[3]. 4. The safety of the soldiers is dear to C¾sar, the general. 5. The chiefs were eager to storm a town full of grain which was held by the consul. 6. The king forbade the baggage of the captives to be destroyed. [Footnote 1: Çproelium facereÈ = _to fight a battle._] [Footnote 2: Çcontine™È. Cf. ¤180.] [Footnote 3: Abl. inižri‰.] LESSON XLI THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ CONSONANT STEMS (_Concluded_) [Special Vocabulary] Çcalamit‰s, calamit‰tisÈ, f., _loss, disaster, defeat_ (calamity) Çcaput, capitisÈ, n., _head_ (capital) Çflžmen, flžminisÈ, n., _river_ (flume) Çlabor, lab™risÈ, m., _labor, toil_ Çopus, operisÈ, n., _work, task_ Ç™r‰tor, ™r‰t™risÈ, m., _orator_ Çr”pa, -aeÈ, f., _bank_ (of a stream) Çtempus, temporisÈ, n., _time_ (temporal) Çterror, terr™risÈ, m., _terror, fear_ Çvictor, vict™risÈ, m., _victor_ Çaccipi™, accipere, acc�p”, acceptusÈ, _receive, accept_ Çc™nfirm™, c™nf”rm‰re, c™nf”rm‰v”, c™nf”rm‰tusÈ, _strengthen, establish, encourage_ (confirm) Ç238.È Neuter consonant stems add no termination in the nominative and are declined as follows: ÇflžmenÈ, ÇtempusÈ, ÇopusÈ, ÇcaputÈ, n., _river_ n., _time_ n., _work_ n., _head_ BASES OR STEMS Çflžmin-È Çtempor-È Çoper-È Çcapit-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ flžmen tempus opus caput -- _Gen._ flžminis temporis operis capitis -is _Dat._ flžmin” tempor” oper” capit” -” _Acc._ flžmen tempus opus caput -- _Abl._ flžmine tempore opere capite -e PLURAL _Nom._ flžmina tempora opera capita -a _Gen._ flžminum temporum operum capitum -um _Dat._ flžminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus _Acc._ flžmina tempora opera capita -a _Abl._ flžminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus 1. Review ¤74 and apply the rules to this declension. 2. Bases or stems in -in- have -e- instead of -i- in the nominative, as flžmen, base or stem flžmin-. 3. Most bases or stems in -er- and -or- have -us in the nominative, as opus, base or stem oper-; tempus, base or stem tempor-. Ç239.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292. I. 1. Barbar” ubi R™mam c�p�runt, maxima r�gum opera d�l�v�runt. 2. R™m‰n” mult‰s calamit‰t�s ‰ barbar”s acc�p�runt. 3. Ubi erat summus terror apud oppid‰n™s, anim” dubi” e™rum ab ™r‰t™re clar™ c™nf”rm‰ti sunt. 4. R™ma est in r”p”s fižminis magn”. 5. Ubi Caesar imper‰tor m”lit�s su™s arma capere iussit, i” ‰ proeli™ contin�r” n™n potu�runt. 6. Ubi proelium factum est, imper‰tor reper”r” n™n potuit. 7. Imper‰tor sagitt‰ in capite vulner‰tus erat et st‰re n™n poterat. 8. Eum magn™ lab™re pedes ex proeli™ port‰vit. 9. Is bracchi”s su”s imper‰t™rem tenuit et eum ex per”cul”s summ”s serv‰vit. 10. Virtžte su‰ bonus m”les ab imper‰t™re cor™nam acc�pit. II. 1. The consul placed a crown on the head of the victor. 2. Before the gates he was received by the townsmen. 3. A famous orator praised him and said, ÒBy your labors you have saved the fatherland from disaster.Ó 4. The words of the orator were pleasing to the victor. 5. To save the fatherland was a great task. [Illustration: Corona] LESSON XLII REVIEW LESSON Ç240.È Review the paradigms in ¤¤233, 236, 238; and decline all nouns of the third declension in this selection. TERROR CIMBRICUS[1] ïlim Cimbr” et Teuton�s, popul” Germ‰niae, cum f�min”s l”ber”sque Italiae adpropinqu‰verant et c™pi‰s R™m‰n‰s maxim™ proeli™ v”cerant. Ubi fuga legi™num nžnti‰ta est, summus erat terror t™t”us R™mae, et R™m‰n”, graviter comm™t”, sacra cr�bra de”s faci�bant et salžtem pet�bant. Tum M‰nlius ™r‰tor anim™s popul” ita c™nf”rm‰vit:--ÒMagnam calamit‰tem acc�pimus. Oppida nostra ‰ Cimbr”s Teutonibusque capiuntur, agricolae interficiuntur, agr” v‰stantur, c™piae barbar™rum R™mae adpropinquant. Itaque, nisi nov”s anim”s proelium novum faci�mus et Germ‰n™s ex patri‰ nostr‰ sine mor‰ ag�mus, erit nžlla salžs f�min”s nostr”s l”ber”sque. Serv‰te l”ber™s! Serv‰te patriam! Ante‰ super‰t” sumus quia imper‰t™r�s nostr” fu�runt ”nf”rm”. Nunc Marius, cl‰rus imper‰tor, qu” iam mult‰s ali‰s vict™ri‰s report‰vit, legi™n�s džcet et anim™s nostr™s terr™re Cimbric™ l”ber‰re m‰tžr‰bit.Ó Marius tum in åfric‰ bellum ger�bat. Sine mor‰ ex åfric‰ in Italiam voc‰tus est. C™pi‰s nov‰s n™n s™lum t™t” Italiae sed etiam pr™vinci”s soci™rum imper‰vit.[2] Discipl”n‰ autem džr‰ lab™ribusque perpetu”s m”lit�s exercuit. Tum cum peditibus equitibusque, qu” iam proeli™ stud�bant, ad Germ‰n™rum castra celeriter proper‰vit. Diž et ‰criter pugn‰tum est.[3] D�nique barbar” fžg�runt et mult” in fug‰ ab equitibus sunt interfect”. Marius pater patriae voc‰tus est. [Footnote 1: About the year 100 B.C. the Romans were greatly alarmed by an invasion of barbarians from the north known as Cimbri and Teutons. They were traveling with wives and children, and had an army of 300,000 fighting men. Several Roman armies met defeat, and the city was in a panic. Then the Senate called upon Marius, their greatest general, to save the country. First he defeated the Teutons in Gaul. Next, returning to Italy, he met the Cimbri. A terrible battle ensued, in which the Cimbri were utterly destroyed; but the _terror Cimbricus_ continued to haunt the Romans for many a year thereafter.] [Footnote 2: _He made a levy_ (of troops) _upon_, Çimper‰vitÈ with the acc. and the dat.] [Footnote 3: Cf. ¤200. II. 2.] LESSON XLIII THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ _I_-STEMS [Special Vocabulary] Çanimal, anim‰lis (-ium[A])È, n., _animal_ Çavis, avis (-ium)È, f., _bird_ (aviation) Çcaed�s, caedis (-ium)È, f., _slaughter_ calcar, calc‰ris (-ium), n., _spur_ Çc”vis, c”vis (-ium)È, m. and f., _citizen_ (civic) Çcli�ns, clientis (-ium)È, m., _retainer, dependent_ (client) Çf”nis, f”nis (-ium)È, m., _end, limit_ (final); plur., _country, territory_ Çhostis, hostis (-ium)È, m. and f., _enemy_ in war (hostile). Distinguish from Çinim”cusÈ, which means a _personal_ enemy Çignis, ignis (-ium)È, m., _fire_ (ignite) Ç”nsigne, ”nsignis (-ium)È, n. _decoration, badge_ (ensign) Çmare, maris (-ium[B])È, n., _sea_ (marine) Çn‰vis, n‰vis (-ium)È, f., _ship_ (naval); Çn‰vis longaÈ, _man-of-war_ Çturris, turris (-ium)È, f., _tower_ (turret) Çurbs, urbis (-ium)È, f., _city_ (suburb). An ÇurbsÈ is larger than an ÇoppidumÈ. [Footnote A: The genitive plural ending Ç-iumÈ is written to mark the i-stems.] [Footnote B: The genitive plural of ÇmareÈ is not in use.] Ç241.È To decline a noun of the third declension correctly we must know whether or not it is an ÇiÈ-stem. Nouns with ÇiÈ-stems are 1. Masculines and feminines: _a._ Nouns in Ç-�sÈ and Ç-”sÈ with the same number of syllables in the genitive as in the nominative. Thus Çcaed�s, caedisÈ, is an ÇiÈ-stem, but Çm”les, m”litisÈ, is a consonant stem. _b._ Nouns in Ç-nsÈ and Ç-rsÈ. _c._ Nouns of one syllable in Ç-sÈ or Ç-xÈ preceded by a consonant. 2. Neuters in Ç-eÈ, Ç-alÈ, and Ç-arÈ. Ç242.È The declension of ÇiÈ-stems is nearly the same as that of consonant stems. Note the following differences: _a._ Masculines and feminities have Ç-iumÈ in the genitive plural and Ç-”sÈ or Ç-�sÈ in the accusative plural. _b._ Neuters have Ç-”È in the ablative singular, and an Ç-i-È in every form of the plural. Ç243.È ÇMasculine and Feminine _I_-Stems.È Masculine and feminine ÇiÈ-stems are declined as follows: Çcaed�sÈ, f., ÇhostisÈ, ÇurbsÈ, f., Çcli�nsÈ, m., _slaughter_ m., _enemy_ _city_ _retainer_ STEMS Çcaedi-È Çhosti-È Çurbi-È Çclienti-È BASES Çcaed-È Çhost-È Çurb-È Çclient-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS M. AND F. _Nom._ caed�s hostis urbs cli�ns[1] -s, -is, _or_ -�s _Gen._ caedis hostis urbis clientis -is _Dat._ caed” host” urb” client” -” _Acc._ caedem hostem urbem clientem -em (-im) _Abl._ caede hoste urbe cliente -e (-”) PLURAL _Nom._ caed�s host�s urb�s client�s -�s _Gen._ caedium hostium urbium clientium -ium _Dat._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus _Acc._ caed”s, -�s host”s, -�s urb”s, -�s client”s, -�s -”s, -�s _Abl._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus [Footnote 1: Observe that the vowel before Ç-nsÈ is long, but that it is shortened before Ç-ntÈ. Cf. ¤12.2, 3.] 1. ÇavisÈ, Çc”visÈ, Çf”nisÈ, ÇignisÈ, Çn‰visÈ have the ablative singular in Ç-”È or Ç-eÈ. 2. ÇturrisÈ has accusative ÇturrimÈ and ablative Çturr”È or ÇturreÈ. Ç244.È ÇNeuter _I_-Stems.È Neuter ÇiÈ-stems are declined as follows: Ç”nsigneÈ, n., ÇanimalÈ, n., ÇcalcarÈ, _decoration_ _animal_ n., _spur_ STEMS Ç”nsigni-È Çanim‰li-È Çcalc‰ri-È BASES Ç”nsign-È Çanim‰l-È Çcalc‰r-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ ”nsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- _Gen._ ”nsignis anim‰lis calc‰ris -is _Dat._ ”nsign” anim‰l” calc‰r” -” _Acc._ ”nsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- _Abl._ ”nsign” anim‰l” calc‰r” -” PLURAL _Nom._ ”nsignia anim‰lia calc‰ria -ia _Gen._ ”nsignium anim‰lium calc‰rium -ium _Dat._ ”nsignibus anim‰libus calc‰ribus -ibus _Acc._ ”nsignia anim‰lia calc‰ria -ia _Abl._ ”nsignibus anim‰libus calc‰ribus -ibus 1. Review ¤74 and see how it applies to this declension. 2. The final Ç-i-È of the stem is usually dropped in the nominative. If not dropped, it is changed to Ç-eÈ. 3. A long vowel is shortened before final Ç-lÈ or Ç-rÈ. (Cf. ¤12.2.) Ç245.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292. I. 1. Quam urbem vid�mus? Urbs quam vid�tis est R™ma. 2. C”v�s R™m‰n” urbem suam turribus alt”s et mžr”s long”s mžn”verant. 3. Vent” n‰v”s long‰s prohib�bant f”nibus hostium adpropinqu‰re. 4. Imper‰tor a clientibus su”s calc‰ria aur” et alia ”nsignia acc�pit. 5. M”lit�s R™m‰n” cum hostibus bella saeva gess�runt et e™s caede magn‰ super‰v�runt. 6. Alia anim‰lia terram, alia mare amant. 7. N‰v�s longae quae auxilium ad imper‰t™rem port‰bant ign” ab hostibus d�l�tae sunt. 8. In e™ mar” avis mult‰s v”dimus quae long� ‰ terr‰ vol‰verant. 9. N™nne v”distis n‰v”s long‰s hostium et ign”s quibus urbs nostra v‰st‰b‰tur? Cert�, sed nec caedem c”vium nec fugam clientium v”dimus. 10. Av�s et alia anim‰lia, ubi ignem v”d�runt, salžtem fug‰ petere celeriter inc�p�runt. 11. Num. iždex in peditum ™rdinibus st‰bat? Minim�, iždex erat apud equit�s et equus eius ”nsigne pulchrum ger�bat. [Illustration: NAVES LONGAE] II. 1. Because of the lack of grain the animals of the village were not able to live. 2. When the general[2] heard the rumor, he quickly sent a horseman to the village. 3. The horseman had a beautiful horse and wore spurs of gold. 4. He said to the citizens, ÒSend your retainers with horses and wagons to our camp, and you will receive an abundance of grain.Ó 5. With happy hearts they hastened to obey his words.[3] [Footnote 2: Place first.] [Footnote 3: Not the accusative. Why?] LESSON XLIV IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION [Special Vocabulary] Çarbor, arborisÈ, f., _tree_ (arbor) Çcollis, collis (-ium)È, m., _hill_ Çd�ns, dentis (-ium)È, m., _tooth_ (dentist) f™ns, fontis (-ium), m.. _fountain, spring; source_ Çiter, itinerisÈ, n., _march, journey, route_ (itinerary) Çm�nsis, m�nsis (-ium)È, m., _month_ Çmoenia, -iumÈ, n., plur., _walls, fortifications_. Cf. ÇmžrusÈ Çm™ns, montis (-ium)È, m., _mountain_; Çsummus m™nsÈ, _top of the mountain_ ÇnumquamÈ, adv., _never_ Çp™ns, pontisÈ, m., _bridge_ (pontoon) Çsanguis, sanguinisÈ, m., blood (sanguinary) Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, _highest, greatest_ (summit) Çtr‰nsÈ, prep, with acc., _across_ (transatlantic) Çv”s (v”s)È, gen. plur. ÇviriumÈ, f. _strength, force, violence_ (vim) Ç246.È PARADIGMS [TranscriberÕs Note: The original text gives Çv”-È and Çv”r-È as the ÒBasesÓ of Çv”sÈ, and omits the ÒStemsÓ for both words. The forms have been regularized to agree with the inflectional table in the Appendix.] Çv”sÈ, f., _force_ ÇiterÈ, n., _march_ STEMS Çv”-È and Çv”ri-È Çiter-È and Çitiner-È BASES Çv-È and Çv”r-È Çiter-È and Çitiner-È SINGULAR _Nom._ v”s iter _Gen._ v”s (rare) itineris _Dat._ v” (rare) itiner” _Acc._ vim iter _Abl._ v” itinere PLURAL _Nom._ v”r�s itinera _Gen._ v”rium itinerum _Dat._ v”ribus itineribus _Acc._ v”r”s, or -�s itinera _Abl._ v”ribus itineribus Ç247.È There are no rules for gender in the third declension that do not present numerous exceptions.[1] The following rules, however, are of great service, and should be thoroughly mastered: 1. ÇMasculineÈ are nouns in Ç-orÈ, Ç-™sÈ, Ç-erÈ, Ç-esÈ (gen. Ç-itisÈ). _a._ ÇarborÈ, _tree_, is feminine; and ÇiterÈ, _march_, is neuter. 2. ÇFeminineÈ are nouns in Ç-™È, Ç-isÈ, Ç-xÈ, and in Ç-sÈ preceded by a consonant or by any long vowel but Ç™È. _a._ Masculine are ÇcollisÈ (_hill_), ÇlapisÈ, Çm�nsisÈ (_month_), Ç™rd™È, Çp�sÈ, and nouns in Ç-nisÈ and Ç-guisÈ--as ÇignisÈ, ÇsanguisÈ (_blood_)--and the four monosyllables Çd�nsÈ, _a tooth_; Çm™nsÈ, _a mountain_ Çp™nsÈ, _a bridge_; Çf™nsÈ, _a fountain_ 3. ÇNeutersÈ are nouns in Ç-eÈ, Ç-alÈ, Ç-arÈ, Ç-nÈ, Ç-urÈ, Ç-usÈ, and ÇcaputÈ. [Footnote 1: Review ¤60. Words denoting males are, of course, masculine, and those denoting females, feminine.] Ç248.È Give the gender of the following nouns and the rule by which it is determined: ÇanimalÈ Çcalamit‰sÈ ÇflžmenÈ ÇlapisÈ Çn‰visÈ ÇavisÈ ÇcaputÈ ÇignisÈ Çlegi™È ÇopusÈ Çcaed�sÈ ÇequesÈ Ç”nsigneÈ ÇmareÈ ÇsalžsÈ ÇcalcarÈ Çf”nisÈ ÇlaborÈ Çm”lesÈ ÇurbsÈ Ç249.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 292. I. _The First Bridge over the Rhine._ Salžs soci™rum erat semper c‰ra R™m‰n”s. ïlim Gall”, am”c” R™m‰n™rum, mult‰s inižri‰s ab Germ‰n”s qu” tr‰ns flžmen Rh�num viv�bant acc�perant. Ubi l�g‰t” ab i”s ad Caesarem imper‰t™rem R™m‰num v�n�runt et auxilium postul‰v�runt, R™m‰n” magn”s itineribus ad hostium f”n”s proper‰v�runt. Mox ad r”p‰s magn” flžminis v�n�runt. Imper‰tor stud�bat c™pi‰s su‰s tr‰ns fluvium džcere, sed nžll‰ vi‰[2] poterat. Nžll‰s n‰v”s hab�bat. Alta erat aqua. Imper‰tor autem, vir cl‰rus, numquam advers‰ fortžn‰ comm™tus, novum c™nsilium c�pit. Iussit su™s[3] in[4] l‰t™ flžmine facere pontem. Numquam ante‰ p™ns in Rh�n™ v”sus erat. Host�s ubi pontem quem R™m‰n” f�cerant v”d�runt, summ™ terr™re comm™t”, sine mor‰ fugam par‰re inc�p�runt. II. 1. The enemy had taken (possession of) the top of the mountain. 2. There were many trees on the opposite hills. 3. We pitched our camp near (ÇadÈ) a beautiful spring. 4. A march through the enemiesÕ country is never without danger. 5. The time of the month was suitable for the march. 6. The teeth of the monster were long. 7. When the foot soldiers[5] saw the blood of the captives, they began to assail the fortifications with the greatest violence.[2] [Footnote 2: Abl. of manner.] [Footnote 3: Çsu™sÈ, used as a noun, _his men_.] [Footnote 4: We say _build a bridge over_; the Romans, _make a bridge on_.] [Footnote 5: Place first.] * * * * * ÇFifth Review, Lessons XXXVII-XLIV, ¤¤517-520È * * * * * LESSON XLV ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ _I_-STEMS [Special Vocabulary] ljcer, ‰cris, ‰creÈ, _sharp, keen, eager_ (acrid) Çbrevis, breveÈ, _short, brief_ Çdifficilis, difficileÈ, _difficult_ Çfacilis, facileÈ, _facile, easy_ Çfortis, forteÈ, _brave_ (fortitude) Çgravis, graveÈ, _heavy, severe, serious_ (grave) Çomnis, omneÈ, _every, all_ (omnibus) Çp‰rÈ, gen. ÇparisÈ, _equal_ (par) Çpauc”, -ae, -aÈ, _few, only a few_ (paucity) Çsecundus, -a, -umÈ, _second; favorable_, opposite of adversus Çsignum, -”È, n., _signal, sign, standard_ Çv�l™xÈ, gen. Çv�l™cisÈ, _swift_ (velocity) Çconloc™, conloc‰re, conloc‰v”, conloc‰tusÈ, _arrange, station, place_ (collocation) Çd�m™nstr™, d�m™nstr‰re, d�m™nstr‰v”, d�m™nstr‰tusÈ, _point out, explain_ (demonstrate) Çmand™, mand‰re, mand‰v”, mand‰tusÈ, _commit, intrust_ (mandate) Ç250.È Adjectives are either of the first and second declensions (like ÇbonusÈ, ÇaegerÈ, or Çl”berÈ), or they are of the third declension. Ç251.È Nearly all adjectives of the third declension have ÇiÈ-_stems_, and they are declined almost like nouns with ÇiÈ-stems. Ç252.È Adjectives learned thus far have had a different form in the nominative for each gender, as, ÇbonusÈ, m.; ÇbonaÈ, f.; ÇbonumÈ, n. Such an adjective is called an _adjective of three endings_. Adjectives of the third declension are of the following classes: I. Adjectives of three endings-- a different form in the nominative for each gender. II. Adjectives of two endings-- masculine and feminine nominative alike, the neuter different. III. Adjectives of one ending-- masculine, feminine, and neuter nominative all alike. Ç253.È Adjectives of the third declension in Ç-erÈ have three endings; those in Ç-isÈ have two endings; the others have one ending. CLASS I Ç254.È Adjectives of Three Endings are declined as follows: ljcer, ‰cris, ‰creÈ, _keen, eager_ STEM ljcri-È BASE ljcr-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ‰cer ‰cris ‰cre ‰cr�s ‰cr�s ‰cria _Gen._ ‰cris ‰cris ‰cris ‰crium ‰crium ‰crium _Dat._ ‰cr” ‰cr” ‰cr” ‰cribus ‰cribus ‰cribus _Acc._ ‰crem ‰crem ‰cre ‰cr”s, -�s ‰cr”s, -�s ‰cria _Abl._ ‰cr” ‰cr” ‰cr” ‰cribus ‰cribus ‰cribus CLASS II Ç255.È Adjectives of Two Endings are declined as follows: Çomnis, omneÈ, _every, all_[1] STEM Çomni-È BASE Çomn-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ omnis omne omn�s omnia _Gen._ omnis omnis omnium omnium _Dat._ omn” omn” omnibus omnibus _Acc._ omnem omne omn”s, -�s omnia _Abl._ omn” omn” omnibus omnibus [Footnote 1: ÇomnisÈ is usually translated _every_ in the singular and _all_ in the plural.] CLASS III Ç256.È Adjectives of One Ending are declined as follows: Çp‰rÈ, _equal_ STEM Çpari-È BASE Çpar-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ p‰r p‰r par�s paria _Gen._ paris paris parium parium _Dat._ par” par” paribus paribus _Acc._ parem p‰r par”s, -�s paria _Abl._ par” par” paribus paribus 1. All ÇiÈ-stem adjectives have Ç-”È in the ablative singular. 2. Observe that the several cases of adjectives of one ending have the same form for all genders excepting in the accusative singular and in the nominative and accusative plural. 3. Decline Çvir ‰cerÈ, Çlegi™ ‰crisÈ, Çanimal ‰creÈ, Çager omnisÈ, Çscžtum omneÈ, Çproelium p‰rÈ. Ç257.È There are a few adjectives of one ending that have consonant stems. They are declined exactly like nouns with consonant stems. Ç258.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293. I. _The Romans invade the EnemyÕs Country._ ïlim pedit�s R™m‰n” cum equitibus v�l™cibus in hostium urbem iter faci�bant. Ubi n™n long� ‰fu�runt, rapu�runt agricolam, qu” e”s viam brevem et facilem d�m™nstr‰vit. Iam R™m‰n” moenia alta, turr”s valid‰s aliaque opera urbis vid�re poterant. In moenibus st‰bant mult” pr”ncip�s. Pr”ncip�s ubi v”d�runt R™m‰n™s, iuss�runt c”v”s lapid�s aliaque t�la d� mžr”s iacere. Tum m”lit�s fort�s contin�r” ‰ proeli™ n™n poterant et ‰cer imper‰tor signum tub‰ dar” iussit. Summ‰ v” omn�s m‰tžr‰v�runt. Imper‰tor Sext™ l�g‰t™ imped”menta omnia mand‰vit. Sextus imped”menta in summ™ colle conloc‰vit. Grave et ‰cre erat proelium, sed host�s n™n par�s R™m‰n”s erant. Ali” interfect”, ali” capt” sunt. Apud capt”v™s erant m‰ter sororque r�gis. Pauc” R™m‰n™rum ab hostibus vulner‰t” sunt. Secundum proelium R™m‰n”s erat gr‰tum. Fortžna fortibus semper favet. II. 1. Some months are short, others are long. 2. To seize the top of the mountain was difficult. 3. Among the hills of Italy are many beautiful springs. 4. The soldiers were sitting where the baggage had been placed because their feet were weary. 5. The city which the soldiers were eager to storm had been fortified by strong walls and high towers. 6. Did not the king intrust a heavy crown of gold and all his money to a faithless slave? Yes, but the slave had never before been faithless. [Illustration: AQUILA LEGIONIS] LESSON XLVI THE FOURTH OR _U_-DECLENSION [Special Vocabulary] Çadventus, -žsÈ, m., _approach, arrival_ (advent) ÇanteÈ, prep, with acc., _before_ (ante-date) Çcornž, -žsÈ, n., _horn, wing_ of an army (cornucopia); lj dextr™ cornžÈ, _on the right wing_; lj sinistr™ cornžÈ, _on the left wing_ Çequit‰tus, -žsÈ, m., _cavalry_ Çexercitus, -žsÈ, m., _army_ Çimpetus, -žsÈ, m., _attack_ (impetus); Çimpetum facere inÈ, with acc., _to make an attack on_ Çlacus, -žs, dat. and abl. plur. lacubusÈ, m., _lake_ Çmanus, -žsÈ, f., _hand; band, force_ (manual) Çportus, -žsÈ, m., _harbor_ (port) ÇpostÈ, prep, with acc., _behind, after_ (post-mortem) Çcrem™, crem‰re, crem‰v”, crem‰tusÈ, _burn_ (cremate) Çexerce™, exerc�re, exercu”, exercitusÈ, _practice, drill, train_ (exercise) Ç259.È Nouns of the fourth declension are either masculine or neuter. Ç260.È Masculine nouns end in Ç-usÈ, neuters in Ç-žÈ. The genitive ends in Ç-žsÈ. _a._ Feminine by exception are ÇdomusÈ, _house_; ÇmanusÈ, _hand_; and a few others. PARADIGMS [TranscriberÕs Note: The ÒStemsÓ are missing in the printed book. They have been supplied from the inflectional table in the Appendix.] ÇadventusÈ, ÇcornžÈ, m., _arrival_ n., _horn_ STEMS Çadventu-È Çcornu-È BASES Çadvent-È Çcorn-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS MASC. NEUT. _Nom._ adventus cornž -us -ž _Gen._ adventžs cornžs -žs -žs _Dat._ adventu” (ž) cornž -u” (ž) -ž _Acc._ adventum cornž -um -ž _Abl._ adventž cornž -ž -ž PLURAL _Nom._ adventžs cornua -žs -ua _Gen._ adventuum cornuum -uum -uum _Dat._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus _Acc._ adventžs cornua -žs -ua _Abl._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus 1. Observe that the base is found, as in other declensions, by dropping the ending of the genitive singular. 2. ÇlacusÈ, _lake_, has the ending Ç-ubusÈ in the dative and ablative plural; ÇportusÈ, _harbor_, has either Ç-ubusÈ or Ç-ibusÈ. 3. ÇcornžÈ is the only neuter that is in common use. Ç261.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293. I. 1. Ante adventum Caesaris v�l™c�s hostium equit�s ‰crem impetum in castra f�c�runt. 2. Contin�re exercitum ‰ proeli™ n™n facile erat. 3. Post adventum suum Caesar iussit legi™n�s ex castr”s džc”. 4. Pr™ castr”s cum hostium equit‰tž pugn‰tum est. 5. Post tempus breve equit‰tus tr‰ns flžmen fžgit ubi castra hostium posita erant. 6. Tum victor imper‰tor agr™s v‰st‰vit et v”c™s hostium crem‰vit. 7. Castra autem n™n oppugn‰vit quia m”lit�s erant d�fess” et locus difficilis. 8. Host�s n™n cess‰v�runt iacere t�la, quae pauc”s nocu�runt. 9. Post adversum proelium princip�s Gall™rum l�g‰t™s ad Caesarem mittere stud�bant, sed popul™ persu‰d�re n™n poterant. II. 1. Did you see the man-of-war on the lake? 2. I did not see it (_fem_.) on the lake, but I saw it in the harbor. 3. Because of the strong wind the sailor forbade his brother to sail. 4. C¾sar didn«t make an attack on the cavalry on the right wing, did he? 5. No, he made an attack on the left wing. 6. Who taught your swift horse to obey? 7. I trained my horse with my (own) hands, nor was the task difficult. 8. He is a beautiful animal and has great strength. LESSON XLVII EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE ¥ THE DECLENSION OF _DOMUS_ [Special Vocabulary] Ath�nae, -‰rum, f., plur., _Athens_ Corinthus, -”, f., _Corinth_ Çdomus, -žsÈ, locative Çdom”È, f., _house, home_ (dome). Cf. ÇdomiciliumÈ ÇGen‰va, -aeÈ, f., _Geneva_ Pomp�ii, -™rum, m., plur., _Pompeii_, a city in Campania. See map ÇpropterÈ, prep. with acc., _on account of, because of_ ržs, ržris, in the plur. only nom. and acc. ÇržraÈ, n., _country_ (rustic) Çtergum, terg”È, n., _back_; lj terg™È, _behind, in the rear_ Çvulnus, vulnerisÈ, n., _wound_ (vulnerable) Çcommitt™, committere, comm”s”, commissusÈ, _intrust, commit;_ Çproelium committereÈ, _join battle_ Çconvoc™, convoc‰re, convoc‰v”, convoc‰tusÈ, _call together, summon_ (convoke) Çtime™, tim�re, timu”, ----È, _fear; be afraid_ (timid) Çvert™, vertere, vert”, versusÈ, _turn, change_ (convert); Çterga vertereÈ, _to turn the backs_, hence _to retreat_ Ç262.È We have become thoroughly familiar with expressions like the following: ÇGalba adÈ (or ÇinÈ) Çoppidum properatÈ ÇGalba abÈ (Çd�È or ÇexÈ) Çoppid™ properatÈ ÇGalba in oppid™ habitatÈ From these expressions we may deduce the following rules: Ç263.È RULE. ÇAccusative of the Place to.È _The Çplace to whichÈ is expressed by ÇadÈ or ÇinÈ with the accusative. This answers the question Whither?_ Ç264.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Place from.È _The Çplace from whichÈ is expressed by Ç‰È or ÇabÈ, Çd�È, Ç�È or ÇexÈ, with the separative ablative. This answers the question Whence?_ (Cf. Rule, ¤179.) Ç265.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Place at or in.È _The Çplace at or in whichÈ is expressed by the ablative with ÇinÈ. This answers the question Where?_ _a._ The ablative denoting the _place where_ is called the _locative ablative_ (cf. ÇlocusÈ, _place_). Ç266.È ÇExceptions.È Names of towns, small islands,[1] ÇdomusÈ, _home_, ÇržsÈ, _country_, and a few other words in common use omit the prepositions in expressions of place, as, ÇGalba Ath�n‰s properatÈ, _Galba hastens to Athens_ ÇGalba Ath�n”s properatÈ, _Galba hastens from Athens_ ÇGalba Ath�n”s habitatÈ, _Galba lives at_ (or _in_) _Athens_ ÇGalba domum properatÈ, _Galba hastens home_ ÇGalba ržs properatÈ, _Galba hastens to the country_ ÇGalba dom™ properatÈ, _Galba hastens from home_ ÇGalba ržre properatÈ, _Galba hastens from the country_ ÇGalba ržr”È (less commonly ÇržreÈ) ÇhabitatÈ, _Galba lives in the country_ _a._ Names of _countries_, like ÇGerm‰niaÈ, ÇItaliaÈ, etc., do not come under these exceptions. _With them prepositions must not be omitted._ [Footnote 1: Small islands are classed with towns because they generally have but one town, and the name of the town is the same as the name of the island.] Ç267.È ÇThe Locative Case.È We saw above that the place-relation expressed by _at_ or _in_ is regularly covered by the locative ablative. However, Latin originally expressed this relation by a separate form known as the _locative case_. This case has been everywhere merged in the ablative excepting in the singular number of the first and second declensions. The form of the locative in these declensions is like the genitive singular, and its use is limited to names of towns and small islands, Çdom”È, _at home_, and a few other words. Ç268.È RULE. ÇLocative and Locative Ablative.È _To express the Çplace in whichÈ with names of towns and small islands, Çif they are singular and of the first or second declensionÈ, use the locative; otherwise use the locative ablative without a preposition; as_, ÇGalba R™mae habitatÈ, _Galba lives at Rome_ ÇGalba Corinth” habitatÈ, _Galba lives at Corinth_ ÇGalba dom” habitatÈ, _Galba lives at home_ Here ÇR™maeÈ, ÇCorinth”È, and Çdom”È are _locatives_, being _singular_ and of the first and second declensions respectively. But in ÇGalba Ath�n”s habitatÈ, _Galba lives at Athens_, ÇGalba Pomp�i”s habitatÈ, _Galba lives at Pompeii_ ÇAth�n”sÈ and ÇPomp�i”sÈ are locative ablatives. These words can have no locative case, as the nominatives ÇAth�naeÈ and ÇPomp�i”È are_plural_ and there is no plural locative case form. Ç269.È The word ÇdomusÈ, _home, house_, has forms of both the second and the fourth declension. Learn its declension (¤468). Ç270.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 293. I. 1. Corinth” omnia ”nsignia aur” ‰ ducibus vict™ribus rapta erant. 2. Caesar Gen‰vam exercitum magn”s itineribus džxit. 3. Quem pontem host�s crem‰verant? Pontem in Rh�n™ host�s crem‰verant. 4. Pomp�i”s mult‰s R™m‰n™rum dom™s vid�re poteritis. 5. R™m‰ c™nsul equ™ v�l™c” ržs proper‰vit. 6. Dom” c™nsulis homin�s mult” sed�bant. 7. Imper‰tor iusserat l�g‰tum Ath�n‰s cum mult”s n‰vibus long”s n‰vig‰re. 8. Ante moenia urbis sunt ™rdin�s arborum alt‰rum. 9. Propter arbor�s alt‰s nec lacum nec portum reper”re potuimus. 10. Proeli”s cr�br”s Caesar legi™n�s su‰s quae erant in Galli‰ exerc�bat. 11. Cot”di� in loc™ idone™ castra p™n�bat et mžni�bat. II. 1. C¾sar, the famous general, when he had departed from Rome, hastened to the Roman province on a swift horse.[2] 2. He had heard a rumor concerning the allies at Geneva. 3. After his arrival C¾sar called the soldiers together and commanded them to join battle. 4. The enemy hastened to retreat, some because[3] they were afraid, others because[3] of wounds. 5. Recently I was at Athens and saw the place where the judges used to sit.[4] 6. Marcus and Sextus are my brothers; the one lives at Rome, the other in the country. [Footnote 2: Latin says Òby a swift horse.Ó What construction?] [Footnote 3: Distinguish between the English conjunction _because_ (ÇquiaÈ or ÇquodÈ) and the preposition _because of_ (ÇpropterÈ).] [Footnote 4: _used to sit_, express by the imperfect.] [Illustration: DAEDALUS ET ICARUS] Ç271.È DAED«ALUS AND IC«ARUS Cr�ta est ”nsula ant”qua quae aqu‰ alt‰ magn” maris puls‰tur. Ibi ™lim M”n™s erat r�x. Ad eum v�nit Daedalus qu” ex Graeci‰ patri‰ fugi�bat. Eum M”n™s r�x benign”s verb”s acc�pit et e” domicilium in Cr�t‰ dedit. [5]Qu™ in loc™ Daedalus sine cžr‰ v”vebat et r�g” multa et cl‰ra opera faci�bat. Post tempus longum autem Daedalus patriam c‰ram d�s”der‰re inc�pit. Domum proper‰re stud�bat, sed r�g” persu‰d�re n™n potuit et mare saevum fugam vet‰bat. [Footnote 5: _And in this place_; Çqu™È does not here introduce a subordinate relative clause, but establishes the connection with the preceding sentence. Such a relative is called a _connecting relative_, and is translated by _and_ and a demonstrative or personal pronoun.] LESSON XLVIII THE FIFTH OR æ-DECLENSION ¥ THE ABLATIVE OF TIME [Special Vocabulary] Çaci�s, -�”È, f., _line of battle_ Çaest‰s, aest‰tisÈ, f., _summer_ Çannus, -”È, m., _year_ (annual) Çdi�s, di�”È, m., _day_ (diary) Çfid�s, fide”È, no plur., f., _faith, trust; promise, word; protection_; Çin fidem ven”reÈ, _to come under the protection_ Çfluctus, -žsÈ, m. _wave, billow_ (fluctuate) Çhiems, hiemisÈ, f., _winter_ Çh™ra, -aeÈ, f., _hour_ Çlžx, lžcisÈ, f., _light_ (lucid); Çpr”ma luxÈ, _daybreak_ Çmer”di�sÈ, acc. -em, abl. -�, no plur., m., _midday_ (meridian) Çnox, noctis (-ium)È, f., _night_ (nocturnal) Çpr”mus, -a, -umÈ, _first_ (prime) Çr�s, re”È, f., _thing, matter_ (real); Çr�s gestaeÈ, _deeds, exploits_ (lit. _things performed_); Çr�s adversaeÈ, _adversity_; Çr�s secundaeÈ, _prosperity_ Çsp�s, spe”È, f., _hope_ Ç272.È ÇGender.È Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine except Çdi�sÈ, _day_, and Çmer”di�sÈ, _midday_, which are usually masculine. Ç273.È PARADIGMS [TranscriberÕs Note: The ÒStemsÓ are missing in the printed book. They have been supplied from the inflectional table in the Appendix.] Çdi�sÈ, Çr�sÈ, f., m., _day_ _thing_ STEMS Çdi�-È Çr�-È BASES Çdi-È Çr-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ di�s r�s -�s _Gen._ di�” re” -�” _or_ -e” _Dat._ di�” re” -�” _or_ -e” _Acc._ diem rem -em _Abl._ di� r� -� PLURAL _Nom._ di�s r�s -�s _Gen._ di�rum r�rum -�rum _Dat._ di�bus r�bus -�bus _Acc._ di�s r�s -�s _Abl._ di�bus r�bus -�bus 1. The vowel ÇeÈ which appears in every form is regularly long. It is shortened in the ending Ç-e”È after a consonant, as in Çr-e”È; and before Ç-mÈ in the accusative singular, as in Çdi-emÈ. (Cf. ¤12.2.) 2. Only Çdi�sÈ and Çr�sÈ are complete in the plural. Most other nouns of this declension lack the plural. ÇAci�sÈ, _line of battle_, and Çsp�sÈ, _hope_, have the nominative and accusative plural. Ç274.È The ablative relation (¤50) which is expressed by the prepositions _at, in_, or _on_ may refer not only to place, but also to time, as _at noon, in summer, on the first day_. The ablative which is used to express this relation is called the _ablative of time_. Ç275.È RULE. ÇThe Ablative of Time.È _The time ÇwhenÈ or Çwithin whichÈ anything happens is expressed by the ablative without a preposition._ _a._ Occasionally the preposition Ç_in_È is found. Compare the English _Next day we started_ and _ÇOnÈ the next day we started_. Ç276.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 294. I. _Galba the Farmer._ Galba agricola ržr” v”vit. Cot”di� pr”m‰ lžce lab™r‰re incipit, nec ante noctem in studi™ su™ cessat. Mer”di� Ižlia f”lia eum ad c�nam vocat. Nocte ped�s d�fess™s domum vertit. Aest‰te f”li” agricolae auxilium patr” dant. Hieme agricola e™s in lždum mittit. Ibi magister pueris mult‰s f‰bul‰s d� r�bus gest”s Caesaris n‰rrat. Aest‰te f”li” agricolae perpetu”s lab™ribus exercentur nec grave agr” opus est i”s molestum. Galba sine žll‰ cžr‰ vivit nec r�s advers‰s timet. II. 1. In that month there were many battles in Gaul. 2. The cavalry of the enemy made an attack upon C¾sarÕs line of battle. 3. In the first hour of the night the ship was overcome by the billows. 4. On the second day the savages were eager to come under C¾sarÕs protection. 5. The king had joined battle, moved by the hope of victory. 6. That year a fire destroyed many birds and other animals. 7. We saw blood on the wild beastÕs teeth. Ç277.È DAED«ALUS AND IC«ARUS (_Continued_) Tum Daedalus gravibus cžr”s comm™tus f”li™ su™ ëcar™ ita dixit: ÒAnimus meus, ëcare, est pl�nus tr”stitiae nec ocul” lacrim”s egent. Disc�dere ex Cr�t‰, Ath�n‰s proper‰re, maxim� stude™; sed r�x recžsat aud”re verba mea et omnem reditžs spem �ripit. Sed numquam r�bus advers”s vincar. Terra et mare sunt inim”ca, sed aliam fugae viam reperiam.Ó Tum in art”s ign™t‰s animum d”mittit et m”rum capit c™nsilium. Nam penn‰s in ™rdine p™nit et v�r‰s ‰l‰s facit. LESSON XLIX PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED ¥ PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS [Special Vocabulary] Çam”citia, -aeÈ, f., _friendship_ (amicable) ÇitaqueÈ, conj., _and so, therefore, accordingly_ Çlittera, -aeÈ, f., _a letter_ of the alphabet; plur., _a letter, an epistle_ Çmetus, metžsÈ, m., _fear_ Çnihil, indeclinableÈ, n., _nothing_ (nihilist) Çnžntius, nžnt”È, m., _messenger_. Cf. Çnžnti™È Çp‰x, p‰cisÈ, f., _peace_ (pacify) Çr�gnum, -”È, n., _reign, sovereignty, kingdom_ Çsupplicum, suppli«c”È, n., _punishment_; Çsupplicum sžmere d�È, with abl., _inflict punishment on_; Çsupplicum dareÈ, _suffer punishment_. Cf. ÇpoenaÈ Çplace™, plac�re, placu”, placitusÈ, _be pleasing to, please_, with dative. Cf. ¤154 Çsžm™, sžmere, sžmps”, sžmptusÈ, _take up, assume_ Çsustine™, sustin�re, sustinu”, sustentusÈ, _sustain_ Ç278.È We have the same kinds of pronouns in Latin as in English. They are divided into the following eight classes: 1. ÇPersonal pronounsÈ, which show the person speaking, spoken to, or spoken of; as, ÇegoÈ, _I_; ÇtžÈ, _you_; ÇisÈ, _he_. (Cf. ¤279. etc.) 2. ÇPossessive pronounsÈ, which denote possession; as, ÇmeusÈ, ÇtuusÈ, ÇsuusÈ, etc. (Cf. ¤98.) 3. ÇReflexive pronounsÈ, used in the predicate to refer back to the subject; as, _he saw himself_. (Cf. ¤281.) 4. ÇIntensive pronounsÈ, used to emphasize a noun or pronoun; as, _I myself saw it_. (Cf. ¤285.) 5. ÇDemonstrative pronounsÈ, which point out persons or things; as, ÇisÈ, _this, that_. (Cf. ¤112.) 6. ÇRelative pronounsÈ, which connect a subordinate adjective clause with an antecedent; as, Çqu”È, _who_. (Cf. ¤220.) 7. ÇInterrogative pronounsÈ, which ask a question; as, ÇquisÈ, _who?_ (Cf. ¤225.) 8. ÇIndefinite pronounsÈ, which point out indefinitely; as, _some one, any one, some, certain ones_, etc. (Cf. ¤296.) Ç279.È The demonstrative pronoun ÇisÈ, ÇeaÈ, ÇidÈ, as we learned in ¤115, is regularly used as the personal pronoun of the third person (_he_, _she_, _it_, _they_, etc.). Ç280.È The personal pronouns of the first person are ÇegoÈ, _I_; Çn™sÈ, _we_; of the second person, ÇtžÈ, _thou_ or _you_; Çv™sÈ, _ye_ or _you_. They are declined as follows: SINGULAR FIRST PERSON SECOND PERSON _Nom._ ego, _I_ tž, _you_ _Gen._ me”, _of me_ tu”, _of you_ _Dat._ mihi, _to_ or _for me_ tibi, _to_ or _for you_ _Acc._ m�, _me_ t�, _you_ _Abl._ m�, _with, from_, etc., _me_ t�, _with, from_, etc., _you_ PLURAL _Nom._ n™s, _we_ v™s, _you_ _Gen._ nostrum or nostr”, _of us_ vestrum or vestr”, _of you_ _Dat._ n™b”s, _to_ or _for us_ v™b”s, _to_ or _for you_ _Acc._ n™s, _us_ v™s, _you_ _Abl._ n™b”s, _with, from_, v™b”s, _with, from_, etc., _you_ etc., _us_ 1. The personal pronouns are not used in the nominative excepting for emphasis or contrast. Ç281.È ÇThe Reflexive Pronouns.È 1. The personal pronouns ÇegoÈ and ÇtžÈ may be used in the predicate as reflexives; as, Çvide™ m�È, _I see myself_ Çvid�mus n™sÈ, _we see ourselves_ Çvid�s t�È, _you see yourself_ Çvid�tis v™sÈ, _you see yourselves_ 2. The reflexive pronoun of the third person (_himself, herself, itself, themselves_) has a special form, used only in these senses, and declined alike in the singular and plural. SINGULAR AND PLURAL _Gen._ su” _Acc._ s� _Dat._ sibi _Abl._ s� EXAMPLES ÇPuer s� videtÈ, _the boy sees himself_ ÇPuella s� videtÈ, _the girl sees herself_ ÇAnimal s� videtÈ, _the animal sees itself_ ÇI” s� videntÈ, _they see themselves_ _a._ The form Çs�È is sometimes doubled, Çs�s�È, for emphasis. 3. Give the Latin for _I teach myself_ _We teach ourselves_ _You teach yourself_ _You teach yourselves_ _He teaches himself_ _They teach themselves_ Ç282.È The preposition ÇcumÈ, when used with the ablative of ÇegoÈ, ÇtžÈ, or Çsu”È, is appended to the form, as, Çm�cumÈ, _with me_; Çt�cumÈ, _with you_; Çn™b”scumÈ, _with us_; etc. Ç283.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 294. I. 1. Mea m‰ter est c‰ra mihi et tua m‰ter est c‰ra tibi. 2. Vestrae litterae erant gr‰tae n™bis et nostrae litterae erant gr‰tae v™b”s. 3. Nžntius r�gis qu” n™b”scum est nihil respond�bit. 4. Nžnti” p‰cem am”citiamque sibi et su”s soci”s postul‰v�runt. 5. S” tž arma sžm�s, ego r�gnum occup‰b™. 6. Uter vestrum est c”vis R™m‰nus? Neuter nostrum. 7. E™ tempore mult” supplicium ded�runt quia r�gnum petierant. 8. Sžme supplicium, Caesar, d� hostibus patriae ‰cribus. 9. Pr”m‰ lžce ali” metž comm™t” s�s� fugae mand‰v�runt; ali” autem magn‰ virtžte impetum exercitžs nostr” sustinu�runt. 10. Soror r�gis, ubi d� advers™ proeli™ aud”vit, s�s� Pomp�i”s interf�cit. II. 1. Whom do you teach? I teach myself. 2. The soldier wounded himself with his sword. 3. The master praises us, but you he does not praise. 4. Therefore he will inflict punishment on you, but we shall not suffer punishment. 5. Who will march (i.e. make a march) with me to Rome? 6. I will march with you to the gates of the city. 7. Who will show us[1] the way? The gods will show you[1] the way. [Footnote 1: Not accusative.] DAED«ALUS AND IC«ARUS (_Concluded_) Ç284.È Puer ëcarus žn‰[2] st‰bat et m”rum patris opus vid�bat. Postquam manus ultima[3] ‰l”s imposita est, Daedalus e‰s tempt‰vit et similis av” in aur‰s vol‰vit. Tum ‰l‰s umer”s f”l” adlig‰vit et docuit eum vol‰re et d”xit, ÒT� vet™, m” f”l”, adpropinqu‰re aut s™l” aut mar”. S” fluctibus adpropinqu‰veris,[4] aqua ‰l”s tu”s noc�bit, et s” s™l” adpropinqu‰veris,[4] ignis e‰s crem‰bit.Ó Tum pater et filius iter difficile incipiunt. ål‰s movent et aurae s�s� committunt. Sed stultus puer verb”s patris n™n p‰ret. S™l” adpropinquat. ålae cremantur et ëcarus in mare d�cidit et vitam ‰mittit. Daedalus autem sine žll™ per”cul™ tr‰ns fluctžs ad ”nsulam Siciliam vol‰vit. [Footnote 2: Adverb, see vocabulary.] [Footnote 3: Çmanus ultimaÈ, _the finishing touch_. What literally?] [Footnote 4: Future perfect. Translate by the present.] LESSON L THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN _IPSE_ AND THE DEMONSTRATIVE _ëDEM_ [Special Vocabulary] Çcorpus, corporisÈ, n., _body_ (corporal) Çd�nsus, -a, -umÈ, _dense_ Ç”dem, e«adem, idemÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _the same_ (identity) Çipse, ipsa, ipsumÈ, intensive pronoun, _self; even, very_ Çm”rus, -a, -umÈ, _wonderful, marvelous_ (miracle) Ç™limÈ, adv., _formerly, once upon a time_ Çpars, partis (-ium)È, f., _part, region, direction_ ÇquoqueÈ, adv., _also_. Stands _after_ the word which it emphasizes Çs™l, s™lisÈ, m., _sun_ (solar) Çv�rus, -a, -umÈ, _true, real_ (verity) Çd�be™, d�b�re, d�bu”, d�bitusÈ, _owe, ought_ (debt) Ç�ripi™, �ripere, �ripu”, �reptusÈ, _snatch from_ Ç285.È ÇIpseÈ means _-self_ (_him-self, her-self_, etc.) or is translated by _even_ or _very_. It is used to emphasize a noun or pronoun, expressed or understood, with which it agrees like an adjective. _a._ ÇIpseÈ must be carefully distinguished from the reflexive Çsu”È. The latter is always used as a pronoun, while ÇipseÈ is regularly adjective. Compare ÇHom™ s� videtÈ, _the man sees himself_ (reflexive) ÇHom™ ipse per”culum videtÈ, _the man himself_ (intensive) _sees the danger_ ÇHom™ ipsum per”culum videtÈ, _the man sees the danger itself_ (intensive) Ç286.È Except for the one form ÇipseÈ, the intensive pronoun is declined exactly like the nine irregular adjectives (cf. ¤¤108, 109). Learn the declension (¤481). Ç287.È The demonstrative Ç”demÈ, meaning _the same_, is a compound of ÇisÈ. It is declined as follows: SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ”dem e«adem idem _Gen._ eius«dem eius«dem eius«dem _Dat._ e”«dem e”«dem e”«dem _Acc._ eun«dem ean«dem idem _Abl._ e™«dem e‰«dem e™«dem PLURAL _Nom._ i”«dem eae«dem e«adem e”«dem _Gen._ e™run«dem e‰run«dem e™run«dem _Dat._ i”s«dem i”s«dem i”s«dem e”s«dem e”s«dem e”s«dem _Acc._ e™s«dem e‰s«dem e«adem _Abl._ i”s«dem i”s«dem i”s«dem e”s«dem e”s«dem e”s«dem _a._ From forms like ÇeundemÈ (eum + -dem), Çe™rundemÈ (e™rum + -dem), we learn the rule that ÇmÈ before ÇdÈ is changed to ÇnÈ. _b._ The forms Çi”demÈ, Çi”sdemÈ are often spelled and pronounced with one Ç”È. Ç288.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295. I. 1. Ego et tž[1] in e‰dem urbe v”vimus. 2. Iter ipsum n™n tim�mus sed fer‰s saev‰s quae in silv‰ d�ns‰ esse d”cuntur. 3. ïlim n™s ips” idem iter f�cimus. 4. E™ tempore mult‰s fer‰s v”dimus. 5. Sed n™b”s n™n nocu�runt. 6. Caesar ipse scžtum d� manibus m”litis �ripuit et in ipsam aciem proper‰vit. 7. Itaque m”lit�s summ‰ virtžte t�la in hostium corpora i�c�runt. 8. R™m‰n” quoque gravia vulnera acc�p�runt. 9. D�nique host�s terga vert�runt et omm”s in part”s[2] fžg�runt. 10. E‰dem h™r‰ litterae R™mam ab imper‰t™re ips™ missae sunt. 11. E™dem m�nse capt”v” quoque in Italiam miss” sunt. 12. Sed mult” propter vulnera iter difficile tr‰ns mont”s facere recžs‰bant et Gen‰vae esse d”c�bantur. II. 1. At Pompeii there is a wonderful mountain. 2. When I was in that place, I myself saw that mountain. 3. On the same day many cities were destroyed by fire and stones from that very mountain. 4. You have not heard the true story of that calamity, have you?[3] 5. On that day the very sun could not give light to men. 6. You yourself ought to tell (to) us that story. [Footnote 1: Observe that in Latin we say _I and you_, not _you and I_.] [Footnote 2: Not _parts_, but _directions_.] [Footnote 3: Cf. ¤210.] Ç289.È HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE[4] Tarquinius Superbus, septimus et ultimus r�x R™m‰n™rum, ubi in exsilium ab ”r‰t”s R™m‰n”s �iectus est, ‰ Porsen‰, r�ge Etržsc™rum, auxilium petiit. Mox Porsena magn”s cum c™pi”s R™mam v�nit, et ipsa urbs summ™ in per”cul™ erat. Omnibus in partibus exercitus R™m‰nus victus erat. Iam r�x montem I‰niculum[5] occup‰verat. Numquam ante‰ R™m‰n” tant™ metž ten�bantur. Ex agr”s in urbem properab‰nt et summ™ studi™ urbem ipsam mžni�bant. [Footnote 4: The story of Horatius has been made familiar by MacaulayÕs well-known poem ÒHoratiusÓ in his _Lays of Ancient Rome_. Read the poem in connection with this selection.] [Footnote 5: The Janiculum is a high hill across the Tiber from Rome.] LESSON LI THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS _HIC_, _ISTE_, _ILLE_ [Special Vocabulary] Çhic, haec, hocÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _this_ (of mine); _he, she, it_ Çille, illa, illudÈ, demonstrative pronoun _that_ (yonder); _he, she, it_ Çinv”sus, -a, -umÈ, _hateful, detested_, with dative Cf. ¤143 Çiste, ista, istudÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _that_ (of yours); _he, she, it_ Çl”bert‰s, -‰tisÈ, f., _liberty_ Çmodus, -”È, m., _measure; manner, way, mode_ Çn™men, n™minisÈ, n., _name_ (nominate) Çoculus, -”È, m., _eye_ (oculist) Çpr”stinus, -a, -umÈ, _former, old-time_ (pristine) Çpžblicus, -a, -umÈ, _public, belonging to the state;_ Çr�s pžblica, re” pžblicaeÈ, f., _the commonwealth, the state, the republic_ Çvest”gium, vest”«g”È, n., _footprint, track; trace, vestige_ Çv™x, v™cisÈ, f., _voice_ Ç290.È We have already learned the declension of the demonstrative pronoun ÇisÈ and its use. (Cf. Lesson XVII.) That pronoun refers to persons or things either far or near, and makes no definite reference to place or time. If we wish to point out an object definitely in place or time, we must use ÇhicÈ, ÇisteÈ, or ÇilleÈ. These demonstratives, like ÇisÈ, are used both as pronouns and as adjectives, and their relation to the speaker may be represented graphically thus: ÇhicÈ ÇisteÈ ÇilleÈ SPEAKER ------------->-------------->---------------> _this_, _he_; _that_, _he_; _that_, _he_ (near); (remote); (more remote) _a._ In dialogue ÇhicÈ refers to a person or thing near the speaker; ÇisteÈ, to a person or thing near the person addressed; ÇilleÈ, to a person or thing remote from both. These distinctions are illustrated in the model sentences, ¤293, which should be carefully studied and imitated. Ç291.È ÇHicÈ is declined as follows: SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ hic haec hoc _Gen._ huius huius huius _Dat._ huic huic huic _Acc._ hunc hanc hoc _Abl._ h™c h‰c h™c PLURAL _Nom._ h” hae haec _Gen._ h™rum h‰rum h™rum _Dat._ h”s h”s h”s _Acc._ h™s h‰s haec _Abl._ h”s h”s h”s _a._ ÇHuiusÈ is pronounced _h[oo]«y[oo]s_, and ÇhuicÈ is pronounced _h[oo]ic_ (one syllable). Ç292.È The demonstrative pronouns ÇisteÈ, ÇistaÈ, ÇistudÈ, and ÇilleÈ, ÇillaÈ, ÇilludÈ, except for the nominative and accusative singular neuter forms ÇistudÈ and ÇilludÈ, are declined exactly like ÇipseÈ, ÇipsaÈ, ÇipsumÈ. (See ¤481.) Ç293.È ÇMODEL SENTENCESÈ _Is this horse_ (of mine) _strong?_ ÇEstne hic equus val”dus?È _That horse_ (of yours) _is strong, but that one_ (yonder) _is weak_ ÇIste equus est validus, sed ille est ”nf”rmusÈ _Are these_ (men by me) _your friends?_ ÇSuntne h” am”c” tu”?È _Those_ (men by you) _are my friends, but those_ (men yonder) _are enemies_ ÇIst” sunt am”c” me”, sed ill” sunt inim”c”È Ç294.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295. I. _A German Chieftain addresses his Followers._ Ille fortis Germ‰n™rum dux su™s convoc‰vit et h™c mod™ anim™s e™rum c™nfirm‰vit. ÒV™s, qu” in h”s f”nibus v”vitis, in hunc locum convoc‰v”[1] quia m�cum d�b�tis ist™s agr™s et ist‰s dom™s ab inižri”s R™m‰n™rum liber‰re. Hoc n™b”s n™n difficile erit, quod ill” host�s h‰s silv‰s d�ns‰s, fer‰s saev‰s qu‰rum vest”gia vident, mont�s alt™s timent. S” fort�s erimus, de” ips” n™b”s viam salžtis d�monstr‰bunt. Ille s™l, ist” ocul” calam”t‰t�s nostr‰s v”d�runt.[1] Itaque n™men ill”us re” pžblicae R™m‰nae n™n s™lum n™bis, sed etiam omnibus hominibus qu” l”bert‰tem amant, est inv”sum. Ad arma v™s voc™. Exerc�te istam pr”stinam virtžtem et vinc�tis.Ó [Footnote 1: The perfect definite. (Cf. ¤190.)] II. 1. Does that bird (of yours)[2] sing? 2. This bird (of mine)[2] sings both[3] in summer and in winter and has a beautiful voice. 3. Those birds (yonder)[2] in the country don«t sing in winter. 4. Snatch a spear from the hands of that soldier (near you)[2] and come home with me. 5. With those very eyes (of yours)[2] you will see the tracks of the hateful enemy who burned my dwelling and made an attack on my brother. 6. For (ÇpropterÈ) these deeds (Çr�sÈ) we ought to inflict punishment on him without delay. 7. The enemies of the republic do not always suffer punishment. [Footnote 2: English words in parentheses are not to be translated. They are inserted to show what demonstratives should be used. (Cf. ¤290.)] [Footnote 3: _both ... and_, Çet ... etÈ.] [Illustration: HORATIUS PONTEM DEFENDIT] Ç295.È HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Continued_) Altera urbis pars mžr”s, altera flžmine satis mžn”r” vid�b‰tur. Sed erat p™ns in flžmine qu” hostibus iter paene dedit. Tum Hor‰tius Cocles, fortis vir, magn‰ v™ce d”xit, ÒRescindite pontem, R™m‰n”! Brev” tempore Porsena in urbem c™pi‰s su‰s tr‰džcet.Ó Iam host�s in ponte erant, sed Hor‰tius cum du™bus (cf. ¤479) comitibus ad extr�mam pontis partem proper‰vit, et hi s™li aciem hostium sustinu�runt. Tum v�r™ c”v�s R™m‰n” pontem ‰ terg™ rescindere incipiunt, et host�s fržstr‰ Hor‰tium super‰re temptant. LESSON LII THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS [Special Vocabulary] Çincolumis, -eÈ, _unharmed_ Çn� ... quidemÈ, adv., _not even_. The emphatic word stands between Çn�È and ÇquidemÈ ÇnisiÈ, conj., _unless, if ... not_ ÇpaeneÈ, adv., _almost_ (pen-insula) ÇsatisÈ, adv., _enough, sufficiently_ (satisfaction) Çtantus, -a, -umÈ, _so great_ Çv�r™È, adv., _truly, indeed, in fact_. As a conj. _but, however_, usually stands second, never first. Çd�cid™, d�cidere, d�cid”, ----È, _fall down_ (deciduous) Çd�sili™, d�sil”re, d�silu”, d�sultusÈ, _leap down, dismount_ Çmane™, man�re, m‰ns”, m‰nsžrusÈ, _remain_ Çtr‰džc™, tr‰džcere, tr‰džx”, tr‰ductusÈ, _lead across_ Ç296.È The indefinite pronouns are used to refer to _some person_ or _some thing_, without indicating which particular one is meant. The pronouns ÇquisÈ and Çqu”È, which we have learned in their interrogative and relative uses, may also be indefinite; and nearly all the other indefinite pronouns are compounds of ÇquisÈ or Çqu”È and declined almost like them. Review the declension of these words, ¤¤221, 227. Ç297.È Learn the declension and meaning of the following indefinites: MASC. FEM. NEUT. ÇquisÈ ÇquidÈ, _some one, any one_ (substantive) Çqu”È ÇquaÈ or ÇquaeÈ ÇquodÈ, _some, any_ (adjective), ¤483 ÇaliquisÈ ÇaliquidÈ, _some one, any one_ (substantive), ¤487 Çaliqu”È ÇaliquaÈ ÇaliquodÈ, _some, any_ (adjective), ¤487 Çqu”damÈ ÇquaedamÈ ÇquoddamÈ, ÇquiddamÈ, _a certain, a certain one_, ¤485 ÇquisquamÈ ÇquicquamÈ or ÇquidquamÈ (no plural), _any one_ (at all) (substantive), ¤486 ÇquisqueÈ ÇquidqueÈ, _each one, every one_ (substantive), ¤484 ÇquisqueÈ ÇquaequeÈ ÇquodqueÈ, _each, every_ (adjective), ¤484 [TranscriberÕs Note: In the original text, the combined forms (masculine/feminine) were printed in the ÒmasculineÓ column.] NOTE. The meanings of the neuters, _something_, etc., are easily inferred from the masculine and feminine. _a._ In the masculine and neuter singular of the indefinites, Çquis-Èforms and Çquid-Èforms are mostly used as substantives, Çqu”-Èforms and Çquod-Èforms as adjectives. _b._ The indefinites ÇquisÈ and Çqu”È never stand first in a clause, and are rare excepting after Çs”È, ÇnisiÈ, Çn�È, ÇnumÈ (as, Çs” quisÈ, _if any one_; Çs” quidÈ, _if anything_; Çnisi quisÈ, _unless some one_). Generally ÇaliquisÈ and Çaliqu”È are used instead. _c._ The forms ÇquaÈ and ÇaliquaÈ are both feminine nominative singular and neuter nominative plural of the indefinite adjectives Çqu”È and Çaliqu”È respectively. How do these differ from the corresponding forms of the relative Çqu”?È _d._ Observe that Çqu”damÈ (qu” + -dam) is declined like Çqu”È, except that in the accusative singular and genitive plural ÇmÈ of Çqu”È becomes ÇnÈ (cf. ¤287.a): ÇquendamÈ, ÇquandamÈ, Çqu™rundamÈ, Çqu‰rundam;È also that the neuter has ÇquiddamÈ (substantive) and ÇquoddamÈ (adjective) in the nominative and accusative singular. ÇQu”damÈ is the least indefinite of the indefinite pronouns, and implies that you could name the person or thing referred to if you cared to do so. _e._ ÇQuisquamÈ and ÇquisqueÈ (substantive) are declined like ÇquisÈ. _f._ ÇQuisquamÈ, _any one_ (ÇquicquamÈ or ÇquidquamÈ, _anything_), is always used substantively and chiefly in negative sentences. The corresponding adjective _any_ is Çžllus, -a, -umÈ (¤108). Ç298.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 295. I. 1. Aliquis d� ponte in flžmen d�cidit sed sine žll™ per”cul™ serv‰tus est. 2. Est v�r™ in v”t‰ cuiusque hominis aliqua bona fortžna. 3. N� m”litum quidem[1] quisquam in castr”s m‰nsit. 4. S” quem meae dom” vid�s, iub� eum disc�dere. 5. S” quis pontem tenet, n� tantus quidem exercitus capere urbem potest. 6. Urbs n™n satis mžn”ta erat et mer”di� r�x qu”dam paene c™pi‰s su‰s tr‰ns pontem tr‰džxerat. 7. D�nique m”les qu”dam arm‰tus in fluctžs d�siluit et incolumis ad alteram r”pam ocul™s vertit. 8. Quisque ill” fort” m”lit” aliquid dare d�bet. 9. Tanta v�r™ virtžs R™m‰nus semper placuit. 10. ïlim Corinthus erat urbs satis magna et paene par R™mae ips”; nunc v�r™ moenia d�cid�runt et pauca vest”gia urbis ill”us reper”r” possunt. 11. Quisque l”bert‰tem amat, et aliquibus v�r™ n™men r�gis est inv”sum. II. 1. If you see a certain Cornelius at Corinth, send him to me. 2. Almost all the soldiers who fell down into the waves were unharmed. 3. Not even at Pompeii did I see so great a fire. 4. I myself was eager to tell something to some one. 5. Each one was praising his own work. 6. Did you see some one in the country? I did not see any one. 7. Unless some one will remain on the bridge with Horatius, the commonwealth will be in the greatest danger. [Footnote 1: Observe that Çqu”damÈ and ÇquidemÈ are different words.] Ç299.È HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Concluded_) Mox, ubi parva pars pontis m‰nsit, Hor‰tius iussit comit�s disc�dere et s™lus m”r‰ c™nstanti‰ impetum illius t™tius exercitžs sustin�bat. D�nique magn™ frag™re p™ns in flžmen d�c”dit. Tum v�r™ Hor‰tius tergum vertit et arm‰tus in aqu‰s d�siluit. In eum host�s multa t�la i�c�runt; incolumis autem per fiuctžs ad alteram r”pam tr‰n‰vit. E” propter tant‰s r�s gest‰s populus R™m‰nus n™n s™lum alia magna praemia dedit sed etiam statuam Hor‰ti in loc™ pžblic™ posuit. * * * * * ÇSixth Review, Lessons XLV-LII, ¤¤521-523È * * * * * LESSON LIII REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES [Special Vocabulary] Çaquila, -aeÈ, f., _eagle_ (aquiline) Çaud‰xÈ, gen. Çaud‰cisÈ, adj., _bold, audacious_ Çceler, celeris, celereÈ, _swift, quick_ (celerity). Cf. Çv�l™xÈ Çexpl™rat™r, -™risÈ, m., _scout, spy_ (explorer) Çing�nsÈ, gen. ÇingentisÈ, adj., _huge, vast_ Çmedius, -a, -umÈ, _middle, middle part of_ (medium) Çm�ns, mentis (-ium)È, f., _mind_ (mental). Cf. ÇanimusÈ Çopportžnus, -a, -umÈ, _opportune_ ÇquamÈ, adv., _than_. With the superlative ÇquamÈ gives the force of _as possible_, as ÇquamÈ aud‰cissim” vir”, _men as bold as possible_ ÇrecensÈ, gen. ÇrecentisÈ, adj., _recent_ ÇtamÈ, adv., _so_. Always with an adjective or adverb, while ÇitaÈ is generally used with a verb Çquaer™, quaerere, quaes”v”, quaes”tusÈ, _ask, inquire, seek_ (question). Cf. Çpet™È Ç300.È The quality denoted by an adjective may exist in either a higher or a lower degree, and this is expressed by a form of inflection called comparison. The mere presence of the quality is expressed by the positive degree, its presence in a higher or lower degree by the comparative, and in the highest or lowest of all by the superlative. In English the usual way of comparing an adjective is by using the suffix _-er_ for the comparative and _-est_ for the superlative; as, positive _high_, comparative _higher_, superlative _highest_. Less frequently we use the adverbs _more_ and _most_; as, positive _beautiful_, comparative _more beautiful_, superlative _most beautiful._ In Latin, as in English, adjectives are compared by adding suffixes or by using adverbs. Ç301.È Adjectives are compared by using suffixes as follows: POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE cl‰rus, -a, -um cl‰rior, cl‰r”us cl‰rissimus, -a, -um (_bright_) (_brighter_) (_brightest_) (BASE cl‰r-) brevis, breve brevior, brevius brevissimus, -a, -um (_short_) (_shorter_) (_shortest_) (BASE brev-) v�l™x v�l™cior, v�l™cius v�l™cissimus, -a, -um (_swift_) (_swifter_) (_swiftest_) (BASE veloc-) _a._ The comparative is formed from the base of the positive by adding Ç-iorÈ masc. and fem., and Ç-iusÈ neut.; the superlative by adding Ç-issimus, -issima, -issimumÈ. Ç302.È Less frequently adjectives are compared by using the adverbs ÇmagisÈ, _more_; Çmaxim�È, _most_; as, Çid™neusÈ, _suitable_; Çmagis id™neusÈ, _more suitable_; Çmaxim� id™neusÈ, _most suitable._ Ç303.È ÇDeclension of the Comparative.È Adjectives of the comparative degree are declined as follows: SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ cl‰rior cl‰r”us cl‰r”™r�s cl‰ri™ra _Gen._ cl‰ri™ris cl‰ri™ris cl‰ri™rum cl‰ri™rum _Dat._ cl‰ri™r” cl‰ri™r” cl‰ri™ribus cl‰ri™ribus _Acc._ cl‰ri™rem cl‰rius cl‰ri™r�s cl‰ri™ra _Abl._ cl‰ri™re cl‰ri™re cl‰ri™ribus cl‰ri™ribus _a._ Observe that the endings are those of the consonant stems of the third declension. _b._ Compare ÇlongusÈ, _long_; ÇfortisÈ, _brave_; Çrec�nsÈ (base, Çrecent-È), _recent_; and decline the comparative of each. Ç304.È Adjectives in Ç-erÈ form the comparative regularly, but the superlative is formed by adding Ç-rimusÈ, Ç-aÈ, Ç-umÈ to the nominative masculine of the positive; as, POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE ‰cer, ‰cris, ‰cre ‰crior, ‰crius ‰cerrimus, -a, -um (BASE acr-) pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum pulchrior, pulchrius pulcherrimus, (BASE pulchr-) -a, -um l”ber, l”bera, l”berum l”berior, l”berius l”berrimus, -a, -um (BASE l”ber-) _a._ In a similar manner compare ÇmiserÈ, ÇaegerÈ, Çcr�berÈ. Ç305.È The comparative is often translated by _quite, too_, or _somewhat_, and the superlative by _very_; as, ÇaltiorÈ, _quite_ (_too, somewhat_) _high_; ÇaltissimusÈ, _very high._ Ç306.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296. I. 1. Quid expl™r‰t™r�s quaer�bant? Expl™r‰t™r�s tempus opportfžissimum itiner” quaer�bant. 2. Medi‰ in silv‰ ign”s quam cr�berrim™s f�cimus, quod fer‰s tam aud‰cis numquam ante‰ v”der‰mus. 3. Ant”qu”s temporibus Germ‰n” erant forti™r�s quam Gall”. 4. Caesar erat cl‰rior quam inim”c”[1] qu” eum nec‰v�runt. 5. Quisque scžtum ing�ns et p”lum longius ger�bat. 6. Apud barbar™s Germ‰n” erant aud‰cissim” et fortissim”. 7. M�ns hominum est celerior quam corpus. 8. Vir” aliqu‰rum terr‰rum sunt miserrim”. 9. Corpora Germ‰n™rum erant ingenti™ra quam R™m‰n™rum. 10. åcerrim” Gall™rum pr”ncip�s sine žll‰ mor‰ tr‰ns flžmen quoddam equ™s v�l™cissim™s tr‰džx�runt. 11. Aest‰te di�s sunt longi™r�s quam hieme. 12. Imper‰tor qu”dam ab expl™r‰t™ribus d� recent” adventž n‰vium long‰rum quaes”vit. II. 1. Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest. 2. Certain animals are swifter than the swiftest horse. 3. The Roman name was most hateful to the enemies of the commonwealth. 4. The Romans always inflicted the severest[2] punishment on faithless allies. 5. I was quite ill, and so I hastened from the city to the country. 6. Marcus had some friends dearer than C¾sar.[3] 7. Did you not seek a more recent report concerning the battle? 8. Not even after a victory so opportune did he seek the generalÕs friendship. [Footnote 1: Why is this word used instead of Çhost�sÈ?] [Footnote 2: Use the superlative of ÇgravisÈ.] [Footnote 3: Accusative. In a comparison the noun after ÇquamÈ is in the same case as the one before it.] N.B. Beginning at this point, the selections for reading will be found near the end of the volume. (See p. 197.) LESSON LIV IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES THE ABLATIVE WITH COMPARATIVES WITHOUT _QUAM_ [Special Vocabulary] Çalacer, alacris, alacreÈ, _eager, spirited, excited_ (alacrity) Çcelerit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f., _speed_ (celerity) Çcl‰mor, cl‰m™risÈ, m., _shout, clamor_ Çl�nis, l�neÈ, _mild, gentle_ (lenient) Çmulier, muli«erisÈ, f., _woman_ Çmultitžd™, multitždinisÈ, f., _multitude_ Çn�moÈ, dat. Çn�min”È, acc. Çn�minemÈ (gen. Çnžll”usÈ, abl. Çnžll™È, from ÇnžllusÈ), no plur., m. and f., _no one_ Çn™bilis, n™bileÈ, _well known, noble_ ÇnoctžÈ, adv. (an old abl.), _by night_ (nocturnal) ÇstatimÈ, adv., _immediately, at once_ Çsubit™È, adv., _suddenly_ Çtardus, -a, -umÈ, _slow_ (tardy) Çcupi™, cupere, cup”v”, cup”tusÈ, _desire, wish_ (cupidity) Ç307.È The following six adjectives in Ç-lisÈ form the comparative regularly; but the superlative is formed by adding Ç-limusÈ to the base of the positive. Learn the meanings and comparison. POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE facilis, -e, _easy_ facilior, -ius facillimus, -a, -um difficilis, -e, _hard_ difficilior, -ius difficillimus, -a, -um similis, -e, _like_ similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um dissimilis, -e, _unlike_ dissimilior, -ius dissimillimus, -a, -um gracilis, -e, _slender_ gracilior, -ius gracillimus, -a, -um humilis, -e, _low_ humilior, -ius humillimus, -a, -um Ç308.È From the knowledge gained in the preceding lesson we should translate the sentence _Nothing is brighter than the sun_ ÇNihil est cl‰rius quam s™lÈ But the Romans, especially in negative sentences, often expressed the comparison in this way, ÇNihil est cl‰rius s™leÈ which, literally translated, is _Nothing is brighter away from the sun_; that is, _starting from the sun as a standard, nothing is brighter_. This relation is expressed by the separative ablative Çs™leÈ. Hence the rule Ç309.È RULE. ÇAblative with Comparatives.È _The comparative degree, if ÇquamÈ is omitted, is followed by the separative ablative._ Ç310.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296. I. 1. N�m™ m”lit�s alacri™r�s R™m‰n”s v”dit. 2. Statim imper‰tor iussit nžnti™s quam celerrim™s litter‰s R™mam port‰re. 3. Multa flžmina sunt l�ni™ra Rh�n™. 4. Apud R™man™s quis erat cl‰rior Caesare? 5. Nihil pulchrius urbe R™m‰ v”d”. 6. Subit™ multitždo audacissima magn™ clam™re proelium ‰crius comm”sit. 7. Num est equus tuus tardus? N™n v�r™ tardus, sed celerior aquil‰. 8. Ubi Romae fu”, n�m™ erat mihi amicior Sext™. 9. Quaedam mulier�s cibum m”litibus dare cup”v�runt. 10. R�x vetuit c”vis ex urbe noctž disc�dere. 11. Ille puer est gracilior h‰c muliere. 12. Expl™r‰tor du‰s (_two_) vi‰s, alteram facilem, alteram difficili™rem, d�m™nstr‰vit. II. 1. What city have you seen more beautiful than Rome? 2. The Gauls were not more eager than the Germans. 3. The eagle is not slower than the horse. 4. The spirited woman did not fear to make the journey by night. 5. The mind of the multitude was quite gentle and friendly. 6. But the kingÕs mind was very different. 7. The king was not like (similar to) his noble father. 8. These hills are lower than the huge mountains of our territory. [Illustration: ARMA ROMANA] LESSON LV IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Continued_) [Special Vocabulary] Çaedificium, aedifi«c”È, n., _building, dwelling_ (edifice) Çimperium, impe«r”È, n., _command, chief power; empire_ Çmors, mortis (-ium)È, f., _death_ (mortal) Çreliquus, -a, -umÈ, _remaining, rest of_. As a noun, m. and n. plur., _the rest_ (relic) Çscelus, scelerisÈ, n., _crime_ Çservitžs, -žtisÈ, f., _slavery_ (servitude) Çvall�s, vallis (-ium)È, f., _valley_ Çabd™, abdere, abdid”, abditusÈ, _hide_ Çcontend™, contendere, contend”, contentusÈ, _strain, struggle; hasten_ (contend) Çocc”d™, occ”dere, occ”d”, occ”susÈ, _cut down, kill_. Cf. Çnec™È, Çinterfici™È Çperterre™, perterr�re, perterru”, perterritusÈ, _terrify, frighten_ Çrecipi™, recipere, rec�p”, receptusÈ, _receive, recover_; Çs� recipereÈ, _betake oneÕs self, withdraw, retreat_ Çtr‰d™, tr‰dere, tr‰did”, tr‰ditusÈ, _give over, surrender, deliver_ (traitor) Ç311.È Some adjectives in English have irregular comparison, as _good, better, best_; _many, more, most._ So Latin comparison presents some irregularities. Among the adjectives that are compared irregularly are POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE Çbonus, -a, -umÈ, _good_ Çmelior, meliusÈ Çoptimus, -a, -umÈ Çmagnus, -a, -umÈ, _great_ Çmaior, maiusÈ Çmaximus, -a, -umÈ Çmalus, -a, -umÈ, _bad_ Çpeior, peiusÈ Çpessimus, -a, -umÈ Çmultus, -a, -umÈ, _much_ Ç----, plžsÈ Çplžrimus, -a, -umÈ Çmult”, -ae, -aÈ, _many_ Çplžr�s, plžraÈ Çplžrim”, -ae, -aÈ Çparvus, -a, -umÈ, _small_ Çminor, minusÈ Çminimus, -a, -umÈ Ç312.È The following four adjectives have two superlatives. Unusual forms are placed in parentheses. Çexterus, -a, -umÈ, (Çexterior, -iusÈ, { Çextr�mus, -a, -umÈ } _outward_ _outer_) {(Çextimus, -a, -umÈ) } _outermost, last_ Ç”nferus, -a, -umÈ, Ç”nferior, -iusÈ, { Ç”nfimus, -a, -umÈ } _low_ _lower_ { Ç”mus, -a, -umÈ } _lowest_ Çposterus, -a, -umÈ, (Çposterior, -iusÈ, { Çpostr�mus, -a, -umÈ } _next_ _later_) {(Çpostumus, -a, -umÈ) } _last_ Çsuperus, -a, -umÈ, Çsuperior, -iusÈ { Çsupr�mus, -a, -umÈ } _above_ _higher_ { Çsummus, -a, -umÈ } _highest_ Ç313.È ÇPlžsÈ, _more_ (plural _more, many, several_), is declined as follows: SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ---- plžs plžr�s plžra _Gen._ ---- plžris plžrium plžrium _Dat._ ---- ---- plžribus plžribus _Acc._ ---- plžs plžr”s, -�s plžra _Abl._ ---- plžre plžribus plžribus _a._ In the singular ÇplžsÈ is used only as a neuter substantive. Ç314.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 296. I. 1. Reliqu” host�s, qu” ‰ dextr™ cornž proelium comm”serant, d� superi™re loc™ fžg�runt et s�s� in silvam maximam rec�p�runt. 2. In extr�m‰ parte silvae castra hostium posita erant. 3. Plžrim” capt”v” ab equitibus ad Caesarem duct” sunt. 4. Caesar v�r™ iussit e™s in servitžtem tr‰d”. 5. Poster™ di� magna multitžd™ mulierum ab R™m‰n”s in valle ”m‰ reperta est. 6. Hae mulier�s maxim� perterritae adventž Caesaris s�s� occ”dere stud�bant. 7. Eae quoque plžr”s f‰bul‰s d� exercitžs R™m‰n” sceleribus aud”verant. 8. F‰ma ill™rum m”litum optima n™n erat. 9. In barbar™rum aedifici”s maior c™pia fržment” reperta est. 10. N�m™ cr�br”s proeli”s contendere sine aliqu™ per”cul™ potest. II. 1. The remaining women fled from their dwellings and hid themselves. 2. They were terrified and did not wish to be captured and given over into slavery. 3. Nothing can be worse than slavery. 4. Slavery is worse than death. 5. In the Roman empire a great many were killed because they refused to be slaves. 6. To surrender the fatherland is the worst crime. LESSON LVI IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Concluded_) ABLATIVE OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE [Special Vocabulary] Çaditus, -žsÈ, m., _approach, access; entrance_ Çc”vit‰s, c”vit‰tisÈ, f., _citizenship; body of citizens, state_ (city) ÇinterÈ, prep, with acc., _between, among_ (interstate commerce) ÇnamÈ, conj., _for_ Çobses, obsidisÈ, m. and f., _hostage_ Çpaul™È, adv. (abl. n. of ÇpaulusÈ), _by a little, somewhat_ Çincol™, incolere, incolu”, ----È, transitive, _inhabit_; intransitive, _dwell_. Cf. Çhabit™È, Çv”v™È Çrelinqu™, relinquere, rel”qu”, relictusÈ, _leave, abandon_ (relinquish) Çstatu™, statuere, statu”, statžtusÈ, _fix, decide_ (statute), usually with infin. Ç315.È The following adjectives are irregular in the formation of the superlative and have no positive. Forms rarely used are in parentheses. COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE ÇciteriorÈ, _hither_ (ÇcitimusÈ, _hithermost_) ÇinteriorÈ, _inner_ (ÇintimusÈ, _inmost_) ÇpriorÈ, _former_ Çpr”musÈ, _first_ ÇpropiorÈ, _nearer_ ÇproximusÈ, _next, nearest_ ÇulteriorÈ, _further_ ÇultimusÈ, _furthest_ Ç316.È In the sentence _Galba is a head taller than Sextus_, the phrase _a head taller_ expresses the Çmeasure of differenceÈ in height between Galba and Sextus. The Latin form of expression would be _Galba is taller than Sextus Çby a headÈ_. This is clearly an ablative relation, and the construction is called the Çablative of the measure of differenceÈ. EXAMPLES ÇGalba est altior capite quam SextusÈ _Galba is a head taller_ (taller by a head) _than Sextus_. ÇIllud iter ad Italiam est mult™ breviusÈ _That route to Italy is much shorter_ (shorter by much) Ç317.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Measure of DifferenceÈ. _With comparatives and words implying comparison the ablative is used to denote the measure of difference._ _a._ Especially common in this construction are the neuter ablatives Çe™È, _by this, by that_ Çnihil™È,[1] _by nothing_ Çh™cÈ, _by this_ Çpaul™È, _by a little_ Çmult™È, _by much_ [Footnote 1: ÇnihilÈ was originally ÇnihilumÈ and declined like Çp”lumÈ. There is no plural.] Ç318.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297. I. 1. Barbar” proelium committere statu�runt e™ magis quod R™m‰n” ”nf”rm” esse vid�bantur. 2. Meum c™nsilium est mult™ melius quam tuum quia mult™ facilius est. 3. Haec via est mult™ l‰tior quam illa. 4. Barbar” erant nihil™ tardi™r�s quam R™m‰n”. 5. Tuus equus est paul™ celerior quam meus. 6. I” qu” paul™ forti™r�s erant prohibu�runt reliqu™s aditum relinquere. 7. Inter ill‰s c”vit‰t�s Germ‰nia m”lit�s habet optim™s. 8. Propior via quae per hanc vallem džcit est inter portum et lacum. 9. Serv”, qu” agr™s citeri™r�s incol�bant, pri™r�s domin™s relinquere n™n cup”v�runt, quod e™s am‰bant. 10. Ultimae Germ‰niae part�s numquam in fidem R™m‰n™rum v�n�runt. 11. Nam tr‰ns Rh�num aditus erat mult™ difficilior exercitu” R™m‰n™. II. 1. Another way much more difficult (more difficult by much) was left through hither Gaul. 2. In ancient times no state was stronger than the Roman empire. 3. The states of further Gaul did not wish to give hostages to C¾sar. 4. Slavery is no better (better by nothing) than death. 5. The best citizens are not loved by the worst. 6. The active enemy immediately withdrew into the nearest forest, for they were terrified by C¾sarÕs recent victories. LESSON LVII FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS [Special Vocabulary] Çaequus, -a, -umÈ, _even, level; equal_ Çcohors, cohortis (-ium)È, f., _cohort_, a tenth part of a legion, about 360 men Çcurr™, currere, cucurr”, cursusÈ, _run_ (course) Çdifficult‰s, -‰tisÈ, f., _difficulty_ Çfossa, -aeÈ, f., _ditch_ (fosse) Çg�ns, gentis (-ium)È, f., _race, tribe, nation_ (Gentile) Çneg™tium, neg™t”È, n., _business, affair, matter_ (negotiate) Çregi™, -™nisÈ, f., _region, district_ Çržmor, ržm™risÈ, m., _rumor, report_. Cf. f‰ma Çsimul atqueÈ, conj., _as soon as_ Çsuscipi™, suscipere, susc�p”, susceptusÈ, _undertake_ Çtrah™, trahere, tr‰x”, tr‰ctusÈ, _drag, draw_ (ex-tract) Çvale™, val�re, valu”, valitžrusÈ, _be strong_; plžrimum val�re, _to be most powerful, have great influence_ (value). Cf. validus Ç319.È Adverbs are generally derived from adjectives, as in English (e.g. adj. _sweet_, adv. _sweetly_). Like adjectives, they can be compared; but they have no declension. Ç320.È Adverbs derived from adjectives of the first and second declensions are formed and compared as follows: POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE _Adj._ c‰rus, _dear_ c‰rior c‰rissimus _Adv._ c‰r�, _dearly_ c‰rius c‰rissim� _Adj._ pulcher, _beautiful_ pulchrior pulcherrimus _Adv._ pulchr�, _beautifully_ pulchrius pulcherrim� _Adj._ l”ber, _free_ l”berior l”berrimus _Adv._ l”ber�, _freely_ l”berius l”berrim� _a._ The positive of the adverb is formed by adding Ç-�È to the base of the positive of the adjective. The superlative of the adverb is formed from the superlative of the adjective in the same way. _b._ The comparative of any adverb is the neuter accusative singular of the comparative of the adjective. Ç321.È Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declension are formed like those described above in the comparative and superlative. The positive is usually formed by adding Ç-iterÈ to the base of adjectives of three endings or of two endings, and Ç-terÈ to the base of those of one ending;[1] as, POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE _Adj._ fortis, _brave_ fortior fortissimus _Adv._ fortiter, _bravely_ fortius fortissim� _Adj._ aud‰x, _bold_ aud‰cior aud‰cissimus _Adv._ aud‰cter, _boldly_ aud‰cius aud‰cissim� [Footnote 1: This is a good working rule, though there are some exceptions to it.] Ç322.È ÇCase Forms as Adverbs.È As we learned above, the neuter accusative of comparatives is used adverbially. So in the positive or superlative some adjectives, instead of following the usual formation, use the accusative or the ablative singular neuter adverbially; as, _Adj._ facilis, _easy_ pr”mus, _first_ _Adv._ facile (acc.), _easily_ pr”mum (acc.), _first_ pr”m™ (abl.), _at first_ _Adj._ multus, _many_ plžrimus, _most_ _Adv._ multum (acc.), _much_ plžrimum (acc.), _most_ mult™ (abl.), _by much_ Ç323.È Learn the following irregular comparisons: bene, _well_ melius, _better_ optim�, _best_ diž, _long_ (time) dižtius, _longer_ dižtissim�, _longest_ magnopere, _greatly_ magis, _more_ maxim�, _most_ parum, _little_ minus, _less_ minim�, _least_ prope, _nearly, near_ propius, _nearer_ proxim�, _nearest_ saepe, _often_ saepius, _oftener_ saepissim�, _oftenest_ Ç324.È Form adverbs from the following adjectives, using the regular rules, and compare them: ÇlaetusÈ, ÇsuperbusÈ, ÇmolestusÈ, Çam”cusÈ, ljcerÈ, ÇbrevisÈ, ÇgravisÈ, Çrec�nsÈ. Ç325.È RULE. ÇAdverbs.È _Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs._ Ç326.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297. I. 1. Nžlla r�s melius gesta est quam proelium illud[2] ubi Marius mult™ min™re exercitž mult™ mai™r�s c™pi‰s Germ‰n™rum in fugam dedit. 2. Aud‰cter in R™m‰n™rum cohort”s host�s impetžs f�c�runt 3. Marius autem omn�s h™s fortissim� sustinuit. 4. Barbar” nihil™ forti™r�s erant quam R™m‰n”. 5. Pr”m™ barbar” esse superi™r�s vid�bantur, tum R™m‰n” ‰crius contend�runt. 6. D�nique, ubi iam dižtissim� paene aequ™ proeli™ pugn‰tum est, barbar” fugam peti�runt. 7. Quaedam Germ‰n™rum gent�s, simul atque ržm™rem ill”us calamit‰tis aud”v�runt, s�s� in ultim”s regi™nibus f”nium su™rum abdid�runt. 8. R™m‰n” saepius quam host�s v”c�runt, quod meli™ra arma hab�bant. 9. Inter omn”s gent”s R™m‰n” plžrimum val�bant. 10. Hae cohort�s simul atque in aequi™rem regi™nem s� rec�p�runt, castra sine žll‰ difficult‰te posu�runt. II. 1. Some nations are easily overcome by their enemies. 2. Germany is much larger than Gaul. 3. Were not the Romans the most powerful among the tribes of Italy? 4. On account of (his) wounds the soldier dragged his body from the ditch with the greatest difficulty. 5. He was able neither to run nor to fight. 6. Who saved him? A certain horseman boldly undertook the matter. 7. The rumors concerning the soldierÕs death were not true. [Footnote 2: ÇilleÈ standing after its noun means _that well-known, that famous_.] LESSON LVIII NUMERALS ¥ THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE [Special Vocabulary] Çcomme‰tus, -žsÈ, m.. _provisions_ Çl‰titžd™, -inisÈ, f., _width_ (latitude) Çlongitžd™, -inisÈ, f., _length_ (longitude) Çmagnitžd™, -inisÈ, f., _size, magnitude_ Çmerc‰tor, merc‰t™risÈ, m., _trader, merchant_ Çmžn”ti™, -™nisÈ, f., _fortification_ (munition) Çspatium, spat”È, n., _room, space, distance; time_ Çcogn™sc™, cogn™scere, cogn™v”, cognitusÈ, _learn_; in the perfect tenses, _know_ (re-cognize) Çc™g™, c™gere, co�g”, co‰ctusÈ, _collect; compel_ (cogent) Çd�fend™, d�fendere, d�fend”, d�f�nsusÈ, _defend_ Çincend™, incendere, incend”, inc�nsusÈ, _set fire to, burn_ (incendiary). Cf. Çcrem™È Çobtine™, obtin�re, obtinu”, obtentusÈ, _possess, occupy, hold_ (obtain) Çperveni™, perven”re, perv�n”, perventusÈ, _come through, arrive_ Ç327.È The Latin numeral adjectives may be classified as follows: 1. ÇCardinal NumeralsÈ, answering the question _how many?_ as, ÇžnusÈ, _one_; ÇduoÈ, _two_; etc. 2. ÇOrdinal NumeralsÈ, derived in most cases from the cardinals and answering the question _in what order?_ as, Çpr”musÈ, _first_; ÇsecundusÈ, _second_; etc. 3. ÇDistributive NumeralsÈ, answering the question _how many at a time?_ as, Çsingul”È, _one at a time_. Ç328.È ÇThe Cardinal Numerals.È The first twenty of the cardinals are as follows: 1, ÇžnusÈ 6, ÇsexÈ 11, ÇžndecimÈ 16, Çs�decimÈ 2, ÇduoÈ 7, ÇseptemÈ 12, ÇduodecimÈ 17, ÇseptendecimÈ 3, Çtr�sÈ 8, Çoct™È 13, ÇtredecimÈ 18, Çduod�v”gint”È 4, ÇquattuorÈ 9, ÇnovemÈ 14, ÇquattuordecimÈ 19, Çžnd�v”gint”È 5, Çqu”nqueÈ 10, ÇdecemÈ 15, Çqu”ndecimÈ 20, Çv”gint”È _a._ Learn also ÇcentumÈ = 100, Çducent”È = 200, Çm”lleÈ = 1000. Ç329.È ÇDeclension of the Cardinals.È Of the cardinals only ÇžnusÈ, ÇduoÈ, Çtr�sÈ, the hundreds above one hundred, and Çm”lleÈ used as a noun, are declinable. _a._ ÇžnusÈ is one of the nine irregular adjectives, and is declined like ÇnžllusÈ (cf. ¤¤109, 470). The plural of ÇžnusÈ is used to agree with a plural noun of a singular meaning, as, Çžna castraÈ, _one camp_; and with other nouns in the sense of _only_, as, ÇGall” žn”È, _only the Gauls_. _b._ Learn the declension of ÇduoÈ, _two_; Çtr�sÈ, _three_; and Çm”lleÈ, _a thousand_. (¤479.) _c._ The hundreds above one hundred are declined like the plural of ÇbonusÈ; as, ducent”, -ae, -a ducent™rum, -‰rum, -™rum etc. etc. etc. Ç330.È We have already become familiar with sentences like the following: ÇOmnium avium aquila est v�l™cissimaÈ _Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest_ ÇHoc ™r‰culum erat omnium cl‰rissimumÈ _This oracle was the most famous of all_ In such sentences the genitive denotes the whole, and the word it modifies denotes a part of that whole. Such a genitive, denoting the whole of which a part is taken, is called a Çpartitive genitiveÈ. Ç331.È RULE. ÇPartitive Genitive.È _Words denoting a part are often used with the genitive of the whole, known as the Çpartitive genitiveÈ._ _a._ Words denoting a part are especially pronouns, numerals, and other adjectives. But cardinal numbers excepting Çm”lleÈ regularly take the ablative with ÇexÈ or Çd�È instead of the partitive genitive. _b._ ÇM”lleÈ, _a thousand_, in the singular is usually an indeclinable adjective (as, Çm”lle m”lit�sÈ, _a thousand soldiers_), but in the plural it is a declinable noun and takes the partitive genitive (as, Çdecem m”lia m”litumÈ, _ten thousand soldiers_). EXAMPLES: ÇFortissim” h™rum sunt Germ‰n”È _The bravest of these are the Germans_ ÇDecem m”lia hostium interfecta suntÈ _Ten thousand_ (lit. _thousands_) _of the enemy were slain_ Çóna ex capt”v”s erat soror r�gisÈ _One of the captives was the kingÕs sister_ Ç332.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 297. I. 1. Caesar maximam partem aedifici™rum incendit. 2. Magna pars mžn”ti™nis aqu‰ flžminis d�l�ta est. 3. Gall” huius regi™nis qu”nque m”lia hominum co�gerant. 4. Duo ex me”s fr‰tribus eundem ržm™rem aud”v�runt. 5. Quis R™m‰n™rum erat clarior Caesare? 6. Qu”nque cohort�s ex ill‰ legi™ne castra quam fortissim� d�fend�bant. 7. Hic locus aberat aequ™ spati™[1] ab castr”s Caesaris et castr”s Germ‰n™rum. 8. Caesar simul atque perv�nit, plžs comme‰tžs ab soci”s postul‰vit. 9. N™nne merc‰t™r�s magnitždinem ”nsulae cogn™verant? Longitždinem sed n™n l‰titždinem cogn™verant. 10. Pauc” hostium obtin�bant collem quem expl™r‰t™r�s nostr” v”d�runt. II. 1. I have two brothers, and one of them lives at Rome. 2. C¾sar stormed that very town with three legions. 3. In one hour he destroyed a great part of the fortification. 4. When the enemy could no longer[2] defend the gates, they retreated to a hill which was not far distant.[3] 5. There three thousand of them bravely resisted the Romans.[4] [Footnote 1: Ablative of the measure of difference.] [Footnote 2: Not ÇlongiusÈ. Why?] [Footnote 3: Latin, _was distant by a small space._] [Footnote 4: Not the accusative.] LESSON LIX NUMERALS (_Continued_) ¥ THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT [Special Vocabulary] Çagmen, agminisÈ, n., _line of march, column_; Çpr”mum agmenÈ, _the van_; Çnovissimum agmenÈ, _the rear_ ÇatqueÈ, ÇacÈ, conj., _and_; ÇatqueÈ is used before vowels and consonants, ÇacÈ before consonants only. Cf. ÇetÈ and Ç-queÈ Çconcilium, conci«l”È, n., _council, assembly_ ÇHelv�ti”, -™rumÈ, m., _the Helvetii_, a Gallic tribe Çpassus, passžsÈ, m., _a pace_, five Roman feet; Çm”lle passuumÈ, _a thousand (of) paces_, a Roman mile Çqu‰ d� caus‰È, _for this reason, for what reason_ Çv‰llum, -”È, n., _earth-works, rampart_ Çcad™, cadere, cecid”, c‰sžrusÈ, _fall_ (decadence) Çd�d™, d�dere, d�did”, d�ditusÈ, _surrender, give up_; with a reflexive pronoun, _surrender oneÕs self, submit_, with the dative of the indirect object Çprem™, premere, press”, pressusÈ, _press hard, harass_ Çvex™, vex‰re, vex‰v”, vex‰tusÈ, _annoy, ravage_ (vex) Ç333.È Learn the first twenty of the ordinal numerals (¤478). The ordinals are all declined like ÇbonusÈ. Ç334.È The distributive numerals are declined like the plural of ÇbonusÈ. The first three are Çsingul”, -ae, -aÈ, _one each, one by one_ Çb”n”, -ae, -aÈ, _two each, two by two_ Çtern”, -ae, -aÈ, _three each, three by three_ Ç335.È We have learned that, besides its use as object, the accusative is used to express space relations not covered by the ablative. We have had such expressions as Çper plžrim™s ann™sÈ, _for a great many years_; Çper t™tum diemÈ, _for a whole day_. Here the space relation is one of _extent of time_. We could also say Çper decem ped�sÈ, _for ten feet_, where the space relation is one of _extent of space_. While this is correct Latin, the usual form is to use the accusative with no preposition, as, ÇVir t™tum diem cucurritÈ, _the man ran for a whole day_ ÇCaesar mžrum decem ped�s m™vitÈ, _C¾sar moved the wall ten feet_ Ç336.È RULE. ÇAccusative of Extent.È _Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the accusative._ _a._ This accusative answers the questions _how long? how far?_ _b._ Distinguish carefully between the accusative of time _how long_ and the ablative of time _when_, or _within which._ Select the accusatives of time and space and the ablatives of time in the following: When did the general arrive? He arrived at two oÕclock. How long had he been marching? For four days. How far did he march? He marched sixty-five miles. Where has he pitched his camp? Three miles from the river, and he will remain there several days. The wall around the camp is ten feet high. When did the war begin? In the first year after the kingÕs death. Ç337.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 298. I. _C¾sar in Gaul_. Caesar bellum in Gallia septem ann™s gessit. Pr”m™ ann™ Helv�ti™s v”cit, et e™dem ann™ multae German™rum gent�s e” s�s� d�did�runt. Mult™s iam ann™s Germ‰n” Gall™s vexabant[1] et duc�s Germ‰n” c™pi‰s su‰s tr‰ns Rh�num saepe tr‰džc�bant.[1] N™n singul” veni�bant, sed multa milia hominum in Galliam contend�bant. Qu‰ d� caus‰ pr”ncip�s Galliae concilium convoc‰v�runt atque statu�runt legates ad Caesarem mittere. Caesar, simul atque hunc ržm™rem aud”vit, c™pi‰s su‰s sine mor‰ co�git. Prim‰ lžce fortiter cum German”s proelium comm”sit. T™tum diem ‰criter pugn‰tum est. Caesar ipse ‰ dextr™ cornž acicm džxit. Magna pars exercitžs Germ‰n” cecidit. Post magnam caedem pauc” multa milia passuum ad flžmen fžg�runt. II. 1. C¾sar pitched camp two miles from the river. 2. He fortified the camp with a ditch fifteen feet wide and a rampart nine feet high. 3. The camp of the enemy was a great way off (was distant by a great space). 4. On the next day he hastened ten miles in three hours. 5. Suddenly the enemy with all their forces made an attack upon (ÇinÈ _with acc._) the rear. 6. For two hours the Romans were hard pressed by the barbarians. 7. In three hours the barbarians were fleeing. [Footnote 1: Translate as if pluperfect.] LESSON LX DEPONENT VERBS [Special Vocabulary] ÇautÈ, conj., _or_; Çaut ... autÈ, _either ... or_ Çcaus‰È, abl. of ÇcausaÈ, _for the sake of, because of_. Always stands _after_ the gen. which modifies it Çfer�È, adv., _nearly, almost_ Çop”ni™, -™nisÈ, f., _opinion, supposition, expectation_ Çr�s fržment‰ria, re” fržment‰riaeÈ, f. (lit. _the grain affair_), _grain supply_ Çtimor, -™risÈ, m., _fear_. Cf. Çtime™È ÇundiqueÈ, adv., _from all sides_ Çc™nor, c™n‰r”, c™n‰tus sumÈ, _attempt, try_ Ç�gredior, �gred”, �gressus sumÈ, _move out, disembark_; Çpr™grediorÈ, _move forward, advance_ (egress, progress) Çmoror, mor‰r”, mor‰tus sumÈ, _delay_ Çorior, orir”, ortus sumÈ, _arise, spring; begin; be born_ (_from_) (origin) Çprofic”scor, profic”sc”, profectus sumÈ, _set out_ Çrevertor, revert”, reversus sumÈ, _return_ (revert). The forms of this verb are usually active, and not deponent, in the perfect system. Perf. act., Çrevert”È Çsequor, sequ”, secžtus sumÈ, _follow_ (sequence). Note the following compounds of ÇsequorÈ and the force of the different prefixes: Çc™nsequorÈ (_follow with_), _overtake_; Ç”nsequorÈ (_follow against_), _pursue_; ÇsubsequorÈ (_follow under_), _follow close after_ Ç338.È A number of verbs are passive in form but active in meaning; as, ÇhortorÈ, _I encourage_; ÇvereorÈ, _I fear_. Such verbs are called ÇdeponentÈ because they have laid aside (Çd�-p™nereÈ, _to lay aside_) the active forms. _a._ Besides having all the forms of the passive, deponent verbs have also the future active infinitive and a few other active forms which will be noted later. (Sec¤¤375, 403.b.) Ç339.È The principal parts of deponents are of course passive in form, as, Conj. I Çhortor, hort‰r”, hort‰tus sumÈ, _encourage_ Conj. II Çvereor, ver�r”, veritus sumÈ, _fear_ Conj. III (_a_) Çsequor, sequ”, secžtus sumÈ, _follow_ (_b_) Çpatior, pat”, passus sumÈ, _suffer, allow_ Conj. IV Çpartior, part”r”, part”tus sumÈ, _share, divide_ Learn the synopses of these verbs. (See ¤493.) ÇPatiorÈ is conjugated like the passive of Çcapi™È (¤492). Ç340.È PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE The prepositions with the accusative that occur most frequently are ÇanteÈ, _before_ ÇapudÈ, _among_ ÇcircumÈ, _around_ Çcontr‰È, _against, contrary to_ Çextr‰È, _outside of_ ÇinÈ, _into, in, against, upon_ ÇinterÈ, _between, among_ Çintr‰È, _within_ ÇobÈ, _on account of_ (Çquam ob remÈ, _wherefore, therefore_) ÇperÈ, _through, by means of_ ÇpostÈ, _after, behind_ ÇpropterÈ, _on account of, because of_ Çtr‰nsÈ, _across, over_ _a._ Most of these you have had before. Review the old ones and learn the new ones. Review the list of prepositions governing the ablative, ¤209. Ç341.È EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, p. 298. I. 1. Tr�s ex l�g‰t”s, contr‰ Caesaris op”ni™nem, iter facere per hostium f”n”s ver�bantur. 2. Quis e™s hort‰tus est? Imper‰tor e™s hort‰tus est et i”s persu‰d�re c™n‰tus est, sed n™n potuit. 3. Quid l�g‰t™s perterruit? Aut timor hostium, qu” undique prem�bant, aut longitžd™ viae e™s perterruit. 4. Tamen omn�s fer� Caesarem mult™ magis quam host”s verit” sunt. 5. Fortissimae gent�s Galliae ex Germ‰n”s ori�bantur. 6. Quam ob rem tam fort�s erant? Quia nec v”num nec alia quae virtžtem d�lent ad s� port‰r” pati�bantur. 7. Caesar ex merc‰t™ribus d� ”nsul‰ Britanni‰ quaes”vit, sed nihil cogn™scere potuit. 8. Itaque ipse statuit hanc terram petere, et medi‰ fer� aest‰te cum mult”s n‰vibus long”s profectus est. 9. Magn‰ celerit‰te iter conf�cit et in opportžnissim™ loc™ �gressus est. 10. Barbar” summ”s v”ribus eum ab ”nsul‰ prohib�re c™n‰t” sunt. 11. Ille autem barbar™s multa m”lia passuum ”nsecžtus est; tamen sine equit‰tž e™s c™nsequ” n™n potuit. II. 1. Contrary to our expectation, the enemy fled and the cavalry followed close after them. 2. From all parts of the multitude the shouts arose of those who were being wounded. 3. C¾sar did not allow the cavalry to pursue too far.[1] 4. The cavalry set out at the first hour and was returning[2] to camp at the fourth hour. 5. Around the Roman camp was a rampart twelve feet high. 6. C¾sar will delay three days because of the grain supply. 7. Nearly all the lieutenants feared the enemy and attempted to delay the march. [Footnote 1: Comparative of Çlong�È.] [Footnote 2: Will this be a deponent or an active form?] * * * * * ÇSeventh Review, Lessons LIII-LX, ¤¤524-526È * * * * * [Illustration] PART III CONSTRUCTIONS INTRODUCTORY NOTE The preceding part of this book has been concerned chiefly with forms and vocabulary. There remain still to be learned the forms of the Subjunctive Mood, the Participles, and the Gerund of the regular verb, and the conjugation of the commoner irregular verbs. These will be taken up in connection with the study of constructions, which will be the chief subject of our future work. The special vocabularies of the preceding lessons contain, exclusive of proper names, about six hundred words. As these are among the commonest words in the language, _they must be mastered_. They properly form the basis of the study of words, and will be reviewed and used with but few additions in the remaining lessons. For practice in reading and to illustrate the constructions presented, a continued story has been prepared and may be begun at this point (see p. 204). It has been divided into chapters of convenient length to accompany progress through the lessons, but may be read with equal profit after the lessons are finished. The story gives an account of the life and adventures of Publius Cornelius Lentulus, a Roman boy, who fought in C¾sarÕs campaigns and shared in his triumph. The colored plates illustrating the story are faithful representations of ancient life and are deserving of careful study. LESSON LXI THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD Ç342.È In addition to the indicative, imperative, and infinitive moods, which you have learned, Latin has a fourth mood called the subjunctive. The tenses of the subjunctive are PRESENT } IMPERFECT } ACTIVE AND PASSIVE PERFECT } PLUPERFECT } Ç343.È The tenses of the subjunctive have the same time values as the corresponding tenses of the indicative, and, in addition, _each of them may refer to future time_. No meanings of the tenses will be given in the paradigms, as the translation varies with the construction used. Ç344.È The present subjunctive is inflected as follows: CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV ACTIVE VOICE SINGULAR 1. a«mem mo«neam re«gam ca«piam au«diam 2. a«m�s mo«ne‰s re«g‰s ca«pi‰s au«di‰s 3. a«met mo«neat re«gat ca«piat au«diat PLURAL 1. am�«mus mone‰«mus reg‰«mus capi‰«mus audi‰«mus 2. am�«tis mone‰«tis reg‰«tis capi‰«tis audi‰«tis 3. a«ment mo«neant re«gant ca«piant au«diant PASSIVE VOICE SINGULAR 1. a«mer mo«near re«gar ca«piar au«diar 2. am�«ris mone‰«ris reg‰«ris capi‰«ris audi‰«ris (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) 3. am�«tur mone‰«tur reg‰«tur capi‰«tur audi‰«tur PLURAL 1. am�«mur mone‰«mur reg‰«mur capi‰«mur audi‰«mur 2. am�«min” mone‰«min” reg‰«min” capi‰«min” audi‰«min” 3. amen«tur monean«tur regan«tur capian«tur audian«tur _a._ The present subjunctive is formed from the present stem. _b._ The mood sign of the present subjunctive is Ç-�-È in the first conjugation and Ç-‰-È in the others. It is shortened in the usual places (cf. ¤12), and takes the place of the final vowel of the stem in the first and third conjugations, but not in the second and fourth. _c._ The personal endings are the same as in the indicative. _d._ In a similar way inflect the present subjunctive of Çcžr™È, Çiube™È, Çsžm™È, Çiaci™È, Çmžni™È. Ç345.È The present subjunctive of the irregular verb ÇsumÈ is inflected as follows: { 1. sim { 1. s”mus SING. { 2. s”s PLURAL { 2. s”tis { 3. sit { 3. sint Ç346.È ÇThe Indicative and Subjunctive Compared.È 1. The two most important of the finite moods are the indicative and the subjunctive. The indicative deals with facts either real or assumed. If, then, we wish to assert something as a fact or to inquire after a fact, we use the indicative. 2. On the other hand, if we wish to express a _desire_ or _wish_, a _purpose_, a _possibility_, an _expectation_, or some such notion, we must use the subjunctive. The following sentences illustrate the difference between the indicative and the subjunctive ideas. INDICATIVE IDEAS SUBJUNCTIVE IDEAS 1. _He is brave_ 1. _May he be brave_ ÇFortis estÈ ÇFortis sitÈ (idea of wishing) 2. _We set out at once_ 2. _Let us set out at once_ ÇStatim profic”scimurÈ ÇStatim profic”sc‰murÈ (idea of willing) 3. _You hear him every day_ 3. _You can hear him every day_ ÇCot”di� eum aud”sÈ ÇCot”di� eum audi‰sÈ (idea of possibility) 4. _He remained until the ship_ 4. _He waited until the ship_ _arrived_ _should arrive_ ÇM‰nsit dum n‰vis perv�nitÈ ÇExspect‰vit dum n‰vis perven”retÈ[1] (idea of expectation) 5. _C¾sar sends men who find the_ 5. _C¾sar sends men_ _bridge_ _who are to find_ (or _to find_) _the bridge_ ÇCaesar mittit homin�s qu”È ÇCaesar homin�s mittit qu”È Çpontem reperiuntÈ Çpontem reperiantÈ (idea of purpose) [Footnote 1: Çperven”retÈ, imperfect subjunctive.] NOTE. From the sentences above we observe that the subjunctive may be used in either independent or dependent clauses; but it is far more common in the latter than in the former. Ç347.È EXERCISE Which verbs in the following paragraph would be in the indicative and which in the subjunctive in a Latin translation? There have been times in the history of our country when you might be proud of being an American citizen. Do you remember the day when Dewey sailed into Manila Bay to capture or destroy the enemyÕs fleet? You might have seen the admiral standing on the bridge calmly giving his orders. He did not even wait until the mines should be removed from the harborÕs mouth, but sailed in at once. Let us not despair of our country while such valor exists, and may the future add new glories to the past. LESSON LXII THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE Ç348.È Observe the sentence ÇCaesar homin�s mittit qu” pontem reperiantÈ, _C¾sar sends men to find the bridge_ The verb ÇreperiantÈ in the dependent clause is in the subjunctive because it tells us what C¾sar wants the men to do; in other words, it expresses his will and the purpose in his mind. Such a use of the subjunctive is called the subjunctive of purpose. Ç349.È RULE. ÇSubjunctive of Purpose.È _The subjunctive is used in a dependent clause to express the purpose of the action in the principal clause._ Ç350.È A clause of purpose is introduced as follows: I. If something is wanted, by Çqu”È, the relative pronoun (as above) ÇutÈ, conj., _in order that, that_ Çqu™È (abl. of Çqu”È, _by which_), _in order that, that_, used when the purpose clause contains a comparative. The ablative Çqu™È expresses the measure of difference. (Cf. ¤317.) II. If something is not wanted, by Çn�È, conj., _in order that not, that not, lest_ Ç351.È EXAMPLES 1. ÇCaesar c™pi‰s c™git quibus host”s ”nsequ‰turÈ _C¾sar collects troops with which to pursue the foe_ 2. ÇP‰cem petunt ut domum revertanturÈ _They ask for peace in order that they may return home_ 3. ÇPontem faciunt qu™ facilius oppidum capiantÈ _They build a bridge that they may take the town more easily_ (lit. _by which the more easily_) 4. ÇFugiunt n� vulnerenturÈ _They flee that they may not_ (or _lest they_) _be wounded_ Ç352.È ÇExpression of Purpose in English.È In English, purpose clauses are sometimes introduced by _that_ or _in order that_, but much more frequently purpose is expressed in English by the infinitive, as _We eat to live_, _She stoops to conquer_. In Latin prose, on the other hand, Çpurpose is never expressed by the infinitiveÈ. Be on your guard and do not let the English idiom betray you into this error. Ç353.È EXERCISES I. 1. Veniunt ut { džcant, mittant, videant, audiant, { džcantur, mittantur, videantur, audiantur. 2. Fugimus n� { capi‰mur, tr‰d‰mur, vide‰mus, { nec�mur, rapi‰mur, resist‰mus. 3. Mittit nžnti™s qu” { dicant, audiant, veniant, { n‰rrent, audiantur, in concili™ sedeant. 4. Castra mžniunt { s�s� d�fendant, impetum sustineant, qu™ facilius { host”s vincant, salžtem petant. II. 1. The Helvetii send ambassadors to seek[1] peace. 2. They are setting out at daybreak in order that they may make a longer march before night. 3. They will hide the women in the forest (_acc. with_ ÇinÈ) that they may not be captured. 4. The Gauls wage many wars to free[1] their fatherland from slavery. 5. They will resist the Romans[2] bravely lest they be destroyed. [Footnote 1: Not infinitive.] [Footnote 2: Not accusative.] LESSON LXIII INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES Ç354.È The imperfect subjunctive may be formed by adding the personal endings to the present active infinitive. CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV ACTIVE 1. am‰«rem mon�«rem re«gerem ca«perem aud”«rem 2. am‰«r�s mon�«r�s re«ger�s ca«per�s aud”«r�s 3. am‰«ret mon�«ret re«geret ca«peret aud”«ret 1. am‰r�«mus mon�r�«mus reger�«mus caper�«mus aud”r�«mus 2. am‰r�«tis mon�r�«tis reger�«tis caper�«tis aud”r�«tis 3. am‰«rent mon�«rent re«gerent ca«perent aud”«rent PASSIVE 1. am‰«rer mon�«rer re«gerer ca«perer aud”«rer 2. am‰r�«ris mon�r�«ris reger�«ris caper�«ris aud”r�«ris (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) 3. am‰r�«tur mon�r�«tur reger�«tur caper�«tur aud”r�«tur 1. am‰r�«mur mon�r�«mur reger�«mur caper�«mur aud”r�«mur 2. am‰r�«min” mon�r�«min” reger�«min” caper�«min” aud”re«min” 3. am‰ren«tur mon�ren«tur regeren«tur caperen«tur aud”ren«tur _a._ In a similar way inflect the imperfect subjunctive, active and passive, of Çcžr™È, Çiube™È, Çsžm™È, Çiaci™È, Çmžni™È. Ç355.È The imperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb ÇsumÈ is inflected as follows: { 1. es«sem { 1. ess�«mus SING. { 2. es«s�s PLURAL { 2. ess�«tis { 3. es«set { 3. es«sent Ç356.È The three great distinctions of time are _present_, _past_, and _future_. All tenses referring to present or future time are called Çprimary tensesÈ, and those referring to past time are called Çsecondary tensesÈ. Now it is a very common law of language that in a complex sentence the tense in the dependent clause should be of the same kind as the tense in the principal clause. In the sentence _He ÇsaysÈ that he ÇisÈ coming_, the principal verb, _says_, is present, that is, is in a primary tense; and _is coming_, in the dependent clause, is naturally also primary. If I change _he says_ to _he said_,--in other words, if I make the principal verb secondary in character,--I feel it natural to change the verb in the dependent clause also, and I say, _He ÇsaidÈ that he ÇwasÈ coming_. This following of a tense by another of the same kind is called _tense sequence_, from _sequ”_, Òto follow.Ó In Latin the law of tense sequence is obeyed with considerable regularity, especially when an indicative in the principal clause is followed by a subjunctive in the dependent clause. Then a primary tense of the indicative is followed by a primary tense of the subjunctive, and a secondary tense of the indicative is followed by a secondary tense of the subjunctive. Learn the following table: Ç357.È TABLE FOR SEQUENCE OF TENSES +-----+-------------------+-------------------------------------------+ | | PRINCIPAL VERB | DEPENDENT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE | | P | IN THE +---------------------+---------------------+ | R | INDICATIVE | _Incomplete or_ | _Completed Action_ | | I | | _Continuing Action_ | | | M +-------------------+---------------------+---------------------+ | A | Present | | | | R | Future | Present | Perfect | | T | Future perfect | | | +-----+-------------------+---------------------+---------------------+ | S D | | | | | E A | Imperfect | | | | C R | Perfect | Imperfect | Pluperfect | | O Y | Pluperfect | | | | N- | | | | +-----+-------------------+---------------------+---------------------+ Ç358.È RULE. ÇSequence of Tenses.È _Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses and secondary by secondary._ Ç359.È EXAMPLES I. Primary tenses in principal and dependent clauses: ÇMittitÈ } ÇMittetÈ } Çhomin�s ut agr™s v‰stentÈ ÇM”seritÈ } { _sends_ } { _that they may_ } _He_ { _will send_ } _men_ { _in order to_ } { _will have sent_ } { _to lay waste the fields_ } II. Secondary tenses in principal and dependent clauses: ÇMitt�batÈ} ÇM”sitÈ } Çhomin�s ut agr™s v‰st‰rentÈ ÇM”seratÈ } { _was sending_ } { _that they might_ } _He_ { _sent or has sent_ } _men_ { _in order to_ } { _had sent_ } { _to lay waste the fields_ } Ç360.È EXERCISES I. 1. V�nerant ut {džcerent, mitterent, vid�rent, aud”rent, {džcerentur, mitterentur, vid�rentur, audirentur 2. Fugi�bat n� {caper�tur, tr‰der�tur, vid�r�tur, {nec‰r�tur, raper�tur, resisteret. 3. Misit nžnti™s qu” {d”cerent, aud”rent, ven”rent {n‰rr‰rent, aud”rentur, in concili™ sed�rent. 4. Castra mžn”v�runt {s�s� d�fenderent, impetum sustin�rent, qu™ facilius {host”s vincerent, salžtem peterent. II. 1. C¾sar encouraged the soldiers in order that they might fight more bravely. 2. The Helvetii left their homes to wage war. 3. The scouts set out at once lest they should be captured by the Germans. 4. C¾sar inflicted punishment on them in order that the others might be more terrified. 5. He sent messengers to Rome to announce the victory. LESSON LXIV THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE Ç361.È The perfect and the pluperfect subjunctive active are inflected as follows: CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE SINGULAR 1. am‰«verim monu«erim r�«xerim c�«perim aud”«verim 2. am‰«veris monu«eris r�«xeris c�«peris aud”«veris 3. am‰«verit monu«erit r�«xerit c�«perit aud”«verit PLURAL 1. am‰ve«rimus monue«rimus r�xe«rimus c�pe«rimus aud”ve«rimus 2. am‰ve«ritis monue«ritis r�xe«ritis c�pe«ritis aud”ve«ritis 3. am‰«verint monu«erint r�«xerint c�«perint aud”«verint PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE SINGULAR 1. am‰vis«sem monuis«sem r�xis«sem c�pis«sem aud”vis«sem 2. am‰vis«s�s monuis«s�s r�xis«s�s c�pis«s�s aud”vis«s�m 3. am‰vis«set monuis«set r�xis«set c�pis«set aud”vis«set PLURAL 1. am‰viss�«mus monuiss�«mus r�xiss�«mus c�piss�«mus aud”viss�«mus 2. am‰viss�«tis monuiss�«tis r�xiss�«tis c�piss�«tis aud”viss�«tis 3. am‰vis«sent monuis«sent r�xis«sent c�pis«sent aud”vis«sent _a._ Observe that these two tenses, like the corresponding ones in the indicative, are formed from the perfect stem. _b._ Observe that the perfect subjunctive active is like the future perfect indicative active, excepting that the first person singular ends in Ç-mÈ and not in Ç-™È. _c._ Observe that the pluperfect subjunctive active may be formed by adding Ç-issem, -iss�sÈ, etc. to the perfect stem. _d._ In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive active of Çcžr™È, Çiube™È, Çsžm™È, Çiaci™È, Çmžni™È. Ç362.È The passive of the perfect subjunctive is formed by combining the perfect passive participle with ÇsimÈ, the present subjunctive of ÇsumÈ. CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE SINGULAR 1. am‰«tus sim mo«nitus sim r�c«tus sim cap«tus sim aud”«tus sim 2. am‰«tus s”s mo«nitus s”s r�c«tus s”s cap«tus s”s aud”«tus s”s 3. am‰«tus sit mo«nitus sit r�c«tus sit cap«tus sit aud”«tus sit PLURAL 1. am‰«t” s”mus mo«nit” s. r�c«t” s. cap«t” s. aud”«t” s. 2. am‰«t” s”tis mo«nit” s. r�c«t” s. cap«t” s. aud”«t” s. 3. am‰«t” sint mo«nit” sint r�c«t” sint cap«t” sint aud”«t” sint Ç363.È The passive of the pluperfect subjunctive is formed by combining the perfect passive participle with ÇessemÈ, the imperfect subjunctive of ÇsumÈ. CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE SINGULAR 1. am‰tus essem monitus essem r�ctus essem captus e. aud”tus e. 2. am‰tus ess�s monitus ess�s r�ctus ess�s captus e. aud”tus e. 3. am‰tus esset monitus esset r�ctus esset captus e. aud”tus e. PLURAL 1. am‰t” ess�mus monit” ess�mus r�ct” ess�mus capt” e. aud”t” e. 2. am‰t” ess�tis monit” ess�tis r�ct” ess�tis capt” e. aud”t” e. 3. am‰t” essent monit” essent r�ct” essent capt” e. aud”t” e. _a._ In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive passive of Çcžr™È, Çiube™È, Çsžm™È, Çiaci™È, Çmžni™È. Ç364.È The perfect and pluperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb ÇsumÈ are inflected as follows: PERFECT PLUPERFECT fu«erim fue«rimus fuis«sem fuiss�«mus fu«eris fue«ritis fuis«s�s fuiss�«tis fu«erit fu«erint fuis«set fuis«sent Ç365.È A substantive clause is a clause used like a noun, as, _That the men are afraid_ is clear enough (clause as subject) He ordered _them to call on him_ (clause as object) We have already had many instances of infinitive clauses used in this way (cf. ¤213), and have noted the similarity between Latin and English usage in this respect. But the Latin often uses the _subjunctive_ in substantive clauses, and this marks an important difference between the two languages. Ç366.È RULE. ÇSubstantive Clauses of Purpose.È _A substantive clause of purpose with the subjunctive is used as the object of verbs of ÇcommandingÈ, ÇurgingÈ, ÇaskingÈ, ÇpersuadingÈ, or ÇadvisingÈ, where in English we should usually have the infinitive._ EXAMPLES 1. _The general ordered the soldiers to run_ ÇImper‰tor m”litibus imper‰vit ut currerentÈ 2. _He urged them to resist bravely_ ÇHort‰tus est ut fortiter resisterentÈ 3. _He asked them to give the children food_ ÇPet”vit ut l”ber”s cibum darentÈ 4. _He will persuade us not to set out_ ÇN™b”s persu‰d�bit n� profic”sc‰murÈ 5. _He advises us to remain at home_ ÇMonet ut dom” mane‰musÈ _a._ The object clauses following these verbs all express the purpose or will of the principal subject that something be done or not done. (Cf. ¤348.) Ç367.È The following verbs are used with object clauses of purpose. Learn the list and the principal parts of the new ones. ÇhortorÈ, _urge_ Çimper™È, _order_ (with the _dative_ of the _person_ ordered and a _subjunctive clause_ of the _thing_ ordered done) Çmone™È, _advise_ Çpet™È, Çquaer™È, Çrog™È, _ask, seek_ Çpersu‰de™È, _persuade_ (with the same construction as imper™) Çpostul™È, _demand, require_ Çsu‰de™È, _advise_ (cf. Çpersu‰de™È) N.B. Remember that Çiube™È, _order_, takes the infinitive as in English. (Cf. ¤213.1.) Compare the sentences ÇIube™ eum ven”reÈ, _I order him to come_ ÇImper™ e” ut veniatÈ, _I give orders to him that he is to come_ We ordinarily translate both of these sentences like the first, but the difference in meaning between iube™ and imper™ in the Latin requires the _infinitive_ in the one case and the _subjunctive_ in the other. Ç368.È EXERCISES I. 1. Petit atque hort‰tur ut ipse d”cat. 2. Caesar Helv�ti”s imperr‰vit n� per pr™vinciam iter facerent. 3. Caesar n™n iussit Helv�ti™s per pr™vinciam iter facere. 4. Ille c”vibus persu‰sit ut d� f”nibus su”s disc�derent. 5. Caesar pr”ncip�s mon�bit n� proelium committant. 6. Postul‰vit n� cum Helv�ti”s aut cum e™rum soci”s bellum gererent. 7. Ab i”s quaes”v” n� profic”scerentur. 8. I”s persu‰d�re n™n potu” ut dom” man�rent. II. 1. Who ordered C¾sar to make the march? (_Write this sentence both with_ Çimper™È _and with_ Çiube™È.) 2. The faithless scouts persuaded him to set out at daybreak. 3. They will ask him not to inflict punishment. 4. He demanded that they come to the camp. 5. He advised them to tell everything (ÇomniaÈ). NOTE. Do not forget that the English infinitive expressing purpose must be rendered by a Latin subjunctive. Review ¤352. [Illustration: LEGIO ITER FACIT] LESSON LXV THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF _POSSUM_ ¥ VERBS OF FEARING Ç369.È Learn the subjunctive of ÇpossumÈ (¤495), and note especially the position of the accent. Ç370.È ÇSubjunctive after Verbs of Fearing.È We have learned that what we want done or not done is expressed in Latin by a subjunctive clause of purpose. In this class belong also _clauses after verbs of fearing_, for we fear either that something will happen or that it will not, and we either want it to happen or we do not. If we want a thing to happen and fear that it will not, the purpose clause is introduced by ÇutÈ. If we do not want it to happen and fear that it will, Çn�È is used. Owing to a difference between the English and Latin idiom we translate ÇutÈ after a verb of fearing by _that not_, and Çn�È by _that_ or _lest_. Ç371.È EXAMPLES Çtime™È } { ÇveniatÈ Çtim�b™È } ÇutÈ { Çtimuer™È } { Çv�neritÈ _I fear_, _shall fear_, _shall have feared_, _that he will not come_, _has not come_ Çtim�bamÈ } { Çven”retÈ Çtimu”È } ÇutÈ { ÇtimueramÈ } { Çv�nissetÈ _I was fearing_, _feared_, _had feared_, _that he would not come_, _had not come_ The same examples with Çn�È instead of ÇutÈ would be translated _I fear that_ or _lest he will come_, _has come_, etc. Ç372.È RULE. ÇSubjunctive after Verbs of Fearing.È _Verbs of fearing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced by ÇutÈ (Çthat notÈ) or Çn�È (ÇthatÈ or ÇlestÈ)._ Ç373.È EXERCISES I. 1. Caesar ver�b‰tur ut supplicium capt”v™rum Gall”s plac�ret. 2. R™m‰n” ips” magnopere ver�bantur n� Helv�ti” iter per pr™vinciam facerent. 3. Tim�bant ut satis re” fržment‰riae mitt” posset. 4. Vereor ut hostium impetum sustin�re possim. 5. Timuit n� imped”menta ab hostibus capta essent. 6. Caesar numquam timuit n� legi™n�s vincerentur. 7. Legi™n�s pugn‰re n™n timu�runt.[1] II. 1. We fear that they are not coming. 2. We fear lest they are coming. 3. We feared that they had come. 4. We feared that they had not come. 5. They feared greatly that the camp could not be defended. 6. Almost all feared[1] to leave the camp. [Footnote 1: Distinguish between what one is afraid _to do_ (complementary infinitive as here) and what one is afraid _will take place_ or _has taken place_ (substantive clause with the subjunctive).] LESSON LXVI THE PARTICIPLES Ç374.È The Latin verb has the following Participles:[1] [TranscriberÕs Note: For reasons of space, this table is given in two forms: first a reduced version without translation, and then the complete text, including translations, split into two elements.] CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV ACTIVE PRESENT am‰ns mon�ns reg�ns capi�ns audi�ns FUTURE am‰tžrus monitžrus r�ctžrus captžrus aud”tžrus PASSIVE PERFECT am‰tus monitus r�ctus captus aud”tus FUTURE[2] amandus monendus regendus capiendus audiendus CONJ. I CONJ. II ACTIVE PRESENT am‰ns mon�ns _loving_ _advising_ FUTURE am‰tžrus monitžrus _about to love_ _about to advise_ PASSIVE PERFECT am‰tus monitus _loved, having_ _advised, having been advised_ _been loved_ FUTURE[2] amandus monendus _to be loved_ _to be advised_ CONJ. III CONJ. IV ACTIVE PRESENT reg�ns capi�ns audi�ns _ruling_ _taking_ _hearing_ FUTURE r�ctžrus captžrus aud”tžrus _about to rule_ _about to take_ _about to hear_ PASSIVE PERFECT r�ctus captus aud”tus _ruled, having_ _taken, having_ _heard, havinh_ _been ruled_ _been taken_ _been heard_ FUTURE[2] regendus capiendus audiendus _to be ruled_ _to be taken_ _to be heard_ [Footnote 1: Review ¤203.] [Footnote 2: The future passive participle is often called the _gerundive_.] _a._ The present active and future passive participles are formed from the present stem, and the future active and perfect passive participles are formed from the participial stem. _b._ The present active participle is formed by adding Ç-nsÈ to the present stem. In Ç-i™È verbs of the third conjugation, and in the fourth conjugation, the stem is modified by the addition of Ç-�-È, as Çcapi-�-nsÈ, Çaudi-�-nsÈ. It is declined like an adjective of one ending of the third declension. (Cf. ¤256.) Çam‰nsÈ, _loving_ BASE Çamant-È STEM Çamanti-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ am‰ns am‰ns amant�s amantia _Gen._ amantis amantis amantium amantium _Dat._ amant” amant” amantibus amantibus _Acc._ amantem am‰ns amant”s amantia _or_ -�s _Abl._ amant” amant” amantibus amantibus _or_ -e _or_ -e (1) When used as an adjective the ablative singular ends in Ç-”È; when used as a participle or as a substantive, in Ç-eÈ. (2) In a similar way decline Çmon�nsÈ, Çreg�nsÈ, Çcapi�nsÈ, Çaudi�nsÈ. _c._ The future active participle is formed by adding Ç-žrusÈ to the base of the participial stem. We have already met this form combined with ÇesseÈ to produce the future active infinitive. (Cf. ¤206.) _d._ For the perfect passive participle see ¤201. The future passive participle or gerundive is formed by adding Ç-ndusÈ to the present stem. _e._ All participles in Ç-usÈ are declined like ÇbonusÈ. _f._ Participles agree with nouns or pronouns like adjectives. _g._ Give all the participles of the following verbs: Çcžr™È, Çiube™È, Çsžm™È, Çiaci™È, Çmžni™È. Ç375.È ÇParticiples of Deponent Verbs.È Deponent verbs have the participles of the active voice as well as of the passive; consequently every deponent verb has four participles, as, _Pres. Act._ Çhort‰nsÈ, _urging_ _Fut. Act._ Çhort‰tžrusÈ, _about to urge_ _Perf. Pass._ (in form) Çhort‰tusÈ, _having urged_ _Fut. Pass._ (_Gerundive_) ÇhortandusÈ, _to be urged_ _a._ Observe that the perfect participle of deponent verbs is passive in form but _active_ in meaning. _No other verbs have a perfect active participle._ On the other hand, the future passive participle of deponent verbs is passive in meaning as in other verbs. _b._ Give the participles of Çc™norÈ, ÇvereorÈ, ÇsequorÈ, ÇpatiorÈ, ÇpartiorÈ. Ç376.È ÇTenses of the Participle.È The tenses express time as follows: 1. The present active participle corresponds to the English present active participle in _-ing_, but can be used only of an action occurring at the same time as the action of the main verb; as, Çm”lit�s ”nsequent�s c�p�runt mult™sÈ, _the soldiers, while pursuing, captured many._ Here the pursuing and the capturing are going on together. 2. The perfect participle (excepting of deponents) is regularly passive and corresponds to the English past participle with or without the auxiliary _having been_; as, Çaud”tusÈ, _heard_ or _having been heard_. 3. The future active participle, translated _about to_, etc., denotes time after the action of the main verb. Ç377.È Review ¤¤203, 204, and, note the following model sentences: 1. ÇM”lit�s current�s erant d�fess”È, _the soldiers who were running_ (lit. _running_) _were weary_. 2. ÇCaesar profectžrus R™mam n™n exspect‰vitÈ, _C¾sar, when about to set out_ (lit. _about to set out_) _for Rome, did not wait_. 3. ÇOppidum captum v”dimusÈ, _we saw the town which had been captured_ (lit. _captured town_). 4. ÇImper‰tor tr”duum mor‰tus profectus estÈ, _the general, since_ (_when_, or _after_) _he had delayed_ (lit. _the general, having delayed_) _three days, set out_. 5. ÇM”lit�s v”ct” terga n™n vert�runtÈ, _the soldiers, though they were conquered_ (lit. _the soldiers conquered_), _did not retreat_. In each of these sentences the literal translation of the participle is given in parentheses. We note, however, that its proper translation usually requires a clause beginning with some conjunction (_when, since, after, though_, etc.), or a relative clause. Consider, in each case, what translation will best bring out the thought, and do not, as a rule, translate the participle literally. Ç378.È EXERCISES I. 1. Puer tim�ns n� capi‰tur fugit. 2. Aquila ”r‰ comm™ta av”s reliqu‰s interficere c™n‰ta erat. 3. M”lit�s ab hostibus press” t�la iacere n™n potu�runt. 4. Caesar decimam legi™nem laud‰tžrus ad pr”mum agmen pr™gressus est. 5. Imper‰tor hort‰tus equit�s ut fortiter pugn‰rent signum proeli™ dedit. 6. M”lit�s host”s oct™ milia passuum ”nsecžt” mult”s cum capt”v”s ad castra revert�runt. 7. S™l ori�ns mult™s interfect™s v”dit. 8. R™m‰n” c™nsilium aud‰x suspic‰t” barbaris s�s� n™n comm”s�runt. 9. N‰vis � portž �gressa nžll™ in per”cul™ erat. II.[3] 1. The army was in very great danger while marching through the enemyÕs country. 2. Frightened by the length of the way, they longed for home. 3. When the scouts were about to set out, they heard the shouts of victory. 4. When we had delayed many days, we set fire to the buildings and departed. 5. While living at Rome I heard orators much better than these. 6. The soldiers who are fighting across the river are no braver than we. [Footnote 3: In this exercise use participles for the subordinate clauses.] LESSON LXVII THE IRREGULAR VERBS _VOLï_, _NïLï_, _MåLï_ THE ABLATIVE WITH A PARTICIPLE, OR ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE Ç379.È Learn the principal parts and conjugation of Çvol™È, _wish_; Çn™l™È (ÇneÈ + Çvol™È), _be unwilling_; Çm‰l™È (ÇmagisÈ + Çvol™È), _be more willing, prefer_ (¤497). Note the irregularities in the present indicative, subjunctive, and infinitive, and in the imperfect subjunctive. (Cf. ¤354.) _a._ These verbs are usually followed by the infinitive with or without a subject accusative; as, Çvolunt ven”reÈ, _they wish to come_; Çvolunt am”c™s ven”reÈ, _they wish their friends to come_. The English usage is the same.[1] [Footnote 1: Sometimes the subjunctive of purpose is used after these verbs. (See ¤366.)] [ Conjugations given in ¤497: PRINCIPAL PARTS: Çvol™, velle, volu”È, ----, _be willing, will, wish_ Çn™l™, n™lle, n™lu”È, ----, _be unwilling, will not_ Çm‰l™, m‰lle, m‰lu”È, ----, _be more willing, prefer_ INDICATIVE SINGULAR _Pres._ vol™ n™l™ m‰l™ v”s n™n vis m‰v”s vult n™n vult m‰vult PLURAL volumus n™lumus m‰lumus vultis n™n vultis m‰vul«tis volunt n™lunt m‰lunt _Impf._ vol�bam n™l�bam m‰l�bam _Fut._ volam, vol�s, etc. n™lam, n™l�s, etc. m‰lam, m‰l�s, etc. _Perf._ volu” n™lu” m‰lu” _Plup._ volueram n™lueram m‰lueram _F. P._ voluer™ n™luer™ m‰luer™ SUBJUNCTIVE SINGULAR _Pres._ velim n™lim m‰lim vel”s n™l”s m‰l”s velit n™lit m‰lit PLURAL vel”«mus n™l”«mus m‰l”«mus vel”«tis n™l”«tis m‰l”«tis velint n™lint m‰lint _Impf._ vellem n™llem m‰llem _Perf._ voluerim n™luerim m‰luerim _Plup._ voluissem n™luissem m‰luissem IMPERATIVE _Pres._ n™l” n™l”te _Fut._ n™l”t™, etc. INFINITIVE _Pres._ velle n™lle m‰lle _Perf._ voluisse n™luisse m‰luisse PARTICIPLE _Pres._ vol�ns, -entis n™l�ns, -entis ----] Ç380.È Observe the following sentences: 1. ÇMagistr™ laudante omn�s puer” d”ligenter lab™rantÈ, _with the teacher praising_, or _since the teacher praises_, or _the teacher praising, all the boys labor diligently._ 2. ÇCaesare džcente n�m™ pr™gred” timetÈ, _with C¾sar leading_, or _when C¾sar leads_, or _if C¾sar leads_, or _C¾sar leading, no one fears to advance._ 3. ÇHis r�bus cognit”s m”lit�s fžg�runtÈ, _when this was known_, or _since this was known_, or _these things having been learned, the soldiers fled._ 4. ÇProeli™ commiss™ mult” vulner‰t” suntÈ, _after the battle had begun_, or _when the battle had begun_, or _the battle having been joined, many were wounded._ _a._ One of the fundamental ablative relations is expressed in English by the preposition _with_ (cf. ¤50). In each of the sentences above we have a noun and a participle in agreement in the ablative, and the translation shows that in each instance the ablative expresses _attendant circumstance_. For example, in the first sentence the circumstance attending or accompanying the diligent labor of the boys is the praise of the teacher. This is clearly a _with_ relation, and the ablative is the case to use. _b._ We observe, further, that the ablative and its participle are absolutely independent grammatically of the rest of the sentence. If we were to express the thought in English in a similar way, we should use the nominative independent or absolute. In Latin the construction is called the Ablative Absolute, or the Ablative with a Participle. This form of expression is exceedingly common in Latin, but rather rare in English, so we must not, as a rule, employ the English absolute construction to translate the ablative abolute. The attendant circumstance may be one of _time_ (when or after), or one of _cause_ (since), or one of _concession_ (though), or one of _condition_ (if). In each case try to discover the precise relation, and tranlate the ablative and its participle by a clause which will best express the thought. Ç381.È RULE. ÇAblative Absolute.È _The ablative of a noun or pronoun with a present or perfect participle in agreement is used to express attendant circumstance._ NOTE 1. The verb ÇsumÈ has no present participle. In consequence we often find two nouns or a noun and an adjective in the ablative absolute with no participle expressed; as, Çt� duceÈ, _you_ (being) _leader_, _with you as leader_; Çpatre ”nfirm™È, _my father_ (being) _weak_. NOTE 2. Be very careful not to put in the ablative absolute a noun and participle that form the subject or object of a sentence. Compare _a._ _The Gauls, having been conquered by C¾sar, returned home_ _b._ _The Gauls having been conquered by C¾sar, the army returned home_ In _a_ the subject is _The Gauls having been conquered by C¾sar_, and we translate, ÇGall” ‰ Caesare victi domum revert�runtÈ In _b_ the subject is _the army_. _The Gauls having been conquered by C¾sar_ is nominative absolute in English, which requires the ablative absolute in Latin, and we translate, ÇGall”s ‰ Caesare vict”s exercitus domum revertitÈ NOTE 3. The fact that only deponent verbs have a perfect active participle (cf. ¤375.a) often compels a change of voice when translating from one language to the other. For example, we can translate _C¾sar having encouraged the legions_ just as it stands, because ÇhortorÈ is a deponent verb. But if we wish to say _C¾sar having conquered the Gauls_, we have to change the voice of the participle to the passive because Çvinc™È is not deponent, and say, _the Gauls having been conquered by C¾sar_ (see translation above). Ç382.È EXERCISES I. 1. M‰v”s, n™n v”s, vultis, n™lumus. 2. Ut n™lit, ut vell�mus, ut m‰lit. 3. N™l”, velle, n™luisse, m‰lle. 4. Vult, m‰vultis, ut n™llet, n™l”te. 5. S™le oriente, av�s cant‰re inc�p�runt. 6. Cl‰m™ribus aud”t”s, barbar” pr™gred” recžs‰bant. 7. Caesare legi™n�s hort‰t™, m”lit�s paul™ fortius pugn‰v�runt. 8. H”s r�bus cognit”s, Helv�ti” f”nitim”s persu‰s�runt ut s�cum iter facerent. 9. Lab™ribus c™nfect”s, m”lit�s ‰ Caesare quaer�bant ut sibi praemia daret. 10. Concili™ convoc‰t™, pr”ncip�s ita respond�runt. 11. Dux plžr”s di�s in Helv�ti™rum f”nibus mor‰ns mult™s v”c™s incendit. 12. Magnitždine Germ‰n™rum cognit‰, qu”dam ex R™m‰nis tim�bant. 13. Merc‰t™ribus rog‰t”s, Caesar nihil™ plžs reper”re potuit. II. 1. He was unwilling, lest they prefer, they have wished. 2. You prefer, that they might be unwilling, they wish. 3. We wish, they had preferred, that he may prefer. 4. C¾sar, when he heard the rumor (_the rumor having been heard_), commanded (Çimper‰reÈ) the legions to advance more quickly. 5. Since C¾sar was leader, the men were willing to make the journey. 6. A few, terrified[2] by the reports which they had heard, preferred to remain at home. 7. After these had been left behind, the rest hastened as quickly as possible. 8. After C¾sar had undertaken the business (_C¾sar, the business having been undertaken_), he was unwilling to delay longer.[3] [Footnote 2: Would the ablative absolute be correct here?] [Footnote 3: Not ÇlongiusÈ. Why?] LESSON LXVIII THE IRREGULAR VERB _Fëï_ ¥ THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT Ç383.È The verb Çf”™È, _be made, happen_, serves as the passive of Çfaci™È, _make_, in the present system. The rest of the verb is formed regularly from Çfaci™È. Learn the principal parts and conjugation (¤500). Observe that the ÇiÈ is long except before Ç-erÈ and in ÇfitÈ. _a._ The compounds of ÇfacioÈ with prepositions usually form the passive regularly, as, _Active_ Çc™nfici™, c™nficere, c™nf�c”, c™nfectusÈ _Passive_ Çc™nficior, c™nfic”, c™nfectus sumÈ [ Conjugation given in ¤500: PRINCIPAL PARTS Çf”™, fier”, factus sumÈ INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE _Pres._ f”™ ---- f”am _2d Pers._ f” f”te f”s ---- fit f”unt _Impf._ f”�bam fierem _Fut._ f”am ---- INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE _Perf._ factus, -a, -um sum factus, -a, -um sim _Plup._ factus, -a, -um eram factus, -a, -um essem _F. P._ factus, -a, -um er™ INFINITIVE PARTICIPLES _Pres._ fier” _Perf._ factus, -a, -um _Perf._ factus, -a, -um esse _Ger._ faciendus, -a, -um _Fut._ [[factum ”r”]]] Ç384.È Observe the following sentences: 1. ÇTerror erat tantus ut omn�s fugerentÈ, _the terror was so great that all fled._ 2. ÇTerror erat tantus ut n™n facile m”lit�s s�s� reciperentÈ, _the terror was so great that the soldiers did not easily recover themselves._ 3. ÇTerror f�cit ut omn�s fugerentÈ, _terror caused all to flee_ (lit. _made that all fled_). _a._ Each of these sentences is complex, containing a principal clause and a subordinate clause. _b._ The principal clause names a cause and the subordinate clause states the _consequence_ or _result_ of this cause. _c._ The subordinate clause has its verb in the subjunctive, though it is translated like an indicative. The construction is called the _subjunctive of consequence or result_, and the clause is called a consecutive or result clause. _d._ In the last example the clause of result is the object of the verb Çf�citÈ. _e._ The conjunction introducing the consecutive or result clause is ÇutÈ = _so that_; negative, Çut n™nÈ = _so that not_. Ç385.È RULE. ÇSubjunctive of Result.È _Consecutive clauses of result are introduced by ÇutÈ or Çut n™nÈ and have the verb in the subjunctive._ Ç386.È RULE. _Object clauses of result with ÇutÈ or Çut n™nÈ are found after verbs of ÇeffectingÈ or Çbringing aboutÈ._ Ç387.È ÇPurpose and Result Clauses Compared.È There is great similarity in the expression of purpose and of result in Latin. If the sentence is affirmative, both purpose and result clauses may be introduced by ÇutÈ; but if the sentence is negative, the purpose clause has Çn�È and the result clause Çut n™nÈ. Result clauses are often preceded in the main clause by such words as ÇtamÈ, ÇitaÈ, ÇsicÈ (_so_), and these serve to point them out. Compare _a._ ÇTam graviter vulner‰tus est ut caper�turÈ _He was so severely wounded that he was captured_ _b._ ÇGraviter vulner‰tus est ut caper�turÈ _He was severely wounded in order that he might be captured_ Which sentence contains a result clause, and how is it pointed out? Ç388.È EXERCISES I. 1. Fit, f”et, ut f”at, f”�b‰mus. 2. F”™, f”�s, ut fierent, fier”, f”unt. 3. F”�tis, ut f”‰mus, f”s, f”emus. 4. M”lit�s erant tam tard” ut ante noctem in castra n™n perven”rent. 5. S™l facit ut omnia sint pulchra. 6. Eius mod” per”cula erant ut n�m™ profic”sc” vellet. 7. Equit�s hostium cum equit‰tž nostr™ in itinere contend�runt, ita tamen[1] ut nostr” omnibus in partibus superi™r�s essent. 8. Virtžs m”litum nostr™rum f�cit ut host�s n� žnum quidem[2] impetum sustin�rent. 9. Homin�s erant tam aud‰c�s ut nžll™ mod™ contin�r” possent. 10. Spatium erat tam parvum ut m”lit�s t�la iacere n™n facile possent. 11. H™c proeli™ fact™ barbar” ita perterrit” sunt ut ab ultim”s gentibus l�g‰t” ad Caesarem mitterentur. 12. Hoc proelium factum est n� l�g‰t” ad Caesarem mitterentur. [Footnote 1: Çita tamenÈ, _with such a result however_.] [Footnote 2: Çn� ... quidemÈ, _not even_. The emphatic word is placed between.] II. 1. It will happen, they were being made, that it may happen. 2. It happens, he will be made, to happen. 3. They are made, we were being made, lest it happen. 4. The soldiers are so brave that they conquer. 5. The soldiers are brave in order that they may conquer. 6. The fortification was made so strong that it could not be taken. 7. The fortification was made strong in order that it might not be taken. 8. After the town was taken,[3] the townsmen feared that they would be made slaves. 9. What state is so weak that it is unwilling to defend itself? [Footnote 3: Ablative absolute.] LESSON LXIX THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC OR DESCRIPTION THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE Ç389.È Akin to the subjunctive of consequence or result is the use of the subjunctive in clauses of characteristic or description. This construction is illustrated in the following sentences: 1. ÇQuis est qu” suam domum n™n amet?È _who is there who does not love his own home?_ 2. ÇErant qu” hoc facere n™llentÈ, _there were (some) who were unwilling to do this._ 3. ÇTž n™n is es qu” am”c™s tr‰d‰sÈ, _you are not such a one as to_, or _you are not the man to, betray your friends._ 4. ÇNihil vide™ quod timeamÈ, _I see nothing to fear_ (nothing of such as character as to fear it). _a._ Each of these examples contains a descriptive relative clause which tells what kind of a person or thing the antecedent is. To express this thought the subjunctive is used. A relative clause that merely states a fact and does not describe the antecedent uses the indicative. Compare the sentences _C¾sar is the man who is leading us_, ÇCaesar est is qu” n™s džcitÈ (mere statement of fact, no description, with the indicative) _C¾sar is the man to lead us_, ÇCaesar est is qu” n™s džcatÈ (descriptive relative clause with the subjunctive) _b._ Observe that in this construction a demonstrative pronoun and a relative, as is Çqu”È, are translated _such a one as to, the man to_. _c._ In which of the following sentences would you use the indicative and in which the subjunctive? _These are not the men who did this_ _These are not the men to do this_ Ç390.È RULE. ÇSubjunctive of Characteristic.È _A relative clause with the subjunctive is often used to describe an antecedent. This is called the Çsubjunctive of characteristic or descriptionÈ._ Ç391.È Observe the sentences 1. R™m‰n” ÇCaesarem c™nsulemÈ f�c�runt, _the Romans made ÇC¾sar consulÈ_. 2. ÇCaesar c™nsulÈ ‰ R™m‰n”s factus est, _ÇC¾sarÈ was made ÇconsulÈ by the Romans_. _a._ Observe in 1 that the transitive verb Çf�c�runtÈ, _made_, has two objects: (1) the direct object, ÇCaesaremÈ; (2) a second object, Çc™nsulemÈ, referring to the same person as the direct object and completing the predicate. The second accusative is called a Predicate Accusative. _b._ Observe in 2 that when the verb is changed to the passive both of the accusatives become nominatives, the _direct object_ becoming the _subject_ and the _predicate accusative_ the _predicate nominative_. Ç392.È RULE. ÇTwo Accusatives.È _Verbs of ÇmakingÈ, ÇchoosingÈ, ÇcallingÈ, ÇshowingÈ, and the like, may take a predicate accusative along with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusatives become nominatives._ Ç393.È The verbs commonly found with two accusatives are Çcreo, cre‰re, cre‰v”, cre‰tusÈ, _choose_ Çappell™, appell‰re, appell‰v”, appell‰tusÈ } Çn™min™, n™min‰re, n™min‰v”, n™min‰tusÈ } _call_ Çvoc™, voc‰re, voc‰v”, voc‰tusÈ } Çfaci™, facere, f�c”, factusÈ, _make_ Ç394.È EXERCISES I. 1. In Germ‰niae silvis sunt[1] multa genera fer‰rum quae reliqu”s in loc”s n™n v”sa sint. 2. Erant[1] itinera duo quibus Helv�ti” dom™ disc�dere possent. 3. Erat[1] manus nžlla, nžllum oppidum, nžllum praesidium quod s� arm”s d�fenderet. 4. T™t™ fržment™ rapt™, dom” nihil erat qu™ mortem prohib�re possent. 5. R™m‰n” Galbam ducem cre‰v�runt et summ‰ celerit‰te profect” sunt. 6. Neque erat[1] tantae multitždinis quisquam qu” mor‰r” vellet. 7. Germ‰n” n™n i” sunt qu” adventum Caesaris vereantur. 8. C™nsulibus occ”s”s erant qu”[2] vellent cum r�gem cre‰re. 9. P‰ce fact‰ erat n�m™ qu” arma tr‰dere n™llet. 10. Inter Helv�ti™s quis erat qu” n™bilior ill™ esset? II. 1. The Romans called the city Rome. 2. The city was called Rome by the Romans. 3. The better citizens wished to choose him king. 4. The brave soldier was not the man to run. 5. There was no one [3]to call me friend. 6. These are not the men to[4] betray their friends. 7. There were (some) who called him the bravest of all. [Footnote 1: Remember that when the verb ÇsumÈ precedes its subject it is translated _there is_, _there are_, _there were_, etc.] [Footnote 2: Çerant qu”È, _there were_ (some) _who_. A wholly indefinite antecedent of Çqu”È does not need to be expressed.] [Footnote 3: A relative clause of characteristic or description.] [Footnote 4: See ¤389.b.] * * * * * ÇEighth Review, Lessons LXI-LXIX, ¤¤527-528È * * * * * LESSON LXX THE CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION _CUM_ THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION Ç395.È The conjunction ÇcumÈ has the following meanings and constructions: ÇcumÈ TEMPORAL = _when_, followed by the indicative or the subjunctive ÇcumÈ CAUSAL = _since_, followed by the subjunctive ÇcumÈ CONCESSIVE = _although_, followed by the subjunctive As you observe, the mood after ÇcumÈ is sometimes indicative and sometimes subjunctive. The reason for this will be made clear by a study of the following sentences: 1. ÇCaesarem v”d” tum cum in Galli‰ eramÈ, _I saw C¾sar at the time when I was in Gaul_. 2. ÇCaesar in e™s impetum f�cit cum p‰cem peterentÈ, _C¾sar made an attack upon them when they were seeking peace_. 3. ÇHoc erat difficile cum pauc” sine vulneribus essentÈ, _this was difficult, since only a few were without wounds_. 4. ÇCum pr”m” ™rdin�s fžgissent, tamen reliqu” fortiter c™nsist�bantÈ, _though the front ranks had fled, yet the rest bravely stood their ground_. _a._ The underlying principle is one already familiar to you (cf. ¤389.a). When the ÇcumÈ clause states a fact and simply _fixes the time_ at which the main action took place, the indicative mood is used. So, in the first example, Çcum in Galli‰ eramÈ fixes the time when I saw C¾sar. _b._ On the other hand, when the ÇcumÈ clause _describes the circumstances_ under which the main act took place, the subjunctive mood is used. So, in the second example, the principal clause states that C¾sar made an attack, and the ÇcumÈ clause describes the circumstances under which this act occurred. The idea of _time_ is also present, but it is subordinate to the idea of _description_. Sometimes the descriptive clause is one of _cause_ and we translate ÇcumÈ by _since_; sometimes it denotes _concession_ and ÇcumÈ is translated _although_. Ç396.È RULE. ÇConstructions with _Cum_È. _The conjunction ÇcumÈ means ÇwhenÈ, ÇsinceÈ, or ÇalthoughÈ. It is followed by the subjunctive unless it means ÇwhenÈ and its clause fixes the time at which the main action took place._ NOTE. ÇCumÈ in clauses of description with the subjunctive is much more common than its use with the indicative. Ç397.È Note the following sentences: 1. ÇOppidum erat parvum magnitždine sed magnum multitždine hominumÈ, _the town was small in size but great in population_. 2. ÇHom™ erat corpore ”nf”rmus sed validus anim™È, _the man was weak in body but strong in courage_. _a._ Observe that ÇmagnitždineÈ, ÇmultitždineÈ, ÇcorporeÈ, and Çanim™È tell _in what respect_ something is true. The relation is one covered by the ablative case, and the construction is called the _ablative of specification_. Ç398.È RULE. ÇAblative of Specification.È _The ablative is used to denote Çin what respectÈ something is true._ Ç399.È IDIOMS Çaliquem certi™rem facereÈ, _to inform some one_ (lit. _to make some one more certain_) Çcertior fier”È, _to be informed_ (lit. _to be made more certain_) Çiter dareÈ, _to give a right of way, allow to pass_ Çobsid�s inter s� dareÈ, _to give hostages to each other_ Ç400.È EXERCISES I. 1. Helv�ti” cum patrum nostr™rum tempore dom™ prefect” essent, c™nsulis exercitum in fugam dederant. 2. Cum Caesar in Galliam v�nit, Helv�ti” ali™s agr™s pet�bant. 3. Caesar cum in citeri™re Gallia esset, tamen d� Helv�ti™rum c™nsili”s certior f”�bat. 4. Cum Helv�ti” bell™ cl‰rissim” essent, Caesar iter per pr™vinciam dare recžs‰vit. 5. L�g‰tus cum haec aud”visset, Caesarem certi™rem fecit. 6. Cum princip�s inter s� obsid�s darent, R™m‰n” bellum par‰v�runt. 7. Caesar, cum id nžnti‰tum esset, m‰tžrat ab urbe profic”sc”. 8. N� virtžte quidem Gall” erant par�s Germ‰nis. 9. Caesar neque corpore neque anim™ ”nf”rmus erat. 10. Illud bellum tum inc�pit cum Caesar fuit c™nsul. Observe in each case what mood follows ÇcumÈ, and try to give the reasons for its use. In the third sentence the ÇcumÈ clause is concessive, in the fourth and sixth causal. II. 1. That battle was fought at the time when (Çtum cumÈ) I was at Rome. 2. Though the horsemen were few in number, nevertheless they did not retreat. 3. When the camp had been sufficiently fortified, the enemy returned home. 4. Since the tribes are giving hostages to each other, we shall inform C¾sar. 5. The Gauls and the Germans are very unlike in language and laws. LESSON LXXI VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE ¥ THE PREDICATE GENITIVE Ç401.È Review the word lists in ¤¤510, 511. Ç402.È ÇThe Gerund.È Suppose we had to translate the sentence _By overcoming the Gauls C¾sar won great glory_ We can see that _overcoming_ here is a verbal noun corresponding to the English infinitive in _-ing_, and that the thought calls for the ablative of means. To translate this by the Latin infinitive would be impossible, because the infinitive is indeclinable and therefore has no ablative case form. Latin, however, has another verbal noun of corresponding meaning, called the ÇgerundÈ, declined as a neuter of the second declension in the _genitive_, _dative_, _accusative_, and _ablative singular_, and thus supplying the cases that the infinitive lacks.[1] Hence, to decline in Latin the verbal noun _overcoming_, we should use the infinitive for the nominative and the gerund for the other cases, as follows: _Nom._ Çsuper‰reÈ, _overcoming, to overcome_ INFINITIVE _Gen._ Çsuperand”È, _of overcoming_ } _Dat._ Çsuperand™È, _for overcoming_ } _Acc._ ÇsuperandumÈ, _overcoming_ } GERUND _Abl._ Çsuperand™È, _by overcoming_ } Like the infinitive, the gerund governs the same case as the verb from which it is derived. So the sentence given above becomes in Latin ÇSuperand™ Gall™s Caesar magnam gl™riam report‰vitÈ [Footnote 1: Sometimes, however, the infinitive is used as an accusative.] Ç403.È The gerund[2] is formed by adding Ç-nd”, -nd™, -ndum, -nd™È, to the present stem, which is shortened or otherwise changed, as shown below: PARADIGM OF THE GERUND CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV _Gen._ amand” monend” regend” capiend” audiend” _Dat._ amand™ monend™ regend™ capiend™ audiend™ _Acc._ amandum monendum regendum capiendum audiendum _Abl._ amand™ monend™ regend™ capiend™ audiend™ _a._ Give the gerund of Çcžr™È, Çd�le™È, Çsžm™È, Çiaci™È, Çveni™È. _b._ Deponent verbs have the gerund of the active voice (see ¤493). Give the gerund of Çc™norÈ, ÇvereorÈ, ÇsequorÈ, ÇpatiorÈ, ÇpartiorÈ. [Footnote 2: The gerund is the neuter singular of the future passive participle used as a noun, and has the same formation. (Cf. ¤374.d.)] Ç404.È ÇThe Gerundive.È The gerundive is the name given to the future passive participle (¤374.d) when the participle approaches the meaning of a verbal noun and is translated like a gerund. It is the adjective corresponding to the gerund. For example, to translate _the plan of waging war_, we may use the gerund with its direct object and say Çc™nsilium gerend” bellumÈ; or we may use the gerundive and say Çc™nsilium bell” gerend”È, which means, literally, _the plan of the war to be waged_, but which came to have the same force as the gerund with its object, and was even preferred to it. Ç405.È Compare the following parallel uses of the gerund and gerundive: GERUND GERUNDIVE _Gen._ ÇSp�s faciend” p‰cemÈ ÇSp�s faciendae p‰cisÈ _Dat._ ÇLocus id™neus pugnand™È ÇLocus id™neus castr”s p™nend”sÈ _A place suitable for_ _A place suitable for fighting_ pitching camp_ _Acc._ ÇM”sit equit�s ad ”nsequendumÈ ÇM”sit equit�s ad ”nsequend™s host”sÈ _He sent horsemen to pursue_ _He sent horsemen to pursue the enemy_ _Abl._ ÇN‰rrand™ f‰bul‰s magister ÇN‰rrand”s f‰bul”s magister puer”s placuitÈ puer”s placuitÈ _The teacher pleased the _The teacher pleased the boys by telling stories_ boys by telling stories_ _a._ We observe (1) That the gerund is a noun and the gerundive an adjective. (2) That the gerund, being a noun, may stand alone or with an object. (3) That the gerundive, being an adjective, is used only in agreement with a noun. Ç406.È RULE. ÇGerund and Gerundive.È 1. _The Gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns._ 2. _The Gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more usual._ Ç407.È RULE. ÇGerund or Gerundive of Purpose.È _The accusative of the gerund or gerundive with_ ÇadÈ, _or the genitive with Çcaus‰È[3] (= for the sake of), is used to express purpose._ GERUND GERUNDIVE ÇAd audiendum v�n�runtÈ or ÇAd urbem videndam v�n�runtÈ or ÇAudiend” caus‰ v�n�runtÈ ÇUrbis videndae caus‰ v�n�runtÈ _They came to hear_ _They came to see the city_ [Footnote 3: Çcaus‰È always _follows_ the genitive.] NOTE. These sentences might, of course, be written with the subjunctive of purpose,--Çv�n�runt ut aud”rentÈ; Çv�n�runt ut urbem vid�rentÈ. In short expressions, however, the gerund and gerundive of purpose are rather more common. Ç408.È We have learned that the word denoting the owner or possessor of something is in the genitive, as, Çequus GalbaeÈ, _GalbaÕs horse._ If, now, we wish to express the idea _the horse is GalbaÕs_, Galba remains the possessor, and hence in the genitive as before, but now stands in the predicate, as, Çequus est GalbaeÈ. Hence this is called the predicate genitive. Ç409.È RULE. ÇPredicate Genitive.È _The possessive genitive often stands in the predicate, especially after the forms of ÇsumÈ, and is then called the predicate genitive._ Ç410.È IDIOMS Çal”cui neg™tium dareÈ, _to employ someone_ (lit. _to give business to some one_) Çnov”s r�bus stud�reÈ, _to be eager for a revolution_ (lit. _to be eager for new things_) Çre” m”lit‰ris per”tissimusÈ, _very skillful in the art of war_ Çs� suaque omniaÈ, _themselves and all their possessions_ Ç411.È EXERCISES I. 1. Caesar cum in Galli‰ bellum gereret, militibus decimae legi™nis maxim� f‰vit quia re” m”lit‰ris per”tissim” erant. 2. Soci”s neg™tium dedit re” frument‰riae cžrandae. 3. L�g‰ti n™n s™lum audiend” caus‰ sed etiam dicend” caus‰ v�n�runt. 4. Imper‰tor iussit expl™r‰t™res locum id™neum mžnind™ reper”re. 5. Nuper hae gent�s nov”s r�bus stud�bant; mox i”s persu‰d�b™ ut Caesar” s� suaque omnia d�dant. 6. Iub�re est reg”nae[4] et p‰r�re est multitždinis.[4] 7. H™c proeli™ fact™ qu”dam ex hostibus ad p‰cem petendam ven�runt. 8. Erant qu” arma tr‰dere n™llent. 9. Host�s tam celeriter pr™gress” sunt ut spatium p”la in host”s iaciend” non dar�tur. 10. Spatium neque arma capiend”[5] neque auxil” petend”[5] datum est. II. 1. These ornaments [6]belong to Cornelia. 2. Men very skillful in the art of war were sent [7]to capture the town. 3. The scouts found a hill suitable for fortifying very near to the river. 4. Soon the cavalry will come [8]to seek supplies. 5. The mind of the Gauls is eager for revolution and for undertaking wars. 6. To lead the line of battle [9]belongs to the general. 7. [10]Whom shall we employ to look after the grain supply? [Footnote 4: Predicate genitive.] [Footnote 5: Which of these expressions is gerund and which gerundive?] [Footnote 6: _belong to_ = _are of_.] [Footnote 7: Use the gerundive with ÇadÈ.] [Footnote 8: Use the genitive with Çcaus‰È. Where should Çcaus‰È stand?] [Footnote 9: Compare the first sentence.] [Footnote 10: Compare the second sentence in the Latin above.] LESSON LXXII THE IRREGULAR VERB _Eï_ ¥ INDIRECT STATEMENTS Ç412.È Learn the principal parts and the conjugation of Çe™È, _go_ (¤499). _a._ Notice that Ç”-È, the root of Çe™È, is changed to Çe-È before a vowel, excepting in Çi�nsÈ, the nominative of the present participle. In the perfect system Ç-v-È is regularly dropped. [ Conjugation given in ¤499: PRINCIPAL PARTS Çe™, ”re, i” (”v”), itumÈ (n. perf. part.) PRES. STEM ”- PERF. STEM ”- or ”v- PART. STEM it- INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE SING. PLUR. _Pres._ e™ ”mus eam _2d Pers._ ” ”te ”s ”tis it eunt _Impf._ ”bam ”rem _Fut._ ”b™ ---- _2d Pers._ ”t™ ”t™te _3d Pers._ ”t™ eunt™ _Perf._ i” (”v”) ierim (”verim) _Plup._ ieram (”veram) ”ssem (”vissem) _F. P._ ier™ (”ver™) INFINITIVE _Pres._ ”re _Perf._ ”sse (”visse) _Fut._ itžrus, -a, -um esse PARTICIPLES _Pres._ i�ns, _gen._ euntis (¤472) _Fut._ itžrus, -a, -um _Ger._ eundum GERUND _Gen._ eund” _Dat._ eund™ _Acc._ eundum _Abl._ eund™ SUPINE _Acc._ [[itum]] _Abl._ [[itž]] ] Ç413.È Learn the meaning and principal parts of the following compounds of Çe™È with prepositions: Çad«e™, ad”«re, ad«i”, ad«itusÈ, _go to, visit_, with the accusative Çex«e™, ex”«re, ex«i”, ex«itusÈ, _go forth_, with ÇexÈ or Çd�È and the ablative of the place from which Çin«e™, in”«re, in«i”, in«itusÈ, _begin, enter upon_, with the accusative Çred«e™, red”«re, red«i”, red«itusÈ, _return_, with ÇadÈ or ÇinÈ and the accusative of the place to which Çtr‰ns«e™, tr‰ns”«re, tr‰ns«i”, tr‰ns«itusÈ, _cross_, with the accusative Ç414.È ÇIndirect Statements in English.È Direct statements are those which the speaker or writer makes himself or which are quoted in his exact language. Indirect statements are those reported in a different form of words from that used by the speaker or writer. Compare the following direct and indirect statements: { 1. The Gauls are brave Direct statements { 2. The Gauls were brave { 3. The Gauls will be brave Indirect statements { 1. _He says_ that the Gauls _are_ brave after a verb in { 2. _He says_ that the Gauls _were_ brave the present tense { 3. _He says_ that the Gauls _will be_ brave Indirect statements { 1. _He said_ that the Gauls _were_ brave after a verb in { 2. _He said_ that the Gauls _had been_ brave a past tense { 3. _He said_ that the Gauls _would be_ brave We see that in English _a._ The indirect statement forms a clause introduced by the conjunction _that_. _b._ The verb is finite (cf. ¤173) and its subject is in the nominative. _c._ The tenses of the verbs originally used are changed after the past tense, _He said._ Ç415.È ÇIndirect Statements in Latin.È In Latin the direct and indirect statements above would be as follows: DIRECT { 1. ÇGall” sunt fort�sÈ STATEMENTS { 2. ÇGall” erant fort�sÈ { 3. ÇGall” erunt fort�sÈ { 1. ÇD”citÈ or ÇD”xit Gall™s esse fort”sÈ { (_He says_ or _He said_ { _the Gauls to be brave_)[1] INDIRECT { 2. ÇD”citÈ or ÇD”xit Gall™s fuisse fort”sÈ STATEMENTS { (_He says_ or _He said_ { _the Gauls to have been brave_)[1] { 3. ÇD”citÈ or ÇD”xit Gall™s futžr™s esse fort”sÈ { (_He says_ or _He said_ { _the Gauls to be about to be brave_)[1] [Footnote 1: These parenthetical renderings are not inserted as translations, but merely to show the literal meaning of the Latin.] Comparing these Latin indirect statements with the English in the preceding section, we observe three marked differences: _a._ There is no conjunction corresponding to _that_. _b._ The verb is in the infinitive and its subject is in the accusative. _c._ The tenses of the infinitive are not changed after a past tense of the principal verb. Ç416.È RULE. ÇIndirect Statements.È _When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive and its subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the infinitive._ Ç417.È ÇTenses of the Infinitive.È When the sentences in ¤415 were changed from the direct to the indirect form of statement, ÇsuntÈ became ÇesseÈ, ÇerantÈ became ÇfuisseÈ, and ÇeruntÈ became Çfutžr™s esseÈ. Ç418.È RULE. ÇInfinitive Tenses in Indirect Statements.È _A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future indicative becomes future infinitive._ NOTE. When translating into Latin an English indirect statement, first decide what tense of the indicative would have been used in the direct form. That will show you what tense of the infinitive to use in the indirect. Ç419.È RULE. ÇVerbs followed by Indirect Statements.È _The accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is found after verbs of ÇsayingÈ, ÇtellingÈ, ÇknowingÈ, ÇthinkingÈ, and ÇperceivingÈ._ Ç420.È Verbs regularly followed by indirect statements are: _a_. Verbs of saying and telling: Çd”c™, d”cere, d”x”, dictusÈ, _say_ Çneg™, neg‰re, neg‰v”, neg‰tusÈ, _deny, say not_ Çnžnti™, nžnti‰re, nžnti‰v”, nžnti‰tusÈ, _announce_ Çresponde™, respond�re, respond”, resp™nsusÈ, _reply_ _b_. Verbs of knowing: Çcogn™sc™, cogn™scere, cogn™v”, cognitusÈ, _learn_, (in the perf.) _know_ Çsci™, sc”re, sc”v”, sc”tusÈ, _know_ _c_. Verbs of thinking: Çarbitror, arbitr‰r”, arbitr‰tus sumÈ, _think, consider_ Çex”stim™, ex”stim‰re, ex”stim‰v”, ex”stim‰tusÈ, _think, believe_ Çiždic™, iždic‰re, iždic‰vi, iždic‰tusÈ, _judge, decide_ Çput™, put‰re, put‰v”, put‰tusÈ, _reckon, think_ Çsp�r™, sp�r‰re, sp�r‰vi, sp�r‰tusÈ, _hope_ _d_. Verbs of perceiving: Çaudi™, aud”re, aud”v”, aud”tusÈ, _hear_ Çsenti™, sent”re, s�ns”, s�nsusÈ, _feel, perceive_ Çvide™, vid�re, v”d”, v”susÈ, _see_ Çintelleg™, intellegere, intell�x”, intell�ctusÈ, _understand, perceive_ Learn such of these verbs as are new to you. Ç421.È IDIOMS Çpostr”di� eius di�”È, _on the next day_ (lit. _on the next day of that day_) Çinit‰ aest‰teÈ, _at the beginning of summer_ Çmemori‰ ten�reÈ, _to remember_ (lit. _to hold by memory_) Çper expl™r‰t™r�s cogn™scereÈ, _to learn through scouts_ Ç422.È EXERCISES I. 1. It, ”mus, ”te, ”re. 2. Eunt”, iisse _or_ ”sse, ”bunt, eunt. 3. Eundi, ut eant, ”bitis, ”s. 4. N� ”rent, ”, ”bant, ierat. 5. Caesar per explor‰tores cogn™vit Gall™s flžmen tr‰ns”sse. 6. R™m‰n” aud”v�runt Helv�ti™s init‰ aest‰te d� f”nibus su”s exitžr™s esse. 7. Leg‰t” respond�runt n�minem ante Caesarem illam ”nsulam ad”sse. 8. Pr”ncip�s Gall™rum d”cunt s� nžllum c™nsilium contr‰ Caesaris imperium initžr™s esse. 9. Arbitr‰mur potentiam r�g”nae esse mai™rem quam c”vium. 10. R™m‰n” negant se l”bert‰tem Gall”s �reptžr™s esse. 11. H”s r�bus cognit”s s�nsimus l�g‰t™s non v�nisse ad p‰cem petendam. 12. Helv�tii sciunt R™m‰n™s pri™r�s vict™ri‰s memori‰ ten�re. 13. Soci” cum intellegerent mult™s vulner‰r”, statu�runt in su™s f”n”s red”re. 14. Aliquis nžnti‰vit M‰rcum c™nsulem cre‰tum esse. II. 1. The boy is slow. He says that the boy is, was, (and) will be slow. 2. The horse is, has been, (and) will be strong. He judged that the horse was, had been, (and) would be strong. 3. We think that the army will go forth from the camp at the beginning of summer. 4. The next day we learned through scouts that the enemyÕs town was ten miles off.[2] 5. The king replied that the ornaments belonged to[3] the queen. [Footnote 2: _to be off, to be distant_, ÇabesseÈ.] [Footnote 3: Latin, _were of_ (¤409).] [Illustration: TUBA] LESSON LXXIII VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE IRREGULAR VERB _FERï_ THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS Ç423.È Review the word lists in ¤¤513, 514. Ç424.È Learn the principal parts and conjugation of the verb Çfer™È, _bear_ (¤498). 1. Learn the principal parts and meanings of the following compounds of fer™, _bear_: Çad«fer™, adfer«re, at«tul”, adl‰«tusÈ, _bring to; report_ Çc™n«fer™, c™nfer«re, con«tul”, conl‰«tusÈ, _bring together, collect_ Çd�«fer™, d�fer«re, d�«tul”, d�l‰«tusÈ, _bring to; report; grant, confer_ Ç”n«fer™, ”nfer«re, in«tul”, inl‰«tusÈ, _bring in, bring against_ Çre«fer™, refer«re, ret«tul”, rel‰«tusÈ, _bear back, report_ [ Conjugation given in ¤498: PRINCIPAL PARTS Çfer™, ferre, tul”, l‰tusÈ PRES. STEM fer- PERF. STEM tul- PART. STEM l‰t- INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ fer™ ferimus feror ferimur fers fert”s ferris, -re ferimim” fert ferunt fertur feruntur _Impf._ fer�bam fer�bar _Fut._ feram, fer�s, etc. ferar, fer�ris, etc. _Perf._ tul” l‰tus, -a, -um sum _Plup._ tuleram l‰tus, -a, -um eram _F. P._ tuler™ l‰tus, -a, -um er™ SUBJUNCTIVE _Pres._ feram, fer‰s, etc. ferar, fer‰ris, etc. _Impf._ ferrem ferrer _Perf._ tulerim l‰tus, -a, -um sim _Plup._ tulissem l‰tus, -a, -um essem IMPERATIVE _Pres. 2d Pers._ fer ferte ferre ferimin” _Fut. 2d Pers._ fert™ fert™te fertor _3d Pers._ fert™ ferunto fertor feruntor INFINITIVE _Pres._ ferre ferr” _Perf._ tulisse l‰tus, -a, -um esse _Fut._ l‰tžrus, -a, -um esse ---- PARTICIPLES _Pres._ fer�ns, -entis _Pres._ ---- _Fut._ l‰tžrus, -a, -um _Ger._ ferendus, -a, -um _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ l‰tus, -a, -um GERUND _Gen._ ferend” _Dat._ ferend™ _Acc._ ferendum _Abl._ ferend™ SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[l‰tum]] _Abl._ [[l‰tž]] ] Ç425.È The dative is the case of the indirect object. Many intransitive verbs take an indirect object and are therefore used with the dative (cf. ¤153). Transitive verbs take a direct object in the accusative; but sometimes they have an indirect object or dative as well. _The whole question, then, as to whether or not a verb takes the dative, defends upon its capacity for governing an indirect object._ A number of verbs, some transitive and some intransitive, which in their simple form would not take an indirect object, when compounded with certain prepositions, have a meaning which calls for an indirect object. Observe the following sentences: 1. ÇHaec r�s exercitu” magnam calamit‰tem attulitÈ, _this circumstance brought great disaster to the army._ 2. ÇGerm‰n” Gall”s bellum ”nferuntÈ, _the Germans make war upon the Gauls._ 3. ÇHae c™piae proeli™ n™n intererantÈ, _these troops did not take part in the battle._ 4. ÇEquit�s fugientibus hostibus occurruntÈ, _the horsemen meet the fleeing enemy._ 5. ÇGalba c™pi”s f”lium praef�citÈ, _Galba put his son in command of the troops._ In each sentence there is a dative, and in each a verb combined with a preposition. In no case would the simple verb take the dative. Ç426.È RULE. ÇDative with Compounds.È _Some verbs compounded with ÇadÈ, ÇanteÈ, ÇconÈ, Çd�È, ÇinÈ, ÇinterÈ, ÇobÈ, ÇpostÈ, ÇpraeÈ, Çpr™È, ÇsubÈ, ÇsuperÈ, admit the dative of the indirect object. Transitive compounds may take both an accusative and a dative._ NOTE 1. Among such verbs are[1] Çad«fer™, adfer«re, at«tul”, adl‰«tusÈ, _bring to; report_ Çad«sum, ades«se, ad«fu”, adfutž«rusÈ, _assist; be present_ Çd�«fer™, d�fer«re, d�«tul”, d�l‰tusÈ, _report; grant, confer_ Çd�«sum, dees«se, d�«fu”,----È, _be wanting, be lacking_ Ç”n«fer™, ”nfer«re, in«tul”, inl‰«tusÈ, _bring against, bring upon_ Çinter«sum, interes«se, inter«fu”, interfutž«rusÈ, _take part in_ Çoccur«r™, occur«rere, occur«r”, occur«susÈ, _run against, meet_ Çpraefi«ci™, praefi«cere, praef�«c”, praefec«tusÈ, _appoint over, place in command of_ Çprae«sum, praees«se, prae«fu”, ----È, _be over, be in command_ [Footnote 1: But the accusative with ÇadÈ or ÇinÈ is used with some of these, when the idea of _motion to_ or _against_ is strong.] Ç427.È IDIOMS ÇgraviterÈ or Çmolest� ferreÈ, _to be annoyed at, to be indignant at_, followed by the accusative and infinitive Çs� c™nferre adÈ or ÇinÈ, with the accusative, _to betake oneÕs self to_ Çalicui bellum ”nferreÈ, _to make war upon some one_ Çpedem referreÈ, _to retreat_ (lit. _to bear back the foot_) Ç428.È EXERCISES I. 1. Fer, ferent, ut ferant, ferunt. 2. Ferte, ut ferrent, tulisse, tulerant. 3. Tulimus, fer�ns, l‰tus esse, ferre. 4. Cum n‰vigia insulae adpropinqu‰rent, barbar” terr™re comm™t” pedem referre c™n‰t” sunt. 5. Gall” molest� fer�bant R™m‰n™s agr™s vast‰re. 6. Caesar soci”s imper‰vit n� f”nitimis su”s bellum ”nferrent. 7. Explor‰t™r�s, qui Caesar” occurr�runt, d”x�runt exercitum hostium vulneribus d�fessum s�s� in alium locum contulisse. 8. Hostes sci�bant R™m‰n™s fržment™ eg�re et hanc rem Caesar” summum per”culum adl‰tžram esse. 9. Imped”ment”s in žnum locum conl‰tis, aliqu” m”litum flžmen quod n™n long� aberat tr‰nsi�runt. 10. H™s r�x hort‰tus est ut ™r‰culum ad”rent et r�s aud”t‰s ad s� referrent. 11. Quem imper‰tor ill” legi™n” praef�cit? Pžblius ill” legi™n” pracerat. 12. Cum esset Caesar in citeri™re Galli‰, cr�br” ad eum[2] ržm™r�s adfer�bantur litter”sque quoque certior f”�bat Gall™s obsid�s inter s� dare. II. 1. The Gauls will make war upon C¾sarÕs allies. 2. We heard that the Gauls would make war upon C¾sarÕs allies. 3. Publius did not take part in that battle. 4. We have been informed that Publius did not take part in that battle. 5. The man who was in command of the cavalry was wounded and began to retreat. 6. C¾sar did not place you in command of the cohort to bring[3] disaster upon the army. [Footnote 2: Observe that when Çadfer™È denotes _motion to_, it is not followed by the dative; cf. footnote, p. 182.] [Footnote 3: Not the infinitive. (Cf. ¤352.)] LESSON LXXIV VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS Ç429.È Review the word lists in ¤¤517, 518. Ç430.È When we report a statement instead of giving it directly, we have an indirect statement. (Cf. ¤414.) So, if we report a question instead of asking it directly, we have an indirect question. DIRECT QUESTION INDIRECT QUESTION _Who conquered the Gauls? He asked who conquered the Gauls_ _a._ An indirect question depends, usually as object, upon a verb of asking (as Çpet™È, Çpostul™È, Çquaer™È, Çrog™È) or upon some verb or expression of saying or mental action. (Cf. ¤420.) Ç431.È Compare the following direct and indirect questions: DIRECT INDIRECT ÇQuis Gall™s vincit?È { _a._ ÇRogat quis Gall™s vincatÈ _Who is conquering the_ { _He asks who is conquering the_ _Gauls?_ { _Gauls_ { _b._ ÇRogavit quis Gall™s vinceretÈ { _He asked who was conquering_ { _the Gauls_ { _a._ ÇRogat ubi sit R™maÈ ÇUb” est R™ma?È { _He asks where Rome is_ _Where is Rome?_ { _b._ ÇRog‰vit ubi esset R™maÈ { _He asked where Rome was_ { _a._ ÇRogat num Caesar Gall™s v”ceritÈ { _He asks whether C¾sar conquered_ ÇCaesarne Gall™s v”cit?È { _the Gauls_ _Did C¾sar conquer the_ { _b._ ÇRog‰vit num Caesar Gall™s _Gauls?_ { Çv”cissetÈ { _He asked whether C¾sar had_ { _conquered the Gauls_ _a._ The verb in a direct question is in the indicative mood, but the mood is subjunctive in an indirect question. _b._ The tense of the subjunctive follows the rules for tense sequence. _c._ Indirect questions are introduced by the same interrogative words as introduce direct questions, excepting that_yes_-or-_no_ direct questions (cf. ¤210) on becoming indirect are usually introduced by ÇnumÈ, _whether_. Ç432.È RULE. ÇIndirect Questions.È _In an indirect question the verb is in the subjunctive and its tense is determined by the law for tense sequence._ Ç433.È IDIOMS Çd� terti‰ vigili‰È, _about the third watch_ Çinižri‰s alicui ”nferreÈ, _to inflict injuries upon some one_ Çfacere verba pr™È, with the ablative, _to speak in behalf of_ Çin reliquum tempusÈ, _for the future_ Ç434.È EXERCISES I. 1. R�x rog‰vit quid l�g‰t” postul‰rent et cžr ad s� v�nissent. 2. Quaes”vit quoque num nec recent”s inižri‰s nec dubiam R™m‰n™rum am”citiam memori‰ ten�rent. 3. Vid�tisne quae oppida host�s oppugn‰verint? 4. N™nne sc”tis cžr Gall” sub montem s�se contulerint? 5. Aud”vimus qu‰s inižrias tibi Germ‰n” intulissent. 6. D� terti‰ vigili‰ imper‰tor m”sit homin�s qu” cogn™scerent quae esset n‰tžra montis. 7. Pr™ h”s ™r‰tor verba f�cit et rog‰vit cžr c™nsul�s n‰v”s ad pl�nem summ” per”cul” locum mittere vellent. 8. L�g‰t”s convoc‰t”s d�m™nstr‰vit quid fier” vellet. 9. Nžntius refer�bat quid in Gall™rum concili™ d� arm”s tr‰dend”s dictum esset. 10. Mone™ n� in reliquum tempus pedit�s et equit�s tr‰ns flžmen džc‰s. II. 1. What hill did they seize? I see what hill they seized. 2. Who has inflicted these injuries upon our dependents? 3. They asked who had inflicted those injuries upon their dependents. 4. Whither did you go about the third watch? You know whither I went. 5. At what time did the boys return home? I will ask at what time the boys returned home. LESSON LXXV VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END FOR WHICH Ç435.È Review the word lists in ¤¤521, 522. Ç436.È Observe the following sentences: 1. ÇExpl™r‰t™r�s locum castr”s d�l�g�runtÈ, _the scouts chose a place for a camp._ 2. ÇHoc erat magn™ imped”ment™ Gall”sÈ, _this was_ (for) _a great hindrance to the Gauls._ 3. ÇDu‰s legi™n�s praesidi™ castr”s rel”quitÈ, _he left two legions as_ (lit. _for_) _a guard to the camp._ In each of these sentences we find a dative expressing the _purpose or end for which_ something is intended or for which it serves. These datives are Çcastr”sÈ, Çimped”ment™È, and Çpraesidi™È. In the second and third sentences we find a second dative expressing the _person or thing affected_ (ÇGall”sÈ and Çcastr”sÈ). As you notice, these are true datives, covering the relations of _for which_ and _to which_. (Cf. ¤43.) Ç437.È RULE. ÇDative of Purpose or End.È _The dative is used to denote the Çpurpose or end for whichÈ, often with another dative denoting the Çperson or thing affectedÈ._ Ç438.È IDIOMS Çc™nsilium omittereÈ, _to give up a plan_ Çlocum castr”s d�ligereÈ, _to choose a place for a camp_ Çalicui magn™ žsu” esseÈ, _to be of great advantage to some one_ (lit. _for great advantage to some one_) Ç439.È EXERCISES I. 1. Rog‰vit cžr illae c™piae relictae essent. Respond�runt ill‰s c™pi‰s esse praesidi™ castr”s. 2. Caesar m”sit expl™r‰t™r�s ad locum d�ligendum castr”s. 3. Quisque ex”stim‰vit ipsum n™men Caesaris magn™ terr™r” barbar”s futžrum esse. 4. Pr”m‰ lžce ”dem exercitus proelium ‰cre comm”sit, sed gravia su™rum vulnera magnae cžrae imper‰t™r” erant. 5. R�x respondit am”citiam popul” R™m‰n” sibi ™rn‰ment™ et praesidi™ d�b�re esse. 6. Quis praeerat equit‰tu” quem auxili™ Caesar” soci” m”serant? 7. Aliquibus r�s secundae sunt summae calamit‰t” et r�s adversae sunt m”r™ žsu”. 8. Gall”s magn™ ad pugnam erat imped”ment™ quod equit‰tus ‰ dextr™ cornž prem�bat. 9. Memoria pr”stinae virtžtis n™n minus quam metus hostium erat nostr”s magn™ žsu”. 10. Tam d�nsa erat silva ut pr™gred” n™n possent. II. 1. I advise you [1]to give up the plan [2]of making war upon the brave Gauls. 2. Do you know [3]where the cavalry has chosen a place for a camp? 3. The fear of the enemy will be of great advantage to you. 4. C¾sar left three cohorts as (for) a guard to the baggage. 5. In winter the waves of the lake are so great [4]that they are (for) a great hindrance to ships. 6. C¾sar inflicted severe[5] punishment on those who burned the public buildings. [Footnote 1: Subjunctive of purpose. (Cf. ¤366.)] [Footnote 2: Express by the genitive of the gerundive.] [Footnote 3: Indirect question.] [Footnote 4: A clause of result.] [Footnote 5: Çgravis, -eÈ.] LESSON LXXVI VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY OR DESCRIPTION Ç440.È Review the word lists in ¤¤524, 525. Ç441.È Observe the English sentences (1) _A man ÇofÈ great courage_, or (2) _A man ÇwithÈ great courage_ (3) _A forest ÇofÈ tall trees_, or (4) _A forest ÇwithÈ tall trees_ Each of these sentences contains a phrase of quality or description. In the first two a man is described; in the last two a forest. The descriptive phrases are introduced by the prepositions _of_ and _with_. In Latin the expression of quality or description is very similar. The prepositions _of_ and _with_ suggest the genitive and the ablative respectively, and we translate the sentences above (1) ÇVir magnae virtžtisÈ, or (2) ÇVir magn‰ virtžteÈ (3) ÇSilva alt‰rum arborumÈ, or (4) ÇSilva alt”s arboribusÈ There is, however, one important difference between the Latin and the English. In English we may say, for example, _a man of courage_, using the descriptive phrase without an adjective modifier. _In Latin, however, an adjective modifier must always be used_, as above. _a._ Latin makes a distinction between the use of the two cases in that _numerical descriptions of measure are in the genitive_ and _descriptions of physical characteristics are in the ablative._ Other descriptive phrases may be in either case. Ç442.È EXAMPLES 1. ÇFossa duodecim pedumÈ, _a ditch of twelve feet_. 2. ÇHom™ magn”s pedibus et parv™ capiteÈ, _a man with big feet and a small head_. 3. ÇR�x erat vir summ‰ aud‰ci‰È or Çr�x erat vir summae aud‰ciaeÈ, _the king was a man of the greatest boldness_. Ç443.È RULE. ÇGenitive of Description.È _Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying adjective._ Ç444.È RULE. ÇAblative of Description.È _Descriptions of physical characteristics are expressed by the ablative with a modifying adjective._ Ç445.È RULE. ÇGenitive or Ablative of Description.È _Descriptions involving neither numerical statements nor physical characteristics may be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a modifying adjective._ Ç446.È IDIOMS ÇHelv�ti”s in anim™ estÈ, _the Helvetii intend_, (lit. _it is in mind to the Helvetians_) Çin m‰trim™nium dareÈ, _to give in marriage_ Çnihil posseÈ, _to have no power_ Çfossam perdžcereÈ, _to construct a ditch_ (lit. _to lead a ditch through_) Ç447.È EXERCISES I. 1. M”lit�s fossam decem pedum per e™rum f”n”s perdžx�runt. 2. Pr”nceps Helv�ti™rum, vir summae aud‰ciae, pr”ncipibus gentium f”nitim‰rum sor™r�s in m‰trim™nium dedit. 3. E™rum am”citiam c™nf”rm‰re voluit qu™ facilius R™m‰n”s bellum ”nferret. 4. German” et Gall” n™n erant eiusdem gentis. 5. Omn�s fer� Germ‰n” erant magn”s corporum v”ribus.[1] 6. Gall” qui oppidum fortiter d�fend�bant saxa ingentis magnitždinis d� mžr™ iaci�bant. 7. Cum Caesar ab expl™r‰t™ribus quaereret qu” illud oppidum incolerent, expl™r‰t™r�s respond�runt e™s esse homines summ‰ virtžte et magn™ c™nsili™. 8. Moenia v”gint” pedum ‰ sinistr‰ parte, et ‰ dextr‰ parte flžmen magnae altitždinis oppidum d�fend�bant. 9. Cum Caesar in Galliam perv�nisset, erat ržmor Helv�ti”s in anim™ esse iter per pr™vinciam R™m‰nam facere. 10. Caesar, ut e™s ab f”nibus R™m‰nis prohib�ret, mžn”ti™nem [2]multa m”lia passuum longam f�cit. II. 1. C¾sar was a general of much wisdom and great boldness, and very skillful in the art of war. 2. The Germans were of great size, and thought that the Romans had no power. 3. Men of the highest courage were left in the camp as (for) a guard to the baggage. 4. The kingÕs daughter, who was given in marriage to the chief of a neighboring state, was a woman of very beautiful appearance. 5. The soldiers will construct a ditch of nine feet around the camp. 6. A river of great width was between us and the enemy. [Footnote 1: From Çv”sÈ. (Cf. ¤468.)] [Footnote 2: Genitives and ablatives of description are adjective phrases. When we use an _adverbial_ phrase to tell _how long_ or _how high_ or _how deep_ anything is, we must use the accusative of extent. (Cf. ¤336.) For example, in the sentence above Çmulta m”lia passuumÈ is an adverbial phrase (accusative of extent) modifying ÇlongamÈ. If we should omit ÇlongamÈ and say _a fortification of many miles_, the genitive of description (an adjective phrase) modifying Çmžn”ti™nemÈ would be used, as Çmžn”ti™nem mult™rum m”lium passuumÈ.] [Illustration: GLADII] LESSON LXXVII REVIEW OF AGREEMENT, AND OF THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND ACCUSATIVE Ç448.È There are four agreements: 1. That of the predicate noun or of the appositive with the noun to which it belongs (¤¤76, 81). 2. That of the adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle with its noun (¤65). 3. That of a verb with its subject (¤28). 4. That of a relative pronoun with its antecedent (¤224). Ç449.È The relation expressed by the ÇgenitiveÈ is, in general, denoted in English by the preposition _of_. It is used to express { _a._ As attributive (¤38). 1. Possession { { _b._ In the predicate (¤409). 2. The whole of which a part is taken (partitive genitive) (¤331). 3. Quality or description (¤¤443, 445). Ç450.È The relation expressed by the ÇdativeÈ is, in general, denoted in English by the prepositions _to_ or _for_ when they do not imply motion through space. It is used to express { _a._ With intransitive verbs and with { transitive verbs in connection with a { direct object in the accusative (¤45). 1. The indirect object { _b_. With special intransitive verbs (¤154). { _c_. With verbs compounded with ÇadÈ, ÇanteÈ, { ÇconÈ, Çd�È, ÇinÈ, ÇinterÈ, ÇobÈ, ÇpostÈ, { ÇpraeÈ, Çpr™È, ÇsubÈ, ÇsuperÈ (¤426). 2. The object to which the quality of an adjective is directed (¤143). 3. The purpose, or end for which, often with a second dative denoting the person or thing affected (¤437). Ç451.È The ÇaccusativeÈ case corresponds, in general, to the English objective. It is used to express 1. The direct object of a transitive verb (¤37). 2. The predicate accusative together with the direct object after verbs of _making, choosing, falling, showing_, and the like (¤392). 3. The subject of the infinitive (¤214). 4. The object of prepositions that do not govern the ablative (¤340). 5. The duration of time and the extent of space (¤336). 6. The place to which (¤¤263, 266). Ç452.È EXERCISES I. 1. M”lit�s qu™s v”dimus d”x�runt imperium bell” esse Caesaris imper‰t™ris. 2. Helv�ti” statu�runt quam[1] maximum numerum equ™rum et carr™rum c™gere. 3. T™t”us Galliae Helv�ti” plžrimum valu�runt. 4. Mult‰s h™r‰s ‰criter pugn‰tum est neque quisquam poterat vid�re hostem fugientem. 5. Vir” summae virtžtis host”s decem m”lia passuum ”nsecžt” sunt. 6. Caesar popul™ R™m‰n™ persu‰sit ut s� c™nsulem cre‰ret. 7. Vict™ria exercitžs erat semper imper‰t™r” gr‰tissima. 8. Tr”duum iter f�c�runt et Gen‰vam, in oppidum[2] hostium, perv�n�runt. 9. Caesar aud”vit Germ‰n™s bellum Gall”s intulisse. 10. Magn™ žsu” m”litibus Caesaris erat quod pri™ribus proeli”s s�s� exercuerant. II. 1. One[3] of the kingÕs sons and many of his men were captured. 2. There was no one who wished[4] to appoint her queen. 3. The grain supply was always a care (for a care) to C¾sar, the general. 4. I think that the camp is ten miles distant. 5. We marched for three hours through a very dense forest. 6. The plan [5]of making war upon the allies was not pleasing to the king. 7. When he came to the hill he fortified it [6]by a twelve-foot wall. [Footnote 1: What is the force of ÇquamÈ with superlatives?] [Footnote 2: ÇurbsÈ or ÇoppidumÈ, appositive to a name of a town, takes a preposition.] [Footnote 3: What construction is used with numerals in preference to the partitive genitive?] [Footnote 4: What mood? (Cf. ¤390.)] [Footnote 5: Use the gerund or gerundive.] [Footnote 6: Latin, _by a wall of twelve feet._] LESSON LXXVIII REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE Ç453.È The relations of the ablative are, in general, expressed in English by the prepositions _with_ (or _by_), _from_ (or _by_), and _in_ (or _at_). The constructions growing out of these meanings are I. Ablative rendered _with_ (or _by_): 1. Cause (¤102) 2. Means (¤103) 3. Accompaniment (¤104) 4. Manner (¤105) 5. Measure of difference (¤317) 6. With a participle (ablative absolute) (¤381) 7. Description or quality (¤¤444, 445) 8. Specification (¤398) II. Ablative rendered _from_ (or _by_): 1. Place from which (¤¤179, 264) 2. Ablative of separation (¤180) 3. Personal agent with a passive verb (¤181) 4. Comparison without ÇquamÈ (¤309) III. Ablative rendered _in_ (or _at_): 1. Place at or in which (¤¤265, 266) 2. Time when or within which (¤275) Ç454.È EXERCISES I. 1. Gall” loc”s superi™ribus occup‰t”s itinere exercitum prohib�re c™nantur. 2. Omn�s oppid‰n” ex oppid™ �gress” salžtem fug‰ petere inc�p�runt. 3. Caesar docet s� m”litum v”tam su‰ salžte hab�re mult™ c‰ri™rem. 4. Cum celerius omnium op”ni™ne perv�nisset, host�s ad eum obsid�s m”s�runt 5. V”cus in valle positus montibus altissim”s undique contin�tur. 6. Plžrimum inter Gall™s haec g�ns et virtžte et hominum numer™ val�bat. 7. Secund‰ vigili‰ nžll™ cert™ ™rdine neque imperi™ � castr”s �gress” sunt. 8. Du‰bus legi™nibus Gen‰vae relict”s, proxim™ di� cum reliqu”s domum profectus est. 9. Erant itinera duo quibus itineribus Helv�ti” dom™ ex”re possent. 10. R�x erat summ‰ aud‰ci‰ et magn‰ apud populum potenti‰. 11. Gall” tim™re servitžtis comm™t” bellum par‰bant. 12. Caesar monet l�g‰t™s ut contineant milit�s, n� studi™ pugnand” aut sp� praedae longius[1] pr™grediantur. 13. Bellum ‰cerrimum ‰ Caesare in Gall™s gestum est. II. 1. The lieutenant after having seized the mountain restrained his (men) from battle. 2. All the Gauls differ from each other in laws. 3. This tribe is much braver than the rest. 4. This road is [2]ten miles shorter than that. 5. In summer C¾sar carried on war in Gaul, in winter he returned to Italy. 6. At midnight the general set out from the camp with three legions. 7. I fear that you cannot protect[3] yourself from these enemies. 8. [4]After this battle was finished peace was made by all the Gauls. [Footnote 1: ÇlongiusÈ, _too far_. (Cf. ¤305.)] [Footnote 2: Latin, _by ten thousands of paces_.] [Footnote 3: Çd�fendereÈ.] [Footnote 4: Ablative absolute.] LESSON LXXIX REVIEW OF THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE, THE INFINITIVE, AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE Ç455.È The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns (¤¤402, 406.1). Ç456.È The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more usual (¤406.2). Ç457.È The infinitive is used: I. As in English. _a._ As subject or predicate nominative (¤216). _b._ To complete the predicate with verbs of incomplete predication (complementary infinitive) (¤215). _c._ As object with subject accusative after verbs of _wishing, commanding, forbidding_, and the like (¤213). II. In the principal sentence of an indirect statement after verbs of _saying _and _mental action_. The subject is in the accusative (¤¤416, 418, 419). Ç458.È The subjunctive is used: 1. To denote purpose (¤¤349, 366, 372). 2. To denote consequence or result (¤¤385, 386). 3. In relative clauses of characteristic or description (¤390). 4. In ÇcumÈ clauses of time, cause, and concession (¤396). 5. In indirect questions (¤432). Ç459.È EXERCISES I. 1. Caesar, cum perv�nisset, milit�s hort‰b‰tur n� c™nsilium oppid” capiendi omitterent. 2. R�x, castr”s prope oppidum posit”s, m”sit expl™r‰t™r�s qu” cogn™scerent ubi exercitus R™manus esset. 3. N�mo relinqu�b‰tur qu” arma ferre posset. 4. Nžnti” v”d�runt ingentem arm™rum multitudinem d� mžr™ in fossani iactam esse. 5. Dux su™s tr‰ns”re flžmen iussit. Tr‰ns”re autem hoc flžmen erat difficillimum. 6. R™m‰n” cum hanc calamit‰tem molest� ferrant, tamen terga vertere recžs‰v�runt. 7. H™c ržm™re aud”t™, tantus terror omnium anim™s occup‰vit ut n� fortissim” quidem proelium committere vellent. 8. Erant qu” put‰rent tempus ann” id™neum n™n esse itiner” faciend™. 9. Tam ‰criter ab utraque parte pugn‰b‰tur ut multa m”lia hominum occ”derentur. 10. Quid tim�s? Time™ n� R™m‰n”s in anim™ sit t™tam Galliam super‰re et n™b”s inižri‰s inferre. II. 1. Do you not see who is standing on the wall? 2. We hear that the plan of taking the town has been given up. 3. Since the Germans thought that the Romans could not cross the Rhine, C¾sar ordered a bridge to be made. 4. When the bridge was finished, the savages were so terrified that they hid themselves. 5. They feared that C¾sar would pursue them. 6. C¾sar [1]asked the traders what the size of the island was. 7. The traders advised him not [2]to cross the sea. 8. He sent scouts [3]to choose a place for a camp. [Footnote 1: Çquaerere abÈ.] [Footnote 2: Not infinitive.] [Footnote 3: Use the gerundive with ÇadÈ.] READING MATTER INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS ÇHow to Translate.È You have already had considerable practice in translating simple Latin, and have learned that the guide to the meaning lies in the endings of the words. If these are neglected, no skill can make sense of the Latin. If they are carefully noted and accurately translated, not many difficulties remain. Observe the following suggestions: 1. Read the Latin sentence through to the end, noting endings of nouns, adjectives, verbs, etc. 2. Read it again and see if any of the words you know are nominatives or accusatives. This will often give you what may be called the backbone of the sentence; that is, subject, verb, and object. 3. Look up the words you do not know, and determine their use in the sentence from their endings. 4. If you cannot yet translate the sentence, put down the English meanings of all the words _in the same order as the Latin words_. You will then generally see through the meaning of the sentence. 5. Be careful to _a._ Translate adjectives with the nouns to which they belong. _b._ Translate together prepositions and the nouns which they govern. _c._ Translate adverbs with the words that they modify. _d._ _Make sense._ If you do not make sense, you have made a mistake. One mistake will spoil a whole sentence. 6. When the sentence is correctly translated, read the Latin over again, and try to understand it as Latin, without thinking of the English translation. ÇThe Parts of a Sentence.È You will now meet somewhat longer sentences than you have had before. To assist in translating them, remember, first of all, that every sentence conveys a meaning and either tells us something, asks a question, or gives a command. Every sentence must have a subject and a verb, and the verb may always have an adverb, and, if transitive, will have a direct object. However long a sentence is, you will usually be able to recognize its subject, verb, and object or predicate complement without any difficulty. These will give you the leading thought, and they must never be lost sight of while making out the rest of the sentence. The chief difficulty in translating arises from the fact that instead of a single adjective, adverb, or noun, we often have a phrase or a clause taking the place of one of these; for Latin, like English, has adjective, adverbial, and substantive clauses and phrases. For example, in the sentence _The idle boy does not study_, the word _idle_ is an adjective. In _The boy wasting his time does not study_, the words _wasting his time_ form an adjective phrase modifying _boy_. In the sentence _The boy who wastes his time does not study_, the words _who wastes his time_ form an adjective clause modifying _boy_, and the sentence is complex. These sentences would show the same structure in Latin. In translating, it is important to keep the parts of a phrase and the parts of a clause together and not let them become confused with the principal sentence. To distinguish between the subordinate clauses and the principal sentence is of the first importance, and is not difficult if you remember that a clause regularly contains a word that marks it as a clause and that this word usually stands first. These words join clauses to the words they depend on, and are called _subordinate conjunctions_. They are not very numerous, and you will soon learn to recognize them. In Latin they are the equivalents for such words as _when, while, since, because, if, before, after, though, in order that, that_, etc. Form the habit of memorizing the Latin subordinate conjunctions as you meet them, and of noting carefully the mood of the verb in the clauses which they introduce. [Illustration: HERCULES] THE LABORS OF HERCULES Hercules, a Greek hero celebrated for his great strength, was pursued throughout his life by the hatred of Juno. While yet an infant he strangled some serpents sent by the goddess to destroy him. During his boyhood and youth he performed various marvelous feats of strength, and on reaching manhood he succeeded in delivering the Thebans from the oppression of the Miny¾. In a fit of madness, sent upon him by Juno, he slew his own children; and, on consulting the Delphic oracle as to how he should cleanse himself from this crime, he was ordered to submit himself for twelve years to Eurystheus, king of Tiryns, and to perform whatever tasks were appointed him. Hercules obeyed the oracle, and during the twelve years of his servitude accomplished twelve extraordinary feats known as the Labors of Hercules. His death was caused, unintentionally, by his wife Deiani«ra. Hercules had shot with his poisoned arrows a centaur named Nessus, who had insulted Deianira. Nessus, before he died, gave some of his blood to Deianira, and told her it would act as a charm to secure her husbandÕs love. Some time after, Deianira, wishing to try the charm, soaked one of her husbandÕs garments in the blood, not knowing that it was poisoned. Hercules put on the robe, and, after suffering terrible torments, died, or was carried off by his father Jupiter. [Illustration: HERCULES ET SERPENTES] LIII.[1] THE INFANT HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS D”[2] grave supplicium sžmmit de mal”s, sed i” qu” l�gibus[3] de™rum p‰rent, etiam post mortem cžrantur. Illa v”ta d”s[2] erat gr‰tissima quae hominibus miser”s žtilissima fuerat. Omnium autem praemi™rum summum erat immort‰lit‰s. Illud praemium Hercul” datum est. Herculis pater fuit Iuppiter, m‰ter Alcm�na, et omnium hominum validissimus fuisse d”citur. Sed Ižn™, r�g”na de™rum, eum, adhžc ”nfantem, interficere stud�bat; nam e”[1] et[2] Hercul�s et Alcm�na erant inv”s”. Itaque m”sit du‰s serpent”s, utramque saevissimam, quae medi‰ nocte domum[3] Alcm�nae v�n�runt. Ibi Hercul�s, cum fr‰tre su™, n™n in lectul™ sed in scžt™ ingent” dormi�bat. Iam aud‰c�s serpent�s adpropinqu‰verant, iam scžtum mov�bant. Tum fr‰ter, terr™re comm™tus, magn‰ v™ce m‰trem voc‰vit, sed Hercul�s ipse, fortior quam fr‰ter, statim ingent”s serpent”s manibus su”s rapuit et interf�cit. [Footnote 1: This number refers to the lesson after which the selection may be read.] [Footnote 2: ÇD”È and Çd”sÈ are from ÇdeusÈ. Cf. ¤468.] [Footnote 3: Çl�gibusÈ, ¤501.14.] [Footnote 1: Çe”È, _to her_, referring to Juno.] [Footnote 2: Çet ... etÈ, _both ... and_.] [Footnote 3: ÇdomumÈ, ¤501.20.] LIV. HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINY® Hercul�s ‰ puer™[1] corpus suum gravissim”s et difficillim”s lab™ribus exerc�bat et h™c mod™ v”r�s[2] su‰s c™nfirm‰vit. Iam adul�sc�ns Th�b”s[3] habit‰bat. Ibi Cre™n qu”dam erat r�x. Minyae, g�ns validissima, erant f”nitim” Th�b‰n”s, et, quia ™lim Th�b‰n™s v”cerant, quotann”s l�g‰t™s mitt�bant et vect”gal postul‰bant. Hercul�s autem c™nstituit c”v”s su™s h™c vect”g‰l” l”ber‰re et dixit r�g”, ÒD‰ mihi exercitum tuum et ego h™s superb™s host”s super‰b™.Ó Hanc condici™nem r�x n™n recžs‰vit, et Hercul�s nžnti™s in omn”s partis d”m”sit et c™pi‰s co�git.[4] Tum tempore opportžnissim™ proelium cum Miny”s comm”sit. Diž pugn‰tum est, sed d�nique ill” impetum Th�b‰n™rum sustin�re n™n potu�runt et terga vert�runt fugamque c�p�runt. [Footnote 1: lj puer™È, _from boyhood_.] [Footnote 2: Çvir�sÈ, from Çv”sÈ. Cf. ¤468.] [Footnote 3: ÇTh�b”sÈ, ¤501.36.1.] [Footnote 4: Çco�gitÈ, from Çc™g™È.] HE COMMITS A CRIME AND GOES TO THE DELPHIAN ORACLE TO SEEK EXPIATION Post hoc proelium Cre™n r�x, tant‰ vict™ri‰ laetus, f”liam suam Hercul” in m‰trim™nium dedit. Th�b”s Hercul�s cum ux™re su‰ diž v”v�bat et ab omnibus magnopere am‰b‰tur; sed post mult™s ann™s subit™ [1]in fur™rem incidit et ipse su‰ manž l”ber™s su™s interf�cit. Post breve tempus [2]ad s‰nit‰tem reductus tantum scelus expi‰re cupi�bat et c™nstituit ad ™r‰culum Delphicum iter facere. Hoc autem ™r‰culum erat omnium cl‰rissimum. Ibi sed�bat f�mina quaedam quae Pythia appell‰b‰tur. Ea c™nsilium dabat i”s qu” ad ™r‰culum veni�bant. [Footnote 1: Çin fur™rem inciditÈ, _went mad_.] [Footnote 2: Çad s‰nit‰tem reductusÈ, lit. _led back to sanity_. What in good English?] [Illustration: HERCULES LEONEM SUPERAT] LV. HERCULES BECOMES SUBJECT TO EURYSTHEUS[1] ¥ HE STRANGLES THE NEME«AN LION Itaque Hercul�s Pythiae t™tam rem d�monstr‰vit nec scelus suum abdidit. Ubi iam Hercul�s f”nem f�cit, Pythia iussit eum ad urbem T”ryntha[2] disc�dere et ibi r�g” Eurysthe™ s�s� committere. Quae[3] ubi aud”vit, Hercul�s ad illam urbem statim contendit et Eurysthe™ s� in servitžtem tr‰didit et d”xit, ÒQuid pr”mum, ï r�x, m� facere iub�s?Ó Eurystheus, qu” perterr�b‰tur v” et corpore ingent” Herculis et eum occid”[4] stud�bat, ita respondit: ÒAud”, Hercul�s! Multa mira[5] n‰rrantur d� le™ne saevissim™ qu” h™c tempore in valle Nemae‰ omnia v‰stat. Iube™ t�, vir™rum omnium fortissimum, ill™ m™nstr™ homin�s l”ber‰re.Ó Haec verba Hercul” maxim� placu�runt. ÒProper‰bo,Ó inquit, Òet par�b™ imperi™[6] tu™.Ó Tum in silv‰s in quibus le™ habit‰bat statim iter f�cit. Mox feram v”dit et plžr”s impetžs f�cit; fržstr‰ tamen, quod neque sagitt”s neque žll™ ali™ t�l™ m™nstrum vulner‰re potuit. D�nique Hercul�s saevum le™nem su”s ingentibus bracchi”s rapuit et fauc”s eius omnibus v”ribus compressit. H™c mod™ brev” tempore eum interf�cit. Tum corpus le™nis ad oppidum in umer”s report‰vit et pellem poste‰ pr™[7] veste ger�bat. Omn�s autem qu™ eam regi™nem incol�bant, ubi f‰mam d� morte le™nis ingentis acc�p�runt, erant laetissim” et Herculem laud‰bant verb”s amplissim”s. [Footnote 1: ÇEu-rys«theusÈ (pronounced _U-ris«thžs_) was king of _T”«ryns_, a Grecian city, whose foundation goes back to prehistoric times.] [Footnote 2: ÇT”rynthaÈ, the acc. case of ÇT”rynsÈ, a Greek noun.] [Footnote 3: ÇQuaeÈ, obj. of Çaud”vitÈ. It is placed first to make a close connection with the preceding sentence. This is called a connecting relative.] [Footnote 4: Çocc”d”È, pres. pass. infin.] [Footnote 5: Çm”raÈ, _marvelous things_, the adj. being used as a noun. Cf. ÇomniaÈ, in the next line.] [Footnote 6: Çimperi™È, ¤501.14.] [Footnote 7: Çpr™È, _for, instead of_.] LVI. SLAYING THE LERNE«AN HYDRA Deinde Hercul�s ab Eurysthe™ iussus est Hydram occ”dere. Itaque cum am”c™ Iol‰™[1] contendit ad palždem Lernaeam ubi Hydra incol�bat. Hoc autem m™nstrum erat serp�ns ing�ns quae novem capita hab�bat. Mox is m™nstrum repperit et summ™[2] cum per”cul™ collum eius sinistr‰ manž rapuit et tenuit. Tum dextr‰ manž capita novem absc”dere inc�pit, sed fržstr‰ lab™r‰bat, quod quoti�ns hoc f�cerat toti�ns alia nova capita vid�bat. Quod[3] ubi v”dit, statuit capita ign” crem‰re. H™c mod™ oct™ capita d�l�vit, sed extr�mum caput vulner‰r” n™n potuit, quod erat immort‰le. Itaque illud sub ingent” sax™ Hercul�s posuit et ita vict™riam report‰vit. [Footnote 1: ÇIol‰™È, abl. of _I-o-l‰«us_, the heroÕs best friend.] [Footnote 2: Note the emphatic position of this adjective.] [Footnote 3: ÇQuod ubiÈ, _when he saw this_, another instance of the connecting relative. Cf. p. 199, l. 3.] LVII. THE ARCADIAN STAG AND THE ERYMANTHIAN BOAR Postquam Eurysthe™ mors Hydrae nuntiata est, summus terror animum eius occupavit. Itaque iussit Herculem capere et ad s� report‰re cervum quendam; nam minim� cup”vit tantum virum in r�gn™ su™ ten�re. Hie autem cervus d”c�b‰tur aurea cornua et ped�s mult™[1] celeri™r�s vent™[2] hab�re. Pr”mum Hercul�s vest”gia anim‰lis pet”vit, deinde, ubi cervum ipsum v”dit, omnibus v”ribus currere inc�pit. Per plžrim™s di�s contendit nec noctž cess‰vit. D�nique postquam per t™tum annum cucurrerat--ita d”citur--cervum iam d�fessum c�pit et ad Eurystheum port‰vit. Tum v�r™ iussus est Hercul�s aprum quendam capere qu” ill™ tempore agr™s Erymanthi™s v‰st‰bat et homin�s ill”us loc” magnopere perterr�bat. Hercul�s laet� neg™tium susc�pit et in Arcadiam celeriter s� rec�pit. Ibi mox aprum repperit. Ille autem; simul atque Herculem v”dit, statim quam[3] celerrim� fžgit et metž perterritus in fossam altam s�s� abdidit. Hercul�s tamen summ‰ cum difficult‰te eum extr‰xit, nec aper žll™ mod™ s�s� l”ber‰re potuit, et v”vus ad Eurystheum port‰tus est. [Footnote 1: Çmult™È, ¤501.27.] [Footnote 2: Çvent™È, ¤501.34.] [Footnote 3: ÇquamÈ. What is the force of ÇquamÈ with a superlative?] LVIII. HERCULES CLEANS THE AUGE«AN STABLES AND KILLS THE STYMPHALIAN BIRDS Deinde Eurystheus Hercul” hunc lab™rem mult™ gravi™rem imper‰vit. Aug�‰s[1] qu”dam, qu” ill™ tempore r�gnum ælidis[2] obtin�bat, tria m”lia boum[3] hab�bat. H”[4] ingent” stabul™ contin�bantur. Hoc stabulum, quod per tr”gint‰ ann™s n™n pžrg‰tum erat, Hercul�s intr‰ spatium žn”us di�” pžrg‰re iussus est. llle neg™tium alacriter susc�pit, et pr”mum lab™re gravissim™ maximam fossam f™dit per quam flžminis aquam d� montibus ad mžrum stabul” džxit. Tum partem parvam mžr” d�l�vit et aquam in stabulum imm”sit. H™c mod™ f”nm operis f�cit žn™ di� facillim�. Post pauc™s di�s Hercul�s ad oppidum Stymph‰lum iter f�cit; nam Eurystheus iusserat eum avis Stymph‰lid�s occ”dere. Hae av�s r™stra ferrea hab�bant et homin�s miser™s d�vor‰bant. Ille, postquam ad locum perv�nit, lacum v”dit in qu™ av�s incol�bant. Nžll™ tamen mod™ Hercul�s avibus adpropinqu‰re potuit; lacus enim n™n ex aqu‰ sed � l”m™ c™nstitit.[5] D�nique autem av�s [6]d� aliqu‰ caus‰ perterritae in aur‰s vol‰v�runt et magna pars e‰rum sagitt”s Herculis occ”sa est. [Footnote 1: ÇAug�‰sÈ, pronounced in English _Aw-j�«as_.] [Footnote 2: ÇælidisÈ, gen. case of ÇælisÈ, a district of Greece.] [Footnote 3: ÇboumÈ, gen. plur. of Çb™sÈ. For construction see ¤501.11.] [Footnote 4: Çingent” stabul™È, abl. of means, but in our idiom we should say _in a huge stable_.] [Footnote 5: Çc™nstititÈ, from ÇconstoÈ.] [Footnote 6: Çd� aliqu‰ caus‰ perterritaeÈ, _frightened for some reason_.] [Illustration: HERCULES ET TAURUS] LIX. HERCULES CAPTURES THE CRETAN BULL AND CARRIES HIM LIVING TO EURYSTHEUS Tum Eurystheus iussit Herculem port‰re v”vum ex ”nsul‰ Cr�t‰ taurum quendam saevissimum. Ille igitur n‰vem c™nscendit--nam ventus erat id™neus--atque statim solvit. Postquam tr”duum n‰vigavit, incolumis ”nsulae adpropinqu‰vit. Deinde, postquam omnia par‰ta sunt, contendit ad eam regi™nem quam taurus vex‰bat. Mox taurum v”dit ac sine žll™ metž cornua eius corripuit. Tum ingent” lab™re m™nstrum ad n‰vem tr‰xit atque cum h‰c praed‰ ex ”nsul‰ discessit. THE FLESH-EATING HORSES OF DIOME«DES Postquam ex ”nsul‰ Cr�t‰ domum perv�nit, Hercules ab Eurysthe™ in Thr‰ciam missus est. Ibi Diom�d�s qu”dam, vir saevissimus, r�gnum obtin�bat et omn”s ‰ f”nibus su”s prohib�bat. Hercul�s iussus erat equ™s Diomedis rapere et ad Eurystheum džcere. H” autem equ” homin�s miserrim™s d�vor‰bant d� quibus r�x supplicium sžmere cupi�bat. Hercul�s ubi perv�nit, pr”mum equ™s ‰ r�ge postul‰vit, sed r�x e™s d�dere recžs‰vit. Deinde ille ”r‰ comm™tus r�gem occ”dit et corpus eius equ”s tr‰didit. Itaque is qu” ante‰ mult™s nec‰verat, ipse e™dem supplici™ nec‰tus est. Et equ”, nžper saevissima anim‰lia, postquam domin” su” corpus d�vor‰v�runt, m‰nsu�t” erant. LX. THE BELT OF HIPPOL«YTE, QUEEN OF THE AMAZONS G�ns Am‰zonum[1] d”citur[2] omn”n™ ex mulieribus fuisse. Hae cum vir”s proelium committere n™n ver�bantur. Hippolyt�, Am‰zonum r�g”na, balteum habuit pulcherrimum. Hunc balteum possid�re f”lia Eurysthe” vehementer cupi�bat. Itaque Eurystheus iussit Herculem impetum in Am‰zon�s facere. Ille mult”s cum c™pi”s n‰vem c™nscend”t et paucis di�bus in Am‰zonum f”n”s perv�nit, ac balteum postul‰vit. Eum tr‰dere ipsa Hipporyt� quidem cup”vit; reliqu”s tamen Amazonibus[3] persu‰d�re n™n potuit. Postr”di� Hercul�s proelium comm”sit. Mult‰s h™r‰s utrimque quam fortissim� pugn‰tum est D�nique tamen mulieres terga vert�runt et fug‰ salžtem peti�runt. Multae autem captae sunt, in qu™ numer™ erat ipsa Hippolyt�. Hercul�s postquam balteum acc�pit, omnibus capt”v”s l”bert‰tem dedit. [Footnote 1: A fabled tribe of warlike women living in Asia Minor.] [Footnote 2: Çomn”n™È, etc., _to have consisted entirely of women._] [Footnote 3: ÇAm‰zonibusÈ, ¤501.14.] [Illustration: HERCULES ET CERBERUS] THE DESCENT TO HADES AND THE DOG CER«BERUS Iamque žnus modo � duodecim lab™ribus relinqu�b‰tur sed inter omn”s hic erat difficillimus. Iussus est enim canem Cerberum[4] ex Orc™ in lžcem trahere. Ex Orc™ autem n�m™ ante‰ reverterat. Praetere‰ Cerberus erat m™nstrum maxim� horribile et tria capita hab�bat. Hercul�s postquam imperia Eurysthe” acc�pit, statim profectus est et in Orcum d�scendit. Ibi v�r™ n™n sine summ™ pericul™ Cerberum manibus rapuit et ingent” cum lab™re ex Orc™ in lžcem et adurbem Eurysthe” tr‰xit. Sic duodecim labor�s ill”[5] intr‰ duodecim ann™s c™nfect” sunt. D�mum post longam v”tam Hercul�s ‰ de”s receptus est et Iuppiter f”li™ su™ dedit immort‰lit‰tem. [Footnote 4: The dog Cerberus guarded the gate of Orcus, the abode of the dead.] [Footnote 5: Çill”È, _those famous._] [Illustration: PUERI ROMANI] P. CORNELIUS LENTULUS: THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY[1] LXI. PUBLIUS IS BORN NEAR POMPE«II P. Corn�lius Lentulus,[2] adul�sc�ns R™m‰nus, amplissim‰ famili‰[3] n‰tus est; nam pater eius, M‰rcus, erat dux per”tissimus, cuius virtžte[4] et c™nsili™ multae vict™riae report‰tae erant; atque mater eius, lžlia, ‰ cl‰rissim”s mai™ribus orta est. N™n v�r™ in urbe sed ržr”[5] Pžblius n‰tus est, et cum m‰tre habit‰bat in v”ll‰ quae in maris l”tore et sub rad”cibus magn” montis sita erat. M™ns autem erat Vesuvius et parva urbs Pomp�i” oct™ m”lia[6] passuum[7] aberat. In Itali‰ ant”qu‰ erant plžrimae quidem villae et pulchrae, sed inter h‰s omn”s nžlla erat pulchrior quam villa M‰rc” Ižliaeque. Fr™ns v”llae mžr™ a maris fluctibus mžni�b‰tur. Hinc mare et l”tora et ”nsulae long� l‰t�que c™nspic”[8] ac saepe n‰v�s longae et oner‰riae poterant. å terg™ et ab utr™que latere agr” fer‰cissim” pat�bant. Undique erat magna vari™rum fl™rum c™pia et multa ingentium arborum genera quae aest‰te[9] umbram d�fess”s agricol”s gr‰tissimam adfer�bant. Praetere‰ erant[10] in agr”s stabul”sque multa anim‰lium genera, n™n s™lum equ” et bov�s sed etiam r‰rae av�s. Etiam erat[10] magna pisc”na pl�na piscium; nam R™m‰n” pisc”s d”ligenter col�bant. [Footnote 1: This story is fiction with certain historical facts in C¾sarÕs career as a setting. However, the events chronicled might have happened, and no doubt did happen to many a Roman youth.] [Footnote 2: A Roman had three names, as, ÇPžbliusÈ (given name), ÇCorn�liusÈ (name of the _g�ns_ or clan), ÇLentulusÈ (family name).] [Footnote 3: Abl. of source, which is akin to the abl. of separation (¤501.32).] [Footnote 4: ÇvirtžteÈ, ¤501.24.] [Footnote 5: Çržr”È, ¤501.36.1.] [Footnote 6: Çm”liaÈ, ¤501.21.] [Footnote 7: ÇpassuumÈ, ¤501.11.] [Footnote 8: Çc™nspic”È, infin. with poterant, ¤215. Consult the map of Italy for the approximate location of the villa.] [Footnote 9: Çaest‰teÈ, ¤501.35.] [Footnote 10: How are the forms of ÇsumÈ translated when they precede the subject?] [Illustration: CASA ROMANA] LXII. HIS LIFE ON THE FARM Huius v”llae D‰vus, servus M‰rc”, est v”licus[1] et cum Lesbi‰ ux™re omnia cžrat. V”licus et uxor in cas‰ humil”, medi”s in agr”s sit‰, habitant. å pr”m‰ lžce žsque ad vesperum s�[2] gravibus lab™ribus exercent ut omn” r�s bene gerant.[3] Plžrima enim sunt officia D‰v” et Lesbiae. V”licus serv™s regit n� tard” sint[3]; mittit ali™s qu” agr™s arent,[3] ali™s qu” hort™s inrigent,[3] et opera in[4] t™tum diem imp™nit. Lesbia autem omnibus vest”menta parat, cibum coquit, p‰nem facit. N™n long� ab h™rum cas‰ et in summ™ colle situm surg�bat domicilium ips”us domin” dominaeque amplissimum. Ibi plžr”s ann™s[5] Pžblius cum m‰tre v”tam f�l”cem ag�bat; nam pater eius, M‰rcus, in terr”s longinqu”s gravia re” pžblicae bella ger�bat nec domum[6] revert” poterat. Neque puer™ quidem molestum est ržr”[7] v”vere. Eum multae r�s d�lectant. Magnopere amat silv‰s, agr™s, equ™s, bov�s, gall”n‰s, av”s, reliquaque anim‰lia. Saepe plžr”s h™r‰s[8] ad mare sedet qu™[9] melius fluctžs et n‰v”s spectet. Nec omn”n™ sine comitibus erat, quod Lydia, D‰v” f”lia, quae erat eiusdem aet‰tis, cum e™ adhžc infante lžd�bat, inter qu™s cum ann”s am”citia cr�sc�bat. Lydia nžllum alium ducem d�lig�bat et Pžblius ab puellae latere r‰r™ disc�d�bat. Itaque sub cl‰r™ Italiae s™le Pžblius et Lydia, am”c” fid�lissim”, per camp™s coll”sque cot”di� vag‰bantur. Modo in silv‰ f”nitim‰ lždebant ubi Pžblius sagitt”s[10] celeribus avis d�ici�bat et Lydia cor™n”s vari™rum fl™rum com‰s su‰s ™rn‰bat; modo aquam et cibum port‰bant ad D‰vum serv™sque d�fess™s qu” agr™s col�bant: modo in cas‰ parv‰ aut h™r‰s lact‰s in lžd™ c™nsžm�bant aut auxilium dabant Lesbiae, quae cibum vir™ et serv”s par‰bat vel ali‰s r�s domestic‰s ag�bat. [Footnote 1: The Çv”licusÈ was a slave who acted as overseer of a farm. He directed the farming operations and the sale of the produce.] [Footnote 2: ÇseÈ, reflexive pron., object of ÇexercentÈ.] [Footnote 3: For the construction, see ¤501.40.] [Footnote 4: ÇinÈ, _for_.] [Footnote 5: Çann™sÈ, ¤501.21.] [Footnote 6: ÇdomumÈ, ¤501.20.] [Footnote 7: Çržr”È, ¤501.36.1.] [Footnote 8: Çh™r‰sÈ, cf. Çann™sÈ, line 17.] [Footnote 9: Çqu™ ... spectetÈ, ¤¤349, 350.] [Footnote 10: ÇsagittisÈ, ¤501.24.] LXIII. MARCUS LENTULUS, THE FATHER OF PUBLIUS, IS SHIPWRECKED ¥ JULIA RECEIVES A LETTER FROM HIM Iam Pžblius[1] decem ann™s hab�bat cum M. Corn�lius Lentulus, pater eius, qu” qu”nque ann™s[2] grave bellum in Asi‰ ger�bat, non sine gl™ri‰ domum[3] revert�b‰tur. Namque multa secunda proelia f�cerat, maxim‰s hostium c™pi‰s d�l�verat, mult‰s urb”s populo[4] R™m‰n™ inim”c‰s c�perat. Primum nžntius perv�nit qu” ‰ Lentul™[5] missus erat[6] ut profecti™nem suam nžnti‰ret. Deinde plžr”s di�s[7] reditum vir” optim” m‰ter f”liusque exspect‰bant et anim”s[8] sollicitis de™s immort‰l”s fržstr‰ col�bant. Tum d�mum h‰s litter‰s summo cum gaudi™ acc�p�runt: [9]ÒM‰rcus Ižliae suac salžtem d”cit. S” val�s, bene est; ego vale™. Ex Graeci‰, qu™[10] praeter spem et op”ni™nem hodi� perv�n”, h‰s litter‰s ad t� scrib™. Namque n‰vis nostra fr‰cta est; n™s autem--[11]d”s est gratia--incolumes sumus. Ex Asiae[12] portž n‰vem l�n” vent™ solvimus. Postquam[13] altum mare tenuimus [14]nec iam žllae terrae app‰ru�runt, caelum undique et undique fluctžs, subit™ magna tempest‰s coorta est et n‰vem vehementissim� adfl”xit. Vent”s fluctibusque adfl”ct‰t”[15] nec s™lem discernere nec cursum ten�re poter‰mus et omnia praesentem mortem intent‰bant. Tr”s di�s[16] et tr”s noct”s[16] sine r�m”s v�l”sque agimur. Qu‰rt™ di�[17] pr”mum terra v”sa est et violenter in saxa, quae n™n long� ‰ l”tore aberant, d�iect” sumus. Tum v�r™ mai™ra per”cula tim�b‰mus; sed nauta qu”dam, vir fortissimus, ex n‰ve in fluctžs ”r‰t™s d�siluit [18]ut fžnem ad l”tus port‰ret; quam rem summ™ lab™re vix eff�cit. Ita omn�s serv‰t” sumus. Gr‰ti‰s igitur et hon™rem Neptžn™ d�b�mus, qu” deus n™s � per”cul™ �ripuit. Nunc Ath�n”s[19] sum, qu™ c™nfžg” ut mihi pauc‰s h™r‰s ad qui�tem darem.[20] Quam pr”mum autem aliam n‰vem condžcam ut iter ad Italiam reliquum c™nficiam et domum[21] ad me™s c‰r™s revertar. Salžt‰ nostrum Pžblium am”cissim� et val�tždinem tuam cžr‰ d”ligenter. [22]Kalend”s M‰rti”s.Ó [Footnote 1: _was ten years old_.] [Footnote 2: Çann™sÈ, ¤501.21.] [Footnote 3: ÇdomumÈ, ¤501.20.] [Footnote 4: Çpopul™È, dat. with inim”c‰s, cf. ¤501.16.] [Footnote 5: ÇLentul™È, ¤501.33.] [Footnote 6: Çut ... nžnti‰retÈ, ¤501.40.] [Footnote 7: Çdi�sÈ, cf. ann™s, 1. 9.] [Footnote 8: Çanim”sÈ, abl. of manner. Do you see one in line 15?] [Footnote 9: This is the usual form for the beginning of a Latin letter. First we have the greeting, and then the expression S” val�s, etc. The date of the letter is usually given at the end, and also the place of writing, if not previously mentioned in the letter.] [Footnote 10: Çqu™È, _where_.] [Footnote 11: Çd”s est gr‰tiaÈ, _thank God_, in our idiom.] [Footnote 12: Asia refers to the Roman province of that name in Asia Minor.] [Footnote 13: Çaltum mare tenuimusÈ, _we were well out to sea._] [Footnote 14: Çnec iamÈ, _and no longer_.] [Footnote 15: Çadfl”ct‰t”È, perf. passive part. _tossed about_.] [Footnote 16: What construction?] [Footnote 17: Çdi�È, ¤501.35.] [Footnote 18: Çut ... port‰retÈ, ¤501.40.] [Footnote 19: ÇAth�n”sÈ, ¤501.36.1.] [Footnote 20: ÇdaremÈ, cf. Çport‰retÈ, l. 6.] [Footnote 21: Why not Çad domumÈ?] [Footnote 22: ÇKalend”s M‰rti”sÈ, _the Calends_ or _first of March_; abl. of time, giving the date of the letter.] LXIV. LENTULUS REACHES HOME ¥ PUBLIUS VISITS POMPEII WITH HIS FATHER Post pauc™s di�s n‰vis M. Corn�l” Lentul” portum M”s�n”[1] petiit, qu” portus n™n long� ‰ Pomp�i”s situs est; qu™ in portž classis R™m‰n‰ p™n�b‰tur et ad pugn‰s n‰v‰l”s ™rn‰b‰tur. Ibi n‰v�s omnium generum c™nspic” poterant. Iamque incr�dibil” celerit‰te n‰vis longa qu‰ Lentulus veh�b‰tur l”tor” adpropinqu‰vit; nam n™n s™lum vent™ sed etiam r�m”s impell�b‰tur. In alt‰ puppe st‰bat gubern‰tor et n™n procul aliqu” m”lit�s R™m‰n” cum arm”s splendid”s, inter qu™s cl‰rissimus erat Lentulus. Deinde serv” r�m”s contendere cess‰v�runt[2]; nautae v�lum contr‰x�runt et ancor‰s i�c�runt. Lentulus statim � n‰v” �gressus est et[3] ad villam suam proper‰vit. Eum Ižlia, Pžblius, t™taque familia exc�p�runt. [4]Qu” complexžs, quanta gaudia fu�runt! Postr”di� eius di�” Lentulus f”li™ su™ d”xit, ÒVen”, m” Pžbl”, m�cum. Pomp�i™s iter hodi� faciam. M‰ter tua su‰det[5] ut fržctžs et cib‰ria emam. Namque plžr”s am”c™s ad c�nam voc‰vimus et mult”s r�bus[6] eg�mus. Ea hort‰tur ut quam pr”mum profic”sc‰mur.Ó ÒLibenter, m” pater,Ó inquit Pžblius. ÒT�cum esse mihi semper est gr‰tum; nec Pomp�i™s umquam v”d”. Sine mor‰ profic”sc” par‰tus sum.Ó Tum celeriter currum c™nscend�runt et ad urbis mžr™s vect” sunt. Stabi‰n‰ port‰[7] urbem ingress” sunt. Pžblius str‰t‰s vi‰s m”r‰tur et saxa alti™ra quae in medi™ disposita erant et alt‰s orbit‰s qu‰s rotae inter haec saxa f�cerant. Etiam strepitum m”r‰tur, multitždinem, carr™s, font”s, dom™s, tabern‰s, forum[8] cum statu”s, templ”s, reliqu”sque aedifici”s pžblic”s. [Footnote 1: Misenum had an excellent harbor, and under the emperor Augustus became the chief naval station of the Roman fleet. See map of Italy.] [Footnote 2: Why is the infinitive used with Çcess‰v�runtÈ?] [Footnote 3: See Plate I, Frontispiece.] [Footnote 4: Observe that these words are exclamatory.] [Footnote 5: What construction follows Çsu‰de™È? ¤501.41.] [Footnote 6: Çr�busÈ, ¤501.32.] [Footnote 7: This is the abl. of the _way by which_ motion takes place, sometimes called the abl. of route. The construction comes under the general head of the abl. of means. For the scene here described, see Plate II, p. 53, and notice especially the stepping-stones for crossing the street (Çsaxa quae in medi™ disposita erantÈ).] [Footnote 8: The forum of Pompeii was surrounded by temples, public halls, and markets of various sorts. Locate Pompeii on the map.] LXV. A DAY AT POMPEII Apud forum � currž d�scend�runt et Lentulus d”xit, ÒH”c sunt multa tabern‰rum genera, m” Pžbl”. Ecce, tr‰ns viam est pop”na! [1]Hoc genus tabern‰rum cib‰ria v�ndit. Fržctžs quoque ante i‰nuam stant. Ibi cib‰ria mea emam.Ó ÒOptim�,Ó respondit Pžblius. ÒAt ubi, m” pater, cržstula emere possumus? Namque m‰ter n™b”s imper‰vit [2]ut haec quoque par‰r�mus. Time™ ut[3] ista pop”na v�ndat cržstula.Ó ÒBene d”cis,Ó inquit Lentulus. ÒAt n™nne vid�s illum fontem ‰ dextr‰ ubi aqua per le™nis caput fluit? In ill™ ips™ loc™ est taberna p”st™ris qu” sine dubi™ v�ndit cržstula.Ó Brev” tempore[4] omnia erant par‰ta, iamque [5]qu”nta h™ra erat. Deinde Lentulus et f”lius ad caup™nam proper‰v�runt, quod fam�[6] et sit”[7] urg�bantur. Ibi sub arboris umbr‰ s�d�runt et puer™ imper‰v�runt ut sibi[8] cibum et v”num daret. Huic imperi™[9] puer celeriter p‰ruit. Tum laet” s�[10] ex lab™re ref�c�runt. Post prandium prefect” sunt ut alia urbis spect‰cula vid�rent. Ill™ tempore fu�runt Pomp�i”s[11] multa templa, duo the‰tra, thermae magnumque amphithe‰trum, quae omnia post pauc™s ann™s flamm”s atque incendi”s Vesuv” et terrae m™tž d�l�ta sunt. Ante hanc calamit‰tem autem homin�s [12]nihil d� monte verit” sunt. In amphithe‰tr™ quidem Pžblius mor‰r” cup”vit ut spect‰cula gladi‰t™ria vid�ret, quae in[13] illum ipsum diem pr™scr”pta erant et iam [14]r� v�r‰ inc�perant. Sed Lentulus d”xit, ÒMor‰r”, Pžbl”, [15]vereor ut poss”mus. Iam decima h™ra est et via est longa. Tempus su‰det ut quam pr”mum domum revert‰mur.Ó Itaque serv™ imper‰vit ut equ™s iungeret, et s™lis occ‰sž[16] ad v”llam perv�n�runt. [Footnote 1: We say, _this kind of shop_; Latin, _this kind of shops_.] [Footnote 2: Çut ... par‰r�musÈ, ¤501.41.] [Footnote 3: How is ÇutÈ translated after a verb of fearing? How Çn�È? Cf. ¤501.42.] [Footnote 4: ÇtemporeÈ, ¤501.35.] [Footnote 5: Çqu”nta h™raÈ. The Romans numbered the hours of the day consecutively from sunrise to sunset, dividing the day, whether long or short, into twelve equal parts.] [Footnote 6: Çfam�È shows a slight irregularity in that the abl. ending Ç-eÈ is long.] [Footnote 7: ÇsitisÈ, _thirst_, has Ç-imÈ in the acc. sing., Ç-”È in the abl. sing., and no plural.] [Footnote 8: Observe that the reflexive pronoun ÇsibiÈ does not here refer to the subject of the subordinate clause in which it stands, but to the subject of the main clause. This so-called _indirect_ use of the reflexive is often found in object clauses of purpose.] [Footnote 9: What case? Cf. ¤501.14.] [Footnote 10: Çs�È, cf. p. 205, l. 7, and note.] [Footnote 11: ÇPomp�i”sÈ, ¤501.36.1.] [Footnote 12: Çnihil ... verit” suntÈ, _had no fears of the mountain_.] [Footnote 13: ÇinÈ, _for_.] [Footnote 14: Çr� v�r‰È, _in fact_.] [Footnote 15: Çvereor utÈ, ¤501.42.] [Footnote 16: Çocc‰sžÈ, ¤501.35.] LXVI. LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON å pr”m”s ann”s quidem Ižlia ipsa f”lium suum docuerat, et Pžblius n™n s™lum [1]pžr� et Lat”n� loqu” poterat sed etiam commod� leg�bat et scr”b�bat. Iam Ennium[2] ali™sque po�t‰s l�gerat. Nunc v�r™ Pžblius [3]duodecim ann™s hab�bat; itaque e” pater bonum magistrum, [4]virum omn” doctr”n‰ et virtžte ™rn‰tissimum, par‰vit, [5]qu” Graeca, mžsicam, ali‰sque art”s doc�ret. [6]Namque ill”s temporibus omn�s fer� gent�s Graec� loqu�bantur. Cum Pžbli™ ali” puer”, Lentul” am”c™rum f”li”,[7] disc�bant. Nam saepe apud R™m‰n™s m™s erat [8]n™n in lždum f”li™s mittere sed dom” per magistrum doc�re. Cot”di� discipul” cum magistr™ in peristyl™[9] M‰rc” domžs sed�bant. Omn�s puer” bullam auream, or”ginis honestae signum, in coll™ ger�bant, et omn�s tog‰ praetext‰ amict” erant, [10]quod n™ndum s�decim ann™s[11] n‰t” sunt. [Footnote 1: Çpžr� ... poteratÈ, freely, _could speak Latin well_. What is the literal translation?] [Footnote 2: ÇEnniumÈ, the father of Latin poetry.] [Footnote 3: Çduodecim ... hab�batÈ, cf. p. 206, l. 8, and note.] [Footnote 4: ÇvirumÈ, etc., _a very well-educated and worthy man_. Observe the Latin equivalent.] [Footnote 5: Çqu” ... doc�retÈ, a relative clause of purpose. Cf. ¤¤ 349, 350.] [Footnote 6: In C¾sarÕs time Greek was spoken more widely in the Roman world than any other language.] [Footnote 7: Çf”li”È, in apposition with Çpuer”È.] [Footnote 8: Çn™n ... mittereÈ. This infinitive clause is the subject of ÇeratÈ. Cf. ¤216. The same construction is repeated in the next clause, Çdom” ... doc�reÈ. The object of Çdoc�reÈ is Çf”li™sÈ understood.] [Footnote 9: The peristyle was an open court surrounded by a colonnade.] [Footnote 10: At the age of sixteen a boy laid aside the _bulla_ and the _toga praetexta_ and assumed _toga vir”lis_ or manly gown.] [Footnote 11: Çann™sÈ, ¤501.21. The expression Çn™ndum s�decim ann™s n‰t” suntÈ means literally, _they were born not yet sixteen years_. This is the usual expression for age. What is the English equivalent?] [Illustration: TABULA ET STILUS] SCENE IN SCHOOL ¥ AN EXERCISE IN COMPOSITION DISCIPULë. Salv�, magister. MAGISTER. V™s quoque omn�s, salv�te. [1]Tabul‰sne port‰vistis et stil™s? D. Port‰vimus. M. Iam f‰bulam Aes™p”[2] disc�mus. Ego legam, v™s in tabul”s scr”bite. Et tž, Pžbl”, d‰ mihi � caps‰[3] Aes™p” volžmen.[4] Iam aud”te omn�s: _Vulp�s et óva_. Vulp�s ™lim fam� co‰cta žvam d�pendentem v”dit. Ad žvam sali�bat, sžmere c™n‰ns. Fržstr‰ diž c™n‰ta, tandem ”r‰ta erat et sal”re cess‰ns d”xit: ÒIlla žva est acerba; acerbam žvam [5]nihil moror.Ó Omnia«ne scr”psistis, puer”? D. Omnia, magister. [Footnote 1: Tablets were thin boards of wood smeared with wax. The writing was done with a stylus, a pointed instrument like a pencil, made of bone or metal, with a knob at the other end. The knob was used to smooth over the wax in making erasures and corrections.] [Footnote 2: ÇAes™p”È, the famous Greek to whom are ascribed most of the fables current in the ancient world.] [Footnote 3: A cylindrical box for holding books and papers, shaped like a hatbox.] [Footnote 4: Ancient books were written on rolls made of papy«rus.] [Footnote 5: Çnihil mororÈ, _I care nothing for_.] LXVII. PUBLIUS GOES TO ROME TO FINISH HIS EDUCATION Iamque Pžblius, [1]qu”ndecim ann™s n‰tus, [2]pr”m”s litter‰rum element”s c™nfect”s, R™mam petere voluit ut schol‰s grammatic™rum et philosoph™rum frequent‰ret. Et facillim� patr”[3] su™, qui ipse philosophiae studi™ ten�b‰tur, persu‰sit. Itaque [4]omnibus r�bus ad profecti™nem compar‰t”s, pater f”liusque equ”s anim™s”s vect”[5] ad magnam urbem profect” sunt. E™s profic”scent”s Ižlia t™taque familia v™t”s precibusque pr™secžtae sunt. Tum per loca[6] pl‰na et collis silv”s vest”t™s viam ingress” sunt ad N™lam, quod oppidum e™s hospiti™ modic™ exc�pit. N™lae[7] du‰s h™r‰s mor‰t” sunt, quod s™l mer”di‰nus ‰rd�bat. Tum r�ct‰ vi‰[8] circiter v”gint” m”lia[9] passuum[9] Capuam,[9] ad ”nsignem Camp‰niae urbem, contend�runt. E™[10] mult‰ nocte d�fess” perv�n�runt. [11]Postr”di� eius di�”, somn™ et cib™ recre‰t”, Capu‰ discess�runt et [13]viam Appiam ingress”, quae Capuam tangit et žsque ad urbem R™mam džcit, ante mer”diem Sinuessam perv�n�runt, quod oppidum tangit mare. Inde pr”m‰ lžce profic”scent�s Formi‰s[13] proper‰v�runt, ubi Cicer™, ™r‰tor clarissimus, qu” forte apud v”llam suam erat, e™s benign� exc�pit. Hinc [14]itinere v”gint” qu”nque m”lium passuum fact™, Tarrac”nam, oppidum in sax”s altissim”s situm, v”d�runt. Iamque n™n long� aberant palžd�s magnae, quae multa m”lia passuum undique patent. Per e‰s pedestris via est gravis et in n‰ve vi‰t™r�s vehuntur. Itaque [15]equ”s relict”s Lentulus et Pžblius n‰vem c™nscend�runt, et, žn‰ nocte in tr‰nsitž c™nsžmpt‰, Forum App” v�n�runt. Tum brev” tempore Ar”cia e™s exc�pit. Hoc oppidum, in colle situm, ab urbe Rom‰ s�decim m”lia passuum abest. Inde d�clivis via žsque ad latum campum džcit ubi R™ma stat. Quem ad locum ubi Pžblius v�nit et R™mam adhžc rem™tam, maximam t™t”us orbis terr‰rum urbem, c™nsp�xit, summ‰ adm”r‰ti™ne et gaudi™ adfectus est. Sine mor‰ d�scend�runt, et, medi™ interv‰ll™ quam celerrim� super‰t™, urbem port‰ Cap�n‰ ingress” sunt. [Footnote 1: Çqu”ndecimÈ, etc., cf. p. 210, l. 5, and note.] [Footnote 2: Çpr”m”s ... c™nfect”sÈ, abl. abs. Cf. ¤501.28.] [Footnote 3: Çpatr”È, dat. with Çpersu‰sitÈ.] [Footnote 4: Çomnibus ... compar‰t”sÈ, cf. note 2.] [Footnote 5: Çvect”È, perf. pass. part. of Çveh™È.] [Footnote 6: What is there peculiar about the gender of this word?] [Footnote 7: ÇN™laeÈ, locative case, ¤501.36.2.] [Footnote 8: Çvi‰È, cf. Çport‰È, p. 208, l. 7, and note.] [Footnote 9: What construction?] [Footnote 10: ÇE™È, adv. _there_.] [Footnote 11: ÇPostr”di� eius di�”È, _on the next day_.] [Footnote 12: Çviam AppiamÈ, the most famous of all Roman roads, the great highway from Rome to Tarentum and Brundisium, with numerous branches. Locate on the map the various towns that are mentioned in the lines that follow.] [Footnote 13: ÇFormi‰sÈ, _Formi¾_, one of the most beautiful spots on this coast, and a favorite site for the villas of rich Romans.] [Footnote 14: Çitinere ... fact™È, abl. abs. The gen. Çm”liumÈ modifies ÇitinereÈ.] [Footnote 15: Çequ”s relict”sÈ. What construction? Point out a similar one in the next line.] [Illustration: BULLA] LXVIII. PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS Pžblius iam t™tum annum R™mae mor‰b‰tur[1] multaque urbis spect‰cula v”derat et mult™s sibi[2] am”c™s par‰verat. E”[3] omn�s fav�bant; [4]d� e™ omn�s bene sp�r‰re poterant. Cot”di� Pžblius scholas philosoph™rum et grammatic™rum tant™ studi™ frequent‰bat [5]ut ali”s cl‰rum exemplum praeb�ret. Saepe erat cum patre in cžri‰[6]; quae r�s eff�cit [7]ut summ™s re” pžblicae vir™s et aud”ret et vid�ret. Ubi [8]s�decim ann™s natus est, bullam[9] auream et togam praetextam m™re R™m‰n™ d�posuit atque vir”lem togam sžmpsit. Vir”lis autem toga erat omn”n™ alba, sed praetexta cl‰vum purpureum in margine hab�bat. [10]D�p™nere togam praetextam et sžmere togam vir”lem erat r�s gr‰tissima puer™ R™m‰n™, quod poste‰ vir et c”vis R™m‰nus hab�b‰tur. [11]H”s r�bus gest”s Lentulus ad ux™rem suam h‰s litter‰s scr”psit: [12]ÒM‰rcus Ižliae suae salžtem d”cit. S” val�s, bene est; ego vale™. Acc�p” tu‰s litter‰s. H‰s nunc R™m‰ per servum fid�lissimum mitt™ ut d� Pžbli™ nostr™ quam celerrim� sci‰s. Nam hodi� e” togam vir”lem ded”. Ante lucem surr�x”[13] et pr”mum bullam auream d� coll™ eius rem™v”. H‰c Laribus[14] c™nsecr‰t‰ et sacr”s fact”s, eum tog‰ vir”l” vest”v”. Interim plžr�s am”c” cum multitždine optim™rum c”vium et honest™rum clientium perv�nerant [15]qu” Pžblium dom™ in forum d�džcerent. Ibi in c”vit‰tem receptus est et n™men, Pžblius Corn�lius Lentulus, apud c”v”s R™m‰n™s ascr”ptum est. Omn�s e” am”cissim” fu�runt et magna[16] de e™ praed”cunt. Sapientior enim aequ‰libus[17] est et magnum ingenium habet. [18]Cžr‰ ut vale‰s.Ó [Footnote 1: Çmor‰b‰turÈ, translate as if pluperfect.] [Footnote 2: ÇsibiÈ, _for himself_.] [Footnote 3: ÇE”È, why dat.?] [Footnote 4: Çd� ... poterantÈ, in English, _all regarded him as a very promising youth;_ but what does the Latin say?] [Footnote 5: Çut ... praeb�retÈ, ¤501.43.] [Footnote 6: Çcžri‰È, a famous building near the Roman Forum.] [Footnote 7: Çut ... aud”ret et vid�retÈ, ¤501.44.] [Footnote 8: Çs�decim, etc.È, cf. p. 210, l. 5, and note.] [Footnote 9: ÇbullamÈ, cf. p. 210, l. 3, and note 4.] [Footnote 10: These infinitive clauses are the subject of ÇeratÈ. Cf. ¤216.] [Footnote 11: ÇH”s r�bus gest”sÈ, i.e. the assumption of the _toga virilis_ and attendant ceremonies.] [Footnote 12: Compare the beginning of this letter with the one on page 206.] [Footnote 13: Çsurr�x”È, from Çsurg™È.] [Footnote 14: The Lares were the spirits of the ancestors, and were worshiped as household gods. All that the house contained was confided to their care, and sacrifices were made to them daily.] [Footnote 15: Çqu” ... d�džcerentÈ, ¤350.] [Footnote 16: ÇmagnaÈ, _great things_, a neuter adj. used as a noun.] [Footnote 17: Çaequ‰libusÈ, ¤501.34.] [Footnote 18: ÇCžr‰ ut vale‰sÈ, _take good care of your health_. How does the Latin express this idea?] LXIX. PUBLIUS JOINS C®SARÕS ARMY IN GAUL Pžblius iam adul�sc�ns postquam togam vir”lem sžmpsit, ali”s r�bus stud�re inc�pit et praesertim žsž[1] arm™rum s�[2] d”ligenter exercuit. Magis magisque am‰vit ill‰s art”s quae m”lit‰rem animum d�lectant. Iamque erant [3]qu” e” cursum m”lit‰rem praed”cerent. Nec sine caus‰, quod cert� patris ”signe exemplum [4]ita multum trah�bat. [5]Pauc”s ante ann”s C. Ižlius Caesar, ducum R™m‰n™rum maximus, c™nsul cre‰tus erat et h™c tempore in Galli‰ bellum grave ger�bat. Atque in exercitž eius plžr�s adul�scent�s m”lit‰bant, apud qu™s erat am”cus qu”dam Pžbl”. Ille Pžblium cr�br”s litter”s vehementer hort‰b‰tur [6]ut iter in Galliam faceret. Neque Pžblius recžs‰vit, et, mult”s am”c”s ad portam urbis pr™sequentibus, ad Caesaris castra profectus est. Qu‰rt™ di� postquam iter ingressus est, ad Alp”s, mont”s altissim™s, perv�nit. H”s summ‰ difficult‰te super‰t”s, tandem Gall™rum in f”nibus erat. Pr”m™ autem veritus est ut[7] castr”s R™m‰n”s adpropinqu‰re posset, quod Gall”, maxim”s c™pi”s co‰ct”s, R™m‰n™s obsid�bant et vi‰s omn”s iam clauserant. H”s r�bus comm™tus Pžblius vestem Gallicam induit n� ‰ Gall”s caper�tur, et ita per hostium c™pi‰s incolumis ad castra perven”re potuit. Intr‰ mžn”ti™nes acceptus, ‰ Caesare benign� exceptus est. Imper‰tor fortem adul�scentem amplissim”s verb”s laud‰vit et eum [8]tribžnum m”l”tum cre‰vit. [Footnote 1: Abl. of means.] [Footnote 2: Çs�È, reflexive object of ÇexercuitÈ.] [Footnote 3: Çqu” ... praed”cerentÈ, ¤501.45.] [Footnote 4: Çita multum trah�batÈ, _had a great influence in that direction_.] [Footnote 5: ÇPauc”s ante ann”sÈ, _a few years before_; in Latin, _before by a few years_, ÇanteÈ being an adverb and Çann”sÈ abl. of degree of difference.] [Footnote 6: Çut ... faceretÈ, ¤501.41.] [Footnote 7: ÇutÈ, how translated here? See ¤501.42.] [Footnote 8: The _military tribune_ was a commissioned officer nearly corresponding to our rank of colonel. The tribunes were often inexperienced men, so C¾sar did not allow them much responsibility.] [Illustration: IMPEDIMENTA] HOW THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED Exercitus qu” in hostium f”nibus bellum genit mult”s per”cu”s circumdatus est. [1]Quae per”cula ut v”t‰ret, R™m‰ni summam cžram adh”b�re sol�bant. Adpropinquante�s c™pi”s hostium agmen ita disp™n�bant [2]ut imper‰tor ipse cum pl‰ribus legi™nibus exped”t”s[3] pr”mum agmen džceret. Post e‰s c™pi‰s imped”menta[4] t™t”us exercitžs conloc‰bant. [5]Tum legi™n�s quae proxim� c™nscr”ptae erant t™tum agmen claud�bant. Equit�s quoque in omn”s part”s d”mitt�bantur qu” loca expl™r‰rent; et centuri™n�s praemitt�bantur ut locum castr”s id™neum d�ligerent. Locus hab�batur id™neus castr”s [6]qu” facile d�fend” posset et prope aquam esset. Qu‰ d� caus‰ castra[7] in colle ab utr‰que parte ardu™, ‰ fronte l�niter d�cl”v” saepe p™n�bantur; vel locus palždibus c”nctus vel in flžminis r”p”s situs d�lig�b‰tur. Ad locum postquam exercitus perv�nit, ali” m”litum [8]in arm”s erant, ali” castra mžn”re incipi�bant. Nam [9]qu™ tžti™r�s ab hostibus m”lit�s essent, n�ve incaut” et impar‰t” opprimerentur, castra foss‰ l‰t‰ et v‰ll™ alt™ mžni�bant. In castr”s portae quattuor erant ut �rupti™ m”litum omn”s in part”s fier” posset. In angul”s castr™rum erant turr�s d� quibus t�la in host”s conici�bantur. [10]T‰libus in castr”s qu‰lia d�scr”psimus Pžblius ‰ Caesare exceptus est. [Footnote 1: ÇQuae per”culaÈ, object of Çv”t‰rentÈ. It is placed first to make a proper connection with the preceding sentence.] [Footnote 2: Çut ... džceretÈ, ¤501.43.] [Footnote 3: Çexped”t”sÈ, i.e. without baggage and ready for action.] [Footnote 4: Çimped”mentaÈ. Much of the baggage was carried in carts and on beasts of burden, as is shown above; but, besides this, each soldier (unless Çexped”tusÈ) carried a heavy pack. See also picture, p. 159.] [Footnote 5: The newest legions were placed in the rear, because they were the least reliable.] [Footnote 6: Çqu” ... posset ... essetÈ, ¤501.45.] [Footnote 7: ÇcastraÈ, subject of Çp™n�banturÈ.] [Footnote 8: Çin arm”s erantÈ, _stood under arms_.] [Footnote 9: Çqu™ ... essentÈ. When is Çqu™È used to introduce a purpose clause? See ¤350.I.] [Footnote 10: ÇT‰libus in castr”s qu‰liaÈ, _in such a camp as_. It is important to remember the correlatives Çt‰lis ... qu‰lisÈ, _such ... as_.] [Illustration: CENTURIO] LXX. THE RIVAL CENTURIONS Ill”s in castr”s erant duo centuri™n�s,[1] fortissim” vir”, T. Pull™ et L. Vor�nus, qu™rum neuter alter” virtžte[2] c�dere vol�bat. Inter e™s iam mult™s ann™s ”nf�nsum cert‰men ger�b‰tur. Tum d�mum f”nis contr™versiae h™c mod™[3] factus est. Di� terti™ postquam Pžblius perv�nit, host�s, mai™ribus c™pi”s co‰ct”s, ‰cerrimum impetum in castra f�c�runt. Tum Pull™, [4]cum R™m‰n” tardi™r�s[5] vid�rentur, ÒCžr dubit‰s,Ó inquit, ÒVor�ne? Quam commodi™rem occ‰si™nem exspect‰s? Hic di�s d� virtžte nostr‰ iždic‰bit.Ó Haec[6] cum d”xisset, extr‰ mžn”ti™n�s pr™cessit et in eam hostium partem quae c™fertissima [7]vid�b‰tur inržpit. Neque Vor�nus quidem tum v‰ll™[8] s�s� continet, sed Pull™nem subsequitur. Tum Pull™ p”lum in host”s immittit atque žnum ex multitždine pr™currentem tr‰icit. Hunc percussum et exanim‰tum host�s scžt”s pr™tegunt et in Pull™nem omn�s t�la coniciunt. Eius scžtum tr‰nsf”gitur et t�lum in balte™ d�f”gitur. Hic c‰sus v‰g”nam ‰vertit et dextram manum eius gladium �džcere c™nantis[9] mor‰tur. Eum ita imped”tum host�s circumsistunt. Tum v�ro [10]e” lab™rant” Vor�nus, cum sit inim”cus, tamen auxilium dat. Ad hunc c™nfestim [11]‰ Pull™ne omnis multitžd™ s� convertit. Gladi™ comminus pugnat Vor�nus, atque, žn™ interfect™, reliqu™s paulum pr™pellit. Sed ”nst‰ns cupidius[12] ”nf�l”x, [13]pede s� fallente, concidit. Huic ržrsus circumvent™ auxilium dat Pull™, atque amb™ incolum�s, plžribus interfect”s, summ‰ cum laude intr‰ mžn”ti™n�s s� recipiunt. Sic inim”c™rum alter alter” auxilium dedit nec de e™rum virtžte quisquam iždic‰re potuit. [Footnote 1: A centurion commanded a company of about sixty men. He was a common soldier who had been promoted from the ranks for his courage and fighting qualities. The centurions were the real leaders of the men in battle. There were sixty of them in a legion. The centurion in the picture (p. 216) has in his hand a staff with a crook at one end, the symbol of his authority.] [Footnote 2: ÇvirtžteÈ, ¤501.30.] [Footnote 3: Abl. of manner.] [Footnote 4: Çcum ... vid�renturÈ, ¤501.46.] [Footnote 5: Çtardi™r�sÈ, _too slow_, a not infrequent translation of the comparative degree.] [Footnote 6: ÇHaecÈ, obj. of Çd”xissetÈ. It is placed before ÇcumÈ to make a close connection with the preceding sentence. What is the construction of Çd”xissetÈ?] [Footnote 7: Çvid�batur, inržpitÈ. Why is the imperfect used in one case and the perfect in the other? Cf. ¤190.] [Footnote 8: Çv‰ll™È, abl. of means, but in English we should say _within the rampart_. Cf. Çingent” stabul™È, p. 201, l. 13, and note.] [Footnote 9: Çc™nantisÈ, pres. part. agreeing with ÇeiusÈ.] [Footnote 10: Çe” lab™rant”È, indir. obj. of dat.] [Footnote 11: lj Pull™neÈ, _from Pullo_, abl. of separation.] [Footnote 12: ÇcupidiusÈ, _too eagerly_.] [Footnote 13: Çpede s� fallenteÈ, lit. _the foot deceiving itself_; in our idiom, _his foot slipping_.] LXXI. THE ENEMY BESIEGING THE CAMP ARE REPULSED Cum iam sex h™r‰s pugnatum esset[1] ac n™n s™lum v”r�s sed etiam t�la R™m‰n™s d�ficerent[1], atque host�s ‰crius inst‰rent,[1] et v‰llum scindere fossamque compl�re inc�pissent,[1] Caesar, vir re” m”lit‰ris per”tissimus, su”s imper‰vit ut proelium paulisper intermitterent,[2] et, sign™ dat™, ex castr”s �rumperent.[2] [3]Quod iuss” sunt faciunt, et subit™ ex omnibus port”s �rumpunt. Atque tam celeriter m”lit�s concurr�runt et tam propinqu” erant host�s[4] ut spatium p”la coniciend”[5] n™n dar�tur. Itaque reiect”s p”l”s [6]comminus gladi”s pugn‰tum est. Diž et aud‰cter host�s restit�runt et in extr�m‰ sp� salžtis tantam virtžtem praestit�runt ut ‰ dextr™ cornž vehementer [7]multitždine su™rum aciem R™manam premerent. [8]Id imper‰tor cum animadvertisset, Pžblium adul�scentem cum equit‰tž m”sit qu” lab™rantibus[9] auxilium daret. Eius impetum sustin�re n™n potu�runt host�s[10] et omn�s terga vert�runt. E™s in fugam dat™s Pžblius subsecžtus est žsque ad flžmen Rh�num, quod ab e™ loc™ qu”nque m”lia passuum aberat. Ibi pauc” salžtem sibi repper�runt. Omnibus reliqu”s interfect”s, Pžblius et equit�s in castra s�s� rec�p�runt. D� h‰c calamit‰te f”nitimae gent�s cum certi™r�s factae essent, ad Caesarem l�g‰t™s m”s�runt et s� suaque omnia d�did�runt. [Footnote 1: Çpugn‰tum esset, d�ficerent, ”nst‰rent, inc�pissentÈ. These are all subjunctives with ÇcumÈ. Cf. ¤501.46.] [Footnote 2: Çintermitterent, �rumperentÈ. What use of the subjunctive?] [Footnote 3: ÇQuodÈ, etc., _they do as ordered_. The antecedent of ÇquodÈ is ÇidÈ understood, which would be the object of ÇfaciuntÈ.] [Footnote 4: Çut ... dar�turÈ. Is this a clause of purpose or of result?] [Footnote 5: Çconiciend”È, ¤402.] [Footnote 6: Çcomminus gladi”s pugn‰tum estÈ, _a hand-to-hand conflict was waged with swords_.] [Footnote 7: Çmultitždine su™rumÈ, _by their numbers_. Çsu™rumÈ is used as a noun. What is the literal translation of this expression?] [Footnote 8: ÇId imper‰tor. IdÈ is the obj. and Çimper‰torÈ the subj. of ÇanimadvertissetÈ.] [Footnote 9: Çlab™rantibusÈ. This participle agrees with Çi”sÈ understood, the indir. obj. of Çdaret; qui ... daretÈ is a purpose clause, ¤501.40.] [Footnote 10: Çhost�sÈ, subj. of Çpotu�runtÈ.] LXXII. PUBLIUS GOES TO GERMANY ¥ ITS GREAT FORESTS AND STRANGE ANIMALS Init‰ aest‰te Caesar litter”s certior f”�bat et per expl™r‰t™r�s cogn™sc�bat plžr”s c”vit‰t�s Galliae nov”s r�bus stud�re,[1] et contr‰ populum R™m‰num conižr‰re[1] obsid�sque [2]inter s� dare,[1] atque cum h”s Germ‰n™s qu™sdam quoque s�s� conižnctžr™s esse.[1] H”s litter”s nžnti”sque comm™tus Caesar c™nstituit quam celerrim� in Gall™s profic”sc”,[3] ut e™s inop”nant”s opprimeret, et Labi�num l�g‰tum cum du‰bus legi™nibus peditum et du™bus m”libus equitum in Germ‰n™s mittere.[3] [4]Itaque r� fržment‰ri‰ compar‰t‰ castra m™vit. Ab utr™que[5] r�s bene gesta est; nam Caesar tam celeriter in hostium f”n”s perv�nit ut spatium [6]c™pi‰s c™gend” n™n dar�tur[4]; et Labi�nus d� Germ‰n”s tam grave supplicium sžmpsit ut n�m™ ex e‰ gente in reliquum tempus Gall”s auxilium dare aud�ret.[7] Hoc iter in Germ‰niam Pžblius quoque f�cit et, [8]cum ibi mor‰r�tur, multa m”r‰bilia v”dit. Praesertim v�r™ ingentem silvam m”r‰b‰tur, quae tantae magnitždinis esse d”c�b‰tur [9]ut n�m™ eam tr‰ns”re posset, nec quisquam sc”ret aut initium aut f”nem. Qu‰ d� r� plžra cogn™verat ‰ m”lite qu™dam qu” ™lim captus ‰ Germ‰n”s mult™s ann™s ibi incoluit. Ille[10] d� silv‰ d”c�ns, Òënf”n”tae magnitždinis est haec silva,Ó inquit; Ònee quisquam est [11]huius Germ‰niae [12]qu” initium eius sciat aut ad f”nem adierit. N‰scuntur ill”c multa t‰lia anim‰lium genera qu‰lia reliqu”s in loc”s n™n inveniuntur. Sunt bov�s qu” žnum[13] cornž habent; sunt etiam anim‰lia quae appellantur alc�s. Hae nžll™s cržrum[14] articul™s habent. Itaque, s” forte concid�runt, s�s� �rigere nžll™ mod™ possunt. Arbor�s habent pr™[15] cub”libus; ad e‰s s� applicant atque ita recl”n‰tae qui�tem capiunt. Tertium est genus e™rum qu” žr” appellantur. H” sunt paul™ min™r�s elephant”s.[16] Magna vis e™rum est et magna v�l™cit‰s. Neque homin” neque ferae parcunt.[17]Ó [Footnote 1: Observe that all these infinitives are in indirect statements after Çcertior f”�batÈ, _he was informed_, and Çcogn™sc�batÈ, _he learned_. Cf. ¤501.48, 49.] [Footnote 2: Çinter s�È, _to each other_.] [Footnote 3: Çprofic”sc”, mittereÈ. These infinitives depend upon Çc™nstituitÈ.] [Footnote 4: Before beginning a campaign, food had to be provided. Every fifteen days grain was distributed. Each soldier received about two pecks. This he carried in his pack, and this constituted his food, varied occasionally by what he could find by foraging.] [Footnote 5: Abl. of personal agent, ¤501.33.] [Footnote 6: Çc™pi‰s c™gend”È, ¤501.37.1.] [Footnote 7: Çdar�tur, aud�retÈ, ¤501.43. Çaud�retÈ is not from Çaudi™È.] [Footnote 8: Çcum ... mor‰r�turÈ, ¤501.46.] [Footnote 9: Çut ... posset, ... sc”retÈ, ¤501.43.] [Footnote 10: ÇIlleÈ, subj. of ÇinquitÈ.] [Footnote 11: Çhuius Germ‰niaeÈ, _of this part of Germany_.] [Footnote 12: Çqu” ... sc”at ... adieritÈ, ¤501.45.] [Footnote 13: ÇžnumÈ, _only one_.] [Footnote 14: ÇcržrumÈ, from ÇcržsÈ.] [Footnote 15: Çpr™È, _for, in place of_.] [Footnote 16: Çelephant”sÈ, ¤501.34.] [Footnote 17: ÇparcuntÈ. What case is used with this verb?] [Illustration: VINEA] LXXIII. THE STORMING OF A CITY Pžblius plžr”s di�s in Germ‰ni‰ mor‰tus[1] in Galliam rediit, et ad Caesaris castra s� contulit. Ille quia molest� fer�bat Gall™s[2] eius regi™nis obsid�s dare recžs‰visse et exercitu” fržmentum praeb�re n™luisse, c™nstituit e”s[3] bellum ”nferre. Agr”s v‰st‰t”s, v”c”s inc�ns”s, perv�nit ad oppidum validissimum quod et n‰tžr‰ et arte mžn”tum erat. Cing�b‰tur mžr™ v”gint” qu”nque ped�s[4] alt™. å lateribus du™situm, praerupt™ fast”gi™ ad pl‰nitiem verg�gat; ‰ qu‰rt™ tantum[5] latere aditus erat facilis. Hoc oppidum oppugn‰re, [6]cum opus esset difficillimum, tamen c™nstituit Caesar. Et castr”s mžn”t”s Pžbli™ neg™tium dedit ut r�s [7]ad oppugnandum necess‰ri‰s par‰ret. R™m‰n™rum autem oppugn‰ti™ est haec.[8] Pr”mum turr�s aedificantur quibus m”lit�s in summum mžrum �v‰dere possint[9]; v”neae[10] f”unt quibus t�ct” m”lit�s ad mžrum succ�dant; plute”[11] parantur post qu™s m”lit�s tormenta[12] administrent; sunt quoque ariet�s qu” mžrum et port‰s discutiant. H”s omnibus r�bus compar‰t”s, deinde [13]agger ab e‰ parte ubi aditus est facillimus exstruitur et cum v”ne”s ad ipsum oppidum agitur. Tum turris in aggere pr™mov�tur; arietibus qu” sub v”ne”s conloc‰t” erant mžrus et portae discutiuntur; ballist”s, catapult”s, reliqu”sque torment”s lapid�s et t�la in oppidum coniciuntur. Postr�m™ cum iam turris et agger altitždinem mžr” adaequant et ariet�s moenia perfr�g�runt,[14] sign™ dat™ m”lit�s inruunt et oppidum expugnant. [Footnote 1: Çmor‰tusÈ. Is this part. active or passive in meaning?] [Footnote 2: ÇGall™sÈ, subj. acc. of the infins. Çrecžs‰visseÈ and Çn™luisseÈ. The indirect statement depends upon Çmolest� fer�batÈ.] [Footnote 3: Çe”sÈ, ¤501.15.] [Footnote 4: Çped�sÈ, ¤501.21.] [Footnote 5: ÇtantumÈ, adv. _only_.] [Footnote 6: Çcum ... essetÈ, a clause of concession, ¤501.46.] [Footnote 7: Çad oppugnandumÈ, a gerund expressing purpose.] [Footnote 8: ÇhaecÈ, _as follows_.] [Footnote 9: ÇpossintÈ, subjv. of purpose. Three similar constructions follow.] [Footnote 10: Çv”neaeÈ. These Çv”neaeÈ were wooden sheds, open in front and rear, used to protect men who were working to take a fortification. They were about eight feet high, of like width, and double that length, covered with raw hides to protect them from being set on fire, and moved on wheels or rollers.] [Footnote 11: Çplute”È, large screens or shields with small wheels attached to them. These were used to protect besiegers while moving up to a city or while serving the engines of war.] [Footnote 12: ÇtormentaÈ. The engines of war were chiefly the catapult for shooting great arrows, and the ballista, for hurling large stones. They had a range of about two thousand feet and were very effective.] [Footnote 13: The ÇaggerÈ, or mound, was of chief importance in a siege. It was begun just out of reach of the missiles of the enemy, and then gradually extended towards the point to be attacked. At the same time its height gradually increased until on a level with the top of the wall, or even higher. It was made of earth and timber, and had covered galleries running through it for the use of the besiegers. Over or beside the _agger_ a tower was moved up to the wall, often with a battering-ram (_aries_) in the lowest story. (See picture, p. 221.)] [Footnote 14: Çperfr�g�runtÈ, from Çperfring™È.] [Illustration: BALLISTA] [Illustration: TURRES, ARIETES, VINEA] LXXIV. THE CITY IS TAKEN ¥ THE CAPTIVES ARE QUESTIONED Omnibus r�bus necess‰ri”s ad oppugnandum ‰ Pžbli™ compar‰t”s, d�l”ber‰tur in concili™ quod c™nsilium [1]oppid” expugnand” ineant.[2] Tum žnus[3] ex centuri™nibus, vir re” m”lit‰ris per”tissimus, ÒEgo su‰de™,Ó inquit, Òut ab e‰ parte, ubi aditus sit[5] facillimus, aggerem exstru‰mus[4] et turrim pr™move‰mus[6] atque ariete adm™t™ simul mžrum discutere c™n�mur.[5]Ó [6]Hoc c™nsilium cum omnibus plac�ret, Caesar concilium d”m”sit. Deinde m”lit�s hort‰tus ut pri™r�s vict™ri‰s memori‰[7] ten�rent, iussit aggerem exstru”, turrim et arietem admov�r”. Neque oppid‰n”s[8] c™nsilium d�fuit. Ali” ignem et omne genus t�l™rum d� mžr™ in turrim coni�c�runt, ali” ingentia saxa in v”ne‰s et arietem d�volv�runt. Diž utrimque ‰cerrim� pugn‰tum est. N� vulner‰t” quidem pedem rettul�runt. Tandem, [9]d� terti‰ vigili‰, Pžblius, quem Caesar ill” oper”[10] praef�cerat, nžnti‰vit partem[11] mžr” ictibus arietis labefactam concidisse. Qu‰ r� aud”t‰ Caesar signum dat; m”lit�s inruunt et magn‰ cum caede hostium oppidum capiunt. Postr”di� eius di�”, h™c oppid™ expugn‰t™, [12]capt”v™rum qu” n™bilissim” sunt ad imper‰t™rem ante praet™rium[13] addžcuntur. Ipse, l™r”c‰ aur‰t‰ et palud‰ment™ purpure™ ”nsignis, capt”v™s per interpretem in hunc modum interrogat:[14] V™s qu” estis[15]? INTERPRES. Rogat imper‰tor qu” s”tis. CAPTëVë. F”li” r�gis sumus. INTERPRES. D”cunt s� f”li™s esse r�gis. IMPERåTOR. Cžr mihi tant‰s inižri‰s intulistis? INTERPRES. Rogat cžr sibi tant‰s inižri‰s intuleritis. CAPTëVë. Inižri‰s e” n™n intulimus sed pr™ patri‰ bellum gessimus. Semper voluimus R™m‰n”s esse am”c”, sed R™m‰n” sine caus‰ n™s dom™ patri‰que expellere c™n‰t” sunt. INTERPRES. [16]Negant s� inižri‰s tibi intulisse, sed pr™ patri‰ bellum gessisse. [17]Semper s� voluisse am”c™s R™m‰n”s esse, sed R™m‰n™s sine caus‰ s� dom™ patri‰que expellere c™n‰t™s esse. IMPERåTOR. [18]Man�bitisne in reliquum tempus in fid�, h‰c rebelli™ne cond™n‰t‰? Tum v�r™ capt”v” mult”s cum lacrim”s ižr‰v�runt s� in fid� m‰nsžr™s esse, et Caesar e™s incolum”s domum d”m”sit. [Footnote 1: Çoppid” expugnand”È. Is this a gerund or a gerundive construction? Cf. ¤501.37.] [Footnote 2: ÇineantÈ. ¤501.50.] [Footnote 3: ÇžnusÈ. subj. of ÇinquitÈ.] [Footnote 4: ÇsitÈ. This is a so-called subjunctive by attraction, which means that the clause beginning with ÇubiÈ stands in such close connection with the subjv. clause beginning with ÇutÈ, that its verb is attracted into the same mood.] [Footnote 5: All these verbs are in the same construction.] [Footnote 6: ÇHoc c™nsiliumÈ, subj. of Çplac�retÈ. For the order cf. ÇHaec cumÈ, etc., p. 215, l. 22, and note; ÇId imper‰tor cumÈ, p. 217, l. 8.] [Footnote 7: Çmemori‰È, abl. of means.] [Footnote 8: Çoppid‰n”sÈ, ¤501.15.] [Footnote 9: Between twelve and three oÕclock in the morning. The night was divided into four watches.] [Footnote 10: Çoper”È, ¤501.15.] [Footnote 11: ÇpartemÈ, subj. acc. of ÇconcidisseÈ.] [Footnote 12: Çcapt”v™rum ... suntÈ, _the noblest of the captives_.] [Footnote 13: The generalÕs headquarters.] [Footnote 14: Study carefully these direct questions, indirect questions, and indirect statements.] [Footnote 15: See Plate III, p. 148.] [Footnote 16: ÇNegantÈ, etc., _they say that they have not_, etc. ÇNegantÈ is equivalent to Çd”cunt n™nÈ, and the negative modifies ÇintulisseÈ, but not the remainder of the indirect statement.] [Footnote 17: ÇSemperÈ, etc., _that they have always_, etc.] [Footnote 18: ÇMan�bitisne in fid�È, _will you remain loyal?_] LXXV. CIVIL WAR BREAKS OUT BETWEEN C®SAR AND POMPEY THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA N� c™nfect™[1] quidem bell™ Gallic™, [2]bellum c”v”le inter Caesarem et Pomp�ium exortum est. Nam Pomp�ius, qu” summum imperium pet�bat, sen‰tu” persu‰serat ut Caesarem re” pžblicae hostem[3] iždic‰ret et exercitum eius d”mitt” iub�ret. Quibus cognit”s r�bus Caesar exercitum suum d”mittere recžs‰vit, atque, hort‰tus m”lit�s ut ducem toti�ns vict™rem ab inim”c™rum inižri”s d�fenderent, imper‰vit ut s� R™mam sequerentur. Summ‰ cum alacrit‰te m”lit�s p‰ru�runt, et tr‰nsit™ Rubic™ne[4] initium bell” c”v”lis factum est. Italiae urb�s quidem omn�s fer� [5]r�bus Caesaris fav�bant et eum benign� exc�p�runt. Qu‰ r� comm™tus Pomp�ius ante Caesaris adventum R™m‰ excessit et Brundisium[6] perv�nit, inde [7]pauc”s post di�bus cum omnibus c™pi”s ad æp”rum mare tr‰nsiit. Eum Caesar cum septem legi™nibus et qu”ngent”s equitibus secžtus est, et ”nsignis inter Caesaris comit‰tum erat Pžblius. Plžribus levi™ribus proeli”s fact”s, tandem c™piae adversae ad Phars‰lum[8] in Thessali‰ sitam castra posu�runt. Cum Pompe” exercitus esset bis tantus quantus Caesaris, tamen erant mult” qu” veter‰n‰s legi™n�s quae Gall™s et Germ‰n™s super‰verant vehementer tim�bant. Qu™s[9] [10]ante proelium commissum Labi�nus[11] l�g‰tus, qu” ab Caesare nžper d�f�cerat, ita adlocžtus est: Ò[12]N™l”te ex”stim‰re hunc esse exercitum veter‰n™rum m”litum. Omnibus interfu” proeli”s[13] neque temer� incognitam rem pr™nžnti™. Perexigua pars ill”us exercitžs qu” Gall™s super‰vit adhžc superest. Magna pars occ”sa est, mult” domum discess�runt, mult” sunt relict” in Itali‰. Hae c™piae qu‰s vid�tis in [14]citeri™re Galli‰ nžper c™nscr”ptae sunt.Ó Haec[15] cum d”xisset, ižr‰vit s� nisi vict™rem in castra n™n reversžrum esse. [16]Hoc idem Pomp�ius et omn�s reliqu” ižr‰v�runt, et magn‰ sp� et laetiti‰, s”cut certam ad vict™riam, c™piae � castr”s exi�runt. Item Caesar, anim™[17] ad d”micandum par‰tus, exercitum suum �džxit et septem cohortibus [18]praesidi™ castr”s relict”s c™pi‰s triplic” aci� ”nstržxit. Tum, m”litibus studi™ pugnae ‰rdentibus, tub‰ signum dedit. M”lit�s pr™curr�runt et p”l”s miss”s gladi™s str”nx�runt. Neque v�r™ virtžs hostibus d�fuit. Nam et t�la missa sustinu�runt et impetum gladi™rum exc�p�runt et ™rdin�s c™nserv‰v�runt. Utrimque diž et ‰criter pugn‰tum est nec quisquam pedem rettulit. Tum equit�s Pomp�” aciem Caesaris circum”re c™n‰t” sunt. Quod[19] ubi Caesar animadvertit, tertiam aciem,[20] quae ad id tempus qui�ta fuerat, pr™currere iussit. Tum v�r™ integr™rum impetum[21] d�fess” host�s sustin�re n™n potu�runt et omn�s terga vert�runt. Sed Pomp�ius d� fortžn”s su”s d�sp�r‰ns s� in castra equ™ contulit, inde mox cum pauc”s equitibus effžgit. [Footnote 1: With Çn� ... quidemÈ the emphatic word stands between the two.] [Footnote 2: The Civil War was caused by the jealousy and rivalry between C¾sar and Pompey. It resulted in the defeat and subsequent death of Pompey and the elevation of C¾sar to the lordship of the Roman world.] [Footnote 3: ÇhostemÈ, predicate accusative, ¤501.22.] [Footnote 4: The Rubicon was a small stream in northern Italy that marked the boundary of C¾sarÕs province. By crossing it with an armed force C¾sar declared war upon Pompey and the existing government. C¾sar crossed the Rubicon early in the year 49 B.C.] [Footnote 5: Çr�bus Caesaris fav�bantÈ, _favored C¾sarÕs side_. In what case is Çr�busÈ?] [Footnote 6: ÇBrundisiumÈ, a famous port in southern Italy whence ships sailed for Greece and the East. See map.] [Footnote 7: Çpauc”s post di�busÈ, _a few days later_; literally, _afterguards by a few days_. Cf. Çpauc”s ante ann”sÈ, p. 213, l. 12, and note.] [Footnote 8: The battle of Pharsalia was fought on August 9, 48 B.C. In importance it ranks as one of the great battles of the world.] [Footnote 9: ÇQu™sÈ, obj. of Çadlocžtus estÈ.] [Footnote 10: Çante proelium commissumÈ, _before the beginning of the battle_.] [Footnote 11: ÇLabi�nusÈ, C¾sarÕs most faithful and skillful lieutenant in the Gallic War. On the outbreak of the Civil War, in 49 B.C., he deserted C¾sar and joined Pompey. His defection caused the greatest joy among the Pompeian party; but he disappointed the expectations of his new friends, and never accomplished anything of importance. He fought against his old commander in several battles and was slain at the battle of Munda in Spain, 45 B.C.] [Footnote 12: ÇN™l”te ex”stim‰reÈ, _don«t think_.] [Footnote 13: Çproeli”sÈ, ¤501.15.] [Footnote 14: Çciteri™re Galli‰È. This name is applied to Cisalpine Gaul, or Gaul south of the Alps.] [Footnote 15: ÇHaecÈ, obj. of Çd”xissetÈ.] [Footnote 16: ÇHoc idemÈ, obj. of Çižr‰v�runtÈ.] [Footnote 17: Çanim™È, ¤501.30.] [Footnote 18: Çpraesidi™ castr”sÈ, ¤501.17.] [Footnote 19: ÇQuodÈ, obj. of ÇanimadvertitÈ.] [Footnote 20: ÇaciemÈ, subj. of Çpr™currereÈ.] [Footnote 21: ÇimpetumÈ, obj. of Çsustin�reÈ.] [Illustration: SIGNIFER] LXXVI. THE TRIUMPH OF CAESAR Pomp�i™ am”c”sque eius super‰t”s atque omnibus hostibus ub”que vict”s, Caesar imper‰tor R™mam rediit et [1]extr‰ moenia urbis in camp™ M‰rti™ castra posuit. Tum v�r™ amplissim”s hon™ribus adfectus est. Dict‰tor cre‰tus est, et e” triumphus ‰ sen‰tž est d�cr�tus. [2]Qu™ di� de Gall”s triumphum �git, tanta multitžd™ hominum in urbem undique c™nflžxit [3]ut omnia loca essent c™nferta. Templa pat�bant, ‰rae fžm‰bant, columnae sert”s ™rn‰tae erant. [4]Cum v�r™ pompa urbem intr‰ret, quantus hominum fremitus ortus est! Pr”mum per portam ingress” sunt sen‰tus et magistr‰tžs. Secžt” sunt t”b”cin�s, signifer”, pedit�s laure‰ cor™n‰t” canent�s: ÒEcce Caesar nunc triumphat, qu” sub�git Galliam,Ó et ÒM”lle, m”lle, m”lle, m”lle Gall™s truc”d‰vimus.Ó Mult” praedam capt‰rum urbium port‰bant, arma, omnia bell” ”nstržmenta. Secžt” sunt equit�s, anim™s”s atque splendidissim� ™rn‰t”s equ”s vect”, inter qu™s Pžblius adul�sc�ns fortissimus hab�b‰tur. Addžc�bantur taur”, ariet�s, [5]qu” d”s immort‰libus immol‰rentur. Ita long™ agmine pr™gredi�ns exercitus [6]sacr‰ vi‰ per forum in Capit™lium perr�xit. Imper‰tor ipse cum urbem intr‰ret, undique laet™ cl‰m™re multitždinis salžt‰tus est. St‰bat in currž aure™ quem quattuor alb” equ” veh�bant. Indžtus [7]tog‰ pict‰, alter‰ manž hab�n‰s et lauream ten�bat, alter‰ eburneum sc�ptrum. Post eum servus in currž st‰ns auream cor™nam super caput eius ten�bat. Ante currum miserrim” capt”v”, r�g�s pr”ncip�sque super‰t‰rum gentium, cat�n”s v”nct”, pr™gredi�bantur; et v”gint” quattuor l”ct™r�s[8] laureat‰s fasc”s ferent�s et signifer” currum Caesaris comit‰bantur. Conclždit agmen multitžd™ capt”v™rum, qu”, in servitžtem red‰ct”,[9] d�miss™ vultž, v”nct”s[10] bracchi”s, sequuntur; quibuscum veniunt longissim™ ™rdine m”lit�s, etiam h” praedam vel insignia m”lit‰ria ferent�s. [Illustration: LICTORES CUM FASCIBUS] Caesar cum Capit™lium ascendisset, in templ™ Iov” Capit™l”n™ sacra f�cit. Simul[11] captiv™rum qu” n™bilissim” erant, abduct” in carcerem,[12] interfect” sunt. Sacr”s fact”s Caesar d� Capit™li™ d�scendit et in for™ m”itibus su”s hon™r�s m”lit‰r”s dedit e”sque pecžniam ex bell” praed‰ distribuit. H”s omnibus r�bus c™nfect”s, Pžblius Caesarem val�re[13] iussit et quam celerrim� ad v”llam contendit ut patrem m‰tremque salžt‰ret. [14]D� r�bus gest”s P. Corn�l” Lentul” h‰ctenus. [Footnote 1: A victorious general with his army was not allowed to enter the city until the day of his triumph. A triumph was the greatest of all military honors.] [Footnote 2: ÇQu™ di�È, _on the day that_, abl. of time.] [Footnote 3: Çut ... essentÈ, ¤501.43.] [Footnote 4: ÇCum ... intr‰retÈ, ¤501.46.] [Footnote 5: Çqu” ... immol‰renturÈ, ¤501.40.] [Footnote 6: The Sacred Way was a noted street running along one side of the Forum to the base of the Capitoline Hill, on whose summit stood the magnificent temple of Jupiter Capitolinus. This route was always followed by triumphal processions.] [Footnote 7: The Çtoga pictaÈ worn by a general in his triumph was a splendid robe of Tyrian purple covered with golden stars. See Plate IV, p. 213.] [Footnote 8: The lictors were a guard of honor that attended the higher magistrates and made a way for them through the streets. On their shoulders they carried the _fasces_, a bundle of rods with an ax in the middle, symbolizing the power of the law.] [Footnote 9: Çd�miss™ vultžÈ, _with downcast countenance_.] [Footnote 10: Çv”nct”sÈ, from Çvinci™È.] [Footnote 11: ÇSimulÈ, etc., _At the same time those of the captives who were the noblest._] [Footnote 12: The prison was a gloomy dungeon on the lower slopes of the Capitoline Hill.] [Footnote 13: Çval�re iussitÈ, _bade farewell to_.] [Footnote 14: This sentence marks the end of the story.] APPENDIX I DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS, NUMERALS, ETC. NOUNS Ç460.È Nouns are inflected in five declensions, distinguished by the final letter of the stem and by the termination of the genitive singular. FIRST DECLENSION--Çå-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-aeÈ SECOND DECLENSION--ÇO-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-”È THIRD DECLENSION--Consonant stems and ÇI-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-isÈ FOURTH DECLENSION--ÇU-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-žsÈ FIFTH DECLENSION--Çæ-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-�”È or Ç-e”È Ç461.È FIRST DECLENSION. _å_-STEMS ÇdominaÈ, _lady_ STEM Çdomin‰-È BASE Çdomin-È SINGULAR PLURAL TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS _Nom._ domina -a dominae -ae _Gen._ dominae -ae domin‰rum -‰rum _Dat._ dominae -ae domin”s -”s _Acc._ dominam -am domin‰s -‰s _Abl._ domin‰ -‰ domin”s -”s _a._ ÇDeaÈ and Çf”liaÈ have the termination Ç-‰busÈ in the dative and ablative plural. Ç462.È SECOND DECLENSION. _O_-STEMS _a._ MASCULINES IN -us ÇdominusÈ, _master_ STEM Çdomino-È BASE Çdomin-È SINGULAR PLURAL TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS _Nom._ dominus -us domin” -” _Gen._ domin” -” domin™rum -™rum _Dat._ domin™ -™ domin”s -”s _Acc._ dominum -um domin™s -™s _Abl._ domin™ -™ domin”s -”s 1. Nouns in Ç-usÈ of the second declension have the termination Ç-eÈ in the vocative singular, as ÇdomineÈ. 2. Proper names in Ç-iusÈ, and ÇfiliusÈ, end in Ç-”È in the vocative singular, and the accent rests on the penult, as ÇVergi«l”, f”l”È. _b._ NEUTERS IN -um Çp”lumÈ, _spear_ STEM Çp”lo-È BASE Çp”l-È SINGULAR PLURAL TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS _Nom._ p”lum -um p”la -a _Gen._ p”l” -” p”l™rum -™rum _Dat._ p”l™ -™ p”l”s -”s _Acc._ p”lum -um p”la -a _Abl._ p”l™ -™ p”l”s -”s 1. Masculines in Ç-iusÈ and neuters in Ç-iumÈ end in Ç-”È in the genitive singular, _not_ in Ç-i”È, and the accent rests on the penult. _c._ MASCULINES IN -er AND -ir ÇpuerÈ, _boy_ ÇagerÈ, _field_ ÇvirÈ, _man_ STEMS Çpuero-È Çagro-È Çviro-È BASES Çpuer-È Çagr-È Çvir-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ puer ager vir -- _Gen._ puer” agr” vir” -” _Dat._ puer™ agr™ vir™ -™ _Acc._ puerum agrum virum -um _Abl._ puer™ agr™ vir™ -™ PLURAL _Nom._ puer” agr” vir” -” _Gen._ puer™rum agr™rum vir™rum -™rum _Dat._ puer”s agr”s vir”s -”s _Acc._ puer™s agr™s vir™s -™s _Abl._ puer”s agr”s vir”s -”s Ç463.È THIRD DECLENSION. CLASSIFICATION I. Consonant Stems 1. Stems that add Ç-sÈ to the base to form the nominative singular: masculines and feminines only. 2. Stems that add no termination in the nominitive singular: _a._ masculines and feminines; _b._ neuters. II. _I_-Stems. Masculines, feminines, and neuters. Ç464.È I. CONSONANT STEMS 1. _Nouns that add Ç-sÈ to the base to form the nominative singular: masculines and feminines only_ Çpr”ncepsÈ, Çm”lesÈ, m., ÇlapisÈ, m., m., _chief_ _soldier_ _stone_ BASES | OR | Çpr”ncip-È Çm”lit-È Çlapid-È STEMS | SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ pr”nceps m”les lapis -s _Gen._ pr”ncipis m”litis lapidis -is _Dat._ pr”ncip” m”lit” lapid” -” _Acc._ pr”ncipem m”litem lapidem -em _Abl._ pr”ncipe m”lite lapide -e PLURAL _Nom._ pr”ncip�s m”lit�s lapid�s -�s _Gen._ pr”ncipum m”litum lapidum -um _Dat._ pr”ncipibus m”litibus lapidibus -ibus _Acc._ pr”ncip�s m”lit�s lapid�s -�s _Abl._ pr”ncipibus m”litibus lapidibus -ibus Çr�xÈ, m., ÇiždexÈ, m., ÇvirtžsÈ, f., _king_ _judge_ _virtue_ BASES | OR | Çr�g-È Çiždic-È Çvirtžt-È STEMS | SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ r�x iždex virtžs -s _Gen._ r�gis iždicis virtžtis -is _Dat._ r�g” iždic” virtžt” -” _Acc._ r�gem iždicem virtžtem -em _Abl._ r�ge iždice virtžte -e PLURAL _Nom._ r�g�s iždic�s virtžt�s -�s _Gen._ r�gum iždicum virtžtum -um _Dat._ r�gibus iždicibus virtžtibus -ibus _Acc._ r�g�s iždic�s virtžt�s -es _Abl._ r�gibus iždicibus virtžtibus -ibus NOTE. For consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. ¤233.3. 2. _Nouns that have no termination in the nominative singular_ _a._ MASCULINES AND FEMININES Çc™nsulÈ, m., Çlegi™È, f., Ç™rd™È, ÇpaterÈ, m., _consul_ _legion_ m., _row_ _father_ BASES | OR | Çconsul-È Çlegi™n-È Ç™rdin-È Çpatr-È STEMS | SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ c™nsul legi™ ™rd™ pater -- _Gen._ c™nsulis legi™nis ™rdinis patris -is _Dat._ c™nsul” legi™n” ™rdin” patr” -” _Acc._ c™nsulem legi™nem ™rdinem patrem -em _Abl._ c™nsule legi™ne ™rdine patre -e PLURAL _Nom._ c™nsul�s legi™n�s ™rdin�s patr�s -�s _Gen._ c™nsulum legi™num ™rdinum patrum -um _Dat._ c™nsulibus legi™nibus ™rdinibus patribus -ibus _Acc._ c™nsul�s legi™n�s ™rdin�s patr�s -�s _Abl._ c™nsulibus legi™nibus ™rdinibus patribus -ibus NOTE. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. ¤236.1-3. _b._ NEUTERS ÇflžmenÈ, ÇtempusÈ, ÇopusÈ, ÇcaputÈ, n., _river_ n., _time_ n., _work_ n., _head_ BASES | OR | Çflžmin-È Çtempor-È Çoper-È Çcapit-È STEMS | SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ flžmen tempus opus caput -- _Gen._ flžminis temporis operis capitis -is _Dat._ flžmin” tempor” oper” capit” -” _Acc._ flžmen tempus opus caput -- _Abl._ flžmine tempore opere capite -e PLURAL _Nom._ flžmina tempora opera capita -a _Gen._ flžminum temporum operum capitum -um _Dat._ flžminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus _Acc._ flžmina tempora opera capita -a _Abl._ flžminibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus NOTE. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. ¤238.2, 3. Ç465.È II. _I_-STEMS _a._ MASCULINES AND FEMININES Çcaed�sÈ, f., ÇhostisÈ, ÇurbsÈ, f., Çcli�nsÈ, m., _slaughter_ m., _enemy_ _city_ _retainer_ STEMS Çcaedi-È Çhosti-È Çurbi-È Çclienti-È BASES Çcaed-È Çhost-È Çurb-È Çclient-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ caed�s hostis urbs cli�ns -s, -is, _or_ -�s _Gen._ caedis hostis urbis clientis -is _Dat._ caed” host” urb” client” -” _Acc._ caedem hostem urbem clientem -em (-im) _Abl._ caede hoste urbe cliente -e (-”) PLURAL _Nom._ caed�s host�s urb�s client�s -�s _Gen._ caedium hostium urbium clientium -ium _Dat._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus _Acc._ caed”s, -�s host”s, -�s urb”s, -�s client”s, -�s -”s, -�s _Abl._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus 1. ÇAvisÈ, Çc”visÈ, Çf”nisÈ, ÇignisÈ, Çn‰visÈ, have the abl. sing. in Ç-”È or Ç-eÈ. 2. ÇTurrisÈ has accusative ÇturrimÈ and ablative Çturr”È or ÇturreÈ. _b._ NEUTERS Ç”nsigneÈ, n., ÇanimalÈ, n., ÇcalcarÈ, _decoration_ _animal_ n., _spur_ STEMS Ç”nsigni-È Çanim‰li-È Çcalc‰ri-È BASES Ç”nsign-È Çanim‰l-È Çcalc‰r-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ ”nsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- _Gen._ ”nsignis anim‰lis calc‰ris -is _Dat._ ”nsign” anim‰l” calc‰r” -” _Acc._ ”nsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- _Abl._ ”nsign” anim‰l” calc‰r” -” PLURAL _Nom._ ”nsignia anim‰lia calc‰ria -ia _Gen._ ”nsignium anim‰lium calc‰rium -ium _Dat._ ”nsignibus anim‰libus calc‰ribus -ibus _Acc._ ”nsignia anim‰lia calc‰ria -ia _Abl._ ”nsignibus anim‰libus calc‰ribus -ibus Ç466.È THE FOURTH DECLENSION. _U_-STEMS ÇadventusÈ, m., ÇcornžÈ, n., _horn_ _arrival_ STEMS Çadventu-È Çcornu-È BASES Çadvent-È Çcorn-È TERMINATIONS SINGULAR MASC. NEUT. _Nom._ adventus cornž -us -ž _Gen._ adventžs cornžs -žs -žs _Dat._ adventu” (ž) cornž -u” (ž) -ž _Acc._ adventum cornž -um -ž _Abl._ adventž cornž -ž -ž PLURAL _Nom._ adventžs cornua -žs -ua _Gen._ adventuum cornuum -uum -uum _Dat._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus _Acc._ adventžs cornua -žs -ua _Abl._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus Ç467.È THE FIFTH DECLENSION. _æ_-STEMS Çdi�sÈ, m., _day_ Çr�sÈ, f., _thing_ STEMS Çdi�-È Çr�-È BASES Çdi-È Çr-È SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ di�s r�s -�s _Gen._ di�” re” -�” _or_ -e” _Dat._ di�” re” -�” _or_ -e” _Acc._ diem rem -em _Abl._ di� r� -� PLURAL _Nom._ di�s r�s -�s _Gen._ di�rum r�rum -�rum _Dat._ di�bus r�bus -�bus _Acc._ di�s r�s -�s _Abl._ di�bus r�bus -�bus Ç468.È SPECIAL PARADIGMS ÇdeusÈ, ÇdomusÈ, f., Çv”sÈ, f., ÇiterÈ, m., _god_ _house_ _strength_ n., _way_ STEMS Çdeo-È Çdomu-È Çv”-È and Çiter-È and Çv”ri-È Çitiner-È BASES Çde-È Çdom-È Çv-È and Çiter-È and Çv”r-È Çitiner-È SINGULAR _Nom._ deus domus v”s iter _Gen._ de” domžs v”s (rare) itineris _Dat._ de™ domu”, -™ v” (rare) itiner” _Acc._ deum domum vim iter _Abl._ de™ dom™, -ž v” itinere PLURAL _Nom._ de”, d” domžs v”r�s itinera _Gen._ de™rum, deum domuum, -™rum v”rium itinerum _Dat._ de”s, d”s domibus v”ribus itineribus _Acc._ de™s dom™s, -žs v”r”s, -�s itinera _Abl._ de”s, d”s domibus v”ribus itineribus _a._ The vocative singular of ÇdeusÈ is like the nominative. _b._ The locative of ÇdomusÈ is Çdom”È. ADJECTIVES Ç469.È FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. _O_- AND _å_-STEMS _a._ ADJECTIVES IN -us ÇbonusÈ, _good_ STEMS Çbono-È m. and n., Çbona-È f. BASE Çbon-È SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ bonus bona bonum _Gen._ bon” bonae bon” _Dat._ bon™ bonae bon™ _Acc._ bonum bonam bonum _Abl._ bon™ bon‰ bon™ PLURAL _Nom._ bon” bonae bona _Gen._ bon™rum bon‰rum bon™rum _Dat._ bon”s bon”s bon”s _Acc._ bon™s bon‰s bona _Abl._ bon”s bon”s bon”s _b._ ADJECTIVES IN Ç-erÈ Çl”berÈ, _free_ STEMS Çl”bero-È m. and n., Çl”ber‰-È f. BASE Çl”ber-È SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ l”ber l”bera l”berum _Gen._ l”ber” l”berae l”ber” _Dat._ l”ber™ l”berae l”ber™ _Acc._ l”berum l”beram l”berum _Abl._ l”ber™ l”ber‰ l”ber™ PLURAL _Nom._ l”ber” l”berae l”bera _Gen._ l”ber™rum l”ber‰rum l”ber™rum _Dat._ l”ber”s l”ber”s l”ber”s _Acc._ l”ber™s l”ber‰s l”bera _Abl._ l”ber”s l”ber”s l”ber”s ÇpulcherÈ, _pretty_ STEMS Çpulchro-È m. and n., Çpulchr‰-È f. BASE Çpulchr-È SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ pulcher pulchra pulchrum _Gen._ pulchr” pulchrae pulchr” _Dat._ pulchr™ pulchrae pulchr™ _Acc._ pulchrum pulchram pulchrum _Abl._ pulchr™ pulchr‰ pulchr™ PLURAL _Nom._ pulchr” pulchrae pulchra _Gen._ pulchr™rum pulchr‰rum pulchr™rum _Dat._ pulchr”s pulchr”s pulchr”s _Acc._ pulchr™s pulchr‰s pulchra _Abl._ pulchr”s pulchr”s pulchr”s Ç470.È THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES ÇaliusÈ, _another_ STEMS Çalio-È m. and n., Çali‰-È f. BASE Çali-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ alius alia aliud ali” aliae alia _Gen._ al”us al”us al”us ali™rum ali‰rum ali™rum _Dat._ ali” ali” ali” ali”s ali”s ali”s _Acc._ alium aliam aliud ali™s ali‰s alia _Abl._ ali™ ali‰ ali™ ali”s ali”s ali”s ÇžnusÈ, _one, only_ STEMS Çžno-È m. and n., Çžn‰-È f. BASE Çžn-È MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ žnus žna žnum žn” žnae žna _Gen._ žn”us žn”us žn”us žn™rum žn‰rum žn™rum _Dat._ žn” žn” žn” žn”s žn”s žn”s _Acc._ žnum žnam žnum žn™s žn‰s žna _Abl._ žn™ žn‰ žn™ žn”s žn”s žn”s _a._ For the complete list see ¤108. Ç471.È ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. _I_-STEMS I. THREE ENDINGS ljcer, ‰cris, ‰creÈ, _keen, eager_ STEM ljcri-È BASE ljcr-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ‰cer ‰cris ‰cre ‰cr�s ‰cr�s ‰cria _Gen._ ‰cris ‰cris ‰cris ‰crium ‰crium ‰crium _Dat._ ‰cr” ‰cr” ‰cr” ‰cribus ‰cribus ‰cribus _Acc._ ‰crem ‰crem ‰cre ‰cr”s, -�s ‰cr”s, -�s ‰cria _Abl._ ‰cr” ‰cr” ‰cr” ‰cribus ‰cribus ‰cribus II. TWO ENDINGS Çomnis, omneÈ, _every, all_ STEM Çomni-È BASE Çomn-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ omnis omne omn�s omnia _Gen._ omnis omnis omnium omnium _Dat._ omn” omn” omnibus omnibus _Acc._ omnem omne omn”s, -�s omnia _Abl._ omn” omn” omnibus omnibus III. ONE ENDING Çp‰rÈ, _equal_ STEM Çpari-È BASE Çpar-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ p‰r p‰r par�s paria _Gen._ paris paris parium parium _Dat._ par” par” paribus paribus _Acc._ parem p‰r par”s, -�s paria _Abl._ par” par” paribus paribus 1. Observe that all i-stem adjectives have Ç-”È in the ablative singular. [TranscriberÕs Note: This sentence appears to be a footnote, but there is no footnote tag on the page.] Ç472.È PRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLES Çam‰nsÈ, _loving_ STEM Çamanti-È BASE Çamant-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ am‰ns am‰ns amant�s amantia _Gen._ amantis amantis amantium amantium _Dat._ amant” amant” amantibus amantibus _Acc._ amantem am‰ns amant”s, -�s amantia _Abl._ amante, -” amante, -” amantibus amantibus Çi�nsÈ, _going_ STEM Çienti-, eunti-È BASE Çient-, eunt-È _Nom._ i�ns i�ns eunt�s euntia _Gen._ euntis euntis euntium euntium _Dat._ eunt” eunt” euntibus euntibus _Acc._ euntem i�ns eunt”s, -�s euntia _Abl._ eunte, -” eunte, -” euntibus euntibus Ç473.È REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE MASC. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. altus (alto-) altior altius altissimus -a -um l”ber (l”bero-) l”berior l”berius l”berrimus -a -um pulcher (pulchro-) pulchrior pulchrius pulcherrimus -a -um aud‰x (aud‰ci-) aud‰cior aud‰cius aud‰cissimus -a -um brevis (brevi-) brevior brevius brevissimus -a -um ‰cer (‰cri-) ‰crior ‰crius ‰cerrimus -a -um Ç474.È DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES ÇaltiorÈ, _higher_ SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ altior altius alti™r�s alti™ra _Gen._ alti™ris alti™ris alti™rum alti™rum _Dat._ alti™r” alti™r” alti™ribus alti™ribus _Acc._ alti™rem altius alti™r�s alti™ra _Abl._ alti™re alti™re alti™ribus alti™ribus ÇplžsÈ, _more_ _Nom._ ---- plžs plžr�s plžra _Gen._ ---- plžris plžrium plžrium _Dat._ ---- ---- plžribus plžribus _Acc._ ---- plžs plžr”s (-�s) plžra _Abl._ ---- plžre plžribus plžribus Ç475.È IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE bonus, -a, -um, melior, melius, optimus, -a, -um, _good_ _better_ _best_ malus, -a, -um, peior, peius, pessimus, -a, -um, _bad_ _worse_ _worst_ magnus, -a, -um, maior, maius, maximus, -a, -um, _great_ _greater_ _greatest_ multus, -a, -um, ----, plžs, _more_ plžrimus, -a, -um, _much_ _most_ parvus, -a, -um, minor, minus, minimus, -a, -um,_ _small_ _smaller_ _smallest senex, senis, senior maximus n‰tž _old_ iuvenis, -e, ižnior minimus n‰tž _young_ vetus, veteris, vetustior, -ius veterrimus, -a, -um _old_ facilis, -e, facilior, -ius facillimus, -a, -um _easy_ difficilis, -e, difficilior, -ius difficillimus, -a, -um _difficult_ similis, -e, similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um _similar_ dissimilis, -e, dissimilior, -ius dissimillimus, -a, -um _dissimilar_ humilis, -e, _low_ humilior, -ius humillimus, -a, -um gracilis, -e, gracilior, -ius gracillimus, -a, -um _slender_ exterus, _outward_ exterior, extr�mus, extimus, _outer, exterior_ _outermost, last_ ”nferus, _below_ ”nferior, _lower_ ”nfimus, ”mus, _lowest_ posterus, posterior, _later_ postr�mus, postumus, _following_ _last_ superus, _above_ superior, supr�mus, summus, _higher_ _highest_ [[cis, citr‰,]] citerior, _hither_ citimus, _hithermost_ [[_on this side_]] [[in, intr‰,]] interior, _inner_ intimus, _inmost_ [[_in, within_]] [[prae, pr™,]] prior, _former_ pr”mus, _first_ [[_before_]] [[prope, _near_]] propior, _nearer_ proximus, _next_ [[ultr‰, _beyond_]] ulterior, _further_ ultimus, _furthest_ Ç476.È REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE c‰r� (c‰rus), _dearly_ c‰rius c‰rissim� miser� (miser), _wretchedly_ miserius miserrim� ‰criter (‰cer), _sharply_ ‰crius ‰cerrim� facile (facilis), _easily_ facilius facillim� Ç477.È IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE diž, _long, a long time_ dižtius dižtissim� bene (bonus), _well_ melius, _better_ optim�, _best_ male (malus), _ill_ peius, _worse_ pessim�, _worst_ magnopere, _greatly_ magis, _more_ maxim�, _most_ multum (multus), _much_ plžs, _more_ plžrimum, _most_ parum, _little_ minus, _less_ minim�, _least_ saepe, _often_ saep”us saepissim� Ç478.È NUMERALS The cardinal numerals are indeclinable excepting ÇžnusÈ, ÇduoÈ, Çtr�sÈ, the hundreds above one hundred, and Çm”lleÈ used as a noun. The ordinals are declined like Çbonus, -a, -umÈ. CARDINALS ORDINALS (_How many_) (_In what order_) 1, žnus, -a, -um, _one_ pr”mus, -a, -um _first_ 2, duo, duae, duo _two_ secundus (_or_ alter) _second_ 3, tr�s, tria _three_, tertius _third_, 4, quattuor etc. qu‰rtus etc. 5, qu”nque qu”ntus 6, sex sextus 7, septem septimus 8, oct™ oct‰vus 9, novem n™nus 10, decem decimus 11, žndecim žndecimus 12, duodecim duodecimus 13, tredecim (decem (et) tr�s) tertius decimus 14, quattuordecim qu‰rtus decimus 15, qu”ndecim qu”ntus decimus 16, s�decim sextus decimus 17, septendecim septimus decimus 18, duod�v”gint” (oct™decim) duod�v”c�nsimus 19, žnd�v”gint” (novendecim) žnd�v”c�nsimus 20, v”gint” v”c�nsimus 21, {v”gint” žnus _or_ {v”c�nsimus pr”mus _or_ {žnus et v”gint”, etc. {žnus et v”c�nsimus, etc. 30, tr”gint‰ tr”c�nsimus 40, quadr‰gint‰ quadr‰g�nsimus 50, qu”nqu‰gint‰ qu”nqu‰g�nsimus 60, sex‰gint‰ sex‰g�nsimus 70, septu‰gint‰ septu‰g�nsimus 80, oct™gint‰ oct™g�nsimus 90, n™n‰gint‰ n™n‰g�nsimus 100, centum cent�nsimus 101, centum (et) žnus, etc. cent�nsimus (et) pr”mus, etc. 120, centum (et) v”gint” cent�nsimus v”c�nsimus 121, centum (et) v”gint” žnus, cent�nsimus (et) v”c�nsimus pr”mus, etc. etc. 200, ducent”, -ae, -a ducent�nsimus 300, trecent” trecent�nsimus 400, quadringent” quadringent�nsimus 500, qu”ngent” qu”ngent�nsimus 600, sescent” sescent�nsimus 700, septingent” septingent�nsimus 800, octingent” octingent�nsimus 900, n™ngent” n™ngent�nsimus 1000, m”lle m”ll�nsimus Ç479.È Declension of ÇduoÈ, _two_, Çtr�sÈ, _three_, and Çm”lleÈ, _a thousand_. MASC. FEM. NEUT. M. AND F. NEUT. SING. PLUR. _N._ duo duae duo tr�s tr”a m”lle m”lia _G._ du™rum du‰rum du™rum trium trium m”lle m”lium _D._ du™bus du‰bus du™bus tribus tribus m”lle m”libus _A._ du™s du‰s duo tr”s tria m”lle m”lia _or_ duo du‰s duo _or_ tr�s tria _A._ du™bus du‰bus du™bus tribus tribus m”lle m”libus NOTE. ÇM”lleÈ is used in the plural as a noun with a modifying genitive, and is occasionally so used in the nominative and accusative singular. For the declension of ÇžnusÈ cf. ¤470. PRONOUNS Ç480.È PERSONAL ego, _I_ tž, _you_ su”, _of himself,_ _etc._ SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. _Nom._ ego n™s tž v™s ---- ---- _Gen._ me” nostrum, -tr” tu” vestrum, -tr” su” su” _Dat._ mihi n™b”s tibi v™b”s sibi sibi _Acc._ m� n™s t� v™s s�, s�s� s�, s�s� _Abl._ m� n™b”s t� v™b”s s�, s�s� s�, s�s� Note that Çsu”È is always reflexive. Ç481.È DEMONSTRATIVE Demonstratives belong to the first and second declensions, but have the pronominal endings Ç-”usÈ or Ç-iusÈ and Ç-”È in the gen. and dat. sing. ÇipseÈ, _self_ SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ipse ipsa ipsum ips” ipsae ipsa _Gen._ ips”«us ips”«us ips”«us ips™rum ips‰rum ips™rum _Dat._ ips” ips” ips” ips”s ips”s ips”s _Acc._ ipsum ipsam ipsum ips™s ips‰s ipsa _Abl._ ips™ ips‰ ips™ ips”s ips”s ips”s ÇhicÈ, _this_ (here), _he_ _Nom._ hic haec hoc h” hae haec _Gen._ huius huius huius h™rum h‰rum h™rum _Dat._ huic huic huic h”s h”s h”s _Acc._ hunc hanc hoc h™s h‰s haec _Abl._ h™c h‰c h™c h”s h”s h”s ÇisteÈ, _this, that_ (of yours), _he_ _Nom._ iste ista istud ist” istae ista _Gen._ ist”«us ist”«us ist”«us ist™rum ist‰rum ist™rum _Dat._ ist” ist” ist” ist”s ist”s ist”s _Acc._ istum istam istud ist™s ist‰s ista _Abl._ ist™ ist‰ ist™ ist”s ist”s ist”s ÇilleÈ, _that_ (yonder), _he_ _Nom._ ille illa illud ill” illae illa _Gen._ ill”«us ill”«us ill”«us ill™rum ill‰rum ill™rum _Dat._ ill” ill” ill” ill”s ill”s ill”s _Acc._ illum illam illud ill™s ill‰s illa _Abl._ ill™ ill‰ ill™ ill”s ill”s ill”s ÇisÈ, _this, that, he_ _Nom._ is ea id i”, e” eae ea _Gen._ eius eius eius e™rum e‰rum e™rum _Dat._ e” e” e” i”s, e”s i”s, e”s i”s, e”s _Acc._ eum eam id e™s e‰s ea _Abl._ e™ e‰ e™ i”s, e”s i”s, e”s i”s, e”s Ç”demÈ, _the same_ _Nom._ ”dem e«adem idem i”«dem eae«dem e«adem e”«dem _Gen._ eius«dem eius«dem eius«dem e™run«dem e‰run«dem e™run«dem _Dat._ e”«dem e”«dem e”«dem i”s«dem i”s«dem i”s«dem e”s«dem e”s«dem e”s«dem _Acc._ eun«dem ean«dem idem e™s«dem e‰s«dem e«adem _Abl._ e™«dem e‰«dem e™«dem i”s«dem i”s«dem i”s«dem e”s«dem e”s«dem e”s«dem NOTE. In the plural of ÇisÈ and Ç”demÈ the forms with two iÕs are preferred, the two iÕs being pronounced as one. Ç482.È RELATIVE Çqu”È, _who, which, that_ SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ qu” quae quod qu” quae quae _Gen._ cuius cuius cuius qu™rum qu‰rum qu™rum _Dat._ cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus _Acc._ quem quam quod qu™s qu‰s quae _Abl._ qu™ qu‰ qu™ quibus quibus quibus Ç483.È INTERROGATIVE ÇquisÈ, substantive, _who, what_ SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. & FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ quis quid qui quae quae _Gen._ cuius cuius qu™rum qu‰rum qu™rum _Dat._ cui cui quibus quibus quibus _Acc._ quem quid qu™s qu‰s quae _Abl._ qu™ qu™ quibus quibus quibus The interrogative adjective Çqu”, quae, quodÈ, is declined like the relative. Ç484.È INDEFINITES ÇquisÈ and Çqu”È, as declined above,[1] are used also as indefinites (_some, any_). The other indefinites are compounds of ÇquisÈ and Çqu”È. ÇquisqueÈ, _each_ SUBSTANTIVE ADJECTIVE MASC. & FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ quisque quidque quisque quaeque quodque _Gen._ cuius«que cuius«que cuius«que cuius«que cuius«que _Dat._ cuique cuique cuique cuique cuique _Acc._ quemque quidque quemque quamque quodque _Abl._ qu™que qu™que qu™que qu‰que qu™que [Footnote 1: ÇquaÈ is generally used instead of ÇquaeÈ in the feminine nominative singular and in the neuter nominative and accusative plural.] Ç485.È Çqu”damÈ, _a certain one, a certain_ Observe that in the neuter singular the adjective has ÇquoddamÈ and the substantive ÇquiddamÈ. SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ qu”dam quaedam quoddam, quiddam (_subst._) _Gen._ cuius«dam cuius«dam cuius«dam _Dat._ cuidam cuidam cuidam _Acc._ quendam quandam quoddam, quiddam (_subst._) _Abl._ qu™dam qu‰dam qu™dam PLURAL _Nom._ qu”dam quaedam quaedam _Gen._ qu™run«dam qu‰run«dam qu™run«dam _Dat._ quibus«dam quibus«dam quibus«dam _Acc._ qu™sdam qu‰sdam quaedam _Abl._ quibus«dam quibus«dam quibus«dam Ç486.È ÇquisquamÈ, substantive, _any one_ (at all) MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ quisquam quicquam (quidquam) _Gen._ cuius«quam cuius«quam _Dat._ cuiquam cuiquam _Acc._ quemquam quicquam (quidquam) _Abl._ qu™quam qu™quam Ç487.È ÇaliquisÈ, substantive, _some one_. Çaliqu”È, adjective, _some_ SINGULAR SUBSTANTIVE ADJECTIVE MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ aliquis aliquid aliqu” aliqua aliquod _Gen._ alicu«ius alicu«ius alicu«ius alicu«ius alicu«ius _Dat._ alicui alicui alicui alicui alicui _Acc._ aliquem aliquid aliquem aliquam aliquod _Abl._ aliqu™ aliqu™ aliqu™ aliqu‰ aliqu™ PLURAL FOR BOTH SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ aliqu” aliquae aliqua _Gen._ aliqu™«rum aliqu‰«rum aliqu™«rum _Dat._ ali«quibus ali«quibus ali«quibus _Acc._ aliqu™s aliqu‰s aliqua _Abl._ ali«quibus ali«quibus ali«quibus _a._ Çquis (qu”)È, _any one, any_, is the least definite (¤297.b). Çaliquis (aliqu”)È, _some one, some_, is more definite than ÇquisÈ. ÇquisquamÈ, _any one_ (at all), and its adjective ÇžllusÈ, _any_, occur mostly with a negative, expressed or implied, and in clauses of comparison. REGULAR VERBS Ç488.È FIRST CONJUGATION. _å_-VERBS. _AMï_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çam™, am‰re, am‰v”, am‰tusÈ PRES. STEM am‰- PERF. STEM am‰v- PART. STEM am‰t- ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT _I love, am loving,_ _I am loved_, etc. _do love_, etc. am™ am‰mus amor am‰mur am‰s am‰tis am‰ris, -re am‰min” amat amant am‰tur amantur IMPERFECT _I loved, was loving_, _I was loved_, etc. _did love_, etc. am‰bam am‰b‰mus am‰bar am‰b‰mur am‰b‰s am‰b‰tis am‰b‰ris, -re am‰b‰min” am‰bat am‰bant am‰b‰tur am‰bantur FUTURE _I shall love_, etc. _I shall be loved_, etc. am‰b™ am‰bimus am‰bor am‰bimur am‰bis am‰bitis am‰beris, -re am‰bimin” am‰bit am‰bunt am‰bitur am‰buntur PERFECT _I have loved, loved,_ _I have been (was) loved_, etc. _did love_, etc. am‰vi am‰vimus am‰tus, {sum am‰t”, {sumus am‰vist” am‰vistis -a, -um {es -ae, -a {estis am‰vit am‰v�runt, -re {est {sunt PLUPERFECT _I had loved_, etc. _I had been loved_, etc. am‰veram am‰ver‰mus am‰tus, {eram am‰t”, {er‰mus am‰ver‰s am‰ver‰tis -a, -um {er‰s -ae, -a {er‰tis am‰verat am‰verant {erat {erant FUTURE PERFECT _I shall have loved_, etc. _I shall have been loved_, etc. am‰ver™ am‰verimus am‰tus, {er™ am‰t”, {erimus am‰veris am‰veritis -a, -um {eris -ae, -a {eritis am‰verit am‰verint {erit {erunt SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT amem am�mus amer am�mur am�s am�tis am�ris, -re am�min” amet ament am�tur amentur IMPERFECT am‰rem am‰remus am‰rer am‰r�mur am‰r�s am‰r�tis am‰r�ris, -re am‰r�min” am‰ret am‰rent am‰r�tur am‰rentur PERFECT am‰verim am‰verimus am‰tus, {sim am‰t”, {s”mus am‰veris am‰veritis -a, -um {s”s -ae, -a {s”tis am‰verit am‰verint {sit {sint PLUPERFECT am‰vissem am‰viss�mus am‰tus, {essem am‰t”, {ess�mus am‰viss�s am‰viss�tis -a, -um {ess�s -ae, -a {ess�tis am‰visset am‰vissent {esset {essent IMPERATIVE PRESENT am‰, _love thou_ am‰re, _be thou loved_ am‰te, _love ye_ am‰min”, _be ye loved_ FUTURE am‰t™, _thou shalt love_ am‰tor, _thou shalt be loved_ am‰t™, _he shall love_ am‰tor, _he shall be loved_ am‰t™te, _you shall love_ ---- amant™, _they shall love_ amantor, _they shall be loved_ INFINITIVE _Pres._ am‰re, _to love_ am‰r”, _to be loved_ _Perf._ am‰visse, am‰tus, -a, -um esse, _to have loved_ _to have been loved_ _Fut._ am‰tžrus, -a, -um [[am‰tum ”r”]], _to be about to be loved_ esse, _to be_ _about to love_ PARTICIPLES _Pres._ am‰ns, -antis, _Pres._ ---- _loving_ _Fut._ am‰tžrus, -a, -um, _Gerundive[1]_ amandus, -a, -um, _to be _about to love_ loved_ _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ am‰tus, -a, -um, _having been loved, loved_ GERUND _Nom._ ---- _Gen._ amand”, _of loving_ _Dat._ amand™, _for loving_ _Acc._ amandum, _loving_ _Abl._ amand™, _by loving_ SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[am‰tum]], _to love_ _Abl._ [[am‰tž]], _to love, in the loving_ [Footnote 1: Sometimes called the future passive participle.] Ç489.È SECOND CONJUGATION. _æ_-VERBS. _MONEï_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çmone™, mon�re, monu”, monitusÈ PRES. STEM mon�- PERF. STEM monu- PART. STEM monit- ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT _I advise_, etc., _I am advised,_ etc. mone™ mon�mus moneor mon�mur mon�s mon�tis mon�ris, -re mon�min” monet monent mon�tur monentur IMPERFECT _I was advising_, etc., _I was advised_, etc. mon�bam mon�b‰mus mon�bar mon�b‰mur mon�b‰s mon�b‰tis mon�b‰ris, -re mon�b‰min” mon�bat mon�bant mon�b‰tur mon�b‰ntur FUTURE _I shall advise_, etc., _I shall be advised_, etc. mon�b™ mon�bimus mon�bor mon�bimur mon�bis mon�bitis mon�beris, -re mon�bimin” mon�bit mon�bunt mon�bitur mon�buntur PERFECT _I have advised,_ _I have been (was) advised_, etc. _I advised_, etc. monu” monuimus {sum {sumus monuist” monuistis monitus, {es monit”, {estis monuit monu�runt, -re -a, -um {est -ae, -a {sunt PLUPERFECT _I had advised_, etc., _I had been advised_, etc. monueram monuer‰mus {eram {er‰mus monuer‰s monuer‰tis monitus, {eras monit”, {eratis monuerat monuerant -a, -um {erat -ae, -a {erant FUTURE PERFECT _I shall have advised_, _I shall have been advised_, etc. etc. monuer™ monuerimus {er™ {erimus monueris monuer”tis monitus, {eris monit”, {eritis monuerit monuer”nt -a, -um {erit -ae, -a {erunt SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT moneam mone‰mus monear mone‰mur mone‰s mone‰tis mone‰ris, -re mone‰min” moneat moneant mone‰tur moneantur IMPERFECT mon�rem mon�r�mus mon�rer mon�r�mur mon�r�s mon�r�tis mon�r�ris, -re mon�r�min” mon�ret mon�rent mon�r�tur mon�rentur PERFECT monuerim monuerimus {sim {s”mus monueris monueritis monitus, {s”s monit”, {s”tis monuerit monuerint -a, -um {sit -ae, -a {sint PLUPERFECT monuissem monuiss�mus {essem {ess�mus monuiss�s monuiss�tis monitus, {ess�s monit”, {ess�tis monuisset monuissent -a, -um {esset -ae, -a {essent IMPERATIVE PRESENT mon�, _advise thou_ mon�re, _be thou advised_ mon�te, _advise ye_ mon�min”, _be ye advised_ FUTURE mon�t™, _thou shall_ mon�tor, _thou shalt be advised_ _advise_ mon�t™, _he shall advise_ mon�tor, _he shall be advised_ mon�t™te, _you shall advise_ ---- monent™, _they shall_ monentor, _they shall be advised_ _advise_ INFINITIVE _Pres._ mon�re, _to advise_ mon�r”, _to be advised_ _Perf._ monuisse, _to have_ monitus, -a, -um esse, _advised_ _to have been advised_ _Fut._ monitžrus, -a, -um [[monitum ”r”]], esse, _to be_ _to be about to be advised_ _about to advise_ PARTICIPLES _Pres._ mon�ns, -entis, _Pres._ ---- _advising_ _Fut._ monitžrus, -a, -um, _Ger._ monendus, -a, -um, _about to advise_ _to be advised_ _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ monitus, -a, -um, _having been advised, advised_ GERUND _Nom._ ---- _Gen._ monend”, _of advising_ _Dat._ monend™, _for advising_ _Acc._ monendum, _advising_ _Abl._ monend™, _by advising_ SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[monitum]], _to advise_ _Abl._ [[monitž]], _to advise, in the advising_ Ç490.È THIRD CONJUGATION. _E_-VERBS. _REGï_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çreg™, regere, rex”, r�ctusÈ PRES. STEM rege- PERF. STEM r�x- PART. STEM r�ct- ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT _I rule_, etc. _I am ruled_, etc. reg™ regimus re«gor re«gimur regis regitis re«geris, -re regi«min” regit regunt re«gitur regun«tur IMPERFECT _I was ruling_, etc. _I was ruled_, etc. reg�bam reg�b‰mus reg�«bar reg�b‰«mur reg�b‰s reg�b‰tis reg�b‰«ris, -re reg�b‰«min” reg�bat reg�bant reg�b‰«tur reg�ban«tur FUTURE _I shall rule_, etc. _I shall be ruled_, etc. regam reg�mus re«gar reg�«mur reg�s reg�tis reg�«ris, -re reg�«min” reget regent reg�«tur regen«tur PERFECT _I have ruled_, etc. _I have been ruled_, etc. r�x” r�ximus {sum {sumus r�xist” r�xistis r�ctus, {es r�ct”, {estis r�xit r�x�runt, -re -a, -um {est -ae, -a {sunt PLUPERFECT _I had ruled_, etc. _I had been ruled_, etc. r�xeram r�xer‰mus {eram {er‰mus r�xer‰s r�xer‰tis r�ctus, {eras r�ct”, {er‰tis r�xerat r�xerant -a, -um {erat -ae, -a {erant FUTURE PERFECT _I shall have ruled_, etc. _I shall have been ruled_, etc. r�xer™ r�xerimus {er™ {erimus r�xeris r�xeritis r�ctus, {eris r�ct”, {eritis r�xerit r�xerint -a, -um {erit -ae, -a {erunt SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT regam reg‰mus regar reg‰mur reg‰s reg‰tis reg‰ris, -re reg‰min” regat regant reg‰tur regantur IMPERFECT regerem reger�mus regerer reger�mur reger�s reger�tis reger�ris, -re reger�min” regeret regerent reger�tur regerentur PERFECT r�xerim r�xerimus {sim {s”mus r�xeris r�xeritis r�ctus, {s”s r�cti, {s”tis r�xerit r�xerint -a, -um {sit -ae, -a {sint PLUPERFECT r�xissem r�xiss�mus {essem {ess�mus r�xiss�s r�xiss�tis r�ctus, {ess�s r�cti, {ess�tis r�xisset r�xissent -a, -um {esset -ae, -a {essent IMPERATIVE PRESENT rege, _rule thou_ regere, _be thou ruled_ regite, _rule ye_ regimin”, _be ye ruled_ FUTURE regit™, _thou shalt rule_ regitor, _thou shalt be ruled_ regit™ _he shall rule_ regitor, _he shall be ruled_ regit™te, _ye shall rule_ ---- regunt™, _they shall rule_ reguntor, _they shall be ruled_ INFINITIVE _Pres._ regere, _to rule_ reg”, _to be ruled_ _Perf._ r�xisse, _to have_ r�ctus, -a, -um esse, _ruled_ _to have been ruled_ _Fut._ r�ctžrus, -a, -um [[r�ctum ”r”]], esse, _to be_ _to be about to be ruled_ _about to rule_ PARTICIPLES _Pres._ reg�ns, -entis, _Pres._ ---- _ruling_ _Fut._ r�ctžrus, -a, -um, _Ger._ regendus, -a, -um, _to be ruled_ _about to rule_ _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ r�ctus, -a, -um, _having been ruled, ruled_ GERUND _Nom._ ---- _Gen._ regend”, _of ruling_ _Dat._ regend™, _for ruling_ _Acc._ regendum, _ruling_ _Abl._ regend™, _by ruling_ SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[r�ctum]], _to rule_ _Abl._ [[r�ctž]], _to rule, in the ruling_ Ç491.È FOURTH CONJUGATION. _ë_-VERBS. _AUDIï_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çaudi™, aud”re, aud”v”, aud”tusÈ PRES. STEM aud”- PERF. STEM aud”v- PART. STEM aud”t- ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT _I hear_, etc. _I am heard_, etc. audi™ aud”mus au«dior aud”«mur aud”s aud”tis aud”«ris, -re aud”«min” audit audiunt aud”«tur audiun«tur IMPERFECT _I was hearing_, etc. _I was heard_, etc. audi�bam audi�b‰mus audi�«bar audi�b‰«mur audi�b‰s audi�b‰tis audi�b‰«ris, -re audi�b‰«min” audi�bat audi�bant audi�b‰«tur audi�ban«tur FUTURE _I shall hear_, etc. _I shall be heard_, etc. audiam audi�mus au«diar audi�«mur audi�s audi�tis audi�«ris, -re audi�«min” audiet audient audi�«tur audien«tur PERFECT _I have heard_, etc. _I have been heard_, etc. aud”v” aud”vimus {sum {sumus aud”vist” aud”vistis aud”tus, {es aud”t”, {estis aud”vit aud”v�runt, -re -a, -um {est -ae, -a {sunt PLUPERFECT _I had heard_, etc. _I had been heard_, etc. aud”veram aud”ver‰mus {eram {er‰mus aud”ver‰s aud”ver‰tis aud”tus, {eras aud”t”, {er‰tis aud”verat aud”verant -a, -um {erat -ae, -a {erant FUTURE PERFECT _I shall have heard_, etc. _I shall have been heard_, etc. aud”ver™ aud”verimus {er™ {erimus aud”veris aud”veritis aud”tus, {eris aud”t”, {eritis aud”verit aud”verint -a, -um {erit -ae, -a {erunt SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT audiam audi‰mus audiar audi‰mur audi‰s audi‰tis audi‰ris, -re audi‰min” audiat audiant audi‰tur audiantur IMPERFECT aud”rem aud”r�mus aud”rer aud”r�mur aud”r�s aud”r�tis aud”r�ris, -re aud”r�min” aud”ret aud”rent aud”r�tur aud”rentur PERFECT aud”verim aud”verimus {sim {s”mus aud”veris aud”veritis aud”tus, {s”s aud”ti, {s”tis aud”verit aud”verint -a, -um {sit -ae, -a {sint PLUPERFECT aud”vissem aud”viss�mus {essem {ess�mus aud”viss�s aud”viss�tis aud”tus, {ess�s aud”ti, {ess�tis aud”visset aud”vissent -a, -um {esset -ae, -a {essent IMPERATIVE PRESENT PRESENT aud”, _hear thou_ aud”re, _be thou heard_ aud”te, _hear ye_ aud”min”, _be ye heard_ FUTURE aud”t™, _thou shalt hear_ aud”tor, _thou shalt be heard_ aud”t™ _he shall hear_ aud”tor, _he shall be heard_ aud”t™te, _ye shall hear_ ---- audunt™, _they shall hear_ audiuntor, _they shall be heard_ INFINITIVE _Pres._ aud”re, _to hear_ aud”r”, _to be heard_ _Perf._ aud”visse, aud”tus, -a, -um esse, _to have heard_ _to have been heard_ _Fut._ aud”tžrus, -a, -um [[aud”tum ”r”]], esse, _to be_ _to be about to be heard_ _about to hear_ PARTICIPLES _Pres._ audi�ns, -entis, _Pres._ ---- _hearing_ _Fut._ aud”tžrus, -a, -um, _Ger._ audiendus, -a, -um, _to be heard_ _about to hear_ _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ aud”tus, -a, -um, _having been heard, heard_ GERUND _Nom._ ---- _Gen._ audiend”, _of hearing_ _Dat._ audiend™, _for hearing_ _Acc._ audiendum, _hearing_ _Abl._ audiend™, _by hearing_ SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[aud”tum]], _to hear_ _Abl._ [[aud”tu]], _to hear, in the hearing_ Ç492.È THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN _-Iï_. _CAPIï_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çcapi™, capere, c�p”, captusÈ PRES. STEM cape- PERF. STEM c�p- PART. STEM capt- ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT capi™ capimus ca«pior ca«pimur capis capitis ca«peris, -re capi«min” capit capiunt ca«pitur capiun«tur IMPERFECT capi�bam capiebamus capi�«bar capi�b‰«mur capi�bas capi�b‰tis capi�ba«ris, -re capi�b‰«min” capi�bat capi�bant capi�b‰«tur capieban«tur FUTURE capiam capi�mus ca«piar capi�«mur capi�s capi�tis capi�«ris, -re capi�«min” capiet capient capi�«tur capien«tur PERFECT c�p”, c�pist”, c�pit, etc. captus, -a, -um sum, es, est, etc. PLUPERFECT c�peram, c�per‰s, c�perat, captus, -a, -um eram, er‰s, erat, etc. etc. FUTURE PERFECT c�per™, c�peris, c�perit, captus, -a, -um er™, eris, erit, etc. etc. SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT capiam, capi‰s, capiat, capiar, -i‰ris, -re, -i‰tur, etc. etc. IMPERFECT caperem, caper�s, caperet, caperer, -er�ris, -re, -er�tur, etc. etc. PERFECT c�perim, c�peris, c�perit, captus, -a, -um sim, s”s, sit, etc. etc. PLUPERFECT c�pissem, c�piss�s, captus, -a, -um essem, ess�s, esset, c�pisset, etc. etc. IMPERATIVE PRESENT _2d Pers._ cape capite capere capimin” FUTURE _2d Pers._ capit™ capit™te capitor ---- _3rd Pers._ capit™ capiunt™ capitor capiuntor INFINITIVE _Pres._ capere cap” _Perf._ c�pisse captus, -a, -um esse _Fut._ captžrus, -a, -um [[captum ”r”]] esse PARTICIPLES _Pres._ capi�ns, -ientis _Pres._ ---- _Fut._ captžrus, -a, -um _Ger._ capiendus, -a, -um _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ captus, -a, -um GERUND _Gen._ capiend” etc. SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[captum]] _Abl._ [[captž]] Ç493.È DEPONENT VERBS [TranscriberÕs Note: Asterisks in this section are from the original text (Òmarked with a starÓ).] PRINCIPAL PARTS I. Çhortor, hort‰r”, hort‰tus sumÈ, _urge_ II. Çvereor, ver�r”, veritus sumÈ, _fear_ III. Çsequor, sequ”, secžtus sumÈ, _follow_ IV. Çpartior, part”r”, part”tus sumÈ, _share, divide_ NOTE. In addition to the passive conjugation, deponent verbs use certain forms from the active. These are marked with a star. Deponent -i™ verbs of the third conjugation are inflected like the passive of capi™. INDICATIVE _Pres._ hortor vereor sequor partior hort‰ris, -re ver�ris, -re sequeris, -re part”ris, -re hort‰tur ver�tur sequitur part”tur hort‰mur ver�mur sequimur part”mur hort‰min” ver�min” sequimin” part”min” hortantur verentur sequuntur partiuntur _Impf._ hort‰bar ver�bar sequ�bar parti�bar _Fut._ hort‰bor ver�bor sequar partiar _Perf._ hort‰tus sum veritus sum secžtus sum part”tus sum _Plup._ hort‰tus eram veritus eram secžtus eram part”tus eram _F. P._ hort‰tus er™ veritus er™ secžtus er™ part”tus er™ SUBJUNCTIVE _Pres._ horter verear sequar partiar _Impf._ hort‰rer ver�rer sequerer part”rer _Perf._ hort‰tus sim veritus sim secžtus sim part”tus sim _Plup._ hort‰tus essem veritus essem secžtus essem part”tus essem IMPERATIVE _Pres._ hort‰re ver�re sequere part”re _Fut._ hort‰tor ver�tor sequitor part”tor INFINITIVE _Pres._ hort‰r” ver�r” sequ” part”r” _Perf._ hort‰tus esse veritus esse secžtus esse part”tus esse _Fut._ *hort‰tžrus *veritžrus *secžtžrus *part”tžrus esse esse esse esse PARTICIPLES _Pres._ *hort‰ns *ver�ns *sequ�ns *parti�ns _Fut._ *hort‰turus *veritžrus *secžtžrus *part”tžrus _Perf._ hort‰tus veritus secžtus part”tus _Ger._ hortandus verendus sequendus partiendus GERUND *hortand”, etc. *verend”, etc. *sequend”, etc. *partiend”, etc. SUPINE *[[hort‰tus, -tž]] *[[veritum, -tž]] *[[secžtum, -tž]] *[[part”tum, -tž]] IRREGULAR VERBS Ç494.È ÇsumÈ, _am, be_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çsum, esse, fu”, futžrusÈ PRES. STEM es- PERF. STEM fu- PART. STEM fut- INDICATIVE PRESENT SINGULAR PLURAL sum, _I am_ sumus, _we are_ es, _thou art_ estis, _you are_ est, _he (she, it) is_ sunt, _they are_ IMPERFECT eram, _I was_ er‰mus, _we were_ er‰s, _thou wast_ er‰tis, _you were_ erat, _he was_ erant, _they were_ FUTURE er™, _I shall be_ erimus, _we shall be_ eris, _thou wilt be_ eritis, _you will be_ erit, _he will be_ erunt, _they will be_ PERFECT fu”, _I have been, was_ fuimus, _we have been, were_ fuist”, _thou hast been, wast_ fuistis, _you have been, were_ fuit, _he has been, was_ fu�runt, fu�re, _they have been, were_ PLUPERFECT fueram, _I had been_ fuer‰mus, _we had been_ fuer‰s, _thou hadst been_ fuer‰tis, _you had been_ fuerat, _he had been_ fuerant, _they had been_ FUTURE PERFECT fuer™, _I shall have been_ fuerimus, _we shall have been_ fueris, _thou wilt have been_ fueritis, _you will have been_ fuerit, _he will have been_ fuerint, _they will have been_ SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT IMPERFECT SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL sim s”mus essem ess�mus s”s s”tis ess�s ess�tis sit sint esset essent PERFECT PLUPERFECT fuerim fuerimus fuissem fuiss�mus fueris fueritis fuiss�s fuiss�tis fuerit fuerint fuisset fuissent IMPERATIVE PRESENT _2d Pers. Sing._ es, _be thou_ _2d Pers. Plur._ este, _be ye_ FUTURE _2d Pers. Sing._ est™, _thou shalt be_ _3d Pers. Sing._ est™, _he shall be_ _2d Pers. Plur._ est™te, _ye shall be_ _3d Pers. Plur._ sunt™, _they shall be_ INFINITIVE _Pres._ esse, _to be_ _Perf._ fuisse, _to have been_ _Fut._ futžrus, -a, -um esse or ÇforeÈ, _to be about to be_ PARTICIPLE futžrus, -a, -um, _about to be_ Ç495.È ÇpossumÈ, _be able, can_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çpossum, posse, potu”, ----È INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL _Pres._ possum pos«sumus possim poss”«mus potes potes«tis poss”s poss”«tis potest possunt possit possint _Impf._ poteram poter‰mus possem poss�«mus _Fut._ poter™ poterimus ---- ---- _Perf._ potu” potuimus potuerim potuerimus _Plup._ potueram potuer‰mus potuissem potuiss�mus _F. P._ potuer™ potuerimus ---- ---- INFINITIVE _Pres._ posse _Perf._ potuisse PARTICIPLE _Pres._ potens, _gen._ -entis, (adjective) _powerful_ Ç496.È Çpr™sumÈ, _benefit_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çpr™sum, pr™desse, pr™fu”, pr™futžrusÈ PRES. STEM Çpr™des-È PERF. STEM Çpr™fu-È PART. STEM Çpr™fut-È INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL _Pres._ pr™sum pr™«sumus pr™sim pr™s”«mus pr™des pr™des«tis pr™s”s pr™s”«tis pr™dest pr™sunt pr™sit pr™sint _Impf._ pr™deram pr™der‰mus pr™dessem prodess�«mus _Fut._ pr™der™ pr™derimus ---- ---- _Perf._ pr™fu” pr™fuimus pr™fuerim pr™fuerimus _Plup._ pr™fueram pr™fuer‰mus pr™fuissem pr™fuiss�mus _F. P._ pr™fuer™ pr™fuerimus ---- ---- IMPERATIVE _Pres. 2d Pers._ pr™des, pr™deste _Fut. 2d Pers._ pr™dest™, pr™dest™te INFINITIVE _Pres._ pr™desse _Perf._ pr™fuisse _Fut._ pr™futžrus, -a, -um esse FUTURE PARTICIPLE pr™futžrus, -a, -um Ç497.È [ Çvol™È, Çn™l™È, Çm‰l™È] PRINCIPAL PARTS: Çvol™, velle, volu”È, ----, _be willing, will, wish_ Çn™l™, n™lle, n™lu”È, ----, _be unwilling, will not_ Çm‰l™, m‰lle, m‰lu”È, ----, _be more willing, prefer_ ÇN™l™È and Çm‰l™È are compounds of Çvol™È. ÇN™l™È is for ÇneÈ (_not_) + Çvol™È, and Çm‰l™È for Çm‰È (from ÇmagisÈ, _more_) + Çvol™È. The second person Çv”sÈ is from a different root. INDICATIVE SINGULAR _Pres._ vol™ n™l™ m‰l™ v”s n™n vis m‰v”s vult n™n vult m‰vult PLURAL volumus n™lumus m‰lumus vultis n™n vultis m‰vul«tis volunt n™lunt m‰lunt _Impf._ vol�bam n™l�bam m‰l�bam _Fut._ volam, vol�s, etc. n™lam, n™l�s, etc. m‰lam, m‰l�s, etc. _Perf._ volu” n™lu” m‰lu” _Plup._ volueram n™lueram m‰lueram _F. P._ voluer™ n™luer™ m‰luer™ SUBJUNCTIVE SINGULAR _Pres._ velim n™lim m‰lim vel”s n™l”s m‰l”s velit n™lit m‰lit PLURAL vel”«mus n™l”«mus m‰l”«mus vel”«tis n™l”«tis m‰l”«tis velint n™lint m‰lint _Impf._ vellem n™llem m‰llem _Perf._ voluerim n™luerim m‰luerim _Plup._ voluissem n™luissem m‰luissem IMPERATIVE _Pres._ n™l” n™l”te _Fut._ n™l”t™, etc. INFINITIVE _Pres._ velle n™lle m‰lle _Perf._ voluisse n™luisse m‰luisse PARTICIPLE _Pres._ vol�ns, -entis n™l�ns, -entis ---- Ç498.È Çfer™È, _bear, carry, endure_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çfer™, ferre, tul”, l‰tusÈ PRES. STEM fer- PERF. STEM tul- PART. STEM l‰t- INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ fer™ ferimus feror ferimur fers fert”s ferris, -re ferimim” fert ferunt fertur feruntur _Impf._ fer�bam fer�bar _Fut._ feram, fer�s, etc. ferar, fer�ris, etc. _Perf._ tul” l‰tus, -a, -um sum _Plup._ tuleram l‰tus, -a, -um eram _F. P._ tuler™ l‰tus, -a, -um er™ SUBJUNCTIVE _Pres._ feram, fer‰s, etc. ferar, fer‰ris, etc. _Impf._ ferrem ferrer _Perf._ tulerim l‰tus, -a, -um sim _Plup._ tulissem l‰tus, -a, -um essem IMPERATIVE _Pres. 2d Pers._ fer ferte ferre ferimin” _Fut. 2d Pers._ fert™ fert™te fertor _3d Pers._ fert™ ferunto fertor feruntor INFINITIVE _Pres._ ferre ferr” _Perf._ tulisse l‰tus, -a, -um esse _Fut._ l‰tžrus, -a, -um esse ---- PARTICIPLES _Pres._ fer�ns, -entis _Pres._ ---- _Fut._ l‰tžrus, -a, -um _Ger._ ferendus, -a, -um _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ l‰tus, -a, -um GERUND _Gen._ ferend” _Dat._ ferend™ _Acc._ ferendum _Abl._ ferend™ SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[l‰tum]] _Abl._ [[l‰tž]] Ç499.È e™, _go_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çe™, ”re, i” (”v”), itumÈ (n. perf. part.) PRES. STEM ”- PERF. STEM ”- or ”v- PART. STEM it- INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE SING. PLUR. _Pres._ e™ ”mus eam _2d Pers._ ” ”te ”s ”tis it eunt _Impf._ ”bam ”rem _Fut._ ”b™ ---- _2d Pers._ ”t™ ”t™te _3d Pers._ ”t™ eunt™ _Perf._ i” (”v”) ierim (”verim) _Plup._ ieram (”veram) ”ssem (”vissem) _F. P._ ier™ (”ver™) INFINITIVE _Pres._ ”re _Perf._ ”sse (”visse) _Fut._ itžrus, -a, -um esse PARTICIPLES _Pres._ i�ns, _gen._ euntis (¤472) _Fut._ itžrus, -a, -um _Ger._ eundum GERUND _Gen._ eund” _Dat._ eund™ _Acc._ eundum _Abl._ eund™ SUPINE _Acc._ [[itum]] _Abl._ [[itž]] _a._ The verb Çe™È is used impersonally in the third person singular of the passive, as Ç”turÈ, Çitum estÈ, _etc._ _b._ In the perfect system the forms with ÇvÈ are very rare. Ç500.È Çf”™È, passive of Çfaci™È; _be made, become, happen_ PRINCIPAL PARTS Çf”™, fier”, factus sumÈ INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE _Pres._ f”™ ---- f”am _2d Pers._ f” f”te f”s ---- fit f”unt _Impf._ f”�bam fierem _Fut._ f”am ---- INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE _Perf._ factus, -a, -um sum factus, -a, -um sim _Plup._ factus, -a, -um eram factus, -a, -um essem _F. P._ factus, -a, -um er™ INFINITIVE PARTICIPLES _Pres._ fier” _Perf._ factus, -a, -um _Perf._ factus, -a, -um esse _Ger._ faciendus, -a, -um _Fut._ [[factum ”r”]] [Illustration: CASTRA MURO FOSSAQUE MUNIUNTUR] APPENDIX II Ç501.È RULES OF SYNTAX NOTE. The rules of syntax are here classified and numbered consecutively. The number of the text section in which the rule appears is given at the end of each. _Nominative Case_ Ç1.È The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative and answers the question Who? or What? ¤36. _Agreement_ Ç2.È A finite verb must always be in the same person and number as its subject. ¤28. Ç3.È A predicate noun agrees in case with the subject of the verb. ¤76. Ç4.È An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it explains. ¤81. Ç5.È Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. ¤65. Ç6.È A predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees in gender, number, and case with the subject of the main verb. ¤215.a. Ç7.È A relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and number; but its case is determined by the way it is used in its own clause. ¤224. _Prepositions_ Ç8.È A noun governed by a preposition must be in the accusative or ablative case. ¤52. _Genitive Case_ Ç9.È The word denoting the owner or possessor of something is in the genitive and answers the question Whose? ¤38. Ç10.È The possessive genitive often stands in the predicate, especially after the forms of ÇsumÈ, and is then called the _predicate genitive_. ¤409. Ç11.È Words denoting a part are often used with the genitive of the whole, known as _the partitive genitive_. ¤331. Ç12.È Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying adjective. ¤443. _Dative Case_ Ç13.È The indirect object of a verb is in the dative. ¤45. Ç14.È The dative of the indirect object is used with the intransitive verbs Çcr�d™È, Çfave™È, Çnoce™È, Çp‰re™È, Çpersu‰de™È, Çresist™È, Çstude™È, and others of like meaning. ¤154. Ç15.È Some verbs compounded with ÇadÈ, ÇanteÈ, ÇconÈ, Çd�È, ÇinÈ, ÇinterÈ, ÇobÈ, ÇpostÈ, ÇpraeÈ, Çpr™È, ÇsubÈ, ÇsuperÈ, admit the dative of the indirect object. Transitive compounds may take both an accusative and a dative. ¤426. Ç16.È The dative is used with adjectives to denote the object toward which the given quality is directed. Such are, especially, those meaning _near_, also _fit, friendly, pleasing, like_, and their opposites. ¤143. Ç17.È The dative is used to denote the _purpose_ or _end for which_; often with another dative denoting _the person or thing affected_. ¤437. _Accusative Case_ Ç18.È The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative and answers the question Whom? or What? ¤37. Ç19.È The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. ¤214. Ç20.È The _place to which_ is expressed by ÇadÈ or ÇinÈ with the accusative. Before names of towns, small islands, ÇdomusÈ, and ÇržsÈ the preposition is omitted. ¤¤263, 266. Ç21.È _Duration of time_ and _extent of space_ are expressed by the accusative. ¤336. Ç22.È Verbs of _making, choosing, calling, showing_, and the like, may take a _predicate accusative_ along with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusatives become nominatives. ¤392. _Ablative Case_ Ç23.È _Cause_ is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question Because of what? ¤102. Ç24.È _Means_ is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question By means of what? or With what? ¤103. Ç25.È _Accompaniment_ is denoted by the ablative with ÇcumÈ. This answers the question With whom? ¤104. Ç26.È The ablative with ÇcumÈ is used to denote the manner of an action. ÇCumÈ may be omitted, if an adjective is used with the ablative. This answers the question How? or In what manner? ¤105. Ç27.È With comparatives and words implying comparison the ablative is used to denote the _measure of difference_. ¤317. Ç28.È The ablative of a noun or pronoun with a present or perfect participle in agreement is used to express attendant circumstance. This is called the _ablative absolute_. ¤381. Ç29.È 1. Descriptions of physical characteristics are expressed by the ablative with a modifying adjective. ¤444. 2. Descriptions involving neither numerical statements nor physical characteristics may be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a modifying adjective. ¤445. Ç30.È The ablative is used to denote _in what respect_ something is true. ¤398. Ç31.È The _place from which_ is expressed by Ç‰È or ÇabÈ, Çd�È, Ç�È or ÇexÈ with the separative ablative. This answers the question Whence? Before names of towns, small islands, ÇdomusÈ, and ÇržsÈ the preposition is omitted. ¤¤264, 266. Ç32.È Words expressing separation or deprivation require an ablative to complete their meaning. This is called the _ablative of separation_. ¤180. Ç33.È The word expressing the person from whom an action starts, when not the subject, is put in the ablative with the preposition Ç‰È or ÇabÈ. This is called the _ablative of the personal agent_. ¤181. Ç34.È The comparative degree, if ÇquamÈ is omitted, is followed by the separative ablative. ¤309. Ç35.È The _time when or within which_ anything happens is expressed by the ablative without a preposition. ¤275. Ç36.È 1. The _place at or in which_ is expressed by the ablative with ÇinÈ. This answers the question Where? Before names of towns, small islands, and ÇržsÈ the preposition is omitted. ¤¤265, 266. 2. Names of towns and small islands, if singular and of the first or second declension, and the word ÇdomusÈ express the _place in which_ by the locative. ¤268. _Gerund and Gerundive_ Ç37.È 1. The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns. ¤406.1. 2. The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more usual. ¤406.2. Ç38.È The accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ÇadÈ, or the genitive with Çcaus‰È, is used to express purpose. ¤407. _Moods and Tenses of Verbs_ Ç39.È Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses, and secondary by secondary. ¤358. Ç40.È The subjunctive is used in a dependent clause to express the _purpose_ of the action in the principal clause. ¤349. Ç41.È _A substantive clause of purpose_ with the subjunctive is used as object with verbs of _commanding, urging, asking, persuading_, or _advising_, where in English we should usually have the infinitive. ¤366. Ç42.È Verbs of _fearing_ are followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced by ÇutÈ (_that not_) or Çn�È (_that_ or _lest_). ¤372. Ç43.È _Consecutive clauses of result_ are introduced by ÇutÈ or Çut n™nÈ, and have the verb in the subjunctive. ¤385. Ç44.È _Object clauses of result_ with ÇutÈ or Çut n™nÈ are found after verbs of effecting or bringing about. ¤386. Ç45.È A relative clause with the subjunctive is often used to describe an antecedent. This is called the _subjunctive of characteristic or description_. ¤390. Ç46.È The conjunction ÇcumÈ means _when, since_, or _although_. It is followed by the subjunctive unless it means _when_ and its clause fixes the time at which the main action took place. ¤396. Ç47.È When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive, and its subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the infinitive. ¤416. Ç48.È The accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is found after verbs of _saying, telling, knowing, thinking_, and _perceiving_. ¤419. Ç49.È A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future indicative becomes future infinitive. ¤418. Ç50.È In an _indirect question_ the verb is in the subjunctive and its tense is determined by the law for tense sequence. ¤432. [Illustration: DOMINA] APPENDIX III REVIEWS[1] [Footnote 1: It is suggested that each of these reviews be assigned for a written test.] [TranscriberÕs Note: In this Review section, the lists of English words for translation may not be in the same order as in the original.] I. REVIEW OF VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR THROUGH LESSON VIII Ç502.È Give the English of the following words:[1] NOUNS agricola Çgall”naÈ ancilla inižria ÇaquaÈ Ç”nsulaÈ ÇcasaÈ ÇlžnaÈ ÇcausaÈ ÇnautaÈ c�na ÇpecžniaÈ Çcor™naÈ puella ÇdeaÈ ÇpugnaÈ domina ÇsagittaÈ f‰bula ÇsilvaÈ ÇferaÈ ÇterraÈ Çf”liaÈ ÇtubaÈ ÇfortžnaÈ ÇviaÈ ÇfugaÈ Çvict™riaÈ ADJECTIVES ÇaltaÈ ÇmagnaÈ ÇbonaÈ ÇmalaÈ Çcl‰raÈ ÇnovaÈ Çgr‰taÈ ÇparvaÈ Çl‰taÈ ÇpulchraÈ ÇlongaÈ Çs™laÈ VERBS amat ÇnecatÈ ÇdatÈ ÇnžntiatÈ ÇestÈ ÇparatÈ habitat ÇportatÈ Çlab™ratÈ ÇpugnatÈ ÇlaudatÈ ÇsuntÈ n‰rrat ÇvocatÈ PREPOSITIONS Ç‰È or ÇabÈ ÇadÈ ÇcumÈ Çd�È Ç�È or ÇexÈ ÇinÈ PRONOUNS ÇmeaÈ ÇtuaÈ ÇquisÈ ÇcuiusÈ ÇcuiÈ ÇquemÈ ÇquidÈ ADVERBS ÇcžrÈ ÇdeindeÈ Çn™nÈ ÇubiÈ CONJUNCTIONS ÇetÈ quia ÇquodÈ INTERROGATIVE PARTICLE Ç-neÈ [Footnote 1: Proper nouns and proper adjectives are not repeated in the reviews. Words used in CassarÕs ÒGallic WarÓ are in heavy type.] Ç503.È Give the Latin of the following words:[1] Underline the words you do not remember. Do not look up a single word till you have gone through the entire list. Then drill on the words you have underlined. _flight_ _wide_ story tells _new_ _money_ lives (verb) _calls_ _away from_ _with_ _who_ _your_ _why_ _then, in the next place_ _forest_ _daughter_ _wreath_ _to whom_ _deep, high_ _fortune_ dinner _famous_ _out from_ _labors_ (verb) _my_ _kills_ _where_ _not_ _trumpet_ _in_ lady, mistress _and_ _whom_ _sailor_ _island_ farmer _goddess_ _what_ _wild beast_ _way_ _praises_ (verb) _bad_ _alone_ loves _pleasing_ _pretty_ _prepares_ _water_ _are_ _great_ _to_ _is_ _because_ _announces_ _arrow_ _injury, wrong_ _cottage_ _battle_ (noun) _gives_ _small_ girl _fights_ (verb) _good_ maid _carries_ _down from_ _chicken_ _long_ _victory_ _cause_ _land_ _whose_ [Footnote 1: The translations of words used in C¾sar are in italics.] Ç504.È ÇReview Questions.È How many syllables has a Latin word? How are words divided into syllables? What is the ultima? the penult? the antepenult? When is a syllable short? When is a syllable long? What is the law of Latin accent? Define the subject of a sentence; the predicate; the object; the copula. What is inflection? declension? conjugation? What is the ending of the verb in the third person singular, and what in the plural? What does the form of a noun show? Name the Latin cases. What case is used for the subject? the direct object? the possessor? What relation is expressed by the dative case? Give the rule for the indirect object. How are questions answered in Latin? What is a predicate adjective? an attributive adjective? What is meant by agreement? Give the rule for the agreement of the adjective. What are the three relations expressed by the ablative? What can you say of the position of the possessive pronoun? the modifying genitive? the adjective? What is the base? What is grammatical gender? What is the rule for gender in the first declension? What are the general principles of Latin word order? Ç505.È Fill out the following summary of the first declension: THE FIRST OR å-DECLENSION 1. Ending in the nominative singular 2. Rule for gender 3. Case terminations a. Singular b. Plural 4. Irregular nouns II. REVIEW OF LESSONS IX-XVII Ç506.È Give the English of the following words: NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION Çagr” cultžraÈ ÇgaleaÈ Çc™nstantiaÈ ÇinopiaÈ Çc™piaÈ ÇlacrimaÈ Çd”ligentiaÈ Çl™r”caÈ Çf‰maÈ ÇpatriaÈ f�mina ÇpraedaÈ NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION ÇagerÈ Çl”ber”È Çam”cusÈ magister ÇarmaÈ (plural) ÇmžrusÈ ÇauxiliumÈ ÇnumerusÈ ÇbellumÈ Çoppid‰nusÈ ÇcarrusÈ ÇoppidumÈ ÇcastrumÈ Çp”lumÈ ÇcibusÈ ÇpopulusÈ Çc™nsiliumÈ ÇpraemiumÈ ÇdomiciliumÈ ÇproeliumÈ dominus ÇpuerÈ ÇequusÈ ÇscžtumÈ Çf”liusÈ ÇservusÈ fluvius ÇstudiumÈ ÇfržmentumÈ Çt�lumÈ ÇgladiusÈ Çv”cusÈ Çl�g‰tusÈ ÇvirÈ ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS Çaeger, aegra, aegrumÈ Çalius, alia, aliudÈ Çalter, altera, alterumÈ Çarm‰tus, -a, -umÈ Çcr�ber, cr�bra, cr�brumÈ Çdžrus, -a, -umÈ Çf”nitimus, -a, -umÈ Ç”nf”rmus, -a, -umÈ Çlegi™n‰rius, -a, -umÈ Çl”ber, l”bera, l”berumÈ Çm‰tžrus, -a, -umÈ Çmeus, -a, -umÈ Çmiser, misera, miserumÈ Çmultus, -a, -umÈ Çneuter, neutra, neutrumÈ Çnoster, nostra, nostrumÈ Çnžllus, -a, -umÈ Çpulcher, pulchra, pulchrumÈ Çs™lus, -a, -umÈ Çsuus, -a, -umÈ Çt™tus, -a, -umÈ Çtuus, -a, -umÈ Çžllus, -a, -umÈ Çžnus, -a, -umÈ Çuter, utra, utrumÈ validus, -a, -um Çvester, vestra, vestrumÈ VERBS arat ÇcžratÈ Çd�s”deratÈ Çm‰tžratÈ ÇproperatÈ DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN Çis, ea, idÈ CONJUNCTIONS ÇanÈ Ç-queÈ ÇsedÈ ADVERBS ÇiamÈ qu™ ÇsaepeÈ PREPOSITION ÇapudÈ Ç507.È Give the Latin of the following words: _sword_ _shield_ (noun) _corselet_ _whole_ _man_ _it_ _your_ (plural) _aid_ (noun) _hasten_ _legionary_ _but_ _weak_ _among_ _arms_ _tear_ (noun) master (of school) _village_ _friend_ strong _neighboring_ _long for_ _sick_ _and_ (enclitic) _lieutenant_ _often_ _field_ _want_ (noun) _report, rumor_ _which_ (of two) _abode_ _care for_ _boy_ _or_ (in a question) _his own_ whither _alone_ _wagon_ _prize_ (noun) _townsman_ master (owner) _wretched_ _carefulness_ _ripe_ _plenty_ _war_ _troops_ _number_ _plan_ (noun) _my_ _people_ _free_ (adj.) _beautiful_ _children_ _no_ (adj.) _wall_ _our_ _grain_ _battle_ _weapon_ _spear_ _one_ _food_ plow (verb) _steadiness_ _this_ or _that_ _fatherland_ _already_ _town_ _helmet_ _fort_ river _camp_ _zeal_ _neither_ (of two) _any_ _much_ _he_ _agriculture_ _son_ _other_ _slave_ _the other_ (of two) _your_ (singular) _hard_ _she_ _booty_ _woman_ _frequent_ _horse_ _armed_ Ç508.È ÇReview Questions.È How many declensions are there? What three things must be known about a noun before it can be declined? What three cases of neuter nouns are always alike, and in what do they end in the plural? What two plural cases are always alike? When is the vocative singular not like the nominative? What is a predicate noun? With what does it agree? What is an appositive? Give the rule for the agreement of an appositive. How can we tell whether a noun in Ç-erÈ is declined like ÇpuerÈ or like ÇagerÈ? Decline ÇbonusÈ, Çl”berÈ, ÇpulcherÈ. How can we tell whether an adjective in Ç-erÈ is declined like Çl”berÈ or like ÇpulcherÈ? Why must we say Çnauta bonusÈ and not Çnauta bonaÈ? Name the Latin possessive pronouns. How are they declined? With what does the possessive pronoun agree? When do we use ÇtuusÈ and when ÇvesterÈ? Why is ÇsuusÈ called a _reflexive_ possessive? What is the non-reflexive possessive of the third person? When are possessives omitted? What four uses of the ablative case are covered by the relations expressed in English by _with_? Give an illustration in Latin of the _ablative of manner_; of the _ablative of cause_; of the _ablative of means_; of the _ablative of accompaniment_. What ablative regularly has ÇcumÈ? What ablative sometimes has ÇcumÈ? What uses of the ablative never have ÇcumÈ? Name the nine pronominal adjectives, with their meanings. Decline ÇaliusÈ, ÇnžllusÈ. Decline ÇisÈ. What does ÇisÈ mean as a demonstrative adjective or pronoun? What other important use has it? Ç509.È Fill out the following summary of the second declension: THE SECOND OR O-DECLENSION 1. Endings in the nominative 2. Rule for gender 3. Case terminations of nouns in Ç-usÈ a. Singular b. Plural a. The vocative singular of nouns in Ç-usÈ 4. Case terminations of nouns in Ç-umÈ a. Singular b. Plural 5. Peculiarities of nouns in Ç-erÈ and Ç-irÈ 6. Peculiarities of nouns in Ç-iusÈ and Ç-iumÈ III. REVIEW OF LESSONS XVIII-XXVI Ç510.È Give the English of the following words: NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION Çdiscipl”naÈ r�g”na Çf™rmaÈ superbia ÇpoenaÈ Çtr”stitiaÈ ÇpotentiaÈ NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION lždus Ç™rn‰mentumÈ sacrum ÇsociusÈ ÇverbumÈ ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS Çam”cusÈ ”r‰tus Çant”quusÈ ÇlaetusÈ Çf”nitimusÈ ÇmolestusÈ Çgr‰tusÈ ÇperpetuusÈ Çid™neusÈ ÇproximusÈ Çinim”cusÈ ÇseptemÈ ÇinterfectusÈ ÇsuperbusÈ ADVERBS hodi� ÇibiÈ Çmaxim�È mox ÇnuncÈ ÇnžperÈ CONJUNCTIONS ÇetiamÈ Çn™n s™lum ... sed etiamÈ PERSONAL PRONOUN ÇegoÈ VERBS CONJ. I vol™, -‰re CONJ. II Çd�le™, -�reÈ Çnoce™, -�reÈ Çdoce™, -�reÈ Çp‰re™, -�reÈ Çfave™, -�reÈ Çpersu‰de™, -�reÈ Çhabe™, -�reÈ sede™, -�re Çiube™, -�reÈ Çstude™, -�reÈ Çmone™, -�reÈ Çvide™, -�reÈ Çmove™, -�reÈ CONJ. III Çag™, -ereÈ Çfugi™, -ereÈ Çcapi™, -ereÈ Çiaci™, -ereÈ Çcr�d™, -ereÈ Çmitt™, -ereÈ Çd”c™, -ereÈ rapi™, -ere Çdžc™, -ereÈ Çreg™, -ereÈ Çfaci™, -ereÈ Çresist™, -ereÈ CONJ. IV Çaudi™, -”reÈ Çmžni™, -”reÈ Çreperi™, -”reÈ Çveni™, -”reÈ IRREGULAR VERB Çsum, esseÈ Ç511.È ÇGive the Latin of the following words.È In the case of verbs always give the first form and the present infinitive. _ancient_ _power_ _come_ _make, do_ _resist_ _injure_ _see_ _now_ _be_ _annoying_ fly _lead_ _I_ _move_ _proud_ soon _word_ _glad_ _sadness_ _punishment_ _find_ _believe_ _rule_ (verb) _advise_ _be eager for_ _especially, most of all_ _not only ... but also_ angry _seven_ _beauty_ _ally, companion_ _say_ pride _command_ (verb) _fortify_ _there_ _send_ _slain_ sit _training_ _also_ _take_ school _have_ _hear_ to-day _hurl_ _unfriendly_ _persuade_ _drive_ _only_ _favor_ (verb) _nearest_ _suitable_ sacred rite _pleasing_ queen _teach_ _flee_ _neighboring_ _obey_ _destroy_ _lately_ _friendly_ _constant_ seize _ornament_ Ç512.È ÇReview Questions.È What is conjugation? Name two important differences between conjugation in Latin and in English. What is tense? What is mood? What are the Latin moods? When do we use the indicative mood? Name the six tenses of the indicative. What are personal endings? Name those you have had. Inflect sum in the three tenses you have learned. How many regular conjugations are there? How are they distinguished? How is the present stem found? What tenses are formed from the present stem? What is the tense sign of the imperfect? What is the meaning of the imperfect? What is the tense sign of the future in the first two conjugations? in the last two? Before what letters is a final long vowel of the stem shortened? What are the three possible translations of a present, as of pugn™? Inflect ar™, sede™, mitt™, faci™, and veni™, in the present, imperfect, and future active. What forms of -i™ verbs of the third conjugation are like audi™? what like reg™? Give the rule for the dative with adjectives. Name the special intransitive verbs that govern the dative. What does the imperative mood express? How is the present active imperative formed in the singular? in the plural? What three verbs have a shortened present active imperative? Give the present active imperative of port™, d�le™, ag™, faci™, mžni™. IV. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXVII-XXXVI Ç513.È Give the English of the following words: NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION ljlaÈ ÇcžraÈ ÇmoraÈ ÇportaÈ Çpr™vinciaÈ Çv”taÈ NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION ÇanimusÈ Çn‰vigiumÈ aurum ™r‰culum ÇbracchiumÈ Çper”culumÈ ÇdeusÈ ÇventusÈ ÇlocusÈ Çv”numÈ m™nstrum ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS ÇadversusÈ ÇdubiusÈ attentus ÇmaximusÈ Çc‰rusÈ perfidus Çcomm™tusÈ Çpl�nusÈ Çd�fessusÈ saevus ÇdexterÈ ÇsinisterÈ ADVERBS Çante‰È ÇitaÈ ÇceleriterÈ Çlong�È Çd�niqueÈ ÇsemperÈ ÇdižÈ Çsubit™È Çfržstr‰È ÇtamenÈ ÇgraviterÈ ÇtumÈ CONJUNCTIONS ÇautemÈ Çs”È ÇubiÈ PREPOSITIONS Çd�È ÇperÈ Çpr™È ÇsineÈ VERBS CONJ. I Çadpropinqu™È Çserv™È Çn‰vig™È Çst™È Çoccup™È Çsuper™È Çpostul™È Çtempt™È Çrecžs™È Çv‰st™È Çreport™È Çvulner™È CONJ. II Çcontine™È Çege™È Çprohibe™È Çresponde™È Çtene™È CONJ. III Çdisc�d™È Çger™È Çinterfici™È IRREGULAR VERB ÇabsumÈ Ç514.È Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs. _be away_ _heavily_ _wind_ monster _through_ _approach_ _if_ _nevertheless_ savage _place_ _wound_ (verb) _be without, lack_ _wine_ _moved_ _delay_ gold faithless _restrain, keep from_ _right_ _without_ _seize_ _hold_ _quickly_ _suddenly_ _before, in behalf of_ _dear_ _battle_ _always_ _down from_ or _concerning_ _god_ _moreover_ _hold in, keep_ _greatest_ _afar_ oracle _thus, so, as follows_ _danger_ _arm_ (noun) _lay waste_ _when_ _gate_ _in vain_ _doubtful_ _stand_ _opposite, adverse_ _bring back, win_ _demand_ _before, previously_ _finally_ _depart, go away_ attentive _province_ _then, at that time_ _care, trouble_ _weary_ _kill_ _overcome, conquer_ _reply_ (verb) _conquer_ _wing_ _boat, ship_ _mind, heart_ _sail_ (verb) _left_ (adj.) _life_ _bear, carry on_ _save_ _try_ _full_ _for a long time_ _refuse_ Ç515.È Give the principal parts and meaning of the following verbs: ÇsumÈ Çfave™È Çd™È Çnoce™È Çtene™È Çd”c™È Çiube™È Çp‰re™È Çag™È Çdžc™È Çmitt™È Çfaci™È Çmžni™È Çpersu‰de™È Çmove™È Çsede™È Çcr�d™È Çstude™È Çrapi™È Çfugi™È Çreperi™È Çveni™È Çd�le™È Çiaci™È Çresist™È Çvide™È Çaudi™È ÇabsumÈ Çmone™È Çege™È Çcapi™È Çger™È Çdoce™È Çst™È Çreg™È Ç516.È ÇReview Questions.È What are the personal endings in the passive voice? What is the letter -r sometimes called? What are the distinguishing vowels of the four conjugations? What forms constitute the principal parts? What are the three different conjugation stems? How may they be found? What are the tenses of the indicative? of the infinitive? What tense of the imperative have you learned? What forms are built on the present stem? on the perfect stem? on the participial stem? What are the endings of the perfect active indicative? What is the tense sign of the pluperfect active? of the future perfect active? How is the present active infinitive formed? the present passive infinitive? How is the present active imperative formed? the present passive imperative? How is the perfect active infinitive formed? the perfect passive infinitive? How is the future active infinitive formed? What is a participle? How are participles in -us declined? Give the rule for the agreement of the participle. How are the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect passive indicative formed? Conjugate the verb ÇsumÈ in all moods and tenses as far as you have learned it (¤494). What is meant by the separative ablative? How is the place _from which_ expressed in Latin? Give the rule for the ablative of separation; for the ablative of the personal agent. How can we distinguish between the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent? What is the perfect definite? the perfect indefinite? What is the difference in meaning between the perfect indefinite and the imperfect? What two cases in Latin may be governed by a preposition? Name the prepositions that govern the ablative. What does the preposition ÇinÈ mean when it governs the ablative? the accusative? What are the three interrogatives used to introduce _yes_-and-_no_ questions? Explain the force of each. What words are sometimes used for _yes_ and _no?_ What are the different meanings and uses of ubi? V. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXVII-XLIV Ç517.È Give the English of the following words: NOUNS FIRST DECLENSION SECOND DECLENSION Çr”paÈ Çbarbar”È Çcapt”vusÈ ÇcastellumÈ Çimped”mentumÈ THIRD DECLENSION ÇanimalÈ Çhom™È Ç™rd™È ÇarborÈ Çhost”sÈ ÇpaterÈ ÇavisÈ ÇignisÈ ÇpedesÈ Çcaed�sÈ Çimper‰torÈ Çp�sÈ Çcalamit‰sÈ Ç”nsigneÈ p™ns calcar ÇiterÈ Çpr”ncepsÈ ÇcaputÈ iždex Çr�xÈ Çc”visÈ ÇlaborÈ ÇsalžsÈ Çcli�nsÈ ÇlapisÈ ÇsanguisÈ ÇcollisÈ Çlegi™È ÇsororÈ Çc™nsulÈ ÇmareÈ tempus Çd�nsÈ Çm‰terÈ ÇterrorÈ ÇduxÈ Çm�nsisÈ ÇturrisÈ ÇequesÈ Çm”lesÈ ÇurbsÈ Çf”nisÈ Çm™nsÈ ÇvictorÈ ÇflžmenÈ Çn‰visÈ ÇvirtžsÈ f™ns ÇopusÈ Çv”sÈ Çfr‰terÈ Ç™r‰torÈ ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS ÇbarbarusÈ ÇdexterÈ ÇsinisterÈ ÇsummusÈ PREPOSITIONS ÇinÈ with the abl. ÇinÈ with the acc. Çtr‰nsÈ ADVERBS Çcot”di�È ÇnumquamÈ CONJUNCTIONS Çnec, nequeÈ Çnec ... necÈ, or Çneque ... nequeÈ VERBS CONJ. I CONJ. III Çcess™È Çaccipi™È Çoppugn™È Çpet™È Çconfirm™È Çvinc™È Çvet™È Çincipi™È Çpon™È Çviv™È Ç518.È Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs: _forbid_ _in_ _rank, row_ _judge_ _brother_ _defeat, disaster_ _force_ _fire_ _across_ _tree_ _savages_ _foot soldier_ _horseman_ _receive_ _never_ _general_ _mountain_ _highest_ _manliness, courage_ _fountain_ _leader_ _orator_ _put, place_ _neither ... nor_ _time_ _and not_ _savage, barbarous_ _left_ _sister_ _tooth_ _seek_ _soldier_ _captive_ _month_ _hindrance, baggage_ _city_ _captive_ _victor_ _hindrance, baggage_ _daily_ _man-of-war_ _live_ (verb) _conquer_ _redoubt, fort_ _consul_ _sea_ _mother_ _tower_ _retainer_ _drill_ (verb) _citizen_ _legion_ _head_ _terror_ _safety_ _into, to_ _assail, storm_ _right_ (adj.) _begin_ _stone_ _march_ _blood_ _decoration_ _labor_ (noun) _bridge_ _king_ _bird_ _spur_ _cease_ _chief_ _man_ _slaughter_ _river_ _strengthen_ _work_ (noun) _foot_ _and_ _enemy_ _ship_ _animal_ _bank_ _father_ Ç519.È ÇReview Questions.È Give the conjugation of ÇpossumÈ. What is an infinitive? What three uses has the Latin infinitive that are like the English? What is the case of the subject of the infinitive? What is meant by a complementary infinitive? In the sentence _The bad boy cannot be happy_, what is the case of _happy_? Give the rule. Decline Çqu”È. Give the rule for the agreement of the relative. What are the two uses of the interrogative? Decline ÇquisÈ. What is the base of a noun? How is the stem formed from the base? Are the stem and the base ever the same? How many declensions of nouns are there? Name them. What are the two chief divisions of the third declension? How are the consonant stems classified? Explain the formation of ÇlapisÈ from the stem Çlapid-È, Çm”lesÈ from Çm”lit-È, Çr�xÈ from Çr�g-È. What nouns have ÇiÈ-stems? What peculiarities of form do ÇiÈ-stems have,--masc., fem., and neut.? Name the five nouns that have Ç-”È and Ç-eÈ in the abl. Decline ÇturrisÈ. Give the rules for gender in the third declension. Decline Çm”lesÈ, ÇlapisÈ, Çr�xÈ, ÇvirtžsÈ, Çc™nsulÈ, Çlegi™È, Çhom™È, ÇpaterÈ, ÇflžmenÈ, ÇopusÈ, ÇtempusÈ, ÇcaputÈ, Çcaed�sÈ, ÇurbsÈ, ÇhostisÈ, ÇmareÈ, ÇanimalÈ, Çv”sÈ, ÇiterÈ. Ç520.È Fill out the following scheme: { { Masculine { GENDER { Feminine { ENDINGS { Neuter { THE THIRD { { I. CONSONANT { _a_. Masc. and fem. DECLENSION { { STEMS { _b_. Neuters { CASE { { TERMINATIONS { { { { { II. _I_-STEMS { _a_. Masc. and fem. { { { _b_. Neuters { { IRREGULAR NOUNS VI. REVIEW OF LESSONS XLV-LII Ç521.È Give the English of the following words: NOUNS FIRST DECLENSION Çam”citiaÈ Çh™raÈ ÇlitteraÈ SECOND DECLENSION ÇannusÈ ÇsuppliciumÈ, ÇmodusÈ Çsupplicium dareÈ ÇnžntiusÈ Çsupplicium sžmere d�È ÇoculusÈ ÇtergumÈ, Çr�gnumÈ Çtergum vertereÈ ÇsignumÈ Çvest”giumÈ THIRD DECLENSION Çaest‰sÈ ÇnoxÈ ÇcorpusÈ ÇparsÈ ÇhiemsÈ Çp‰xÈ Çl”bert‰sÈ ržs ÇlžxÈ, Çs™lÈ Çpr”ma lžxÈ Çv™xÈ Çn™menÈ ÇvulnusÈ FOURTH DECLENSION ÇadventusÈ ÇimpetusÈ ÇcornžÈ ÇlacusÈ ÇdomusÈ ÇmanusÈ Çequit‰tusÈ ÇmetusÈ ÇexercitusÈ ÇportusÈ ÇfluctusÈ FIFTH DECLENSION Çaci�sÈ Çr�sÈ, Çdi�sÈ Çr�s gestaeÈ Çfid�sÈ, Çr�s adversaeÈ Çin fidem ven”reÈ Çr�s secundaeÈ Çr�s pžblicaÈ Çsp�sÈ INDECLINABLE NOUN ÇnihilÈ ADJECTIVES FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS Çd�nsusÈ Çpr”stinusÈ Çinv”susÈ ÇpžblicusÈ Çm”rusÈ ÇsecundusÈ Çpauc”È ÇtantusÈ Çpr”musÈ Çv�rusÈ THIRD DECLENSION ljcer, ‰cris, ‰creÈ Çgravis, graveÈ Çbrevis, breveÈ Çincolumis, incolumeÈ Çdifficilis, difficileÈ Çomnis, omneÈ Çfac”lis, facileÈ Çp‰r, p‰rÈ Çfortis, forteÈ Çv�l™x, v�l™xÈ PRONOUNS PERSONAL ÇegoÈ Çn™sÈ Çsu”È ÇtžÈ Çv™sÈ DEMONSTRATIVE ÇhicÈ Ç”demÈ ÇilleÈ ÇisteÈ INTENSIVE ÇipseÈ INDEFINITE Çaliquis, aliqu”È Çqu”damÈ Çquis, qu”È ÇquisquamÈ ÇquisqueÈ ADVERBS Çn� ... quidemÈ ÇquoqueÈ ™lim ÇsatisÈ ÇpaeneÈ Çv�r™È CONJUNCTIONS ÇitaqueÈ ÇnisiÈ PREPOSITIONS ÇanteÈ ÇpostÈ ÇpropterÈ VERBS CONJ. I CONJ. II Çconloc™È Çd�be™È Çconvoc™È Çexerce™È Çcrem™È Çmane™È Çd�m™nstr™È Çplace™È Çmand™È Çsustine™È CONJ. III CONJ. IV Çcommitt™È, Çd�sili™È Çcommittere proeliumÈ Çd�cid™È Ç�ripi™È Çsžm™È, Çsžmere supplicium d�È Çtr‰džc™È Çvert™È Ç522.È Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs. _if not, unless_ _adversity_ _on account of_ _former, old-time_ _public_ _all, every_ _commonwealth_ _any one_ (at all) _leap down, dismount_ _this_ (of mine) _unharmed_ _heavy, serious_ _lead across_ _hateful, detested_ _remain_ _true_ _call together_ _burn_ _friendship_ _snatch from_ _footprint, trace_ _letter_ _each_ _punishment_ _fear_ (noun) _inflict punishment on_ _hope_ _behind, after_ _therefore_ _suffer punishment_ _so great_ _liberty_ _equal_ _sun_ _in truth, indeed_ _sustain_ _that_ (yonder) _take up, assume_ _a certain_ _hour_ _fall down_ _reign, realm_ _owe, ought_ _messenger_ _measure, mode_ _part, direction_ _eye_ _body_ _name_ _harbor_ _wave, billow_ _faith, protection_ _thing, matter_ _of himself_ _exploits_ _also, too_ _republic_ _sufficiently_ _prosperity_ _you_ (plur.) _burn_ _peace_ _that_ (of yours) _back_ _before_ _turn the back, retreat_ _light_ _night_ _daybreak_ _hand, force_ _winter_ _lake_ _attack_ _day_ _line of battle_ _commit, intrust_ _army_ _a few only_ _drill, train_ _sharp, eager_ _join battle_ _we_ _house, home_ _turn_ _midday_ _you_ (sing.) _wonderful_ _I_ _brave_ _signal_ _almost_ _summer_ _the same_ _cavalry_ _some, any_ _wound_ _if any one_ _horn, wing_ _self, very_ _country_ _not even_ _second, favorable_ _easy_ _formerly, once_ _dense_ _short_ _point out, explain_ _voice_ _difficult_ _arrival_ _first_ _come under the protection of_ _arrange, station_ _nothing_ _please_ _swift_ _year_ Ç523.È ÇReview Questions.È By what declensions are Latin adjectives declined? What can you say about the stem of adjectives of the third declension? Into what classes are these adjectives divided? How can you tell to which of the classes an adjective belongs? Decline ljcer, omnis, p‰rÈ. What are the nominative endings and genders of nouns of the fourth or ÇuÈ-declension? What nouns are feminine by exception? Decline Çadventus, lacus, cornž, domusÈ. Give the rules for the ordinary expression of the _place to which_, the _place from which_, the _place in which_. What special rules apply to names of towns, small islands, and ÇržsÈ? What is the locative case? What words have a locative case? What is the form of the locative case? Translate _Galba lives at home, Galba lives at Rome, Galba lives at Pompeii_. What is the rule for gender in the fifth or Ç�È-declension? Decline Çdi�sÈ, Çr�sÈ. When is the long Ç�È shortened? What can you say about the plural of the fifth declension? Decline ÇtubaÈ, ÇservusÈ, Çp”lumÈ, ÇagerÈ, ÇpuerÈ, Çm”lesÈ, Çc™nsulÈ, ÇflžmenÈ, Çcaed�sÈ, ÇanimalÈ. How is the _time when_ expressed? Name the classes of pronouns and define each class. Decline Çego, tž, isÈ. What are the reflexives of the first and second persons? What is the reflexive of the third person? Decline it. Translate _I see myself, he sees himself, he sees him_. Decline ÇipseÈ. How is ÇipseÈ used? Decline Ç”demÈ. Decline ÇhicÈ, ÇisteÈ, ÇilleÈ. Explain the use of these words. Name and translate the commoner indefinite pronouns. Decline ÇaliquisÈ, ÇquisquamÈ, Çqu”damÈ, ÇquisqueÈ. VII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LIII-LX Ç524.È Give the English of the following words: NOUNS FIRST DECLENSION ÇaquilaÈ ÇfossaÈ SECOND DECLENSION ÇaedificiumÈ Çneg™tiumÈ Çcapt”vusÈ ÇspatiumÈ ÇconciliumÈ Çv‰llumÈ ÇimperiumÈ THIRD DECLENSION ÇagmenÈ ÇmorsÈ Çcelerit‰sÈ ÇmulierÈ Çc”vit‰sÈ Çmultitžd™È Çcl‰morÈ Çmžn”ti™È ÇcohorsÈ Çn�m™È Çdifficult‰sÈ ÇobsesÈ Çexpl™r‰torÈ Çop”ni™È Çg�nsÈ Çregi™È Çl‰titžd™È ÇržmorÈ Çlongitžd™È ÇscelusÈ Çmagnitžd™È ÇservitžsÈ Çm�nsÈ ÇtimorÈ Çmerc‰torÈ Çvall�sÈ Çm”lleÈ FOURTH DECLENSIONS ÇaditusÈ ÇpassusÈ Çcomme‰tusÈ FIFTH DECLENSION Çr�s fržment‰riaÈ ADJECTIVES FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS ÇaequusÈ ÇpessimusÈ Çb”n”È ÇplžrimusÈ Çducent”È ÇposterusÈ ÇduoÈ Çpr”musÈ ÇexterusÈ reliquus Ç”nferusÈ ÇsecundusÈ ÇmaximusÈ Çsingul”È ÇmediusÈ ÇsuperusÈ ÇminimusÈ ÇtardusÈ ÇopportžnusÈ Çtern”È ÇoptimusÈ ÇžnusÈ THIRD DECLENSION Çalacer, alacris, alacreÈ Çaud‰x, aud‰xÈ Çceler, celeris, celereÈ Çciterior, citeriusÈ Çdifficilis, difficileÈ Çdissimilis, dissimileÈ Çfacilis, facileÈ gracilis, gracile Çhumilis, humileÈ Çing�ns, ing�nsÈ Çinterior, interiusÈ Çl�nis, l�neÈ Çmaior, maiusÈ Çmelior, meliusÈ Çminor, minusÈ Çn™bilis, n™bileÈ Çpeior, peiusÈ ----, ÇplžsÈ Çprior, priusÈ Çrec�ns, rec�nsÈ Çsimilis, simileÈ Çtr�s, triaÈ Çulterior, ulteriusÈ ADVERBS ljcriterÈ Çoptim�È Çaud‰cterÈ ÇparumÈ ÇbeneÈ Çpaul™È ÇfacileÈ ÇplžrimumÈ Çfer�È ÇpropeÈ ÇfortiterÈ ÇpropiusÈ ÇmagisÈ Çproxim�È ÇmagnopereÈ ÇquamÈ Çmaxim�È ÇstatimÈ ÇmeliusÈ ÇtamÈ Çminim�È ÇundiqueÈ ÇmultumÈ CONJUNCTIONS Çatque, acÈ Çqu‰ d� caus‰È ÇautÈ Çquam ob remÈ Çaut ... autÈ Çsimul atque orÈ Çet ... etÈ Çsimul ac ÇnamÈÈ PREPOSITIONS ÇcircumÈ Çcontr‰È ÇinterÈ ÇobÈ Çtr‰nsÈ VERBS CONJ. I CONJ. II Çc™norÈ Çobtine™È ÇhortorÈ Çperterre™È ÇmororÈ Çvale™È Çvex™È ÇvereorÈ CONJ. III Çabd™È ÇpatiorÈ Çcad™È prem™ Çcogn™sc™È Çprofic”scorÈ Çc™nsequorÈ Çpr™grediorÈ Çcontend™È Çquaer™È Çcupi™È Çrecipi™È Çcurr™È Çrelinqu™È Çd�d™È ÇrevertorÈ Çd�fend™È ÇsequorÈ �gredior statu™ Çincend™È subsequor Çincol™È Çsuscipi™È Ç”nsequorÈ Çtr‰d™È Çocc”d™È Çtrah™È CONJ. IV ÇoriorÈ perveni™È Ç525.È Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs: _on account of_ _width_ _nearly_ _scout_ _keenly, sharply_ _cohort_ _thousand_ _tribe, nation_ _two_ _business_ _opportune_ _by a little_ _remaining_ _somewhat_ _above_ (adj.) _crime_ _next_ _difficult_ _grain supply_ _equal_ _pace_ _move forward, advance_ _shout_ (noun) _further_ _from all sides_ _multitude_ _against_ _woman_ _around_ _desire_ (verb) _three_ _give over, surrender_ _line of march_ _kill_ _manor_ _overtake_ _region_ _hasten, strive_ _fortification_ _hide_ _eagle_ _one_ _almost_ _first_ _boldly_ _second, favorable_ _bravely_ _two hundred_ _across_ _former_ _between, among_ _inner_ _hither_ (adj.) _middle_ _so_ _low_ _less_ _outward_ _more_ _three by three_ _most_ _provisions_ _worst_ _speed_ _difficulty_ _ditch_ _hostage_ _wherefore_ or _therefore_ _death_ _length_ _command, power_ _for this reason_ _captive_ _fear_ (noun) _or_ _return_ _and_ _inquire_ _arrive_ _set out_ _attempt, try_ _move out, disembark_ _fear_ (verb) _leave_ _worse_ _abandon_ _greater, larger_ _be strong_ _two by two_ _receive, recover_ _least_ (adv.) _terrify, frighten_ _opinion, expectation_ _dwell_ _defend_ _state, citizenship_ _approach, entrance_ _valley_ _trader_ _slavery_ _magnitude, size_ _greatly_ _council, assembly_ _best of all_ (adv.) _space, room_ _better_ (adv.) _either ... or_ _well_ (adv.) _rise, arise_ _very much_ _suffer, allow_ _much_ _press hard_ _unlike_ _fall_ _like_ (adj.) _surrender_ _slow_ _set fire to_ _very greatly, exceedingly_ _possess, hold_ _building_ _delay_ (verb) _mind_ (noun) _nearest_ (adv.) _easily_ _nearer_ (adv.) _easy_ _better_ (adj.) _recent_ _well known, noble_ _huge, great_ _rampart_ _bold_ _mild, gentle_ _immediately_ _swift_ _as soon as_ _eager_ _for_ _low_ (adj.) _than_ _slender_ _best_ (adj.) _one by one_ _greatest_ _no one_ _follow close_ _least_ (adv.) _encourage_ _little_ (adv.) _annoy, ravage_ _learn, know_ _hide_ _drag_ _follow_ _undertake_ _pursue_ _run_ _both ... and_ _fix, decide_ Ç526.È ÇReview Questions.È What is meant by comparison? In what two ways may adjectives be compared? Compare Çcl‰rus, brevis, v�l™xÈ, and explain the formation of the comparative and the superlative. What are the adverbs used in comparison? Compare ÇbrevisÈ by adverbs. Decline the comparative of Çv�l™xÈ. How are adjectives in Ç-erÈ compared? Compare ljcerÈ, ÇpulcherÈ, ÇliberÈ. What are possible translations for the comparative and superlative? Name the six adjectives that form the superlative in Ç-limusÈ. Translate in two ways _Nothing is brighter than the sun_. Give the rule for the ablative with comparatives. Compare Çbonus, magnus, malus, multus, parvus, exterus, ”nferus, posterus, superusÈ. Decline ÇplžsÈ. Compare Çciterior, interior, propior, ulteriorÈ. Translate _That route to Italy is much shorter_. Give the rule for the expression of measure of difference. Name five words that are especially common in this construction. How are adverbs usually formed from adjectives of the first and second declensions? from adjectives of the third declension? Compare the adverbs Çc‰r�È, Çl”ber�È, ÇfortiterÈ, Çaud‰cterÈ. What cases of adjectives are sometimes used as adverbs? What are the adverbs from ÇfacilisÈ? Çmultus? pr”mus? plžrimusÈ? ÇbonusÈ? ÇmagnusÈ? ÇparvusÈ? Compare ÇpropeÈ, ÇsaepeÈ, ÇmagnopereÈ. How are numerals classified? Give the first twenty cardinals. Decline Çžnus, duo, tr�s, m”lleÈ. How are the hundreds declined? What is meant by the partitive genitive? Give the rule for the partitive genitive. What sort of words are commonly used with this construction? What construction is used with Çqu”damÈ and cardinal numbers excepting Çm”lleÈ? Give the first twenty ordinals. How are they declined? How are the distributives declined? Give the rule for the expression of duration of time and extent of space. What is the difference between the ablative of time and the accusative of time? What is a deponent verb? Give the synopsis of one. What form always has a passive meaning? Conjugate Çam™È, Çmone™È, Çreg™È, Çcapi™È, Çaudi™È, in the active and passive. VIII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LXI-LXIX Ç527.È Review the vocabularies of the first seventeen lessons. See ¤¤502, 503, 506, 507. Ç528.È ÇReview Questions.È Name the tenses of the subjunctive. What time is denoted by these tenses? What are the mood signs of the present subjunctive? How may the imperfect subjunctive be formed? How do the perfect subjunctive and the future perfect indicative active differ in form? How is the pluperfect subjunctive active formed? Inflect the subjunctive active and passive of Çcžr™È, Çd�le™È, Çvinc™È, Çrapi™È, Çmžni™È. Inflect the subjunctive tenses of ÇsumÈ; of ÇpossumÈ. What are the tenses of the participles in the active? What in the passive? Give the active and passive participles of Çam™È, Çmone™È, Çreg™È, Çcapi™È, Çaudi™È. Decline Çreg�nsÈ. What participles do deponent verbs have? What is the difference in meaning between the perfect participle of a deponent verb and of one not deponent? Give the participles of ÇvereorÈ. How should participles usually be translated? Conjugate Çvol™È, Çnol™È, Çm‰l™È, Çf”™È. What is the difference between the indicative and subjunctive in their fundamental ideas? How is purpose usually expressed in English? How is it expressed in Latin? By what words is a Latin purpose clause introduced? When should Çqu™È be used? What is meant by sequence of tenses? Name the primary tenses of the indicative and of the subjunctive; the secondary tenses. What Latin verbs are regularly followed by substantive clauses of purpose? What construction follows Çiube™È? What construction follows verbs of _fearing_? How is consequence or result expressed in Latin? How is a result clause introduced? What words are often found in the principal clause foreshadowing the coming of a result clause? How may negative purpose be distinguished from negative result? What is meant by the subjunctive of characteristic or description? How are such clauses introduced? Explain the ablative absolute. Why is the ablative absolute of such frequent occurrence in Latin? Explain the predicate accusative. After what verbs are two accusatives commonly found? What do these accusatives become when the verb is passive? [Illustration: IMPERATOR MILITES HORTATUR] SPECIAL VOCABULARIES The words in heavy type are used in C¾sarÕs ÒGallic War.Ó [TranscriberÕs Note: Each chapterÕs Special Vocabulary was included with its chapter text in addition to its original location here. Details are given in the TranscriberÕs Note at the beginning of the text. In the printed book, the vocabularies for Lesson IV and Lesson V appeared on the same page; the Footnote about _conjunctions_ was shared by the two lists.] LESSON IV, ¤39 NOUNS ÇdeaÈ, _goddess_ (deity) Di‰«na, _Diana_ ÇferaÈ, _a wild beast_ (fierce) L‰t™«na, _Latona_ Çsagit«taÈ, _arrow_ VERBS ÇestÈ, _he (she, it) is_; ÇsuntÈ, _they are_ ÇnecatÈ, _he (she, it) kills, is killing, does kill_ CONJUNCTION[A] ÇetÈ, _and_ PRONOUNS ÇquisÈ, interrog. pronoun, nom. sing., _who?_ ÇcuiusÈ (pronounced _c[oo]i«y[oo]s_, two syllables), interrog. pronoun, gen. sing., _whose?_ [Footnote A: A _conjunction_ is a word which connects words, parts of sentences, or sentences.] LESSON V, ¤47 NOUNS Çcor™«naÈ, _wreath, garland, crown_ f‰«bula, _story_ (fable) Çpecž«niaÈ, _money_ (pecuniary) ÇpugnaÈ, _battle_ (pugnacious) Çvict™«riaÈ, _victory_ VERBS ÇdatÈ, _he (she, it) gives_ n‰rrat, _he (she, it) tells_ (narrate) CONJUNCTION[A] ÇquiaÈ or ÇquodÈ, _because_ ÇcuiÈ (pronounced _c[oo]i_, one syllable), interrog. pronoun, dat. sing., _to whom?_ _for whom?_ [Footnote A: A _conjunction_ is a word which connects words, parts of sentences, or sentences.] LESSON VI, ¤56 ADJECTIVES ÇbonaÈ, _good_ Çgr‰taÈ, _pleasing_ ÇmagnaÈ, _large, great_ ÇmalaÈ, _bad, wicked_ ÇparvaÈ, _small, little_ ÇpulchraÈ, _beautiful, pretty_ Çs™laÈ, _alone_ NOUNS ancil«la, _maidservant_ Ižlia, _Julia_ ADVERBS[A] ÇcžrÈ, _why_ Çn™nÈ, _not_ PRONOUNS ÇmeaÈ, _my_; ÇtuaÈ, _thy, your_ (possesives) ÇquidÈ, interrog. pronoun, nom. and acc. sing., _what?_ Ç-neÈ, the question sign, an enclitic (¤16) added to the first word, which, in a question, is usually the verb, as ÇamatÈ, _he loves_, but Çamat«ne?È _does he love?_ ÇestÈ, _he is_; Çestne?È _is he?_ Of course Ç-neÈ is not used when the sentence contains ÇquisÈ, ÇcžrÈ, or some other interrogative word. [Footnote A: An _adverb_ is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another adverb; as, She sings _sweetly_; she is _very_ talented; she began to sing _very early_.] LESSON VII, ¤62 NOUNS Çcasa, -aeÈ, f., _cottage_ c�na, -ae, f., _dinner_ Çgall”«na, -aeÈ, f., _hen, chicken_ Ç”n«sula, aeÈ, f., _island_ (pen-insula) ADVERBS Çde-in«deÈ, _then, in the next place_ ÇubiÈ, _where_ PREPOSITION ÇadÈ, _to_, with acc. to express motion toward PRONOUN ÇquemÈ, interrog. pronoun, acc. sing., _whom?_ VERBS ha«bitat, _he (she, it) lives, is living, does live_ (inhabit) ÇlaudatÈ, _he (she, it) praises, is praising, does praise_ (laud) ÇparatÈ, _he (she, it) prepares, is preparing, does prepare_ ÇvocatÈ, _he (she, it) calls, is calling, does call; invites, is inviting, does invite_ (vocation) LESSON VIII, ¤69 NOUNS ÇItalia, -aeÈ, f., _Italy_ Sicilia, -ae, f., _Sicily_ Çtuba, -aeÈ, f., _trumpet_ (tube) Çvia, -aeÈ, f., _way, road, street_ (viaduct) ADJECTIVES ÇaltaÈ, _high, deep_ (altitude) Çcl‰raÈ, _clear, bright; famous_ Çl‰taÈ, _wide_ (latitude) ÇlongaÈ, _long_ (longitude) ÇnovaÈ, _new_ (novelty) LESSON IX, ¤77 NOUNS Çbellum, -”È, n., _war_ (re-bel) Çc™nstantia, -aeÈ, f., _firmness, constancy, steadiness_ dominus, -”, m., _master, lord_ (dominate) Çequus, -”È, m., _horse_ (equine) Çfržmentum, -”È, n., _grain_ Çl�g‰tus, -”È, m., _lieutenant, ambassador_ (legate) ÇM‰rcus, -”È, m., _Marcus, Mark_ Çmžrus, -”È, m., _wall_ (mural) Çoppid‰nus, -”È, m., _townsman_ Çoppidum, -”È, n., _town_ Çp”lum, -”È, n., _spear_ (pile driver) Çservus, -”È, m., _slave, servant_ Sextus, -”, m., _Sextus_ VERBS ÇcžratÈ, _he (she, it) cares for_, with acc. ÇproperatÈ, _he (she, it) hastens_ LESSON X, ¤82 NOUNS Çam”cus, -”È, m., _friend_ (amicable) ÇGerm‰nia, -aeÈ, f., _Germany_ Çpatria, -aeÈ, f., _fatherland_ Çpopulus, -”È, m., _people_ ÇRh�nus, -”È, m., _the Rhine_ Çv”cus, -”È, m., _village_ LESSON XI, ¤86 NOUNS Çarma, arm™rumÈ, n., plur., _arms_, especially defensive weapons Çf‰ma, -aeÈ, f., _rumor; reputation, fame_ Çgalea, -aeÈ, f., _helmet_ Çpraeda, -aeÈ, f., _booty, spoils_ (predatory) Çt�lum, -”È, n., _weapon of offense, spear_ ADJECTIVES Çdžrus, -a, -umÈ, _hard, rough; unfeeling, cruel; severe, toilsome_ (durable) ÇR™m‰nus, -a, -umÈ, _Roman_. As a noun, ÇR™m‰nus, -”È, m., _a Roman_ LESSON XII, ¤90 NOUNS Çf”lius, f”l”È, m., _son_ (filial) fluvius, fluv”, m., _river_ (fluent) Çgladius, glad”È, m., _sword_ (gladiator) Çpraesidium, praesi«d”È, n., _garrison, guard, protection_ Çproelium, proel”È, n., _battle_ ADJECTIVES Çf”nitimus, -a, -umÈ, _bordering upon, neighboring, near to_. As a noun, Çf”nitim”, -™rumÈ, m., plur., _neighbors_ ÇGerm‰nus, -a, -umÈ, _German_. As a noun, ÇGerm‰nus, -”È, m., _a German_ Çmultus, -a, -umÈ, _much_; plur., _many_ ADVERB ÇsaepeÈ, _often_ LESSON XIII, ¤95 NOUNS Çager, agr”È, m., _field_ (acre) Çc™pia, -aeÈ, f., _plenty, abundance_ (copious); plur., _troops, forces_ ÇCorn�lius, Corn�«l”È, m., _Cornelius_ Çl™r”«ca, -aeÈ, f., _coat of mail, corselet_ Çpraemium, praem”È, n., _reward, prize_ (premium) Çpuer, puer”È, m., _boy_ (puerile) ÇR™ma, -aeÈ, f., _Rome_ Çscžtum, -”È, n., _shield_ (escutcheon) Çvir, vir”È, m., _man, hero_ (virile) ADJECTIVES Çlegi™n‰rius, -a, -umÈ,[A] _legionary, belonging to the legion_. As a noun, Çlegi™n‰ri”, -™rumÈ, m., plur., _legionary soldiers_ Çl”ber, l”bera, l”berumÈ, _free_ (liberty) As a noun. Çl”ber”, -™rum,È m., plur., _children_ (lit. _the freeborn_) Çpulcher, pulchra, pulchrumÈ, _pretty, beautiful_ PREPOSITION ÇapudÈ, _among_, with acc. CONJUNCTION ÇsedÈ, _but_ [Footnote A: The genitive singular masculine of adjectives in Ç-iusÈ ends in Ç-i”È and the vocative in Ç-ieÈ; not in Ç-”È, as in nouns.] LESSON XIV, ¤99 NOUNS Çauxilium, auxi«l”È, n., _help, aid_ (auxiliary) Çcastrum, -”È, n., _fort_ (castle); plur., _camp_ (lit. _forts_) Çcibus, -”È, m., _food_ Çc™nsilium, c™nsi«l”È, n., _plan_ (counsel) Çd”ligentia, -aeÈ, f., _diligence, industry_ magister, magistr”, m., _master, teacher_[A] ADJECTIVES Çaeger, aegra, aegrumÈ, _sick_ Çcr�ber, cr�bra, cr�brumÈ, _frequent_ Çmiser, misera, miserumÈ, _wretched, unfortunate_ (miser) [Footnote A: Observe that ÇdominusÈ, as distinguished from ÇmagisterÈ, means _master_ in the sense of _owner_.] LESSON XV, ¤107 NOUNS Çcarrus, -”È, m., _cart, wagon_ Çinopia, -aeÈ, f., _want, lack;_ the opposite of Çc™piaÈ Çstudium, stud”È, n., _zeal, eagerness_ (study) ADJECTIVES Çarm‰tus, -a, -umÈ, _armed_ Ç”nf”rmus, -a, -umÈ, _week, feeble_ (infirm) vali«dus, -a, -um, _strong, sturdy_ VERB Çm‰tžratÈ, _he (she, it) hastens._ Cf. properat ADVERB ÇiamÈ, _already, now_ Ç-queÈ, conjunction, _and_; an enclitic (cf. ¤16) and always added to the _second_ of two words to be connected, as Çarma t�la«queÈ, _arms and weapons_. LESSON XVII, ¤117 NOUNS Çagr” cultžra, -aeÈ, f., _agriculture_ ÇGallia, -aeÈ, f., _Gaul_ Çdomicil”um, dom”ci«l”È, n., _dwelling place_ (domicile), _abode_ ÇGallus, -iÈ, m., _a Gaul_ Çlacrima, -aeÈ, f., _tear_ Çf�mina, -aeÈ, f., _woman_ (female) Çnumerus, -”È, m., _number_ (numeral) ADJECTIVE Çm‰tžrus, -a, -umÈ, _ripe, mature_ ADVERB qu™, _whither_ VERBS arat, _he (she, it) plows_ (arable) Çd�s”deratÈ, _he (she, it) misses, longs for_ (desire), with acc. CONJUNCTION ÇanÈ, _or_, introducing the second half of a double question, as _Is he a Roman or a Gaul_, ÇEstne Romanus an Gallus?È LESSON XVIII, ¤124 NOUNS lždus, -”, m., _school_ Çsocius, soc”È, m., _companion, ally_ (social) ADJECTIVES Ç”r‰tus, -a, -umÈ, _angry, furious_ (irate) Çlaetus, -a, -umÈ, _happy, glad_ (social) ADVERBS hodi�, _to-day_ ÇibiÈ, _there, in that place_ mox, _presently, soon_, of the immediate future ÇnuncÈ, _now, the present moment_ ÇnžperÈ, _lately, recently_, of the immediate past LESSON XX, ¤136 NOUNS Çf™rma, -aeÈ, f., _form, beauty_ Çreg”na, -aeÈ, f., _queen_ (regal) Çpoena, -aeÈ, f., _punishment, penalty_ superbia, -ae, f., _pride, haughtiness_ Çpotentia, -aeÈ, f., _power_ (potent) Çtr”st”t”a, -aeÈ, f., _sadness, sorrow_ ADJECTIVES Çseptem,È indeclinable, _seven_ Çsuperbus, -a, -umÈ, _proud, haughty_ (superb) CONJUNCTIONS Çn™n s™lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_ LESSON XXI, ¤140 NOUNS sacrum, -”, n., _sacrifice, offering, rite_ Çverbum, -”È, n., _word_ (verb) VERBS sede™, -�re, _sit_ (sediment) vol™, -‰re, _fly_ (volatile) ADJECTIVES Çinterfectus, -a, -umÈ, _slain_ Çmolestus, -a, -umÈ, _troublesome, annoying_ (molest) Çperpetuus, -a, -umÈ, _perpetual, continuous_ ÇegoÈ, personal pronoun, _I_ (egotism). Always emphatic in the nominative. LESSON XXII, ¤146 NOUNS Çdiscipl”na, -aeÈ, f., _training, culture, discipline_ ÇG‰ius, G‰”È, m., _Caius_, a Roman first name Ç™rn‰mentum, -”È, n., _ornament, jewel_ Tiberius, Tibe«r”, m., _Tiberius_, a Roman first name VERB Çdoce™, -�reÈ, _teach_ (doctrine) ADVERB Çmaxim�È, _most of all, especially_ ADJECTIVE Çant”quus, -qua, -quumÈ, _old, ancient_ (antique) LESSON XXVII, ¤168 NOUNS ljla, -aeÈ, f., _wing_ Çdeus, -”È, m., _god_ (deity)[A] Çmonstrum, -”È, n., _omen, prodigy; monster_ ™r‰culum, -”, n., _oracle_ VERB Çv‰st™, -‰reÈ, _lay waste, devastate_ ADJECTIVES Çcomm™tus, -a, -umÈ, _moved, excited_ Çmaximus, -a, -umÈ, _greatest_ (maximum) Çsaevus, -a, -umÈ, _fierce, savage_ ADVERBS ÇitaÈ, _thus, in this way, as follows_ ÇtumÈ, _then, at that time_ [Footnote A: For the declension of ÇdeusÈ, see ¤468] LESSON XXVIII, ¤171 VERBS Çresponde™, -�reÈ, _respond, reply_ Çserv™, -‰reÈ, _save, preserve_ ADJECTIVE Çc‰rus, -a, -umÈ, _dear_ (cherish) CONJUNCTION ÇautemÈ, _but, moreover, now_. Usually stands second, never first NOUN Çv”ta, -aeÈ, f., _life_ (vital) LESSON XXIX, ¤176 VERB Çsuper™, -‰reÈ, _conquer, overcome_ (insuperable) NOUNS Çcžra, -aeÈ, f., _care, trouble_ Çlocus, -”È, m., _place, spot_ (location). ÇLocusÈ is neuter in the plural and is declined Çloca, -™rumÈ, etc. Çper”culum, -”È, n., _danger, peril_ ADVERBS ÇsemperÈ, _always_ ÇtamenÈ, _yet, nevertheless_ PREPOSITIONS Çd�È, with abl., _down from.; concerning_ ÇperÈ, with acc., _through_ CONJUNCTION ÇsiÈ, _if_ LESSON XXX, ¤182 VERBS ÇabsumÈ, abesse, irreg., _be away, be absent, be distant_, with separative abl. Çadpropinqu™, -‰reÈ, _draw near, approach_ (propinquity), with dative[A] Çcontine™, -�reÈ, _hold together, hem in, keep_ (contain) Çdisc�d™, -ereÈ, _depart, go away, leave_, with separative abl. Çege™, -�reÈ, _lack, need, be without_, with separative abl. Çinterfici™, -ereÈ, _kill_ Çprohibe™, -�reÈ, _restrain, keep from_ (prohibit) Çvulner™, -‰reÈ, _wound_ (vulnerable) NOUNS Çpr™vincia, -aeÈ, f., _province_ Çv”num, -”È, n., _wine_ ADJECTIVE Çd�fessus, -a, -umÈ, _weary, worn out_ ADVERB Çlong�È, _far, by far, far away_ [Footnote A: This verb governs the dative because the idea of _nearness to_ is stronger than that of _motion to_. If the latter idea were the stronger, the word would be used with ÇadÈ and the accusative.] LESSON XXXI, ¤188 NOUNS aurum, -”, n., _gold_ (oriole) Çmora, -aeÈ, f., _delay_ Çn‰vigium, n‰vi«g”È, n., _boat, ship_ Çventus, -”È, m., _wind_ (ventilate) VERB Çn‰vig™, -‰reÈ, _sail_ (navigate) ADJECTIVES attentus, -a, -um, _attentive, careful_ Çdubius, -a, -umÈ, _doubtful_ (dubious) perfidus, -a, -um, _faithless, treacherous_ (perfidy) ADVERB Çante‰È, _before, previously_ PREPOSITION ÇsineÈ, with abl., _without_ LESSON XXXII, ¤193 NOUNS Çanimus, -”È, m., _mind, heart; spirit, feeling_ (animate) Çbracchium, bracch”È, n., _forearm, arm_ Çporta, -aeÈ, f., _gate_ (portal) ADJECTIVES Çadversus, -a, -umÈ, _opposite; adverse, contrary_ Çpl�nus, -a, -umÈ, _full_ (plenty) PREPOSITION Çpr™È, with abl., _before; in behalf of; instead of_ ADVERB ÇdižÈ, _for a long time, long_ LESSON XXXIV, ¤200 ADVERBS ÇceleriterÈ, _quickly_ (celerity) Çd�niqueÈ, _finally_ ÇgraviterÈ, _heavily, severely_ (gravity) Çsubit™È, _suddenly_ VERB Çreport™, -‰re, -‰v”È, _bring back, restore; win, gain_ (report) LESSON XXXVI, ¤211 Çdexter, dextra, dextrumÈ, _right_ (dextrous) Çsinister, sinistra, sinistrumÈ, _left_ Çfržstr‰È, adv., _in vain_ (frustrate) Çger™, gerere, gess”, gestusÈ, _bear, carry on; wear_; Çbellum gerereÈ, _to wage war_ Çoccup™, occup‰re, occup‰v”, occup‰tusÈ, _seize, take possession of_ (occupy) Çpostul™, postul‰re, postul‰v”, postul‰tusÈ, _demand_ (ex-postulate) Çrecžs™, recžs‰re, recžs‰v”, recžs‰tusÈ, _refuse_ Çst™, st‰re, stet”, statusÈ, _stand_ Çtempt™, tempt‰re, tempt‰v”, tempt‰tusÈ, _try, tempt, test; attempt_ Çtene™, ten�re, tenu”, ----È, _keep, hold_ (tenacious) The word ÇubiÈ, which we have used so much in the sense of _where_ in asking a question, has two other uses equally important: 1. ÇubiÈ = _when_, as a relative conjunction denoting time; as, ÇUbi m™nstrum aud”v�runt, fžg�runtÈ, _when they heard the monster, they fled_ 2. ÇubiÈ = _where_, as a relative conjunction denoting place; as, ÇVide™ oppidum ubi Galba habitatÈ, _I see the town where Galba lives_ ÇubiÈ is called a _relative conjunction_ because it is equivalent to a relative pronoun. _When_ in the first sentence is equivalent to _at the time Çat whichÈ;_ and in the second, _where_ is equivalent to _the place Çin whichÈ._ LESSON XXXVII, ¤217 ÇnequeÈ or ÇnecÈ, conj., _neither_, _nor_, _and ... not_; Çneque ... nequeÈ, _neither ... nor_ Çcastellum, -”È, n., _redoubt, fort_ (castle) Çcot”di�È, adv., _daily_ cess™, cess‰re, cess‰v”, cess‰tus, _cease_, with the infin. Çincipi™, incipere, inc�p”, inceptusÈ, _begin_ (incipient), with the infin. Çoppugn™, oppugn‰re, oppugn‰v”, oppugn‰tusÈ, _storm, assail_ Çpet™, petere, petiviÈ or Çpeti”, pet”tusÈ, _aim at, assail, storm, attack; seek, ask_ (petition) Çp™n™, p™nere, posu”, positusÈ, _place, put_ (position); Çcastra p™nereÈ, _to pitch camp_ Çpossum, posse, potu”, ----È, _be able, can_ (potent), with the infin. Çvet™, vet‰re, vetu”, vetitusÈ, _forbid_ (veto), vith the infin.; opposite of Çiube™È, _command_ Çvinc™, vincere, v”c”, victusÈ, _conquer_ (in-vincible) Çv”v™, v”vere, v”x”, ----È, _live, be alive_ (re-vive) LESSON XXXIX, ¤234 Çbarbarus, -a, -umÈ, _strange, foreign, barbarous_. As a noun, Çbarbar”, -™rumÈ, m., plur., _savages, barbarians_ Çdux, ducisÈ, m., _leader_ (duke). Cf. the verb Çdžc™È Çeques, equitisÈ, m., _horseman, cavalryman_ (equestrian) iždex, iždicis, _m., judge_ Çlapis, lapidisÈ, m., _stone_ (lapidary) Çm”les, m”litisÈ, m., _soldier_ (militia) Çpedes, peditisÈ, m., _foot soldier_ (pedestrian) Çp�s, pedisÈ,[A] m., _foot_ (pedal) Çpr”nceps, pr”ncipisÈ, m., _chief_ (principal) Çr�x, r�gisÈ, m., _king_ (regal) Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, _highest, greatest_ (summit) Çvirtžs, virtžtisÈ, f., _manliness, courage_ (virtue) [Footnote A: Observe that ÇeÈ is _long_ in the nom. sing, and _short_ in the other cases.] LESSON XL, ¤237 ÇCaesar, -arisÈ, m., _C¾sar_ Çcapt”vus, -”È, m., _captive, prisoner_ Çc™nsul, -isÈ, m., _consul_ Çfr‰ter, fr‰trisÈ, m., _brother_ (fraternity) Çhom™, hominisÈ, m., _man, human being_ Çimped”mentum, -”È, n., _hindrance_ (impediment); plur. Çimped”menta, -™rumÈ, _baggage_ Çimper‰tor, imper‰t™risÈ, m., _commander in chief, general_ (emperor) Çlegi™, legi™nisÈ, f., _legion_ Çm‰ter, m‰trisÈ, f., _mother_ (maternal) Ç™rd™, ™rdinisÈ, m., _row, rank_ (order) Çpater, patrisÈ, m., _father_ (paternal) Çsalžs, salžtisÈ, f., _safety_ (salutary) Çsoror, sor™risÈ, f., _sister_ (sorority) LESSON XLI, ¤239 Çcalamit‰s, calamit‰tisÈ, f., _loss, disaster, defeat_ (calamity) Çcaput, capitisÈ, n., _head_ (capital) Çflžmen, flžminisÈ, n., _river_ (flume) Çlabor, lab™risÈ, m., _labor, toil_ Çopus, operisÈ, n., _work, task_ Ç™r‰tor, ™r‰t™risÈ, m., _orator_ Çr”pa, -aeÈ, f., _bank_ (of a stream) Çtempus, temporisÈ, n., _time_ (temporal) Çterror, terr™risÈ, m., _terror, fear_ Çvictor, vict™risÈ, m., _victor_ Çaccipi™, accipere, acc�p”, acceptusÈ, _receive, accept_ Çc™nfirm™, c™nf”rm‰re, c™nf”rm‰v”, c™nf”rm‰tusÈ, _strengthen, establish, encourage_ (confirm) LESSON XLIII, ¤245 Çanimal, anim‰lis (-ium[A])È, n., _animal_ Çavis, avis (-ium)È, f., _bird_ (aviation) Çcaed�s, caedis (-ium)È, f., _slaughter_ calcar, calc‰ris (-ium), n., _spur_ Çc”vis, c”vis (-ium)È, m. and f., _citizen_ (civic) Çcli�ns, clientis (-ium)È, m., _retainer, dependent_ (client) Çf”nis, f”nis (-ium)È, m., _end, limit_ (final); plur., _country, territory_ Çhostis, hostis (-ium)È, m. and f., _enemy_ in war (hostile). Distinguish from Çinim”cusÈ, which means a _personal_ enemy Çignis, ignis (-ium)È, m., _fire_ (ignite) Ç”nsigne, ”nsignis (-ium)È, n. _decoration, badge_ (ensign) Çmare, maris (-ium[B])È, n., _sea_ (marine) Çn‰vis, n‰vis (-ium)È, f., _ship_ (naval); Çn‰vis longaÈ, _man-of-war_ Çturris, turris (-ium)È, f., _tower_ (turret) Çurbs, urbis (-ium)È, f., _city_ (suburb). An ÇurbsÈ is larger than an ÇoppidumÈ. [Footnote A: The genitive plural ending -ium is written to mark the i-stems.] [Footnote B: The genitive plural of mare is not in use.] LESSON XLIV, ¤249 Çarbor, arborisÈ, f., _tree_ (arbor) Çcollis, collis (-ium)È, m., _hill_ Çd�ns, dentis (-ium)È, m., _tooth_ (dentist) f™ns, fontis (-ium), m.. _fountain, spring; source_ Çiter, itinerisÈ, n., _march, journey, route_ (itinerary) Çm�nsis, m�nsis (-ium)È, m., _month_ Çmoenia, -iumÈ, n., plur., _walls, fortifications_. Cf. ÇmžrusÈ Çm™ns, montis (-ium)È, m., _mountain_; Çsummus m™nsÈ, _top of the mountain_ ÇnumquamÈ, adv., _never_ Çp™ns, pontisÈ, m., _bridge_ (pontoon) Çsanguis, sanguinisÈ, m., blood (sanguinary) Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, _highest, greatest_ (summit) Çtr‰nsÈ, prep, with acc., _across_ (transatlantic) Çv”s (v”s)È, gen. plur. ÇviriumÈ, f. _strength, force, violence_ (vim) LESSON XLV, ¤258 ljcer, ‰cris, ‰creÈ, _sharp, keen, eager_ (acrid) Çbrevis, breveÈ, _short, brief_ Çdifficilis, difficileÈ, _difficult_ Çfacilis, facileÈ, _facile, easy_ Çfortis, forteÈ, _brave_ (fortitude) Çgravis, graveÈ, _heavy, severe, serious_ (grave) Çomnis, omneÈ, _every, all_ (omnibus) Çp‰rÈ, gen. ÇparisÈ, _equal_ (par) Çpauc”, -ae, -aÈ, _few, only a few_ (paucity) Çsecundus, -a, -umÈ, _second; favorable_, opposite of adversus Çsignum, -”È, n., _signal, sign, standard_ Çv�l™xÈ, gen. Çv�l™cisÈ, _swift_ (velocity) Çconloc™, conloc‰re, conloc‰v”, conloc‰tusÈ, _arrange, station, place_ (collocation) Çd�m™nstr™, d�m™nstr‰re, d�m™nstr‰v”, d�m™nstr‰tusÈ, _point out, explain_ (demonstrate) Çmand™, mand‰re, mand‰v”, mand‰tusÈ, _commit, intrust_ (mandate) LESSON XLVI, ¤261 Çadventus, -žsÈ, m., _approach, arrival_ (advent) ÇanteÈ, prep, with acc., _before_ (ante-date) Çcornž, -žsÈ, n., _horn, wing_ of an army (cornucopia); lj dextr™ cornžÈ, _on the right wing_; lj sinistr™ cornžÈ, _on the left wing_ Çequit‰tus, -žsÈ, m., _cavalry_ Çexercitus, -žsÈ, m., _army_ Çimpetus, -žsÈ, m., _attack_ (impetus); Çimpetum facere inÈ, with acc., _to make an attack on_ Çlacus, -žs, dat. and abl. plur. lacubusÈ, m., _lake_ Çmanus, -žsÈ, f., _hand; band, force_ (manual) Çportus, -žsÈ, m., _harbor_ (port) ÇpostÈ, prep, with acc., _behind, after_ (post-mortem) Çcrem™, crem‰re, crem‰v”, crem‰tusÈ, _burn_ (cremate) Çexerce™, exerc�re, exercu”, exercitusÈ, _practice, drill, train_ (exercise) LESSON XLVII, ¤270 Ath�nae, -‰rum, f., plur., _Athens_ Corinthus, -”, f., _Corinth_ Çdomus, -žs, locative Çdom”ÈÈ, f., _house, home_ (dome). Cf. ÇdomiciliumÈ ÇGen‰va, -aeÈ, f., _Geneva_ Pomp�ii, -™rum, m., plur., _Pompeii_, a city in Campania. See map ÇpropterÈ, prep. with acc., _on account of, because of_ ržs, ržris, in the plur. only nom. and acc. ÇržraÈ, n., _country_ (rustic) Çtergum, terg”È, n., _back_; lj terg™È, _behind, in the rear_ Çvulnus, vulnerisÈ, n., _wound_ (vulnerable) Çcommitt™, committere, comm”s”, commissusÈ, _intrust, commit;_ Çproelium committereÈ, _join battle_ Çconvoc™, convoc‰re, convoc‰v”, convoc‰tusÈ, _call together, summon_ (convoke) Çtime™, tim�re, timu”, ----È, _fear; be afraid_ (timid) Çvert™, vertere, vert”, versusÈ, _turn, change_ (convert); Çterga vertereÈ, _to turn the backs_, hence _to retreat_ LESSON XLVIII, ¤276 Çaci�s, -�”È, f., _line of battle_ Çaest‰s, aest‰tisÈ, f., _summer_ Çannus, -”È, m., _year_ (annual) Çdi�s, di�”È, m., _day_ (diary) Çfid�s, fide”È, no plur., f., _faith, trust; promise, word; protection_; Çin fidem ven”reÈ, _to come under the protection_ Çfluctus, -žsÈ, m. _wave, billow_ (fluctuate) Çhiems, hiemisÈ, f., _winter_ Çh™ra, -aeÈ, f., _hour_ Çlžx, lžcisÈ, f., _light_ (lucid); Çpr”ma luxÈ, _daybreak_ Çmer”di�sÈ, acc. Ç-emÈ, abl. Ç-�È, no plur., m., _midday_ (meridian) Çnox, noctis (-ium)È, f., _night_ (nocturnal) Çpr”mus, -a, -umÈ, _first_ (prime) Çr�s, re”È, f., _thing, matter_ (real); Çr�s gestaeÈ, _deeds, exploits_ (lit. _things performed_); Çr�s adversaeÈ, _adversity_; Çr�s secundaeÈ, _prosperity_ Çsp�s, spe”È, f., _hope_ LESSON XLIX, ¤283 Çam”citia, -aeÈ, f., _friendship_ (amicable) ÇitaqueÈ, conj., _and so, therefore, accordingly_ Çlittera, -aeÈ, f., _a letter_ of the alphabet; plur., _a letter, an epistle_ Çmetus, metžsÈ, m., _fear_ Çnihil, indeclinableÈ, n., _nothing_ (nihilist) Çnžntius, nžnt”È, m., _messenger_. Cf. Çnžnti™È Çp‰x, p‰cisÈ, f., _peace_ (pacify) Çr�gnum, -”È, n., _reign, sovereignty, kingdom_ Çsupplicum, suppli«c”È, n., _punishment_; Çsupplicum sžmere d�È, with abl., _inflict punishment on_; Çsupplicum dareÈ, _suffer punishment_. Cf. ÇpoenaÈ Çplace™, plac�re, placu”, placitusÈ, _be pleasing to, please_, with dative. Cf. ¤154 Çsžm™, sžmere, sžmps”, sžmptusÈ, _take up, assume_ Çsustine™, sustin�re, sustinu”, sustentusÈ, _sustain_ LESSON L, ¤288 Çcorpus, corporisÈ, n., _body_ (corporal) Çd�nsus, -a, -umÈ, _dense_ Ç”dem, e«adem, idemÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _the same_ (identity) Çipse, ipsa, ipsumÈ, intensive pronoun, _self; even, very_ Çm”rus, -a, -umÈ, _wonderful, marvelous_ (miracle) Ç™limÈ, adv., _formerly, once upon a time_ Çpars, partis (-ium)È, f., _part, region, direction_ ÇquoqueÈ, adv., _also_. Stands _after_ the word which it emphasizes Çs™l, s™lisÈ, m., _sun_ (solar) Çv�rus, -a, -umÈ, _true, real_ (verity) Çd�be™, d�b�re, d�bu”, d�bitusÈ, _owe, ought_ (debt) Ç�ripi™, �ripere, �ripu”, �reptusÈ, _snatch from_ LESSON LI, ¤294 Çhic, haec, hocÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _this_ (of mine); _he, she, it_ Çille, illa, illudÈ, demonstrative pronoun _that_ (yonder); _he, she, it_ Çinv”sus, -a, -umÈ, _hateful, detested_, with dative Cf. ¤143 Çiste, ista, istudÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _that_ (of yours); _he, she, it_ Çl”bert‰s, -‰tisÈ, f., _liberty_ Çmodus, -”È, m., _measure; manner, way, mode_ Çn™men, n™minisÈ, n., _name_ (nominate) Çoculus, -”È, m., _eye_ (oculist) Çpr”stinus, -a, -umÈ, _former, old-time_ (pristine) Çpžblicus, -a, -umÈ, _public, belonging to the state;_ Çr�s pžblica, re” pžblicaeÈ, f., _the commonwealth, the state, the republic_ Çvest”gium, vest”«g”È, n., _footprint, track; trace, vestige_ Çv™x, v™cisÈ, f., _voice_ LESSON LII, ¤298 Çincolumis, -eÈ, _unharmed_ Çn� ... quidemÈ, adv., _not even_. The emphatic word stands between Çn�È and ÇquidemÈ ÇnisiÈ, conj., _unless, if ... not_ ÇpaeneÈ, adv., _almost_ (pen-insula) ÇsatisÈ, adv., _enough, sufficiently_ (satisfaction) Çtantus, -a, -umÈ, _so great_ Çv�r™È, adv., _truly, indeed, in fact_. As a conj. _but, however_, usually stands second, never first. Çd�cid™, d�cidere, d�cid”, ----È, _fall down_ (deciduous) Çd�sili™, d�sil”re, d�silu”, d�sultusÈ, _leap down, dismount_ Çmane™, man�re, m‰ns”, m‰nsžrusÈ, _remain_ Çtr‰džc™, tr‰džcere, tr‰džx”, tr‰ductusÈ, _lead across_ LESSON LIII, ¤306 Çaquila, -aeÈ, f., _eagle_ (aquiline) Çaud‰xÈ, gen. Çaud‰cisÈ, adj., _bold, audacious_ Çceler, celeris, celereÈ, _swift, quick_ (celerity). Cf. Çv�l™xÈ Çexpl™rat™r, -™risÈ, m., _scout, spy_ (explorer) Çing�nsÈ, gen. ÇingentisÈ, adj., _huge, vast_ Çmedius, -a, -umÈ, _middle, middle part of_ (medium) Çm�ns, mentis (-ium)È, f., _mind_ (mental). Cf. ÇanimusÈ Çopportžnus, -a, -umÈ, _opportune_ ÇquamÈ, adv., _than_. With the superlative ÇquamÈ gives the force of _as possible_, as ÇquamÈ aud‰cissim” vir”, _men as bold as possible_ ÇrecensÈ, gen. ÇrecentisÈ, adj., _recent_ ÇtamÈ, adv., _so_. Always with an adjective or adverb, while ÇitaÈ is generally used with a verb Çquaer™, quaerere, quaes”v”, quaes”tusÈ, _ask, inquire, seek_ (question). Cf. Çpet™È LESSON LIV, ¤310 Çalacer, alacris, alacreÈ, _eager, spirited, excited_ (alacrity) Çcelerit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f., _speed_ (celerity) Çcl‰mor, cl‰m™risÈ, m., _shout, clamor_ Çl�nis, l�neÈ, _mild, gentle_ (lenient) Çmulier, muli«erisÈ, f., _woman_ Çmultitžd™, multitždinisÈ, f., _multitude_ Çn�m™È, dat. Çn�min”È, acc. Çn�minemÈ (gen. Çnžll”usÈ, abl. Çnžll™È, from ÇnžllusÈ), no plur., m. and f., _no one_ Çn™bilis, n™bileÈ, _well known, noble_ ÇnoctžÈ, adv. (an old abl.), _by night_ (nocturnal) ÇstatimÈ, adv., _immediately, at once_ Çsubit™È, adv., _suddenly_ Çtardus, -a, -umÈ, _slow_ (tardy) Çcupi™, cupere, cup”v”, cup”tusÈ, _desire, wish_ (cupidity) LESSON LV, ¤314 Çaedificium, aedifi«c”È, n., _building, dwelling_ (edifice) Çimperium, impe«r”È, n., _command, chief power; empire_ Çmors, mortis (-ium)È, f., _death_ (mortal) Çreliquus, -a, -umÈ, _remaining, rest of_. As a noun, m. and n. plur., _the rest_ (relic) Çscelus, scelerisÈ, n., _crime_ Çservitžs, -žtisÈ, f., _slavery_ (servitude) Çvall�s, vallis (-ium)È, f., _valley_ Çabd™, abdere, abdid”, abditusÈ, _hide_ Çcontend™, contendere, contend”, contentusÈ, _strain, struggle; hasten_ (contend) Çocc”d™, occ”dere, occ”d”, occ”susÈ, _cut down, kill_. Cf. Çnec™È, Çinterfici™È Çperterre™, perterr�re, perterru”, perterritusÈ, _terrify, frighten_ Çrecipi™, recipere, rec�p”, receptusÈ, _receive, recover_; Çs� recipereÈ, _betake oneÕs self, withdraw, retreat_ Çtr‰d™, tr‰dere, tr‰did”, tr‰ditusÈ, _give over, surrender, deliver_ (traitor) LESSON LVI, ¤318 Çaditus, -žsÈ, m., _approach, access; entrance_ Çc”vit‰s, c”vit‰tisÈ, f., _citizenship; body of citizens, state_ (city) ÇinterÈ, prep, with acc., _between, among_ (interstate commerce) ÇnamÈ, conj., _for_ Çobses, obsidisÈ, m. and f., _hostage_ Çpaul™È, adv. (abl. n. of ÇpaulusÈ), _by a little, somewhat_ Çincol™, incolere, incolu”, ----È, transitive, _inhabit_; intransitive, _dwell_. Cf. Çhabit™È, Çv”v™È Çrelinqu™, relinquere, rel”qu”, relictusÈ, _leave, abandon_ (relinquish) Çstatu™, statuere, statu”, statžtusÈ, _fix, decide_ (statute), usually with infin. LESSON LVII, ¤326 Çaequus, -a, -umÈ, _even, level; equal_ Çcohors, cohortis (-ium)È, f., _cohort_, a tenth part of a legion, about 360 men Çcurr™, currere, cucurr”, cursusÈ, _run_ (course) Çdifficult‰s, -‰tisÈ, f., _difficulty_ Çfossa, -aeÈ, f., _ditch_ (fosse) Çg�ns, gentis (-ium)È, f., _race, tribe, nation_ (Gentile) Çneg™tium, neg™t”È, n., _business, affair, matter_ (negotiate) Çregi™, -™nisÈ, f., _region, district_ Çržmor, ržm™risÈ, m., _rumor, report_. Cf. f‰ma Çsimul atqueÈ, conj., _as soon as_ Çsuscipi™, suscipere, susc�p”, susceptusÈ, _undertake_ Çtrah™, trahere, tr‰x”, tr‰ctusÈ, _drag, draw_ (ex-tract) Çvale™, val�re, valu”, valitžrusÈ, _be strong_; plžrimum val�re, _to be most powerful, have great influence_ (value). Cf. validus LESSON LVIII, ¤332 Çcomme‰tus, -žsÈ, m.. _provisions_ Çl‰titžd™, -inisÈ, f., _width_ (latitude) Çlongitžd™, -inisÈ, f., _length_ (longitude) Çmagnitžd™, -inisÈ, f., _size, magnitude_ Çmerc‰tor, merc‰t™risÈ, m., _trader, merchant_ Çmžn”ti™, -™nisÈ, f., _fortification_ (munition) Çspatium, spat”È, n., _room, space, distance; time_ Çcogn™sc™, cogn™scere, cogn™v”, cognitusÈ, _learn_; in the perfect tenses, _know_ (re-cognize) Çc™g™, c™gere, co�g”, co‰ctusÈ, _collect; compel_ (cogent) Çd�fend™, d�fendere, d�fend”, d�f�nsusÈ, _defend_ Çincend™, incendere, incend”, inc�nsusÈ, _set fire to, burn_ (incendiary). Cf. Çcrem™È Çobtine™, obtin�re, obtinu”, obtentusÈ, _possess, occupy, hold_ (obtain) Çperveni™, perven”re, perv�n”, perventusÈ, _come through, arrive_ LESSON LIX, ¤337 Çagmen, agminisÈ, n., _line of march, column_; Çpr”mum agmenÈ, _the van_; Çnovissimum agmenÈ, _the rear_ ÇatqueÈ, ÇacÈ, conj., _and_; ÇatqueÈ is used before vowels and consonants, ÇacÈ before consonants only. Cf. ÇetÈ and Ç-queÈ Çconcilium, conci«l”È, n., _council, assembly_ ÇHelv�ti”, -™rumÈ, m., _the Helvetii_, a Gallic tribe Çpassus, passžsÈ, m., _a pace_, five Roman feet; Çm”lle passuumÈ, _a thousand (of) paces_, a Roman mile Çqu‰ d� caus‰È, _for this reason, for what reason_ Çv‰llum, -”È, n., _earth-works, rampart_ Çcad™, cadere, cecid”, c‰sžrusÈ, _fall_ (decadence) Çd�d™, d�dere, d�did”, d�ditusÈ, _surrender, give up_; with a reflexive pronoun, _surrender oneÕs self, submit_, with the dative of the indirect object Çprem™, premere, press”, pressusÈ, _press hard, harass_ Çvex™, vex‰re, vex‰v”, vex‰tusÈ, _annoy, ravage_ (vex) LESSON LX, ¤341 ÇautÈ, conj., _or_; Çaut ... autÈ, _either ... or_ Çcaus‰È, abl. of ÇcausaÈ, _for the sake of, because of_. Always stands _after_ the gen. which modifies it Çfer�È, adv., _nearly, almost_ Çop”ni™, -™nisÈ, f., _opinion, supposition, expectation_ Çr�s fržment‰ria, re” fržment‰riaeÈ, f. (lit. _the grain affair_), _grain supply_ Çtimor, -™risÈ, m., _fear_. Cf. Çtime™È ÇundiqueÈ, adv., _from all sides_ Çc™nor, c™n‰r”, c™n‰tus sumÈ, _attempt, try_ Ç�gredior, �gred”, �gressus sumÈ, _move out, disembark_; Çpr™grediorÈ, _move forward, advance_ (egress, progress) Çmoror, mor‰r”, mor‰tus sumÈ, _delay_ Çorior, orir”, ortus sumÈ, _arise, spring; begin; be born_ (_from_) (origin) Çprofic”scor, profic”sc”, profectus sumÈ, _set out_ Çrevertor, revert”, reversus sumÈ, _return_ (revert). The forms of this verb are usually active, and not deponent, in the perfect system. Perf. act., Çrevert”È Çsequor, sequ”, secžtus sumÈ, _follow_ (sequence). Note the following compounds of ÇsequorÈ and the force of the different prefixes: Çc™nsequorÈ (_follow with_), _overtake_; Ç”nsequorÈ (_follow against_), _pursue_; ÇsubsequorÈ (_follow under_), _follow close after_ LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY Translations inclosed within parentheses are not to be used as such; they are inserted to show etymological meanings. [TranscriberÕs Note: The ÒparenthesesÓ were originally printed as [square brackets]. They are rendered here as [[double brackets]].] A Ç‰È or ÇabÈ, prep. with abl. _from, by, off_. Translated _on_ in lj dextr™ cornžÈ, _on the right wing_; lj fronteÈ, _on the front_ or _in front_; lj dextr‰È, _on the right_; lj latereÈ, _on the side_; etc. Çab-d™, -ere, -did”, -ditusÈ, _hide, conceal_ Çab-džc™, -ere, -džx”, -ductusÈ, _lead off, lead away_ Çabs-c”d™, -ere, -c”d”,-c”susÈ [[Çab(s)È, _off_, + Çcaed™È, _cut_]], _cut off_ Çab-sum, -esse, ‰fu”, ‰futžrusÈ, _be away, be absent, be distant, be off_; with Ç‰È or ÇabÈ and abl., ¤501.32 ÇacÈ, conj., see ÇatqueÈ Çac-cipi™, -ere, -c�p”, -ceptusÈ [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + Çcapi™È, _take_]], _receive, accept_ ljcer, ‰cris, ‰creÈ, adj. _sharp_; figuratively, _keen, active, eager_ (¤471) Çacerbus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _bitter, sour_ Çaci�s, -�”È, f. [[ljcerÈ, _sharp_]], _edge; line of battle_ ljcriterÈ, adv. [[ljcerÈ, _sharp_]], compared ljcrius, ‰cerrim�È, _sharply, fiercely_ ÇadÈ, prep. with acc. _to, towards, near_. With the gerund or gerundive, _to, for_ Çad-aequ™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _make equal, make level with_ Çad-džc™, -ere, -džx”, -ductusÈ, _lead to; move, induce_ Çad-e™, -”re, -i”, -itusÈ, _go to, approach, draw near, visit_, with acc. (¤413) Çad-fer™, ad-ferre, at-tul”, ad-l‰tusÈ, _bring, convey; report, announce; render, give_ (¤426) Çad-fici™, -ere, -f�c”, -fectusÈ [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + Çfaci™È, _do_]], _affect, visit_ Çadfl”ct‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çadfl”ct™È, _shatter_]], _shattered_ Çad-fl”g™, -ere, -fl”x”, -fl”ctusÈ, _dash upon, strike upon; harass, distress_ Çad-hibe™, -�re, -u”, -itusÈ [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + Çhabe™È, _hold_]], _apply, employ, use_ Çad-hžcÈ, adv. _hitherto, as yet, thus far_ Çaditus, -žsÈ, m. [[Çade™È, _approach_]], _approach, access; entrance_. Cf. ÇadventusÈ Çad-lig™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _bind to, fasten_ Çad-loquor, -loqu”, -locžtus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + ÇloquorÈ, _speak_]], _speak to, address_, with acc. Çad-ministr™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _manage, direct_ Çadm”r‰ti™, -™nisÈ, f. [[Çadm”rorÈ, _wonder at_]], _admiration, astonishment_ Çad-move™, -�re, -m™v”, -m™tusÈ, _move to; apply, employ_ Çad-propinqu™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _come near, approach_, with dat. Çad-sum, -esse, -fu”, -futžresÈ, _be present; assist_; with dat., ¤426 Çadul�sc�ns, -entisÈ, m. and f. [[part. of Çadol�sc™È, _grow_]], _a youth, young man, young person_ Çadventus, -žsÈ, m. [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + Çveni™È, _come_]], _approach, arrival_ (¤466) Çadversus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çadvert™È, _turn to_]], _turned towards, facing; contrary, adverse_. Çr�s adversaeÈ, _adversity_ Çaedificium, aedifi«c”È, n. [[Çaedific™È, _build_]], _building, edifice_ Çaedific™, -‰re, -‰vi, -‰tusÈ [[Çaed�sÈ, _house_, + Çfaci™È, _make_]], _build_ Çaeger, aegra, aegrumÈ, adj. _sick, feeble_ Çaequ‰lis, -eÈ, adj. _equal, like_. As a noun, Çaequ‰lis, -isÈ, m. or f. _one of the same age_ Çaequus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _even, level; equal_ ÇAes™pus, -”È, m. _®sop_, a writer of fables Çaest‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. _summer_, Çinit‰ aest‰teÈ, _at the beginning of summer_ Çaet‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. _age_ ÇAethiopia, -aeÈ, f. _Ethiopia_, a country in Africa Çåfrica, -aeÈ, f. _Africa_ Çåfric‰nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of Africa_. A name given to Scipio for his victories in Africa Çager, agr”È, m. _field, farm, land_ (¤462.c) Çagger, -erisÈ, m. _mound_ Çagmen, -inisÈ, n. [[Çag™È, _drive_]], _an army_ on the march, _column_. Çpr”mum agmenÈ, _the van_ Çag™, -ere, �g”, ‰ctusÈ, _drive, lead; do, perform_. Çv”tam agereÈ, _pass life_ Çagricola, -aeÈ, m. [[ÇagerÈ, _field_, + Çcol™È, _cultivate_]], _farmer_ Çagr” cultžra, -aeÈ, f. _agriculture_ ljla, -aeÈ, f. _wing_ Çalacer, -cris, -creÈ, adj. _active, eager_. Cf. ljcerÈ Çalacrit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[ÇalacerÈ, _active_]], _eagerness, alacrity_ ÇalacriterÈ, adv. [[ÇalacerÈ, _active_]], comp Çalacrius, alacerrim�È, _actively, eagerly_ Çalbus, -a, -umÈ, adj., _white_ Çalc�s, -isÈ, f. _elk_ ÇAlcm�na, -aeÈ, f. _Alcme«na_, the mother of Hercules Çaliquis (-qu”), -qua, -quid (-quod)È, indef. pron. _some one, some_ (¤487) Çalius, -a, -udÈ (gen. Ç-”usÈ, dat. Ç-”È), adj. _another, other_. Çalius ... aliusÈ, _one ... another_. Çali” ... ali”È, _some ... others_ (¤110) ÇAlp�s, -iumÈ, f. plur. _the Alps_ Çalter, -era, -erumÈ (gen. Ç-”usÈ, dat. Ç-”È), adj. _the one, the other_ (of two). Çalter ... alterÈ, _the one ... the other_ (¤110) Çaltitžd™, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇaltusÈ, _high_]], _height_ Çaltus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _high, tall, deep_ ÇAm‰zon�s, -umÈ, f. plur. _Amazons_, a fabled tribe of warlike women Çamb™, -ae, -™È, adj. (decl. like ÇduoÈ), _both_ Çam”c�È, adv. [[Çam”cusÈ, _friendly_]], superl. Çam”cissim�È, _in a friendly manner_ Çamici™, -”re, ----, -ictusÈ [[Çam-È, _about_, + Çiaci™È, _throw_]], _throw around, wrap about, clothe_ Çam”citia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çam”cusÈ, _friend_]], _friendship_ Çam”cus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çam™È, _love_]], _friendly_. As a noun, Çam”cus, -”È, m. _friend_ lj-mitt™, -ere, -m”s”, -missusÈ, _send away; lose_ Çam™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _love, like, be fond of_ (¤488) Çamphithe‰trum, -”È, n. _amphitheater_ Çamplus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _large, ample; honorable, noble_ ÇanÈ, conj. _or_, introducing the second part of a double question Çancilla, -aeÈ, f. _maidservant_ Çancora, -aeÈ, f. _anchor_ ÇAndromeda, -aeÈ, f. _Androm«eda_, daughter of Cepheus and wife of Perseus Çangulus, -”È, m. _angle, corner_ Çanim-advert™, -ere, -t”, -sus [[animusÈ, _mind_, + Çadvert™È, _turn to_]], _turn the mind to, notice_ Çanimal, -‰lisÈ, n. [[ÇanimaÈ, _breath_]], _animal_ (¤465.b) Çanim™sus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _spirited_ Çanimus, -”È, m. [[ÇanimaÈ, _breath_]], _mind, heart; spirit, courage, feeling;_ in this sense often plural Çannus, -iÈ, m. _year_ ÇanteÈ, prep, with acc. _before_ Çante‰È, adv. [[ÇanteÈ]], _before, formerly_ Çant”quus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇanteÈ, _before_]], _former, ancient, old_ Çaper, apr”È, m. _wild boar_ ÇApoll™, -inisÈ, m. _Apollo_, son of Jupiter and Latona, brother of Diana Çap-p‰re™, -�re, -u”È, ---- [[Çad + p‰re™È, _appear_]], _appear_ Çap-pell™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _call by name, name_. Cf. Çn™min™, voc™È ÇAppius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Appian_ Çap-plic™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _apply, direct, turn_ ÇapudÈ, prep, with acc. _among; at, at the house of_ Çaqua, -aeÈ, f. _water_ Çaquila, -aeÈ, f. _eagle_ ljra, -aeÈ, f. _altar_ Çarbitror, -‰r”, -‰tus sumÈ, _think, suppose_ (¤420.c). Cf. Çex”stim™, put™È Çarbor, -orisÈ, f. _tree_ (¤247.1.a) ÇArcadia, -aeÈ, f. _Arcadia_, a district in southern Greece ljrde™, -�re, ‰rs”, ‰rsžrusÈ, _be on fire, blaze, burn_ Çarduus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _steep_ ÇAr”cia, -aeÈ, f. _Aricia_, a town on the Appian Way, near Rome Çari�s, -etisÈ, m. _battering-ram_ (p. 221) Çarma, -™rumÈ, n. plur. _arms, weapons_. Cf. Çt�lumÈ Çarm‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çarm™È, _arm_]], _armed, equipped_ Çar™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _plow, till_ Çars, artisÈ, f. _art, skill_ Çarticulus, -”È, m. _joint_ Çascr”b™, -ere, -scr”ps”, -scr”ptusÈ [[ÇadÈ, _in addition_, + Çscr”b™È, _write_]], _enroll, enlist_ Çåsia, -aeÈ, f. _Asia_, i.e. Asia Minor ÇatÈ, conj. _but_. Cf. Çautem, sedÈ ÇAth�nae, -‰rumÈ, f. plur. _Athens_ ÇAtl‰s, -antisÈ, m. _Atlas_, a Titan who was said to hold up the sky Çat-que, acÈ, conj. _and, and also, and what is more_. ÇatqueÈ may be used before either vowels or consonants, ÇacÈ before consonants only Çattentus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çattend™È, _direct_ (the mind) _toward_]], _attentive, intent on, careful_ Çat-tonitus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _thunderstruck, astounded_ Çaud‰cia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çaud‰xÈ, _bold_]], _boldness, audacity_ Çaud‰cterÈ, adv. [[Çaud‰xÈ, _bold_]], compared Çaud‰cius, aud‰cissim�È, _boldly_ Çaud‰x, -‰cisÈ, adj. _bold, daring_ Çaude™, -�re, ausus sumÈ, _dare_ Çaudi™, -”re, -”v” or -””, -”tusÈ, _hear, listen to_ (¤¤420.d, 491) ÇAug�‰s, -aeÈ, m. _Auge«as_, a king whose stables Hercules cleaned Çaura, -aeÈ, f. _air, breeze_ Çaur‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇaurumÈ, _gold_]], _adorned with gold_ Çaureus, -a, -umÈ, adj.[[ÇaurumÈ, _gold_]], _golden_ Çaurum, -”È, n. _gold_ ÇautÈ, conj. _or_. Çaut ... autÈ, _either ... or_ ÇautemÈ, conj., usually second, never first, in the clause, _but, moreover, however, now_. Cf. Çat, sedÈ Çauxilium, auxi«l”È, n. _help, aid, assistance;_ plur. _auxiliaries_ lj-vert™, -ere, -t”, -susÈ, _turn away, turn aside_ Çavis, -isÈ, f. _bird_ (¤243.1) B Çballista, -aeÈ, f. _ballista_, an engine for hurling missiles (p. 220) Çbalteus, -”È, m. _belt, sword belt_ Çbarbarus, -”È, m. _barbarian, savage_ Çbellum, -”È, n. _war_. Çbellum ”nferreÈ, with dat. _make war upon_ ÇbeneÈ, adv. [[for Çbon�È, from ÇbonusÈ]], compared Çmelius, optim�È, _well_ Çbenign�È, adv. [[ÇbenignusÈ, _kind_]], compared Çbenignius, benignissim�È, _kindly_ Çbenignus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _good-natured, kind_, often used with dat. Çb”n”, -ae, -aÈ, distributive numeral adj. _two each, two at a time_ (¤334) ÇbisÈ, adv. _twice_ Çbonus, -a, -umÈ, adj. compared Çmelior, optimusÈ, _good, kind_ (¤469.a) Çb™s, bovisÈ (gen. plur. ÇboumÈ or ÇbovumÈ, dat. and abl. plur. Çb™busÈ or ÇbžbusÈ), m. and f. _ox, cow_ Çbracchium, bracch”È, n. _arm_ Çbrevis, -eÈ, adj. _short_ ÇBrundisium, -”È, n. _Brundisium_, a seaport in southern Italy. See map Çbulla, -aeÈ, f. _bulla_, a locket made of small concave plates of gold fastened by a spring (p. 212) C ÇC.È abbreviation for ÇG‰iusÈ, Eng. _Caius_ Çcad™, -ere, ce«cid”, c‰sžrusÈ, _fall_ Çcaed�s, -isÈ, f. [[Çcaed™È, _cut_]], (_a cutting down_), _slaughter, carnage_ (¤465.a) Çcaelum, -”È, n. _sky, heavens_ ÇCaesar, -arisÈ, m. _C¾sar_, the famous general, statesman, and writer Çcalamit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. _loss, calamity, defeat, disaster_ Çcalcar, -‰risÈ, n. _spur_ (¤465.b) ÇCamp‰nia, -aeÈ, f. _Campania_., a district of central Italy. See map ÇCamp‰nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of Campania_ Çcampus, -”È, m. _plain, field_, esp. the _Campus Martius_, along the Tiber just outside the walls of Rome Çcanis, -isÈ, m. and f. _dog_ Çcan™, -ere, ce«cin”È, ----, _sing_ Çcant™, -‰re, -‰vi, -‰tusÈ [[Çcan™È, _sing_]], _sing_ ÇCap�nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of Capena_, esp. the _Porta Cape«na_, the gate at Rome leading to the Appian Way Çcapi™, -ere, c�p”, captusÈ, _take, seize, capture_ (¤492) ÇCapit™l”nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _belonging to the Capitol, Capitoline_ ÇCapit™lium, Capit™«l”È, n. [[ÇcaputÈ, _head_]], _the Capitol_, the hill at Rome on which stood the temple of Jupiter Capitolinus and the citadel Çcapsa, -aeÈ, f. _box_ for books Çcapt”vus, -”È, m. [[Çcapi™È, _take_]], _captive_ ÇCapua, -aeÈ, f. _Capua_, a large city of Campania. See map Çcaput, -itisÈ, n. _head_ (¤464.2.b) Çcarcer, -erisÈ, m. _prison, jail_ Çcarrus, -”È, m. _cart, wagon_ Çc‰rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _dear; precious_ Çcasa, -aeÈ, f. _hut, cottage_ Çcastellum, -”È, n. [[dim. of ÇcastrumÈ, _fort_]], _redoubt, fort_ Çcastrum, -”È, n. _fort_. Usually in the plural, Çcastra, -™rumÈ, a military _camp_. Çcastra p™nereÈ, _to pitch camp_ Çc‰sus, -usÈ, m. [[Çcad™È, _fall_]], _chance; misfortune, loss_ Çcatapulta, -aeÈ, f. _catapult_, an engine for hurling stones Çcat�na, -aeÈ, f. _chain_ Çcaup™na, -aeÈ, f. _inn_ Çcausa, -aeÈ, f. _cause, reason_, Çqu‰ d� caus‰È, _for this reason_ Çc�d™, -ere, cess”, cessžrusÈ, _give way, retire_ Çceler, -eris, -ereÈ, adj. _swift, fleet_ Çcelerit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[ÇcelerÈ, _swift_]], _swiftness, speed_ ÇceleriterÈ, adv. [[ÇcelerÈ, _swift_]], compared Çcelerius, celerrim�È, _swiftly_ Çc�na, -aeÈ, f. _dinner_ ÇcentumÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _hundred_ Çcenturi™, -™nisÈ, m. _centurion, captain_ ÇC�pheusÈ (dissyl.), Ç-e”È (acc. ÇC�pheaÈ), m. _Cepheus_, a king of Ethiopia and father of Andromeda ÇCerberus, -”È, m. _Cerberus_, the fabled three-headed dog that guarded the entrance to Hades Çcert‰men, -inisÈ, n. [[Çcert™È, _struggle_]], _struggle, contest, rivalry_ Çcert�È, adv. [[ÇcertusÈ, _sure_]], compared Çcertius, certissim�È, _surely, certainly_ Çcertus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _fixed, certain, sure_. Çaliquem certi™rem facereÈ (_to make some one more certain_), _to inform some one_ Çcervus, -”È, m. _stag, deer_ Çcess™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _delay, cease_ Çcib‰ria, -™rumÈ, n. plur. _food, provisions_ Çcibus, -”È, m. _food, victuals_ ÇCimbr”, -™rumÈ, m. plur. _the Cimbri_ ÇCimbricus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Cimbrian_ Çc”nctus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çcing™È, _surround_]], _girt, surrounded_ Çcing™, -ere, c”nx”, c”nctusÈ, _gird, surround_ ÇcirciterÈ, adv. _about_ ÇcircumÈ, prep, with acc. _around_ Çcircum«-d™, -dare, -ded”, -datusÈ, _place around, surround, inclose_ Çcircum«-e™, -”re, -i”, -itusÈ, _go around_ Çcircum-sist™, -ere, circum«stet”È, ----, _stand around, surround_ Çcircum-veni™, -”re, -v�n”, -ventusÈ (_come around_), _surround_ Çciterior, -iusÈ, adj. in comp., superl. ÇcitimusÈ, _hither, nearer_ (¤475) Çc”v”lis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çc”visÈ]], _civil_ Çc”vis, -isÈ, m. and f. _citizen_ (¤243.1) Çc”vit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[Çc”visÈ, _citizen_]], (_body of citizens_), _state; citizenship_ Çcl‰mor, -™risÈ, m. _shout, cry_ Çcl‰rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _clear; famous, renowned; bright, shining_ Çclassis, -isÈ, f. _fleet_ Çclaud™, -ere, -s”, -susÈ, _shut, close_ Çclavus, -”È, m. _stripe_ Çcli�ns, -entisÈ, m. _dependent, retainer, client_ (¤465.a) ÇCocles, -itisÈ, m. (_blind in one eye_), _Cocles_, the surname of Horatius Çco-gn™sc™, -ere, -gn™v”, -gn”tusÈ, _learn, know, understand_. Cf. Çsci™È (¤420.b) Çc™g™, -ere, co�g”, co‰ctusÈ [[Çco(m)-È, _together_, + Çag™È, _drive_]], (_drive together_), _collect; compel, drive_ Çcohors, cohortisÈ, f. _cohort_, the tenth part of a legion, about 360 men Çcollis, -isÈ, m. _hill_, Çin summ™ colleÈ, _on top of the hill_ (¤247.2.a) Çcollum, -”È, n. _neck_ Çcol™, -ere, colu”, cultusÈ, _cultivate, till; honor, worship; devote oneÕs self to_ Çcolumna, -aeÈ, f. _column, pillar_ Çcom- (col-, con-, cor-, co-)È, a prefix, _together, with_, or intensifying the meaning of the root word Çcoma, -aeÈ, f. _hair_ Çcomes, -itisÈ, m. and f. [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çe™È, _go_]], _companion, comrade_ Çcomit‰tus, -žsÈ, m. [[ÇcomitorÈ, _accompany_]], _escort, company_ Çcomitor, -‰r”, -‰tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇcomesÈ, _companion_]], _accompany_ Çcom-me‰tus, -žsÈ, m. _supplies_ Çcom-minusÈ, adv. [[Çcom-È, _together_, + ÇmanusÈ, _hand_]], _hand to hand_ Çcom-mitt™, -ere, -m”s”, -missusÈ, _join together; commit, intrust_. Çproelium committereÈ, _join battle_. Çs� committereÈ with dat, _trust oneÕs self to_ Çcommod�È, adv. [[ÇcommodusÈ, _fit_]], compared Çcommodius, commodissim�È, _conveniently, fitly_ Çcommodus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _suitable, fit_ Çcom-m™tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çcommove™È, _move_]], _aroused, moved_ Çcom-par™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çpar™È, _prepare_]], _prepare; provide, get_ Çcom-ple™, -�re, -pl�v”, -pl�tusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çple™È, _fill_]], _fill up_ Çcomplexus, -žsÈ, m. _embrace_ Çcom-prim™, -ere, -press”, -pressusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çprem™È, _press_]], _press together, grasp, seize_ Çcon-cid™, -ere, -cid”È, ---- [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çcad™È, _fall_]], _fall down_ Çconcilium, conci«l”È, n. _meeting, council_ Çcon-clžd™, -ere, -clžs”, -clžsusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çclaud™È, _close_]], _shut up, close; end, finish_ Çcon-curr™, -ere, -curr”, -cursusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çcurr™È, _run_]], _run together; rally, gather_ Çcondici™, -™nisÈ, f. [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çdic™È, _talk_]], _agreement, condition, terms_ Çcon-d™n™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _pardon_ Çcon-džc™, -ere, -džx”, -ductusÈ, _hire_ Çc™n-fer™, -ferre, -tul”, -l‰tusÈ, _bring together_. Çs� c™nferreÈ, _betake oneÕs self_ Çc™n-fertus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _crowded, thick_ Çc™nfestimÈ, adv. _immediately_ Çc™n-fici™, -ere, -f�c”, -fectusÈ [[Çcom-È, _completely_, + Çfaci™È, _do_]], _make, complete, accomplish, finish_ Çc™n-f”rm™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _make firm, establish, strengthen, affirm, assert_ Çc™n-flu™, -ere, -flžx”È, ----, _flow together_ Çc™n-fugi™, -ere, -fžg”, -fugitžrusÈ, _flee for refuge, flee_ Çcon-ici™, -ere, -i�c”, -iectusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çiaci™È, _throw_]], _hurl_ Çcon-iung™, -ere, -ižnx”, -ižnctusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çiung™È, _join_]], _join together, unite_ Çcon-ižr™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çižr™È, _swear_]], _unite by oath, conspire_ Çcon-loc™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çloc™È, _place_]], _arrange, place, station_ Çconloquium, conlo«qu”È, n. [[Çcom-È, _together_, + ÇloquorÈ, _speak_]], _conversation, conference_ Çc™nor, -‰r”, -‰tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _endeavor, attempt, try_ Çc™n-scend™, -ere, -scend”, -sc�nsusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çscand™È, _climb_]], _climb up, ascend_. Çn‰vem c™nscendereÈ, _embark, go on board_ Çc™n-scr”b™, -ere, -scr”ps”, -scr”ptusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çscr”b™È, _write_]], (_write together_), _enroll, enlist_ Çc™n-secr™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çsacr™È, _consecrate_]], _consecrate, devote_ Çc™n-sequor, -sequ”, -secžtus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çcom-È, intensive, + ÇsequorÈ, _follow_]], _pursue; overtake; win_ Çc™n-serv™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çserv™È, _save_]], _preserve, save_ Çc™nsilium, c™nsi«l”È, n. _plan, purpose, design; wisdom_ Çc™n-sist™, -ere, -stit”, -stitusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çsist™È, _cause to stand_]], _stand firmly, halt, take oneÕs stand_ Çc™n-spici™, -ere, -sp�x”, -spectusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çspici™È, _spy_]], _look at attentively, perceive, see_ Çc™nstantia, -aeÈ, f. _firmness, steadiness, perseverance_ Çc™n-stitu™, -ere, -u”, -žtusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çstatu™È, _set_]], _establish, determine, resolve_ Çc™n-st™, -‰re, -stit”, -st‰tžrusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çst™È, _stand_]], _agree; be certain; consist of_ Çc™nsul, -ulisÈ, m. _consul_ (¤464.2.a) Çc™n-sžm™, -ere, -sžmps”, -sžmptusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çsum™È, _take_]], _consume, use up_ Çcon-tend™, -ere, -d”, -tusÈ, _strain; hasten; fight, contend, struggle_ Çcon-tine™, -�re, -u”, -tentusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çtene™È, _hold_]], _hold together, hem in, contain; restrain_ Çcontr‰È, prep, with acc. _against, contrary to_ Çcon-trah™, -ere, -tr‰x”, -tr‰ctusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çtrah™È, _draw_]], _draw together;_ of sails, _shorten, furl_ Çcontr™versia, -aeÈ, f. _dispute, quarrel_ Çcon-veni™, -”re, -v�n”, -ventusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çveni™È, _come_]], _come together, meet, assemble_ Çcon-vert™, -ere, -vert”, -versusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çvert™È, _turn_]], _turn_ Çcon-voc™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çvoc™È, _call_]], _call together_ Çco-orior, -”r”, -ortus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çcom-È, intensive, + ÇoriorÈ, _rise_]], _rise, break forth_ Çc™pia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çcom-È, intensive, + ÇopsÈ, _wealth_]], _abundance, wealth, plenty_. Plur. Çc™piae, -‰rumÈ, _troops_ Çcoqu™, -ere, cox”, coctusÈ, _cook_ ÇCorinthus, -”È, f. _Corinth_, the famous city on the Isthmus of Corinth ÇCorn�lia, -aeÈ, f. _Cornelia_, daughter of Scipio and mother of the Gracchi ÇCorn�lius, Corn�«l”È, m. _Cornelius_, a Roman name Çcornž, -žsÈ, n. _horn; wing_ of an army, lj dextr™ cornžÈ, _on the right wing_ (¤466) Çcor™na, -aeÈ, f. _garland, wreath; crown_ Çcor™n‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _crowned_ Çcorpus, -orisÈ, n. _body_ Çcor-ripi™, -ere, -u”, -reptusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çrapi™È, _seize_]], _seize, grasp_ Çcot”di‰nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _daily_ Çcot”di�È, adv. _daily_ Çcr�ber, -bra, -brumÈ, adj. _thick, crowded, numerous, frequent_ Çcr�d™, -ere, -d”d”, -ditusÈ, _trust, believe_, with dat. (¤501.14) Çcrem™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _burn_ Çcre™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _make; elect, appoint_ ÇCre™n, -ontisÈ, m. _Creon_, a king of Corinth Çcr�sc™, -ere, cr�v”, cr�tusÈ, _rise, grow, increase_ ÇCr�ta, -aeÈ, f. _Crete_, a large island in the Mediterranean ÇCr�taeus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Cretan_ Çcržs, cržrisÈ, n. _leg_ Çcržstulum, -”È, n. _pastry, cake_ Çcub”le, -isÈ, n. _bed_ Çcultžra, -aeÈ, f. _culture, cultivation_ ÇcumÈ, conj. with the indic. or subjv. _when; since; although_ (¤501.46) ÇcumÈ, prep, with abl. _with_ (¤209) Çcupid�È, adv. [[ÇcupidusÈ, _desirous_]], compared Çcupidius, cupidissim�È, _eagerly_ Çcupidit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[ÇcupidusÈ, _desirous_]], _desire, longing_ Çcupi™, -ere, -”v”È or Ç-i”, -”tusÈ, _desire, wish_. Cf. Çvol™È ÇcžrÈ, adv. _why, wherefore_ Çcžra, -aeÈ, f. _care, pains; anxiety_ Çcžria, -aeÈ, f. _senate house_ Çcžr™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇcžraÈ, _care_]], _care for, attend to, look after_ Çcurr™, -ere, cucurr”, cursusÈ, _run_ Çcurrus, -žsÈ, m. _chariot_ Çcursus, -žsÈ, m. _course_ Çcust™di™, -”re, -”v”, -”tusÈ [[Çcust™sÈ, _guard_]], _guard, watch_ D ÇDaedalus, -”È, m. _D¾d«alus_, the supposed inventor of the first flying machine ÇD‰vus, -”È, m. _Davus_, name of a slave Çd�È, prep, with abl. _down from, from; concerning, about, for_ (¤209). Çqu‰ d� caus‰È, _for this reason, wherefore_ Çdea, -aeÈ, f. _goddess_ (¤461.a) Çd�be™, -�re, -u”, -itusÈ [[Çd�È, _from_, + Çhabe™È, _hold_]], _owe, ought, should_ ÇdecemÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _ten_ Çd�-cern™, -ere, -cr�v”, -cr�tusÈ [[Çd�È, _from_, + Çcern™È, _separate_]], _decide, decree_ Çd�-cid™, -ere, -cid”È, ---- [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çcad™È, _fall_]], _fall down_ Çdecimus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. _tenth_ Çd�cl”vis, -eÈ, adj. _sloping downward_ Çd�-d™, -ere, -did”, -ditusÈ, _give up, surrender_, Çs� d�dereÈ, _surrender oneÕs self_ Çd�-džc™, -ere, -džx”, -ductusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çdžc™È, _lead_]], _lead down, escort_ Çd�-fend™, -ere, -d”, -f�nsusÈ, _ward off, repel, defend_ Çd�-fer™, -ferre, -tul”, -l‰tusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çfer™È, _bring_]], _bring down; report, announce_ (¤426) Çd�-fessus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _tired out, weary_ Çd�-fici™, -ere, -f�c”, -fectusÈ [[Çd�È, _from_, + Çfaci™È, _make_]], _fail, be wanting; revolt from_ Çd�-f”g™, -ere, -f”x”, -f”xusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çf”g™È, _fasten_]], _fasten, fix_ Çd�-ici™, -ere, -i�c”, -iectusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çiaci™È, _hurl_]], _hurl down; bring down, kill_ Çde-indeÈ, adv. _(from thence), then, in the next place_ Çd�lect™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _delight_ Çd�le™, -�re, -�v”, -�tusÈ, _blot out, destroy_ Çd�l”ber™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _weigh, deliberate, ponder_ Çd�-lig™, -ere, -l�g”, -l�ctusÈ [[Çd�È, _from_, + Çleg™È, _gather_]], _choose, select_ ÇDelphicus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Delphic_ Çd�missus, -a, -umÈ [[part. of Çd�mitt™È, _send down_]], _downcast, humble_ Çd�-m™nstr™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çd�È, _out_, + Çm™nstr™È, _point_]], _point out, show_ Çd�mumÈ, adv. _at last, not till then_. Çtum d�mumÈ, _then at last_ Çd�niqueÈ, adv. _at last, finally_. Cf. Çpostr�m™È Çd�ns, dentisÈ, m. _tooth_ (¤247.2.a) Çd�nsus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _dense, thick_ Çd�-pende™, -�reÈ, ----, ---- [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çpende™È, _hang_]], _hang from, hang down_ Çd�-pl™r™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çd�È, intensive, + Çpl™r™È, _wail_]], _bewail, deplore_ Çd�-p™n™, -ere, -posu”, -positusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çp™n™È, _put_]], _put down_ Çd�-scend™, -ere, -d”, -sc�nsusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çscand™È, _climb_]], _climb down, descend_ Çd�-scr”b™, -ere, -scr”ps”, -scr”ptusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çscr”b™È, _write_]], _write down_ Çd�s”der™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _long for_ Çd�-sili™, -”re, -u”, -sultusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çsali™È, _leap_]], _leap down_ Çd�-sp�r™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çd�È, _away from_, + Çsp�r™È, _hope_]], _despair_ Çd�-spici™, -ere, -sp�xi, -spectusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_]], _look down upon, despise_ Çd�-sum, -esse, -fu”, -futžrusÈ [[Çd�È, _away from_, + ÇsumÈ, _be_]], _be wanting, lack_, with dat. (¤426) Çdeus, -”È, m. _god_ (¤468) Çd�-volv™, -ere, -volv”, -volžtusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çvolv™È, _roll_]], _roll down_ Çd�-vor™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çd�È, _down_, + Çvor™È, _swallow_]], _devour_ Çdexter, -tra, -trumÈ (Ç-tera, -terumÈ), adj. _to the right, right_. lj dextr™ cornžÈ, _on the right wing_ ÇDi‰na, -aeÈ, f. _Diana_, goddess of the moon and twin sister of Apollo Çd”c™, -ere, d”x”, dictusÈ (imv. Çd”cÈ), _say, speak, tell_. Usually introduces indirect discourse (¤420.a) Çdict‰tor, -™risÈ, m. [[Çdict™È, _dictate_]], _dictator_, a chief magistrate with unlimited power Çdi�s, -�iÈ or Çdi�È, m., sometimes f. in sing., _day_ (¤467) Çdif-fer™, -ferre, distul”, d”l‰tusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çfer™È, _carry_]], _carry apart; differ_. Çdifferre inter s�È, _differ from each other_ Çdif-ficilis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çdis-È, _not_, + ÇfacilisÈ, _easy_]], _hard, difficult_ (¤307) Çdifficult‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[ÇdifficilisÈ, _hard_]], _difficulty_ Çd”ligenterÈ, adv. [[Çd”lig�nsÈ, _careful_]], compared Çd”ligentius, d”ligentissim�È, _industriously, diligently_ Çd”ligentia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çd”lig�nsÈ, _careful_]], _industry, diligence_ Çd”-mic™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _fight, struggle_ Çd”-mitt™, -ere, -m”s”, -missusÈ [[Çd”-È, _off_, + Çmitt™È, _send_]], _send away, dismiss, disband_. Çd”mittere animum inÈ, _direct oneÕs mind to, apply oneÕs self to_ ÇDiom�d�s, -isÈ, m. _D”-o-m�«d�s_, a name Çdis-, d”-È, a prefix expressing separation, _off, apart, in different directions_. Often negatives the meaning Çdis-c�d™, -ere, -cess”, -cessusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çc�d™È, _go_]], _depart from, leave, withdraw, go away_ Çdis-cern™, -ere, -cr�v”, -cr�tusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çcern™È, _sift_]], _separate; distinguish_ Çdiscipl”na, -aeÈ, f. _instruction, training, discipline_ Çdiscipulus, -”È, m. [[Çdisc™È, _learn_]], _pupil, disciple_ Çdisc™, -ere, didic”È, ----, _learn_ Çdis-cuti™, -ere, -cuss”, -cussusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çquati™È, _shake_]], _shatter, dash to pieces_ Çdis-p™n™, -ere, -posu”, -positusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çp™n™È, _put_]], _put here and there, arrange, station_ Çdis-similis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + ÇsimilisÈ, _like_]], _unlike, dissimilar_ (¤307) Çdis-tribu™, -ere, -u”, -žtusÈ, _divide, distribute_ ÇdižÈ, adv., compared Çdižtius, dižtissim�È, _for a long time, long_ (¤477) Çd™, dare, ded”, datusÈ, _give_. Çin fugam dareÈ, _put to flight_. Çalicui neg™tium dareÈ, _employ some one_ Çdoce™, -�re, -u”, -tusÈ, _teach, show_ Çdoctr”na, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇdoctorÈ, _teacher_]], _teaching, learning, wisdom_ Çdolor, -™risÈ, m. _pain, sorrow_ Çdomesticus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇdomusÈ, _house_]], _of the house, domestic_ Çdomicilium, domici«l”È, n. _dwelling; house, abode_. Cf. ÇdomusÈ Çdomina, -aeÈ, f. _mistress_ (of the house), _lady_ (¤461) Çdominus, -”È, m. _master_ (of the house), _owner, ruler_ (¤462) Çdomus, -žsÈ, f. _house, home_. Çdom”È, locative, _at home_ (¤468) Çdormi™, -”re, -”v”, -”tusÈ, _sleep_ Çdrac™, -™nisÈ, m. _serpent, dragon_ Çdubit™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _hesitate_ Çdubius, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇduoÈ, _two_]], (_moving two ways_), _doubtful, dubious_ Çdu-cent”, -ae, -aÈ, numeral adj. _two hundred_ Çdžc™, -ere, džx”, ductusÈ (imv. ÇdžcÈ), _lead, conduct_ ÇdumÈ, conj. _while, as long as_ Çduo, duae, duoÈ, numeral adj. _two_ (¤479) Çduo-decimÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _twelve_ Çdžrus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _hard, tough; harsh, pitiless, bitter_ Çdux, ducisÈ, m. and f. [[cf. Çdžc™È, _lead_]], _leader, commander_ E Ç�È or ÇexÈ, prep, with abl. _out of, from, off, of_ (¤209) Çeburneus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of ivory_ ÇecceÈ, adv. _see! behold! there! here!_ Ç�-džc™, -ere, -džx”, -ductusÈ [[Ç�È, _out_, + Çdžc™È, _lead_]], _lead out, draw out_ Çef-fici™, -ere, -f�c”, -fectusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _thoroughly_, + Çfaci™È, _do_]], _work out; make, cause_ Çef-fugi™, -ere, -fžg”, -fugitžrusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _from_, + Çfugi™È, _flee_]], _escape_ Çege™, -�re, -u”È, ----, _be in need of, lack_, with abl. (¤501.32) ÇegoÈ, pers. pron. _I_; plur. Çn™sÈ, _we_ (¤480) Ç�-gredior, -”, �gressus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Ç�È, _out of_, + ÇgradiorÈ, _go_]], _go out, go forth_. Ç� n‰v” �gred”È, _disembark_ Ç�-ici™, -ere, -i�c”, -iectusÈ [[Ç�È, _forth_, + Çiaci™È, _hurl_]], _hurl forth, expel_ Çelementum, -”È, n., in plur. _first principles, rudiments_ Çelephantus, -”È, m. _elephant_ Çælis, ælidisÈ, f. _E«lis_, a district of southern Greece Çem™, -ere, �m”, �mptusÈ, _buy, purchase_ ÇenimÈ, conj., never standing first, _for, in fact, indeed._ Cf. ÇnamÈ ÇEnnius, Enn”È, m. _Ennius_, the father of Roman poetry, born 239 B.C. Çe™, ”re, i”È (Ç”v”È), ÇitžrusÈ, _go_ (¤499) Çe™È, adv. _to that place, thither_ Çæp”rus, -”È, f. _Epi«rus_, a district in the north of Greece Çeques, -itisÈ, m. [[ÇequusÈ, _horse_]], _horseman, cavalryman_ Çequit‰tus, -žsÈ, m. [[Çequit™È, _ride_]], _cavalry_ Çequus, -”È, m. _horse_ Ç�-rig™, -ere, -r�x”, -r�ctusÈ [[Ç�È, _out_, + Çreg™È, _make straight_]], _raise up_ Ç�-ripi™, -ere, -u”, -reptusÈ [[Ç�È, _out of_, + Çrapi™È, _seize_]], _seize, rescue_ Ç�-rump™, -ere, -ržp”, -ruptusÈ [[Ç�È, _forth_, + Çrump™È, _break_]], _burst forth_ Ç�rupti™, -™nisÈ, f. _sally_ ÇErymanthius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Erymanthian, of Erymanthus_, a district in southern Greece ÇetÈ, conj. _and, also_. Çet ... etÈ, _both ... and_. Cf. Çatque, ac, -queÈ ÇetiamÈ, adv. (rarely conj.) [[ÇetÈ, _also_, + ÇiamÈ, _now_]], _yet, still; also, besides_. Cf. ÇquoqueÈ. Çn™n s™lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_ ÇEtržsc”, -™rumÈ, m. _the Etruscans_, the people of Etruria. See map of Italy ÇEur™pa, -aeÈ, f. _Europe_ ÇEurystheus, -”È, m. _Eurys«theus_, a king of Tiryns, a city in southern Greece Ç�-v‰d™, -ere, -v‰s”, -v‰susÈ [[Ç�È, _out_, + Çv‰d™È, _go_]], _go forth, escape_ ÇexÈ, see Ç�È Çexanim‰tus, -a, -umÈ [[part. of Çexanim™È, _put out of breath_ (ÇanimaÈ)]], adj. _out of breath, tired; lifeless_ Çex-cipi™, -ere, -c�p”, -ceptusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çcapi™È, _take_]], _welcome, receive_ Çexemplum, -”È, n. _example, model_ Çex-e™,-”re,-i”,-itžrusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çe™È, _go_]], _go out, go forth_ (¤413) Çex-erce™, -�re, -u”, -itusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çarce™È, _shut_]], _(shut out), employ, train, exercise, use_ Çexercitus, -usÈ, m. [[Çexerce™È, _train_]], _army_ Çex-”stim™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çaestim™È, _reckon_]], _estimate; think, judge_ (¤420.c). Cf. Çarbitror, put™È Çex-orior, -”r”, -ortus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇexÈ, _forth_, + ÇoriorÈ, _rise_]], _come forth, rise_ Çexped”tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _without baggage_ Çex-pell™, -ere, -pul”, -pulsusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çpell™È, _drive_]], _drive out_ Çex-pi™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇexÈ, intensive, + Çp”oÈ, _atone for_]], _make amends for, atone for_ Çexpl™r‰tor, -™risÈ, m. [[Çexpl™r™È, _investigate_]], _spy, scout_ Çexpl™r™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _examine, explore_ Çex-pugn™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çpugn™È, _fight_]], _take by storm, capture_ Çexsilium, exsi«l”È, n. [[ÇexsulÈ, _exile_]], _banishment, exile_ Çex-spect™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çspect™È, _look_]], _expect, wait_ Çex-stru™, -ere, -stržx”, -stržctusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çstru™È, _build_]], _build up, erect_ Çexterus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çexterior, extr�musÈ or ÇextimusÈ, _outside, outer_ (¤312) Çextr‰È, prep, with acc. _beyond, outside of_ Çex-trah™, -ere, -tr‰x”, -tr‰ctusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çtrah™È, _drag_]], _drag out, pull forth_ Çextr�mus, -a, -umÈ, adj., superl. of ÇexterusÈ, _utmost, farthest_ (¤312) F Çf‰bula, -aeÈ, f. _story, tale, fable_ ÇfacileÈ, adv. [[ÇfacilisÈ, _easy_]], compared Çfacilius, facillim�È, _easily_ (¤322) Çfacilis, -eÈ, adj. [[cf. Çfaci™È, _make_]], _easy, without difficulty_ (¤307) Çfaci™, -ere, f�c”, factusÈ (imv. ÇfacÈ), _make, do; cause, bring about_. Çimpetum facere inÈ, _make an attack upon_. Çproelium facereÈ, _fight a battle_. Çiter facereÈ, _make a march_ or _journey_. Çaliquem certi™rem facereÈ, _inform some one_. Çfacere verba pr™È, _speak in behalf of_. Passive Çf”™, fier”, factus sumÈ, _be done, happen_. Çcertior fier”È, _be informed_ Çfall™, -ere, fefell”, falsusÈ, _trip, betray, deceive_ Çf‰ma, -aeÈ, f. _report, rumor; renown, fame, reputation_ Çfam�s, -isÈ (abl. Çfam�È), f. _hunger_ Çfamilia, -aeÈ, f. _servants, slaves; household, family_ Çfasc�s, -iumÈ (plur. of ÇfascisÈ), f. _fasces_ (p. 225) Çfast”gium, fast”«g”È, n. _top; slope, descent_ Çf‰tum, -”È, n. _fate, destiny_ Çfauc�s, -iumÈ, f. plur. _jaws, throat_ Çfave™, -�re, f‰v”, fautžrusÈ, _be favorable to, favor_, with dat. (¤501.14) Çf�l”x, -”cisÈ, adj. _happy, lucky_ Çf�mina, -aeÈ, f. woman. Cf. ÇmulierÈ Çfera, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇferusÈ, _wild_]], _wild beast_ Çfer‰x, -‰cisÈ, adj. _fertile_ Çfer�È, adv. _about, nearly, almost_ Çfer™, ferre, tul”, l‰tusÈ, _bear_. ÇgraviterÈ or Çmolest� ferreÈ, _be annoyed_ (¤498) Çferreus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇferrumÈ, _iron_]], _made of iron_ Çfid�lis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çfid�sÈ, _trust_]], _faithful, true_ Çfid�s, fide”È _or_ Çfid�È, _trust, faith; promise, word; protection_. Çin fidem ven”reÈ, _come under the protection_. Çin fid� man�reÈ, _remain loyal_ Çf”lia, -aeÈ (dat. and abl. plur. Çf”li‰busÈ), f. _daughter_ (¤461.a) Çf”lius, f”l”È (voc. sing, Çf”l”È), m. _son_ Çf”nis, -isÈ, m. _boundary, limit, end;_ in plur. _territory, country_ (¤243.1) Çf”nitimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çf”nisÈ, _boundary_]], _adjoining, neighboring_. Plur. Çf”nitim”, -™rumÈ, m. _neighbors_ Çf”™, fier”, factus sumÈ, used as passive of Çfaci™È. See Çfaci™È (¤500) Çflamma, -aeÈ, f. _fire, flame_ Çfl™s, fl™risÈ, m. _flower_ Çfluctus, -žsÈ, m. [[of. Çflu™È, _flow_]], _flood, wave, billow_ Çflžmen, -inisÈ, n. [[cf. Çflu™È, _flow_]], _river_ (¤464.2.b) Çflu™, -ere, flžx”, fluxusÈ, _flow_ Çfluvius, fluv”È, m. [[cf. Çflu™È, _flow_]], _river_ Çfodi™, -ere, f™d”, fossusÈ, _dig_ Çf™ns, fontisÈ, m. _fountain_ (¤247.2.a) Çf™rma, -aeÈ, f. _form, shape, appearance; beauty_ ÇFormiae, -‰rumÈ, f. _Formiae_, a town of Latium on the Appian Way. See map ÇforteÈ, adv. [[abl. of ÇforsÈ, _chance_]], _by chance_ Çfortis, -eÈ, adj. _strong; fearless, brave_ ÇfortiterÈ, adv. [[ÇfortisÈ, _strong_]], compared Çfortius, fortissim�È, _strongly; bravely_ Çfortžna, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇforsÈ, _chance_]], _chance, fate, fortune_ Çforum, -”È, n. _market place_, esp. the ÇForum R™m‰numÈ, where the life of Rome centered ÇForum App”È, _Forum of Appius_, a town in Latium on the Appian Way Çfossa, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. Çfodi™È, _dig_]], _ditch_ Çfragor, -™risÈ, m. [[cf. Çfrang™È, _break_]], _crash, noise_ Çfrang™, -ere, fr�g”, fr‰ctusÈ, _break_ Çfr‰ter, -trisÈ, m. _brother_ Çfremitus, -žsÈ, m. _loud noise_ Çfrequent™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _attend_ Çfr�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _supported, trusting_. Usually with abl. of means Çfr™ns, frontisÈ, f. _front_, lj fronteÈ, _in front_ Çfržctus, -žsÈ, m. _fruit_ Çfržment‰rius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _pertaining to grain_. Çr�s fržment‰riaÈ, _grain supplies_ Çfržmentum, -”È, n. _grain_ Çfržstr‰È, adv. _in vain, vainly_ Çfuga, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. Çfugi™È, _flee_]], _flight_. Çin fugam dareÈ, _put to flight_ Çfugi™, -ere, fžg”, fugitžrusÈ, _flee, run; avoid, shun_ Çfžm™, -are, ------, ------È, _smoke_ Çfžnis, -isÈ, m. _rope_ Çfuror, -™risÈ, m. [[Çfur™È, _rage_]], _madness_. Çin fur™rem inc”dereÈ, _go mad_ G ÇG‰ius, G‰”È, m. _Gaius_, a Roman name, abbreviated ÇC.È, English form _Caius_ ÇGalba, -aeÈ, m. _Galba_, a Roman name Çgalea, -aeÈ, f. _helmet_ ÇGallia, -aeÈ, f. _Gaul_, the country comprising what is now Holland, Belgium, Switzerland, and France ÇGallicus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Gallic_ Çgall”na, -aeÈ, f. _hen, chicken_ ÇGallus, -”È, m. _a Gaul_ Çgaudium, gaud”È, n. _joy_ ÇGen‰va, -aeÈ, f. _Geneva_, a city in Switzerland Çg�ns, gentisÈ, f. [[cf. Çgign™È, _beget_]], _race, family; people, nation, tribe_ Çgenus, -erisÈ, n. _kind, variety_ ÇGerm‰nia, -aeÈ, f. _Germany_ ÇGerm‰nus, -”È, m. _a German_ Çger™, -ere, gess”, gestusÈ, _carry, wear; wage_. Çbellum gerereÈ, _wage war_. Çr�s gestaeÈ, _exploits_. Çbene gerereÈ, _carry on successfully_ Çgladi‰t™rius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _gladiatorial_ Çgladius, glad”È, m. _sword_ Çgl™ria, -aeÈ, f. _glory, fame_ ÇGracchus, -”È, m. _Gracchus_, name of a famous Roman family Çgracilis, -eÈ, adj. _slender_ (¤307) ÇGraeca, -™rumÈ, n. plur. _Greek writings, Greek literature_ ÇGraec�È, adv. _in Greek_ ÇGraecia, -aeÈ, f. _Greece_ Çgrammaticus, -”È, m. _grammarian_ Çgr‰tia, -aeÈ, f. _thanks, gratitude_ Çgr‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _acceptable, pleasing_. Often with dat. (¤501.16) Çgravis, -�È, adj. _heavy; disagreeable; serious, dangerous; earnest, weighty_ ÇgraviterÈ, adv. [[ÇgravisÈ, _heavy_]], compared Çgravius, gravissim�È, _heavily; greatly, seriously_. Çgraviter ferreÈ, _bear ill, take to heart_ Çgubern‰tor, -™risÈ, m. [[Çgubern™È, _pilot_]], _pilot_ H Çhab�na, -aeÈ, f. _halter, rein_. Çhabe™, -�re, -u”, -itusÈ, _have, hold; regard, consider, deem_ Çhabit™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[cf. Çhabe™È, _have_]], _dwell, abide, inhabit_. Cf. Çincol™, v”v™È Çh‰c-tenusÈ, adv. _thus far_ ÇHelv�ti”, -™rumÈ, m. _the Helvetii_, a Gallic tribe ÇHercul�s, -isÈ, m. _Hercules_, son of Jupiter and Alcmena, and god of strength ÇHesperid�s, -umÈ, f. _the Hesperides_, daughters of Hesperus, who kept the garden of the golden apples Çhic, haec, hocÈ, demonstrative adj. and pron. _this_ (of mine); as pers. pron. _he, she, it_ (¤481) Çh”cÈ, adv. _here_ Çhiems, -emisÈ, f. _winter_ Çh”ncÈ, adv. [[Çh”cÈ, _here_]], _from here, hence_ ÇHippolyt�, -�sÈ, f. _Hippolyte_, queen of the Amazons Çho-di�È, adv. [[modified form of Çh™c di�È, _on this day_]], _to-day_ Çhom™, -inisÈ, m. and f. _(human being), man, person_ Çhonestus, -a, -umÈ, adv. [[ÇhonorÈ, _honor_]], _respected, honorable_ Çhonor, -™risÈ, m. _honor_ Çh™ra, -aeÈ, f. _hour_ ÇHor‰tius, Hor‰«t”È, m. _Horatius_, a Roman name Çhorribilis, -eÈ, adj. _terrible, horrible_ Çhortor, -‰ri, -‰tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _urge, incite, exhort, encourage_ (¤493) Çhortus, -”È, m. _garden_ Çhospitium, hospi«t”È, n. [[ÇhospesÈ, _host_]], _hospitality_ Çhostis, -isÈ, m. and f. _enemy, foe_ (¤465.a) Çhumilis, -eÈ, adj. _low, humble_ (¤307) ÇHydra, -aeÈ, f. _the Hydra_, a mythical water snake slain by Hercules I Çiaci™, -ere, i�c”, iactusÈ, _throw, hurl_ ÇiamÈ, adv. _now, already_. Çnec iamÈ, _and no longer_ ÇI‰niculum, -”È, n. _the Janiculum_, one of the hills of Rome Çi‰nua, -aeÈ, f. _door_ ÇibiÈ, adv. _there, in that place_ Çëcarus, -”È, m. _Ic«arus_, the son of D¾dalus Çictus, -žsÈ, m. [[cf. Ç”c™È, _strike_]], _blow_ Ç”dem, e«adem, idemÈ, demonstrative pron. [[ÇisÈ + ÇdemÈ]], _same_ (¤481) Çid™neus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _suitable, fit_ ÇigiturÈ, conj., seldom the first word, _therefore, then_. Cf. ÇitaqueÈ Çignis, -isÈ, m. _fire_ (¤¤243.1; 247. 2.a; 465, 1) Çign™tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Ç(g)notusÈ, _known_]], _unknown, strange_ Çille, illa, illudÈ, demonstrative adj. and pron. _that_ (yonder); as pers. pron. _he, she, it_ (¤481) Çill”cÈ, adv. [[cf. ÇilleÈ]], _yonder, there_ Çim-mitt™, -ere, -m”s”, -missusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _against_, + Çmitt™È, _send_]], _send against; let in_ Çimmol™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _upon_, + ÇmolaÈ, _meal_]], _sprinkle with sacrificial meal; offer, sacrifice_ Çim-mort‰lis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + ÇmortalisÈ, _mortal_]], _immortal_ Çim-mort‰lit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[Çimmort‰lisÈ, _immortal_]], _immortality_ Çim-par‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çpar‰tusÈ, _prepared_]], _unprepared_ Çimped”mentumÈ, -”, n. [[Çimpedi™È, _hinder_]], _hindrance;_ in plur. _baggage_ Çimped”tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çimpedi™È, _hinder_]], _hindered, burdened_ Çim-pell™, -ere, -pul”, -pulsusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _against_, + Çpell™È, _strike_]], _strike against; impel, drive, propel_ Çimper‰tor, -™risÈ, m. [[Çimper™È, _command_]], _general_ Çimperium, impe«r”È, n. [[Çimper™È, _command_]], _command, order; realm, empire; power, authority_ Çimper™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _command, order_. Usually with dat. and an object clause of purpose (¤501.41). With acc. object, _levy, impose_ Çimpetus, -žsÈ, m. _attack_, Çimpetum facere inÈ, _make an attack upon_ Çim-p™n™, -ere, -posui, -positusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _upon_, + Çp™n™È, _place_]], _place upon; impose, assign_ ÇinÈ, prep, with acc. _into, to, against, at, upon, towards;_ with abl. _in, on_. Çin reliquum tempusÈ, _for the future_ Çin-È, inseparable prefix. With nouns and adjectives often with a negative force, like English _un-, in-_ Çin-cautus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + ÇcautusÈ, _careful_]], _off oneÕs guard_ Çincendium, incend”È, n. _flame, fire_. Cf. Çignis, flammaÈ Çin-cend™, -ere, -d”, -c�nsusÈ, _set fire to, burn_ Çin-cid™, -ere, -cid”, ----È, [[ÇinÈ, _in, on_, + Çcad™È, _fall_]], _fall in, fall on; happen_. Çin fur™rem incidereÈ, _go mad_ Çin-cipi™, -ere, -c�pi, -ceptusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _on_, + Çcapi™È, _take_]], _begin_ Çin-cognitus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + ÇcognitusÈ, _known_]], _unknown_ Çin-col™, -ere, -u”, ----È, [[ÇinÈ, _in_, + Çcol™È, _dwell_]], _inhabit; live_ Çincolumis, -eÈ, adj. _sound, safe, uninjured, imharmed_ Çin-cr�dibilis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çcr�dibilisÈ, _to be believed_]], _incredible_ ÇindeÈ, _from that place, thence_ Çindu™, -ere, -u”, -žtusÈ, _put on_ Çindžtus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çindu™È, _put on_]], _clothed_ Çin-e™, -”re, -i”, -itusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _into_, + Çe™È, _go_]], _go into; enter upon, begin_, with acc. (¤413) Ç”n-f‰ns, -fantisÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + *Çf‰nsÈ, _speaking_]], _not speaking_. As a noun, m. and f. _infant_ Ç”n-f�l”x, -”cisÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çf�l”xÈ, _happy_]], _unhappy, unlucky_ Ç”nf�nsus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _hostile_ Ç”n«-fer™, ”nfer«re, in«tul”, inl‰«tusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _against_, + Çfer™È, _bear_]], _bring against or upon, inflict_, with acc. and dat. (¤501.15). Çbellum ”nferreÈ, with dat., _make war upon_ Ç”nferus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _low, below_ (¤312). Ç”n-f”n”tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çf”n”tusÈ, _bounded_]], _boundless, endless_ Ç”n-f”rmus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çf”rmusÈ, _strong_]], _weak, infirm_ Çingenium, inge«niÈ, n. _talent, ability_ Çing�ns, -entisÈ, adj. _vast, huge, enormous, large_. Cf. ÇmagnusÈ Çin-gredior, -gred”, -gressus sumÈ [[ÇinÈ, _in_, + ÇgradiorÈ, _walk_]], _advance, enter_ Çinim”cus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çam”cusÈ, _friendly_]], _hostile_. As a noun, Çinim”cus, -”È, m. _enemy, foe_. Cf. ÇhostisÈ Çinitium, ini«t”È, _entrance, beginning_ Çinitus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çine™È. Çinit‰ aest‰teÈ, _at the beginning of summer_ Çinižria, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇinÈ, _against_, + ÇižsÈ, _law_]], _injustice, wrong, injury_. Çalicui inižri‰s ”nferreÈ, _inflict wrongs upon some one_ Çinopia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇinopsÈ, _needy_]], _want, need, lack_ Çin-op”n‰ns, -antisÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çop”n‰nsÈ, _thinking_]], _not expecting, taken by surprise_ ÇinquitÈ, _said he, said she_. Regularly inserted in a direct quotation Çin-rig™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _irrigate, water_ Çin-rump™, -ere, -ržp”, -ruptusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _into_, + Çrump™È, _break_]], _burst in, break in_ Çin-ru™, -ere, -ru”,----È [[ÇinÈ, _in_, + Çru™È, _rush_]], _rush in_ Ç”n-sequor, -sequ”, -secžtus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇinÈ, _on_, + ÇsequorÈ, _follow_]], _follow on, pursue_ Ç”n-signe, -isÈ, n. _badge, decoration_ (¤465.b) Ç”nsignis, -eÈ, adj. _remarkable, noted_ Ç”nst‰ns, -antisÈ, adj. [[part. of Ç”nstoÈ, _be at hand_]], _present, immediate_ Ç”n-st™, -‰re, -stit”, -statžrusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _upon_, + Çst™È, _stand_]], _stand upon; be at hand; pursue, press on_ Ç”nstržmentum, -”È, n. _instrument_ Ç”n-stru™, -ere, -stržx”, -stržctusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _on_, + Çstru™È, _build_]], _draw up_ Ç”nsula, -aeÈ, f. _island_ Çinteger, -gra, -grumÈ, _untouched, whole; fresh, new_ Çintelleg™, -ere, -l�x”, -l�ctusÈ [[ÇinterÈ, _between_, +Çleg™È, _choose_]], _perceive, understand_ (¤420.d) Çintent™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _aim; threaten_ ÇinterÈ, prep. with acc. _between, among; during, while_ (¤340) Çinterfectus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çinter-fici™È, _kill_]], _slain, dead_ Çinter-fici™, -ere, -f�c”, -fectusÈ [[ÇinterÈ, _between_, + Çfaci™È, _make_]], _put out of the way, kill_. Cf. Çnec™, occ”d™, truc”d™È ÇinterimÈ, adv. _meanwhile_ Çinterior, -iusÈ, adj. _interior, inner_ (¤315) Çinter-mitt™, -ere, -m”s”, -missusÈ, _leave off, suspend_ Çinterpres, -etisÈ, m. and f. _interpreter_ Çinter-rog™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _question_ Çinter-sum, -esse, -fu”, -futžrusÈ [[ÇinterÈ, _between_, +ÇsumÈ, _be_]], _be present, take part in_, with dat. (¤501.15) Çinter-v‰llum, -”È, n. _interval, distance_ Çintr‰È, adv. and prep. with acc. _within, in_ Çintr™, -‰re, -‰vi, -‰tusÈ, _go into, enter_ Çin-veni™, -”re, -v�n”, -ventusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _upon_, +Çveni™È, _come_]], _find_ Çinv”sus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çinvide™È, _envy_]], _hated, detested_ ÇIol‰us, -”È, m. _I-o-l‰«us_, a friend of Hercules Çipse, -a, -umÈ, intensive pron. _that very, this very; self, himself, herself, itself_, (¤481) Ç”ra, -aeÈ, f. _wrath, anger_ Ç”r‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Ç”r‰scorÈ, _be angry_]], _angered, enraged_ Çis, ea, idÈ, demonstrative adj. and pron. _this, that; he, she, it_ (¤481) Çiste, -a, -udÈ, demonstrative adj. and pron. _that_ (of yours), _he, she, it_ (¤481) ÇitaÈ, adv. _so, thus_. Cf. Çs”cÈ and ÇtamÈ ÇItalia, -aeÈ, f. _Italy_ Çita-queÈ, conj. _and so, therefore_ ÇitemÈ, adv. _also_ Çiter, itinerisÈ, n. _journey, march, route; way, passage_ (¤¤247.1.a; 468). Çiter dareÈ, _give a right of way, allow to pass_. Çiter facereÈ, _march_ (see p. 159) Çiube™, -�re, iuss”, iussusÈ, _order, command_. Usually with the infin. and subj. acc. (¤213) Çiždex, -icisÈ, m. and f. _judge_ (¤464.1) Çiždic™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇiždexÈ, _judge_]], _judge, decide_ (¤420.c) ÇIžlia, -aeÈ, _Julia_, a Roman name ÇIžlius, Ižl”È, m. _Julius_, a Roman name Çiung™, -�re, ižnx”, ižnctusÈ, _join; yoke, harness_ ÇIžn™, -™nisÈ, f. _Juno_, the queen of the gods and wife of Jupiter ÇIuppiter, IovisÈ, m. _Jupiter_, the supreme god Çižr™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _swear, take an oath_ Çiussus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çiube™È, _ordered_ L ÇL.È, abbreviation for ÇLžciusÈ Çlabefactus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çlabefaci™È, _cause to shake_]], _shaken, weakened, ready to fall_ ÇLabi�nus, -”È, m. _La-bi-e«nus_, one of C¾sarÕs lieutenants Çlabor, -™risÈ, m. _labor, toil_ Çlab™r™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇlaborÈ, _labor_]], _labor; suffer, be hard pressed_ Çlacrima, -aeÈ, f. _tear_ Çlacus, -žsÈ (dat. and abl. plur. ÇlacubusÈ), m. _lake_ Çlaet�È, adv. [[ÇlaetusÈ, _glad_]], compared Çlaetius, laetissim�È, _gladly_ Çlaetitia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇlaetusÈ, _glad_]], _joy_ Çlaetus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _glad, joyful_ Çlapis, -idisÈ, m. _stone_ (¤¤247.2.a; 464.1) ÇL‰r, LarisÈ, m.; plur. ÇLar�s, -umÈ (rarely Ç-iumÈ), _the Lares_ or _household, gods_ Çl‰t�, Èadv. [[Çl‰tusÈ, _wide_]], compared Çl‰tius, l‰tissim�È, _widely_ ÇLatin�È, adv. _in Latin_. ÇLat”n� loqu”È, _to speak Latin_ Çl‰titžd™, -inisÈ, f. [[Çl‰tusÈ, _wide_]], _width_ ÇL‰t™na, -aeÈ, f. _Latona_, mother of Apollo and Diana Çlatus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _wide_ Çl‰tus, -erisÈ, n. _side, flank_. Çab utr™que latereÈ, _on each side_ Çlaud™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇlausÈ, _praise_]], _praise_ Çlaurea, -aeÈ, f. _laurel_ Çlaure‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _crowned with laurel_ Çlaus, laudisÈ, f. _praise_ Çlectulus, -”È, m. _couch, bed_ Çl�g‰tus, -”È, m. _ambassador; lieutenant_ Çlegi™, -™nisÈ, f. [[cf. Çleg™È, _gather_]], (_body of soldiers_), _legion_, about 3600 men (¤464.2.a) Çlegi™n‰rius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _legionary_. Plur. Çlegi™nari”, -™rumÈ, m. _the soldiers of the legion_ Çleg™, -ere, l�g”, l�ctusÈ, _read_ Çl�nis, -eÈ, adj. _gentle, smooth, mild_ Çl�niterÈ, adv. [[Çl�nisÈ, _gentle_]], compared Çl�nius, l�nissim�È, _gently_ ÇLentulus, -iÈ, m. _Lentulus_, a Roman family name Çle™, -™nisÈ, m. _lion_ ÇLernaeus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Lern¾ean_, of Lerna, in southern Greece ÇLesbia, -aeÈ, f. _Lesbia_, a girlÕs name Çlevis, -eÈ, adj. _light_ Çl�x, l�gisÈ, f. _measure, law_ ÇlibenterÈ, adv. [[Çlib�nsÈ, _willing_]], compared Çlibentius, libentissim�È, _willingly, gladly_ Çl”ber, -era, -erumÈ, adj. _free_ (¤469.b) Çl”ber”, -™rumÈ, m. [[Çl”berÈ, _free_]], _children_ Çl”ber™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çl”berÈ, _free_]], _set free, release, liberate_ Çl”bert‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[Çl”berÈ, _free_]], _freedom, liberty_ Çl”ctor, -™risÈ, m. _lictor_ (p. 225) Çl”mus, -”È, m. _mud_ Çlittera, -aeÈ, f. _a letter_ of the alphabet; in plur. _a letter, epistle_ Çl”tus, -orisÈ, n. _seashore, beach_ Çlocus, -”È, m. (plur. Çloc”È and ÇlocaÈ, m. and n.), _place, spot_ Çlong�È, adv. [[ÇlongusÈ, _long_]], comp. Çlongius, longissim�È, _a long way off; by far_ Çlonginquus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇlongusÈ, _long_]], _distant, remote_ Çlongitžd™, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇlongusÈ, _long_]], _length_ Çlongus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _long_ Çloquor, loqui, locžtus sumÈ, dep. verb, _talk, speak_ Çl™r”ca, -aeÈ, f. [[Çl™rumÈ, _thong_]], _coat of mail, corselet_ Çlžd™, -ere, lžs”, lžsusÈ, _play_ Çlždus, -”È, m. _play; school_, the elementary grades. Cf. ÇscholaÈ Çlžna, -aeÈ, f. _moon_ Çlžx, lžcisÈ, f. (no gen. plur.), _light_. Çpr”ma lžxÈ, _daybreak_ ÇLy:dia, -aeÈ, f. _Lydia_, a girlÕs name M ÇM.È, abbreviation for ÇM‰rcusÈ Çmagicus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _magic_ ÇmagisÈ, adv. in comp. degree [[ÇmagnusÈ, _great_]], _more, in a higher degree_ (¤323) Çmagister, -tr”È, m. _master, commander; teacher_ Çmagistr‰tus, -žsÈ, m. [[ÇmagisterÈ, _master_]], _magistracy; magistrate_ Çmagnitžd™, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇmagnusÈ, _great_]], _greatness, size_ ÇmagnopereÈ, adv. [[abl. of Çmagnum opusÈ]], compared Çmagis, maxim�È, _greatly, exceedingly_ (¤323) Çmagnus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çmaior, maximusÈ, _great, large; strong, loud_ (¤311) Çmaior, maius, -™risÈ, adj., comp. of ÇmagnusÈ, _greater, larger_ (¤311) Çmai™r�s, -umÈ, m. plur. of ÇmaiorÈ, _ancestors_ Çm‰l™, m‰lle, m‰lu”, ----È [[ÇmagisÈ, _more_, + Çvol™È, _wish_]], _wish more, prefer_ (¤497) Çmalus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çpeior, pessimusÈ, _bad, evil_ (¤311) Çmand™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇmanusÈ, _hand_, + Çd™È, _put_]], _(put in hand), intrust; order, command_ Çmane™, -�re, m‰ns”, m‰nsžrusÈ, _stay, remain, abide_ ÇM‰nlius, M‰nl”È, m. _Manlius_, a Roman name Çm‰nsu�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çm‰nsu�sc™È, _tame_]], _tamed_ Çmanus, -žsÈ, f. _hand; force, band_ ÇM‰rcus, -”È, m. _Marcus, Mark_, a Roman first name Çmare, -isÈ, n. (no gen. plur.), _sea_. Çmare ten�reÈ, _be out to sea_ Çmarg™, -inisÈ, m. _edge, border_ Çmar”tus, -”È, m. _husband_ ÇMarius, Mar”È, m. _Marius_, a Roman name, esp. _C. Marius_, the general ÇM‰rtius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of Mars_, esp. the _Campus Martius_ Çm‰ter, -trisÈ, f. _mother_ Çm‰trim™nium, m‰trim™«n”È, n. _marriage_. Çin m‰trim™nium džcereÈ, _marry_ Çm‰tžr™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _hasten_. Cf. Çcontend™È, Çproper™È Çm‰tžrus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _ripe, mature_ Çmaxim�È, adv. in superl. degree [[ÇmaximusÈ, _greatest_]], compared Çmagnopere, magis, maxim�È, _especially, very much_ (¤323) Çmaximus, -a, -umÈ, adj., superl. of ÇmagnusÈ, _greatest, extreme_ (¤311) Çmedius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _middle part; middle, intervening_ Çmelior, -ius, -™risÈ, adj., comp. of ÇbonusÈ, _better_ (¤311) ÇmeliusÈ, adv. in comp. degree, compared Çbene, melius, optim�È, _better_ (¤323) Çmemoria, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇmemorÈ, _mindful_]], _memory_. Çmemori‰ ten�reÈ, _remember_ Çm�ns, mentisÈ, f. _mind_. Cf. ÇanimusÈ Çm�nsis, -isÈ, m. _month_ (¤247.2. a) Çmerc‰tor, -™risÈ, m. [[ÇmercorÈ, _trade_]], _trader, merchant_ Çmer”di‰nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çmer”di�sÈ, _noon_]], _of midday_ Çmer”di�s, ----È (acc. Ç-emÈ, abl. Ç-�È), m. [[ÇmediusÈ, _mid_, + Çdi�sÈ, _day_]], _noon_ Çmetus, -žsÈ, m. _fear, dread_ Çmeus, -a, -umÈ, possessive adj. and pron. _my, mine_ (¤98) Çm”les, -itisÈ, m. _soldier_ (¤464.1) Çm”lit‰ris, -eÈ, adj. [[Çm”lesÈ, _soldier_]], _military_. Çr�s m”lit‰risÈ, _science of war_ Çm”lit™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çm”lesÈ, _soldier_]], _serve as a soldier_ Çm”lleÈ, plur. Çm”lia, -iumÈ, numeral adj. and subst. _thousand_ (¤479) Çminim�È, adv. in superl. degree, compared Çparum, minus, minim�È, _least, very little; by no means_ (¤323) Çminimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çparvus, minor, minimusÈ, _least, smallest_ (¤311) Çminor, minus, -™risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, compared Çparvus, minor, minimusÈ, _smaller, less_ (¤311) ÇM”n™s, -™isÈ, m. _Minos_, a king of Crete ÇminusÈ, adv. in comp. degree, compared Çparum, minus, minim�È, _less_ (¤323) ÇMinyae, -‰rumÈ, m. _the Minyae_, a people of Greece Çm”r‰bilis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çm”rorÈ, _wonder at_]], _wonderful, marvelous_ Çm”ror, -‰r”, -‰tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çm”rusÈ, _wonderful_]], _wonder, marvel, admire_ Çm”rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _wonderful_ ÇM”s�num, -”È, _Mise«num_, a promontory and harbor on the coast of Campania. See map Çmiser, -era, -erumÈ, adj. _wretched, unhappy, miserable_ Çmissus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çmitt™È, _sent_ Çmitt™, -ere, m”s”, missusÈ, _send_ Çmodicus, -a, -umÈ [[ÇmodusÈ, _measure_]], _modest, ordinary_ ÇmodoÈ, adv. [[abl. of ÇmodusÈ, _measure_, with shortened ÇoÈ]], _only, merely, just now_. Çmodo ... modoÈ, _now ... now, sometimes ... sometimes_ Çmodus, -”È, m. _measure; manner, way; kind_ Çmoenia, -iumÈ, n. plur. [[cf. Çmžni™È, _fortify_]], _walls, ramparts_ Çmolest�È, adv. [[ÇmolestusÈ, _troublesome_]], compared Çmolestius, molestissim�È, _annoyingly_. Çmolest� ferreÈ, _to be annoyed_ Çmolestus, -a, -umÈ, _troublesome, annoying, unpleasant_ (¤501.16) Çmone™, -�re, -u”, -itusÈ, _remind, advise, warn_ (¤489) Çm™ns, montisÈ, m. _mountain_ (¤247.2. a) Çm™nstrum, -”È, n. _monster_ Çmora, -aeÈ, f. _delay_ Çmoror, -‰r”, -‰tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇmoraÈ, _delay_]], _delay, linger; impede_ Çmors, mortisÈ, f. [[cf. ÇmoriorÈ, _die_]], _death_ Çm™s, m™risÈ, m. _custom, habit_ Çm™tus, -žsÈ, m. [[cf. Çmove™È, _move_]], _motion, movement_. Çterrae m™tusÈ, _earthquake_ Çmove™, -�re, m™v”, m™tusÈ, _move_ ÇmoxÈ, adv. _soon, presently_ Çmulier, -erisÈ, f. _woman_ Çmultitžd™, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇmultusÈ, _much_]], _multitude_ Çmultum (mult™)È, adv. [[ÇmultusÈ, _much_]], compared Çplžs, plžrimumÈ, _much_ (¤477) Çmultus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çplžs, plžrimusÈ, _much_; plur. _many_ (¤311) Çmžni™, -”re, -”v” or -i”, -”tusÈ, _fortify, defend_ Çmžn”ti™, -™nisÈ, f. [[Çmžni™È, _fortify_]], _defense, fortification_ Çmžrus, -”È, m. _wall_. Cf. ÇmoeniaÈ Çmžsica, -aeÈ, f. _music_ N ÇnamÈ, conj. _for_. Cf. ÇenimÈ Çnam-queÈ, conj., a strengthened ÇnamÈ, introducing a reason or explanation, _for, and in fact; seeing that_ Çn‰rr™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _tell, relate_ Çn‰scor, n‰sc”, n‰tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _be born, spring from_ Çn‰tžra, -aeÈ, f. _nature_ Çn‰tusÈ, part. of Çn‰scorÈ Çnauta, -aeÈ, m. [[for Çn‰vitaÈ, from Çn‰visÈ, _ship_]], _sailor_ Çn‰v‰lis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çn‰visÈ, _ship_]], _naval_ Çn‰vigium, n‰vi«g”È, n. _ship, boat_ Çn‰vig™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çn‰visÈ, _ship_, + Çag™È, _drive_]], _sail, cruise_ Çn‰vis, -isÈ (abl. -” or -e), f. _ship_ (¤243.1). Çn‰vem c™nscendereÈ, _embark, go on board_. Çn‰vem solvereÈ, _set sail_. Çn‰vis longaÈ, _man-of-war_ Çn�È, conj. and adv. _in order that not, that_ (with verbs of fearing), _lest; not_. Çn� ... quidemÈ, _not even_ Ç-neÈ, interrog. adv., enclitic (see ¤¤16, 210). Cf. Çn™nneÈ and ÇnumÈ ÇnecÈ or ÇnequeÈ, conj. [[Çn�È, _not_, + ÇqueÈ, _and_]], _and not, nor_. Çnec ... necÈ or Çneque ... nequeÈ, _neither ... nor_ Çnecess‰rius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _needful, necessary_ Çnec™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[cf. nex, _death_]], _kill_. Cf. Çinterfici™, occ”d™, truc”d™È Çneg™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _deny, say not_ (¤420.a) Çneg™tium, neg™«t”È, n. [[ÇnecÈ, _not_, + Ç™tiumÈ, _ease_]], _business, affair, matter_. Çalicui neg™tium dareÈ, _to employ some one_ ÇNemaeus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Neme«an, of Neme«a_, in southern Greece Çn�moÈ, dat. Çn�min”È (gen. Çnžll”usÈ, abl. Çnžll™È, supplied from ÇnžllusÈ), m. and f. [[Çn�È, _not_, + Çhom™È, _man_]], _(not a man), no one, nobody_ ÇNeptžnus, -”È, m. _Neptune_, god of the sea, brother of Jupiter ÇnequeÈ, see ÇnecÈ Çneuter, -tra, -trumÈ (gen. Ç-tr”usÈ, dat. Ç-tr”È), adj. _neither_ (of two) (¤108) Çn�-veÈ, conj. adv. _and not, and that not, and lest_ ÇnihilÈ, n. indecl. [[Çn�È, _not_, + Çh”lumÈ, _a whit_]], _nothing_. Çnihil posseÈ, _to have no power_ Çnihilum, -”È, n., see ÇnihilÈ ÇNiob�, -�sÈ, f. _Ni«obe_, the queen of Thebes whose children were destroyed by Apollo and Diana ÇnisiÈ, conj. [[Çn�È, _not_, + Çs”È, _if_]], _if not, unless, except_ Çn™bilis, -eÈ, adj. _well known; noble_ Çnoce™, -�re, -u”, -itžrusÈ [[cf. Çnec™È, _kill_]], _hurt, injure_, with dat. (¤501.14) ÇnoctžÈ, abl. used as adv. [[cf. ÇnoxÈ, _night_]], _at night, by night_ ÇN™la, -aeÈ, f. _Nola_, a town in central Campania. See map Çn™l™, n™lle, n™lu”È, ---- [[ÇneÈ, _not_, + Çvol™È, _wish_]], _not to wish, be unwilling_ (¤497) Çn™men, -inisÈ, n. [[cf. Çn™sc™È, _know_]], _(means of knowing), name_ Çn™min™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çn™menÈ, _name_]], _name, call_. Cf. Çappell™, voc™È Çn™nÈ, adv. [[Çn�È, _not_, + ÇžnumÈ, _one_]], _not_. Çn™n s™lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_ Çn™n-dumÈ, adv. _not yet_ Çn™n-neÈ, interrog. adv. suggesting an affirmative answer, _not?_ (¤210). Cf. Ç-neÈ and ÇnumÈ Çn™sÈ, pers. pron. _we_ (see ÇegoÈ) (¤480) Çnoster, -tra, -trumÈ, possessive adj. and pron. _our, ours_. Plur. Çnostr”, -™rumÈ, m. _our men_ (¤98) ÇnovemÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _nine_ Çnovus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _new_. Çnovae r�sÈ, _a revolution_ Çnox, noctisÈ, f. _night_, Çmult‰ nocteÈ, _late at night_ Çnžllus, -a, -umÈ (gen. Ç-”usÈ, dat. Ç-”È) adj. [[Çn�È, _not_, + ÇžllusÈ, _any_]], _not any, none, no_ (¤108) ÇnumÈ, interrog. adv. suggesting a negative answer (¤210). Cf. Ç-neÈ and Çn™nneÈ. In indir. questions, _whether_ Çnumerus, -”È, m. _number_ ÇnumquamÈ, adv. [[Çn�È, _not_, + ÇumquamÈ, _ever_]], _never_ ÇnuncÈ, adv. _now_. Cf. ÇiamÈ Çnžnti™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇnžntiusÈ, _messenger_]], _report, announce_ (¤420.a) Çnžntius, nžnt”È, m. _messenger_ ÇnžperÈ, adv. _recently, lately, just now_ Çnympha, -aeÈ, f. _nymph_ O ÇobÈ, prep. with acc. _on account of_. In compounds it often means _in front of, against_, or it is intensive. Çquam ob remÈ, _for this reason_ (¤340) Çobses, -idisÈ, m. and f. _hostage_ Çob-side™,-�re,-s�d”, -sessusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_, + Çsede™È, _sit_]], _besiege_ Çobtine™, -�re, -u”, -tentusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_, + Çtene™È, _hold_]], _possess, occupy, hold_ Çocc‰si™, -™nisÈ, f. _favorable opportunity, favorable moment_ Çocc‰sus, -žsÈ, m. _going down, setting_ Çocc”d™, -ere, -c”d”, -c”susÈ [[ÇobÈ, _down_, + Çcaed™È, _strike_]], _strike down; cut down, kill_. Cf. Çinterfici™, nec™È Çoccup™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _completely_, + Çcapi™È, _take_]], _seize, take possession of, occupy_. Cf. ÇrapioÈ Çoc-curr™, -ere, -curr”, -cursusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_ + Çcurr™È, _run_]], _run towards; meet_, with dat. (¤426) Ç™ceanus, -”È, m. _the ocean_ Çoct™È, indecl. numeral adj. _eight_ Çoculus, -”È, m. _eye_ Çofficium, offi«c”È, n. _duty_ Ç™limÈ, adv. _formerly, once upon a time_ Ç™men, -inisÈ, n. _sign, token, omen_ Ç™-mitt™, -ere, -m”s”, -missusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _over, past_, + Çmitt™È, _send_]], _let go, omit_. Çconsilium omittereÈ, _give up a plan_ Çomn”n™È, adv. [[ÇomnisÈ, _all_]], _altogether, wholly, entirely_ Çomnis, -eÈ, adj. _all, every._ Cf. Çt™tusÈ Çoner‰ria, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇonusÈ, _load_]], with Çn‰visÈ expressed or understood, _merchant vessel, transport_ Çonus, -erisÈ, n. _load, burden_ Çop”ni™, -™nisÈ, f. [[Çop”norÈ, _suppose_]], _opinion, supposition, expectation_ Çoppid‰nus, -”È, m. [[ÇoppidumÈ, _town_]], _townsman_ Çoppidum, -”È, n. _town, stronghold_ Çopportžnus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _suitable, opportune, favorable_ Çop-prim™, -ere, -press”, -pressusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_, + Çprem™È, _press_]], (_press against_), _crush; surprise_ Çoppugn‰ti™, -™nisÈ, f. _storming, assault_ Çoppugn™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_, + Çpugn™È _fight_]], _fight against, assault, storm, assail_ Çoptim�È, adv. in superl. degree, compared Çbene, melius, optim�È, _very well, best of all_ (¤323) Çoptimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çbonus, melior, optimusÈ, _best, most excellent_ (¤311) Çopus, -erisÈ, n. _work, labor, task_ (¤464.2.b) Ç™r‰culum, -”È, n. [[Ç™r™È, _speak_]], _oracle_ Ç™r‰tor, -™risÈ, m. [[Ç™r™È, _speak_]], _orator_ Çorbis, -isÈ, m. _ring, circle_. Çorbis terr‰rumÈ, _the earth, world_ Çorbita, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇorbisÈ, _wheel_]], _rut_ ÇOrcus, -”È, m. _Orcus, the lower world_ Ç™rd™, -inisÈ, m. _row, order, rank_ (¤247.2.a) Çor”go, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇoriorÈ, _rise_]], _source, origin_ Çorior, -”r”, ortus sumÈ, dep. verb, _arise, rise, begin; spring, be born_ Ç™rn‰mentum, -”È, n. [[Ç™rn™È, _fit out_]], _ornament, jewel_ Ç™rn‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Ç™rn™È, _fit out_]] _fitted out; adorned_ Ç™rn™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _fit out, adorn_ P ÇP.È, abbreviation for ÇPžbliusÈ ÇpaeneÈ, adv. _nearly, almost_ Çpalžd‰mentum, -”È, n. _military cloak_ Çpalžs, -ždisÈ, f. _swamp, marsh_ Çp‰nis, -isÈ, m. _bread_ Çp‰r, parisÈ, adj. _equal_ (¤471. III) Çpar‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çpar™È, _prepare_]], _prepared, ready_ Çparc™, -ere, peper«c”È (Çpars”È), ÇparsžrusÈ, _spare_, with dat. (¤501.14) Çp‰re™, -�re, -u”, ----È, _obey_, with dat. (¤501.14) Çpar™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _prepare for, prepare; provide, procure_ Çpars, partisÈ, f. _part, share; side, direction_ ÇparumÈ, adv., compared Çminus, minim�È, _too little, not enough_ (¤323) Çparvus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çminor, minimusÈ, _small, little_ (¤311) Çpassus, -žsÈ, m. _step, pace_. Çm”lle passuumÈ, _thousand paces, mile_ (¤331.b) Çpate™, -�re, patu”, ----È, _lie open, be open; stretch, extend_ Çpater, -trisÈ, m. _father_ (¤464.2.a) Çpatior, -”, passus sumÈ, dep. verb, _bear, suffer, allow, permit_ Çpatria, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. ÇpaterÈ, _father_]], _fatherland_, (_oneÕs_) _country_ Çpaucus, -a, -umÈ, adj. (generally plur.), _few, only a few_ ÇpaulisperÈ, adv. _for a little while_ Çpaul™È, adv. _by a little, little_ ÇpaulumÈ adv. _a little, somewhat_ Çp‰x, p‰cisÈ, f. (no gen. plur.), _peace_ Çpecžnia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇpecusÈ, _cattle_]], _money_ Çpedes, -itisÈ, m. [[Çp�sÈ, _foot_]], _foot soldier_ Çpedester, -tris, -treÈ, adj. [[Çp�sÈ, _foot_]], _on foot; by land_ Çpeior, peius, -™risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, compared Çmalus, peior, pessimusÈ, _worse_ (¤311) Çpellis, -isÈ, f. _skin, hide_ Çpenna, -aeÈ, f. _feather_ ÇperÈ, prep. with acc. _through, by means of, on account of_. In composition it often has the force of _thoroughly, completely, very_ (¤340) Çpercussus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çpercuti™È, _strike through_]], _pierced_ Çper-džc™, -ere, -džx”, -ductusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _through_, + Çdžc™È, _lead_]], _lead through_. Çfossam perdžcereÈ, _to construct a ditch_ Çper-exiguus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇperÈ, _very_, + ÇexiguusÈ, _small_]], _very small, very short_ Çperfidus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _faithless, treacherous, false_ Çper-fring™, -ere, -fr�g”, -fr‰ctusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _through_, Çfrang™È, _break_]], _shatter_ Çperg™, -ere, perr�x”, perr�ctusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _through_, + Çreg™È, _conduct_]], _go on, proceed, hasten_ Çper”culum, -”È, n. _trial, test; danger_ Çperisty:lum, -”È, n. _peristyle_, an open court with columns around it Çper”tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _skillful_ Çperpetuus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _perpetual_ ÇPerseus, -e”È, _Perseus_, a Greek hero, son of Jupiter and Dana‘ Çpers™na, -aeÈ, f. _part, character, person_ Çper-su‰de™, -�re, -su‰s”, -su‰susÈ [[ÇperÈ, _thoroughly_, + Çsu‰de™È, _persuade_]], _persuade, advise_, with dat. (¤501.14), often with an object clause of purpose (¤501.41) Çper-terre™, -�re, -u”, -itusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _thoroughly_, + Çterre™È, _frighten_]], _thoroughly terrify, alarm_ Çper-veni™, -”re, -v�n”, -ventusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _through_, + Çveni™È, _come_]], _arrive, reach, come to_ Çp�s, pedisÈ, m. _foot_. Çpedem referreÈ, _retreat_ (¤247.2.a) Çpessimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çmalus, peior, pessimusÈ, _worst_ (¤311) Çpet™, -ere, -”v” or -i”, -”tusÈ, _strive for, seek, beg, ask; make for, travel to_. Cf. Çpostul™, quaer™, rog™È ÇPhars‰lus, -”È, f. _Pharsa«lus_ or _Pharsa«lia_, a town in Thessaly, near which Cassar defeated Pompey, 48 B.C. Çphilosophia, -aeÈ, f. _philosophy_ Çphilosophus, -”È, m. _philosopher_ Çpictus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çping™È, _paint_]], _colored, variegated_ Çp”lum, -”È, n. _spear, javelin_ (¤462.b) Çpisc”na, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇpiscisÈ, _fish_]], _fish pond_ Çpiscis, -isÈ, m. _fish_ Çp”stor, -™risÈ, m. _baker_ Çplace™. -�re, -u”, -itusÈ, _please, be pleasing_, with dat. (¤501.14) Çpl‰niti�s, -�”È, f. [[Çpl‰nusÈ, _level_]], _plain_ Çpl‰nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _level, flat_ Çpl�nus, -a, -umÈ, _full_ ÇplžrimumÈ, adv. in superl. degree, compared Çmultum, plžs, plžrimumÈ, _very much_. Çplžrimum val�reÈ, _be most influential_ (¤322) Çplžrimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çmultus, plžs, plžrimusÈ, _most, very many_ (¤311) Çplžs, plžrisÈ, adj. in comp. degree, compared Çmultus, plžs, plžrimusÈ; sing. n. as substantive, _more_; plur. _more, several_ (¤311) Çpluteus, -”È, m. _shield, parapet_ Çpoena, -aeÈ, f. _punishment, penalty_ Çpo�ta, -aeÈ, m. _poet_ Çpompa, -aeÈ, f. _procession_ ÇPomp�i”, -™rumÈ, m. _Pompeii_, a city of Campania. See map ÇPomp�ius, Pomp�«”È, m. _Pompey_, a Roman name Çp™mum, -”È, n. _apple_ Çp™n™, -ere, posu”, positusÈ, _put, place_. Çcastra p™nereÈ, _pitch camp_ Çp™ns, pontisÈ, m. _bridge_ (¤247.2.a) Çpop”na, -aeÈ, f. _restaurant_ Çpopulus, -”È, m. _people_ ÇPorsena, -aeÈ, m. _Porsena_, king of Etruria, a district of Italy. See map Çporta, -aeÈ, f. _gate, door_ Çport™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _bear, carry_ Çportus, -žsÈ, m. [[cf. ÇportaÈ, _gate_]], _harbor_ Çposside™, -�re, -s�d”, -sessusÈ, _have, own, possess_ Çpossum, posse, potu”, ----È, irreg. verb [[ÇpotisÈ, _able_, + ÇsumÈ, _I am_]], _be able, can_ (¤495). Çnihil posseÈ, _have no power_ ÇpostÈ, prep, with acc. _after, behind_ (¤340) Çposte‰È, adv. [[ÇpostÈ, _after_, + Çe‰È, _this_]], _afterwards_ (ÇposterusÈ), Ç-a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çposterior, postr�musÈ or ÇpostumusÈ, _following, next_ (¤312) ÇpostquamÈ, conj. _after, as soon as_ Çpostr�m™È, adv. [[abl. of Çpostr�musÈ, _last_]], _at last, finally_. Cf. Çd�mum, d�niqueÈ (¤322) Çpostr”di�È, adv. [[Çposter™È, _next_, + Çdi�È, _day_]], _on the next day_ Çpostul™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _ask, demand, require_. Cf. Çpet™, quaer™, rog™È Çpotentia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çpot�nsÈ, _able_]], _might, power, force_ Çprae-be™, -�re, -u”, -itusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _forth_, + Çhabe™È, _hold_]], _offer, give_ Çpraeda, -aeÈ, f. _booty, spoil, plunder_ Çprae-d”c™, -ere, -d”x”, -dictusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _before_, + Çd”c™È, _tell_]], _foretell, predict_ Çprae-fici™, -ere, -f�c”, -fectusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _before_, + Çfaci™È, _make_]], _place in command_, with acc. and dat. (¤501.15) Çprae-mitt™, -ere, -m”s”, -missusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _forward_, + Çmitt™È, _send_]], _send forward_ Çpraemium, praem”È, n. _reward, prize_ Çpraeruptus, -a, -umÈ [[part. of Çprae-rump™È, _break off_]], _broken off, steep_ Çpraes�ns, -entisÈ, adj. _present, immediate_ ÇpraesertimÈ, adv. _especially, chiefly_ Çpraesidium, praesi«diÈ, n. _guard, garrison, protection_ Çprae-st™, -‰re, -stit”, -stitusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _before_, + ÇstoÈ, _stand_]], (_stand before_), _excel, surpass_, with dat. (¤501.15); _show, exhibit_ Çprae-sum, -esse, -fu”, -futžrusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _before_, + ÇsumÈ, _be_]], _be over, be in command of_, with dat. (¤501.15) ÇpraeterÈ, prep, with acc. _beyond, contrary to_ (¤340) Çpraetere‰È, adv. [[ÇpraeterÈ, _besides_, + Çe‰È, _this_]], _in addition, besides, moreover_ Çpraetextus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _bordered, edged_ Çpraet™rium, praet™«r”È, n. _pr¾torium_ Çprandium, prand”È, n. _luncheon_ Çprem™, -ere, press”, pressusÈ, _press hard, compress; crowd, drive, harass_ (Çprex, precisÈ), f. _prayer_ Çpr”m™È, adv. [[Çpr”musÈ, _first_]], _at first, in the beginning_ (¤322) Çpr”mumÈ, adv. [[Çpr”musÈ, _first_]], _first_. Çquam primumÈ, _as soon as possible_ Çpr”mus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çprior, pr”musÈ, _first_ (¤315) Çpr”nceps, -cipisÈ, m. [[Çpr”musÈ, _first_, + Çcapi™È, _take_]], (_taking the first place_), _chief, leader_ (¤464.1) Çprior, prius, -™risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, superl., Çpr”musÈ, _former_ (¤315) Çpr”stinus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _former, previous_ Çpr™È, prep, with abl. _before; for, for the sake of, in behalf of; instead of, as_ (¤209). In composition, _forth, forward_ Çpr™-c�d™, -ere, -cuss”, -cessžrusÈ [[Çpr™È, _forward_, + Çc�d™È, _go_]], _go forward, proceed_ ÇproculÈ, adv. _far, afar off_ Çpr™-curr™, -ere, -curr”È (Ç-cucurr”È), Ç-cur-susÈ [[Çpr™È, _forward_, + Çcurr™È, _run_]], _run forward_ Çproelium, proeliÈ, n. _battle, combat_. Çproelium committereÈ, _join battle_. Çproelium facereÈ, _fight a battle_ Çprofecti™, -™nisÈ, f. _departure_ Çprofic”scor, -”, -fectus sumÈ, dep. verb, _set out, march_. Cf. Ç�gredior, exe™È Çpr™-gredior, -”, -gressus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çpr™È, _forth_, + ÇgradiorÈ, _go_]], _go forth, proceed, advance_. Cf. Çperg™, pr™c�d™È Çpr™gressusÈ, see Çpr™grediorÈ Çprohibe™, -�re, -u”, -itusÈ [[Çpr™È, _forth, away from_, + Çhabe™È, _hold_]], _keep away from, hinder, prevent_ Çpr™-move™, -�re, -m™v”, -m™tusÈ [[Çpr™È, _forward_, + Çmove™È, _move_]], _move forward, advance_ Çpr™-nžnti™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çpr™È, _forth_, + Çnžnti™È, _announce_]], _proclaim, declare_ ÇpropeÈ, adv., compared Çpropius, proxi-m�È, _nearly_. Prep, with acc. _near_ Çpr™-pell™, -ere, -pul”, -pulsusÈ [[Çpr™È, _forth_, + Çpell™È, _drive_]], _drive forth; move, impel_ Çproper™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇproperusÈ, _quick]], go quickly, hasten_. Cf. Çcontend™, matur™È Çpropinquus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇpropeÈ, _near]], near, neighboring_ Çpropior, -ius, -™risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, superl., ÇproximusÈ, _nearer_ (¤315) ÇpropiusÈ, adv. in comp. degree, compared Çprope, propius, proxim�È, _nearer_ (¤323) ÇpropterÈ, prep. with acc. _on account of, because of_ (¤340) Çpr™-scr”b™, -ere, -scr”ps”, -scriptusÈ [[Çpr™È, _forth_, + Çscrib™È, _write_]], _proclaim, publish_. Cf. Çpr™nžnti™È Çpr™-sequor, -sequ”, -secžtus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çpr™È, _forth_, + ÇsequorÈ, _follow]], escort, attend_ Çpr™-sum, pr™desse, pr™fu”, pr™futžrusÈ [[Çpr™È, _for_, + ÇsumÈ, _be_]], _be useful, benefit_, with dat. (¤¤496; 501.15) Çpr™-teg™, -ere, -t�x=i], -t�ctusÈ [[Çpr™È, _in front_, + Çteg™È, _cover]], cover in front, protect_ Çpr™vincia, -aeÈ, f. _territory, province_ Çproxim�È, adv. in superl. degree, compared Çprope, propius, proxim�È, _nearest, next; last, most recently_ (¤323) Çproximus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çpropior, proximusÈ, _nearest, next_ (¤315) Çpžblicus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇpopulusÈ,_people_]], _of the people, public_, Çres pžblicaÈ, _the commonwealth_ Çpuella, -aeÈ, f. [[diminutive of ÇpuerÈ, _boy_]], _girl, maiden_ Çpuer, -eriÈ, m. _boy; slave_ (¤462.c) Çpugna, -aeÈ, f _-fight, battle._ Cf. ÇproeliumÈ Çpugn™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇpugnaÈ, _battle]], fight_. Cf. Çcontend™, d”mic™È Çpulcher, -chra, -chrumÈ, adj. _beautiful, pretty_ (¤¤469.b; 304) ÇPull™, -™nisÈ, m. _Pullo_, a centurion Çpuls™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _strike, beat_ Çpuppis, -isÈ (acc. Ç-imÈ, abl. Ç-”È), f. _stern_ of a ship, _deck_ Çpžr�È, adv. [[ÇpžrusÈ, _pure_]], comp. ÇpžriusÈ, _purely_ Çpžrg™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _cleanse, clean_ Çpurpureus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _purple, dark red_ Çput™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _reckon, think_ (¤420,_c_). Cf. Çarbitror, ex”stim™È ÇPy:thia, -aeÈ, f. _Pythia_, the inspired priestess of Apollo at Delphi Q Çqu‰ d� caus‰È, _for this reason, wherefore_ Çqu‰ r�È, _therefore, for this reason_ Çquaer™, -ere, -s”v”, -s”tusÈ, _seek, ask, inquire_. Cf. Çpet™, postul™, rog™È Çqu‰lis, -eÈ, interrog. pronom. adj. _of what sort, what kind of_. Çtalis ... qualisÈ, _such ... as_ ÇquamÈ, adv. _how_; after a comparative, _than_; with a superlative, translated _as ... as possible_, Çquam pr”mumÈ, _as soon as possible_ Çquantus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇquamÈ, _how]], how great, how much_, Çtantus ... quantusÈ, _as great as_ Çqu‰rtus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. [[ÇquattuorÈ, _four_]], _fourth_ ÇquattuorÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _four_ Çquattuor-decimÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _fourteen_ Ç-queÈ, conj., enclitic, _and_ (¤16). Cf. Çac, atque, etÈ Çqu”, quae, quodÈ, rel. pron. and adj. _who, which, what, that_ (¤482) ÇquiaÈ, conj. _because_. Cf. ÇquodÈ Çqu”dam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam)È, indef. pron. and adj. _a certain one, a certain, a_ (¤485). ÇquidemÈ, adv. _to be sure, certainly, indeed_, Çn� ... quidemÈ, _not even_ Çqui�s, -�tisÈ, f. _rest, repose_ Çqui�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _quiet, restful_ Çqu”ndecimÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _fifteen_ Çqu”ngent”, -ae, -aÈ, numeral adj. _five hundred_ Çqu”nqueÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _five_ Çqu”ntus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. _fifth_ Çquis (qu”), quae, quid (quod)È, interrog. pron. and adj. _who? what? which?_ (¤483). Çquis (qu”), qua (quae), quid (quod)È, indef. pron. and adj., used after Çs”, nisi, n�, numÈ, _any one, anything, some one, something, any, some_ (¤484). Çquisquam, quicquamÈ or ÇquidquamÈ (no fem. or plur.), indef. pron. _any one_ (at all), _anything_ (at all) (¤486). Çquisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque)È, indef. pron. and adj. _each, each one, every_ (¤484). Çqu™È, interrog. and rel. adv. _whither, where_ Çqu™È, conj. _in order to, that_, with comp. degree (¤350). ÇquodÈ, conj. _because, in that_. Cf. ÇquiaÈ ÇquoqueÈ, conj., following an emphatic word, _also, too_. Cf. ÇetiamÈ Çquot-ann”sÈ, adv. [[ÇquotÈ, _how many_ + ÇannusÈ, _year_]], _every year, yearly_ Çquoti�nsÈ, interrog. and rel. adv. _how often? as often as_ R Çr‰d”x, -”cisÈ, f. _root; foot_ Çrapi™, -ere, -u”, -tusÈ, _seize, snatch_ Çr‰r™È, adv. [[Çr‰rusÈ, _rare_]], _rarely_ Çr‰rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _rare_ Çre-È or Çred-È, an inseparable prefix, _again, back, anew, in return_ Çrebelli™, -™nisÈ, f. _renewal of war, rebellion_ Çrec�ns, -entisÈ, adj. _recent_ Çre-cipi™, -ere, -c�p”, -ceptusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çcapi™È, _take_]], _take back, receive_. Çs� recipereÈ, _withdraw, retreat_ Çre-cl”n‰tus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çrecl”n™È, _leaning back_ Çre-cre‰tus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çrecre™È, _refreshed_ Çr�ctus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çreg™È, _keep straight_]], _straight, direct_ Çre-cžs™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _refuse_ Çred-‰ctus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çredig™È, _reduced, subdued_ Çred-e™, -”re, -i”, -itusÈ [[Çred-È, _back_, + Çe™È, _go_]], _go back, return_ (¤413). Cf. Çrevert™È Çreditus, -žsÈ, m. [[cf. Çrede™È, _return_]], _return, going back_ Çre-džc™, -ere, -džx”, -ductusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çdžc™È, _lead_]], _lead back_ Çre-fer™, -ferre, rettul”, -l‰tusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çfer™È, _bear_]], _bear back; report_. Çpedem referreÈ, _withdraw, retreat_ Çre-fici™, -ere, -f�c”, -fectusÈ [[Çre-È, _again_, + Çfaci™È, _make_]], _make again, repair_. Çs� reficereÈ, _refresh oneÕs self_ Çr�g”na, -aeÈ, f. [[Çr�xÈ, _king_]], _queen_ Çregi™, -™nisÈ, f. _region, district_ Çr�gnum, -”È, n. _sovereignty; kingdom_ Çreg™, -ere, r�x”, r�ctusÈ [[cf. Çr�xÈ, _king_]], _govern, rule_ (¤490) Çre-ici™, -ere, -i�c”, -iectusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çiaci™È, _hurl_]], _hurl back; throw away_ Çre-linqu™, -ere, -l”qu”, -lictusÈ [[Çre-È, _behind_, + Çlinqu™È, _leave_]], _leave behind, leave, abandon_ Çreliquus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[cf. Çrelinqu™È, _leave_]], _left over, remaining_. As a noun, plur. _the rest_ Çrem™tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çre-move™È, _remove_]], _remote, distant_ Çre-move™, -�re, -m™v”, -motusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çmove™È, _move_]], _remove_ Çr�mus, -”È, m. _oar_ Çre-peri™, -”re, repper”, repertusÈ, _find_ Çre-port™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çport™È, _carry_]], _carry back, bring back, win, gain_ Çr�s, re”È, f. _thing, business, matter, deed, event, circumstance_ (¤467). Çquam ob remÈ, _for this reason_. Çr�s adversaeÈ, _adversity_. Çr�s fržment‰riaÈ, _grain supplies_. Çr�s gestaeÈ, _exploits_. Çr�s milit‰risÈ, _science of war_. Çr�s pžblicaÈ, _the commonwealth_. Çr�s secundaeÈ, _prosperity_ Çre-scind™, -ere, -scid”, -scissusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çscind™È, _cut_]], _cut off, cut down_ Çre-sist™, -ere, -stit”È, ---- [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çsist™È, _cause to stand_]], _oppose, resist_, with dat. (¤501.14) Çre-sponde™, -�re, -spond”, -sp™nsusÈ [[Çre-È, _in return_, + Çsponde™È, _promise_]], answer, reply (¤420.a) Çre-vert™, -ere, -”È, ----, or dep. verb Çre-vertor, -”, -sus sumÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çvert™È, _turn_]], _turn back, return_. Usually active in the perf. system Çre-vinci™, -”re, -v”nx”, -v”nctusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çvinci™È, _bind_]], _fasten_ Çr�x, r�gisÈ, m. [[cf. Çreg™È, _rule_]], _king_ ÇRh�nus, -”È, m. _the Rhine_, a river of Germany Çr”pa, -aeÈ, f. _bank_ Çrog™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _ask_. Cf. Çpet™, postul™, quaer™È ÇR™ma, -aeÈ, f. _Rome_. See map ÇR™m‰nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇR™maÈ, _Rome_]], _Roman_, follows its noun. As a noun, m. and f. _a Roman_ Çrosa, -aeÈ, f. _rose_ Çr™strum, -”È, n. _beak_ of a ship. In plur., _the rostra_, the speakerÕs stand in the Roman Forum Çrota, -aeÈ, f. _wheel_ ÇRubic™, -™nisÈ, m. _the Rubicon_, a river in northern Italy. See map Çržmor, -™risÈ, m. _report, rumor_ ÇržrsusÈ, adv. [[for ÇreversusÈ, _turned back_]], _again, in turn_ Çržs, ržrisÈ (locative abl. Çržr”È, no gen., dat., or abl. plur.), n. _the country_ (¤501.36.1). Cf. Çager, patria, terraÈ S ÇSab”nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Sabine_. As a noun, m. and f. _a Sabine_. The Sabines were an ancient people of central Italy. See map Çsacrum, -”È, n. [[ÇsacerÈ, _consecrated_]], _something consecrated, sacrifice;_ usually in plur., _religious rites_ ÇsaepeÈ, adv., compared Çsaepius, saepissim�È, _often, frequently_ Çsaevus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _cruel, savage_ Çsagitta, -aeÈ, f. _arrow_ Çsali™, -”re, -u”, saltusÈ, _jump_ Çsalžs, -žtisÈ, f. _safety; health_. Çsalžtem d”cereÈ, _send greetings_ Çsalžt™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇsalžsÈ, _health_]], _greet, salute_ Çsalv�È, imv. of Çsalve™È, _hail, greetings_ Çsanguis, -inisÈ, m. _blood_ (¤247.2.a] Çs‰nit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[Çs‰nusÈ, _sound_]], _health, sanity_ Çsapi�ns, -entisÈ, adj. [[part. of Çsapi™È, _be wise_]], _wise, sensible_ ÇsatisÈ, adv. and indecl. noun, _enough, sufficient, sufficiently_ Çsaxum, -”È, n. _rock, stone_ Çscelus, -erisÈ, n. _crime, sin_ Çsc�ptrum, -”È, n. _scepter_ Çschola, -aeÈ, f. _school_, the higher grades. Cf. ÇlždusÈ Çscientia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çsci�nsÈ, _knowing_]], _skill, knowledge, science_ Çscind™, -ere, scid”, scissusÈ, _cut, tear_ Çsci™, -”re, -”v”, -”tusÈ, _know_ (¤420.b). Cf. Çcogn™sc™È Çscr”b™, -ere, scr”ps”, scr”ptusÈ, _write_ Çscžtum, -”È, n. _shield, buckler_ Çs�È, see Çsu”È Çs�cumÈ = Çs�È + ÇcumÈ Çsecundus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇsequorÈ, _follow_]], _following, next, second; favorable, successful_. Çr�s secundaeÈ, _prosperity_ ÇsedÈ, conj. _but, on the contrary_. Çn™n s™lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_ Çs�decimÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _sixteen_ Çsede™, -�re, s�d”, sessusÈ, _sit_ ÇsemperÈ, adv. _always, forever_ Çsen‰tus, -žsÈ, m. [[cf. ÇsenexÈ, _old_]], _council of elders, senate_ Çsenti™, -”re, s�ns”, s�nsusÈ, _feel, know, perceive_ (¤420.d). Cf. Çintelleg™È, Çvide™È ÇseptemÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _seven_ Çseptimus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. _seventh_ Çsequor, -”, secžtus sumÈ, dep. verb, _follow_ (¤493) Çserp�ns, -entisÈ, f. [[Çserp™È, _crawl_]], _serpent, snake_ Çsertae, -‰rumÈ, f. plur. _wreaths, garlands_ Çservitžs, -žtisÈ, f. [[ÇservusÈ, _slave_]], _slavery, servitude_ Çserv™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _save, rescue, keep_ Çservus, -”È, m. _slave_ Çs�s�È, emphatic for Çs�È ÇsexÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _six_ ÇSextus, -”È, m. _Sextus_, a Roman first name Çs”È, conj. _if_ Çs”cÈ, adv. _thus, in this way_. Cf. ÇitaÈ, ÇtamÈ ÇSicilia, -aeÈ, f. _Sicily_. See map Çs”c-utÈ, _just as, as if_ Çsignifer, -er”È, m. [[ÇsignumÈ, _standard_, + Çfer™È, _bear_]], _standard bearer_ (p. 224) Çsignum, -”È, n. _ensign, standard; signal_ Çsilva, -aeÈ, f. _wood, forest_ Çsimilis, -eÈ, adj., compared Çsimilior, simillimusÈ, _like, similar_ (¤307) ÇsimulÈ, adv. _at the same time_ Çsimul acÈ or Çsimul atqueÈ, conj. _as soon as_ ÇsineÈ, prep. with abl. _without_ (¤209) Çsingul”, -ae, -aÈ, distributive numeral adj. _one at a time, single_ (¤334) Çsinister, -tra, -trumÈ, adj. _left_ ÇSinuessa, -aeÈ, f. _Sinues«sa_, a town in Campania. See map Çsitis, -isÈ (acc. Ç-imÈ, abl. Ç-”È, no plur.), f. _thirst_ Çsitus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çsin™È, _set_]], _situated, placed, lying_ Çsocius, soc”È, m. _comrade, ally_ Çs™l, s™lisÈ (no gen. plur.), m. _sun_ Çsole™, -�re, solitus sumÈ, semi-dep. verb, _be wont, be accustomed_ Çsollicitus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _disturbed, anxious_ Çs™lumÈ, adv. [[Çs™lusÈ, _alone_]], _alone, only_. Çn™n s™lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_ Çs™lus, -a, -umÈ (gen. Ç-”usÈ, dat. Ç-”È), adj. _alone, only_ (¤108) Çsolv™, -ere, solv”, solžtusÈ, _loosen, unbind_. Çn‰vem solvereÈ, _set sail_ Çsomnus, -”È, m. _sleep_ Çsoror, -™risÈ, f. _sister_ Çspatium, spat”È, n. _space, distance; time; opportunity_ Çspect‰culum, -”È, n. [[Çspect™È, _look at_]], _show, spectacle_ Çspect™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _look at, witness_ Çsp�r™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[sp�s, _hope_]], _hope, expect_ (¤420.c) Çsp�s, spe”È, f. _hope_ (¤273.2) Çsplendid�È, adv. [[ÇsplendidusÈ]], compared Çsplendidius, splendidissim�È, _splendidly, handsomely_ Çsplendidus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _brilliant, gorgeous, splendid_ ÇStabi‰nus, -a, -umÈ, _Stabian_ Çstabulum, -”È, n. [[cf. Çst™È, _stand_]], _standing place, stable, stall_ ÇstatimÈ, adv. [[cf. Çst™È, _stand_]], _on the spot, at once, instantly_ Çstatua, -aeÈ, f. [[Çsist™È, _place, set_]], _statue_ Çstatu™, -ere, -u”, -žtusÈ [[ÇstatusÈ, _station_]], _decide, determine_ Çstilus, -”È, m. _iron pencil, style_ (p. 210) Çst™, -‰re, stet”, statusÈ, _stand_ Çstr‰tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çstern™È, _spread_]], _paved_ (of streets) Çstrepitus, -žsÈ, m. [[Çstrep™È, _make a noise_]], _noise, din_ Çstring™, -ere, str”nx”, strictusÈ, _bind tight; draw, unsheathe_ Çstude™, -�re, -u”, ----È, _give attention to, be eager_, with dat. (¤501.14) Çstudium, stud”È, n. [[cf. Çstude™È, _be eager for_]], _eagerness, desire, zeal, devotion_ Çstultus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _foolish, stupid_ ÇStymph‰lis, -idisÈ, adj. f. _Stymphalian, of Stympha«lus_, a lake in southern Greece ÇStymph‰lus, -”È, m. _Stympha«lus_, a district of southern Greece with a town, mountain, and lake, all of the same name Çsu‰de™, -�re, -s”, -susÈ, _advise, recommend_, with subjv. of purpose (¤501.41) ÇsubÈ, prep, with acc. and abl. _under, below, up to; at_ or _to the foot of_ Çsub-ig™, -ere, -�g”, -‰ctusÈ [[ÇsubÈ, _under_, + Çag™È, _drive_]], _subdue, reduce_ Çsubit™È, adv. [[ÇsubitusÈ, _sudden_]], _suddenly_ Çsub-sequor, -”, -secžtus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇsubÈ, _below_, + ÇsequorÈ, _follow_]], _follow close after, follow up_ Çsuc-c�d™, -ere, -cess”, -cessusÈ [[ÇsubÈ, _below_, + Çc�d™È, _go_]], _follow, succeed_ Çsu”È, reflexive pron. _of himself (herself, itself, themselves)_ (¤480). Çs�cumÈ = Çs�È + ÇcumÈ. Çs�s�È, emphatic form of Çs�È Çsum, esse, fu”, futžrusÈ, irreg. verb, _be; exist_ (¤494) Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çsuperus, superior, supr�musÈ or ÇsummusÈ (¤312), _supreme, highest; best, greatest_. Çin summ™ colleÈ, _on the top of the hill_ Çsžm™, -ere, sžmps”, sžmptusÈ, _take up; assume, put on_. Çsžmere supplicium d�È, _inflict punishment on_ ÇsuperÈ, prep. with acc. and abl. _over, above_ Çsuperbia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇsuperbusÈ, _proud_]], _pride, arrogance_ Çsuperbus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _proud, haughty_ ÇsuperiorÈ, comp. of ÇsuperusÈ Çsuper™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇsuperusÈ, _above_]], _go over; subdue, overcome; surpass, excel_ Çsuper-sum, -esse, -fu”, ----È, _be over, survive_, with dat. (¤501.15) Çsuperus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çsuperior, supr�musÈ or ÇsummusÈ, _above, upper_ (¤312) Çsupplicium, suppli«c”È, n. [[ÇsupplexÈ, _kneeling in entreaty_]], _punishment, torture_. Çsupplicium sžmere d�È, _inflict punishment on_. Çsupplicium dareÈ, _suffer punishment_ Çsurg™, -ere, surr�x”È, ---- [[ÇsubÈ, _from below_, + Çreg™È, _straighten_]], _rise_ Çsus-cipi™, -ere, -c�p”, -ceptusÈ [[ÇsubÈ, _under_, + Çcapi™È, _take_]], _undertake, assume, begin_ Çsuspicor, -‰r”, -‰tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _suspect, surmise, suppose_ Çsus-tine™, -�re, -tinu”, -tentusÈ [[ÇsubÈ, _under_, + Çtene™È, _hold_]], _hold up, bear, sustain, withstand_ Çsuus, -a, -umÈ, reflexive possessive adj. and pron., _his, her, hers, its, their, theirs_ (¤98) T ÇT.È, abbreviation of ÇTitusÈ Çtaberna, -aeÈ, f. _shop, stall_ Çtabula, -aeÈ, f. _tablet_ for writing Çt‰lis, -eÈ, adj. _such_. Çt‰lis ... qu‰lisÈ, _such ... as_ ÇtamÈ, adv. _so, such_. Cf. Çita, s”cÈ ÇtamenÈ, adv. _yet, however, nevertheless_ ÇtandemÈ, adv. _at length, finally_ Çtang™, -ere, tetig”, t‰ctusÈ, _touch_ ÇtantumÈ, adv. [[ÇtantusÈ]], _only_ Çtantus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _so great, such_. Çtantus ... quantusÈ, _as large as_ Çtardus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _slow, late; lazy_ ÇTarp�ia, -aeÈ, f. _Tarpeia_ (pronounced _Tar-p�«ya_), the maiden who opened the citadel to the Sabines ÇTarquinius, Tarqui«n”È, _Tarquin_, a Roman king. With the surname ÇSuperbusÈ, _Tarquin the Proud_ ÇTarrac”na, -aeÈ, f. _Tarraci«na_, a town in Latium. See map Çtaurus, -”È, m. _bull_ Çt�ctus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çteg™È, _cover_]], _covered, protected_ Çt�lum, -”È, n. _weapon_ Çtemer�È, adv. _rashly, heedlessly_ Çtempest‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[ÇtempusÈ, _time_]] _storm, tempest_ Çtemplum, -”È, n. _temple, shrine_ Çtempto, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _try, test; make trial of, attempt_ Çtempus, -orisÈ, n. _time_ (¤464.2.b). Çin reliquum tempusÈ, _for the future_ Çtene™, -�re, tenu”È, ----, _hold, keep_ Çtergum, -”È, n. _back_, lj terg™È, _on the rear_, Çtergum vertereÈ, _retreat, flee_ Çtern”, -ae, -aÈ, distributive numeral adj. _three each, by threes_ (¤334) Çterra, -aeÈ, f. _earth, ground, land_. Çorbis terr‰rumÈ, _the whole world_ Çterror, -™risÈ, m. [[cf. Çterre™È, _frighten_]], _dread, alarm, terror_ Çtertius, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. _third_ ÇTeuton�s, -umÈ, m. _the Teutons_ Çthe‰trum, -”È, n. _theater_ ÇTh�bae, -‰rumÈ, f. _Thebes_, a city of Greece ÇTh�b‰n”, -™rumÈ, m. _Thebans_, the people of Thebes Çthermae, -‰rumÈ, f. plur. _baths_ ÇThessalia, -aeÈ, f. _Thessaly_, a district of northern Greece ÇThr‰cia, -aeÈ, f. _Thrace_, a district north of Greece ÇTiberius, Tibe«r”È, m. _Tiberius_, a Roman first name Çt”b”cen, -”nisÈ, m. [[cf. Çt”biaÈ, _pipe_]], _piper, flute player_ Çtime™, -�re, -u”È, ----, _fear, be afraid of_. Cf. ÇvereorÈ Çtimor, -™risÈ, m. [[cf. Çtime™È, _fear_]], _fear, dread, alarm_. Cf. ÇmetusÈ ÇT”ryns, T”rynthisÈ, f. _Ti«ryns_, an ancient town in southern Greece, where Hercules served Eurystheus Çtoga, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. Çteg™È, _cover_]], _toga_ Çtormentum, -”È, n. _engine of war_ Çtoti�nsÈ, adv. _so often, so many times_ Çt™tus, -a, -umÈ, (gen. Ç-”usÈ, dat. Ç-”È), adj. _all, the whole, entire_ (¤108) Çtr‰-d™, -ere, -did”, -ditusÈ [[Çtr‰nsÈ, _across_, + Çd™È, _deliver_]], _give up, hand over, surrender, betray_ Çtr‰-džc™, -ere, -džx”, -ductusÈ [[Çtr‰nsÈ, _across_, + Çdžc™È, _lead_]], _lead across_ Çtrah™, -ere, tr‰x”, tr‰ctusÈ, _draw, pull, drag_. Çmultum trahereÈ, _protract, prolong much_ Çtr‰-ici™, -ere, -i�c”, -iectusÈ [[Çtr‰nsÈ, _across_, + Çiaci™È, _hurl_]], _throw across; transfix_ Çtr‰-n™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çtr‰nsÈ, _across_, + Çn™È, _swim_]], _swim across_ Çtr‰nsÈ, prep. with acc. _across, over_ (¤340) Çtr‰ns-e™, -”re, -i”, -itusÈ [[Çtr‰nsÈ, _across_, + Çe™È, _go_]], _go across, cross_ (¤413) Çtr‰ns-f”g™, -ere, -f”x”, -f”xusÈ [[Çtr‰nsÈ, _through_, + Çf”g™È, _drive_]], _transfix_ Çtr‰nsitusÈ, ---- (acc. Ç-umÈ, abl. Ç-žÈ), m. [[cf. Çtr‰nse™È, _cross over_]], _passage across_ Çtr�s, triaÈ, numeral adj. _three_ (¤479) Çtr”duum, tr”du”È, n. [[Çtr�sÈ, _three_, + Çdi�sÈ, _days_]], _three daysÕ time, three days_ Çtr”gint‰È, indecl. numeral adj. _thirty_ Çtriplex, -icisÈ, adj. _threefold, triple_ Çtr”stis, -eÈ, adj. _sad; severe, terrible_ Çtr”stitia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çtr”stisÈ, _sad_]], _sadness, sorrow_ Çtriumph™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇtriumphusÈ, _triumph_]], _celebrate a triumph_ Çtriumphus, -”È, m. _triumphal procession, triumph_. Çtriumphum agereÈ, _celebrate a triumph_ Çtruc”d™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _cut to pieces, slaughter._ Cf. Çinterfici™È, Çnec™È, Çocc”d™È Çtž, tu”È (plur. Çv™sÈ), pers. pron. _thou, you_ (¤480) Çtuba, -aeÈ, f. _trumpet_ ÇTullia, -aeÈ, f. _Tullia_, a Roman name ÇtumÈ, adv. _then, at that time_ Çturris, -isÈ, f. _tower_ (¤465.2) Çtžtus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _safe_ Çtuus, -a, -umÈ, possessive adj. and pron. _your, yours_ (¤98) U ÇubiÈ, rel. and interrog. adv. _where, when_ Çžllus, -a, -umÈ (gen. Ç-”usÈ, dat. Ç-”È), adj. _any_ (¤108) Çulterior, -ius, -™risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, superl. ÇultimusÈ, _farther, more remote_ (¤315) Çultimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree (see ÇulteriorÈ), _farthest_ (¤315) Çumbra, -aeÈ, f. _shade_ Çumerus, -”È, m. _shoulder_ ÇumquamÈ, adv. _ever, at any time_ Çžn‰È, adv. [[ÇžnusÈ, _one_]], _in the same place, at the same time_ Çžndecimus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. [[ÇžnusÈ, _one_, + ÇdecimusÈ, _tenth_]], _eleventh_ ÇundiqueÈ, adv. _from every quarter, on all sides, everywhere_ Çžnus, -a, -umÈ (gen. Ç-”usÈ, dat. Ç-”È), numeral adj. _one; alone_ (¤108) Çurbs, -isÈ, f. _city_ (¤465.a) Çurge™, -�re, urs”È, ----, _press upon, crowd, hem in_ Çžrus, -”È, m. _wild ox, urus_ ÇžsqueÈ, adv. _all the way, even_ Çžsus, -žsÈ, m. _use, advantage_ ÇutÈ, conj. with the subjv. _that, in order that, that not_ (with verbs of fearing), _so that, to_ (¤350.1) Çuter, -tra, -trumÈ (gen. Ç-”usÈ, dat. Ç-”È), interrog. pron. _which of two? which?_ (¤108) Çuterque, utraque, utrumqueÈ, indef. pron. _each of two, each, both_. Çab utr‰que parteÈ, _on both sides_ Çžtilis, -eÈ, adj. [[ÇžtorÈ, _use_]], _useful_ ÇutrimqueÈ, adv. [[ÇuterqueÈ, _each of two_]], _on each side, on either hand_ Çžva, -aeÈ, f. _grape, bunch of grapes_ Çuxor, -™risÈ, f. _wife_ V Çv‰g”na, -aeÈ, _sheath, scabbard_ Çvagor, -‰r”, -‰tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _wander_ Çvale™, -�re, -u”, -itžrusÈ, _be powerful, be well_; in the imperative as a greeting, _farewell_. Çplžrimum val�reÈ, _have the most power_ Çval�tžd™, -inisÈ, f. [[Çvale™È, _be well_]], _health_ Çvalidus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[cf. Çvale™È, _be strong_]], _strong, able, well_ Çvall�s, -isÈ, f. _valley_ Çv‰llum, -”È, n. _rampart, earthworks_ Çvarius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _bright-colored_ Çv‰st™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[Çv‰stusÈ, _empty_]], _(make empty), devastate, lay waste_ Çvect”gal, -‰lisÈ, n. _tax, tribute_ ÇvehementerÈ, adv. [[Çvehem�nsÈ, _eager_]], compared Çvehementius, vehementissim�È, _eagerly, vehemently_ Çveh™, -ere, vex”, vectusÈ, _convey, carry_. In the passive often in the sense of _ride, sail_ ÇvelÈ, conj. _or_. Çvel ... velÈ, _either ... or_. Cf. ÇautÈ Çv�l™cit‰s, -‰tisÈ, f. [[Çv�l™xÈ, _swift_]], _swiftness_ Çv�l™x, -™cisÈ, adj. _swift, fleet_ Çv�lum, -”È, n. _sail_ Çv�nd™, -ere, v�ndid”, v�nditusÈ, _sell_ Çveni™, -”re, v�n”, ventusÈ, _come, go_ Çventus, -”È, m. _wind_ Çverbum, -”È, n. _word_. Çverba facere pr™È, _speak in behalf of_ Çvereor, -�r”, -itus sumÈ, dep. verb, _fear; reverence, respect_ (¤493). Cf. Çtime™È ÇVergilius, Vergi«l”È, m. _Vergil_, the poet Çverg™, -ere, ----, ----È, _turn, lie_ Çv�r™È, adv. [[Çv�rusÈ, _true_]], _in truth, surely;_ conj. _but, however_. Çtum v�r™È, _then you may be sure_, introducing the climax of a story Çvert™, -ere, -t”, -susÈ, _turn, change_. Çtergum vertereÈ, _retreat, flee_ Çv�rus, -a, -umÈ, _true, actual_ Çvesper, -er”È, m. _evening_ Çvester, -tra, -trumÈ, possessive adj. and pron. _your, yours_ (¤98) Çvest”gium, vest”«g”È, n. [[cf. Çvest”g™È, _track_]], _footstep, track, trace_ Çvest”mentum, -”È, n. [[ÇvestisÈ, _clothing_]], _garment_ Çvesti™, -”re, -”v”, -”tusÈ [[ÇvestisÈ, _clothing_]], _clothe, dress_ Çvestis, -isÈ, f. _clothing, attire, garment, robe_ Çvest”tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çvesti™È, _clothe_]], _clothed_ ÇVesuvius, Vesu«viÈ, m. _Vesuvius_, the volcano near Pompeii. See map Çveter‰nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _old, veteran_ Çvet™, -‰re, -u”, -itusÈ, _forbid, prohibit_ Çvex™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _trouble, annoy_ Çvia, -aeÈ, f. _way, road, street; way, manner_. Cf. ÇiterÈ Çvi‰tor, -™risÈ, m. [[ÇviaÈ]], _traveler_ Çvictor, -™risÈ, m. [[Çvinc™È, _conquer_]], _conqueror, victor_. In apposition, with adj. force _ victorious_ Çvict™ria, -aeÈ, f. [ÇvictorÈ, _victor_], _victory_ Çv”cus, -”È, m. _village_ Çvide™, -�re, v”d”, v”susÈ, _see, perceive_. Pass. _be seen; seem_ (¤420.d) Çvigilia,-aeÈ, f. [[ÇvigilÈ _awake_]], watch. Çd� tertia vigiliaÈ, _about the third watch_ Çv”gint”È, indecl. numeral adj. _twenty_ Çv”licus, -”È, m. [[Çv”llaÈ, _farm_]], _steward, overseer of a farm_ Çv”lla, -aeÈ, f. _farm, villa_ Çvinci™, -”re, v”nx”, v”nctusÈ, _bind, tie, fetter_ Çvinc™, -ere, v”c”, victusÈ, _conquer, defeat, overcome_. Cf. Çsubig™, super™È Çv”nea, -aeÈ, f. _shed_ (p. 219) Çv”num, -”È, n. _wine_ ÇviolenterÈ, adv. [[ÇviolentusÈ, _violent_]], compared Çviolentius, violentissim�È, _violently, furiously_ Çvir, vir”È, m. _man, husband; hero_ (¤462.c) Çvir”lis, -eÈ, adj. [[vir, _man_]], _manly_ Çvirtžs, -žtisÈ, f. [[ÇvirÈ, _man_]], _manliness; courage, valor; virtue_ (¤464.1) Çv”sÈ, (Çv”sÈ), f. _strength, power, might, violence_ (¤468) Çv”ta, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. Çv”v™È, _live_]], _life_, Çv”tam agereÈ, _spend or pass life_ Çv”to, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _shun, avoid_ Çv”v™, -ere, v”x”, ----È, _live_. Cf. Çhabit™, incol™È Çv”vus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[cf. Çv”v™È, _live_]], _alive, living_ ÇvixÈ, adv. _scarcely, hardly_ Çvoc™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ, _call, summon, invite_. Cf. Çappell™, n™min™È Çvol™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tžrusÈ, _fly_ Çvol™, velle, volu”, ----È, irreg. verb, _will, be willing; wish_ (¤497). Cf. ÇcupioÈ Çvolžmen, -inisÈ, n. _roll, book_ ÇVor�nus, -”È, m. _Vore«nus_, a centurion Çv™sÈ, pers. pron.; _you_ (see ÇtžÈ) (¤480) Çv™tum, -”È, n. [[neut. part. of Çvove™È, _vow_]], _vow, pledge, prayer_ Çv™x, v™cisÈ, f. [[cf. Çvoc™È, _call_]], _voice, cry; word_ Çvulner™, -‰re, -‰v”, -‰tusÈ [[ÇvulnusÈ, _wound_]], _wound, hurt_ Çvulnus, -erisÈ, n. _wound, injury_ Çvulp�s, -”sÈ, f. _fox_ [Illustration: EQUES ROMANUS] ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY This vocabulary contains only the words used in the English-Latin exercises. For details not given here, reference may be made to the Latin-English vocabulary. The figures 1, 2, 3, 4, after verbs indicate the conjugation. A Ça, anÈ, _commonly not translated_ Çable (be)È, possum, posse, potu”, ----(¤495) ÇabodeÈ, domicilium, domici«l”, _n._ ÇaboutÈ (_adv._), circiter ÇaboutÈ (_prep._), d�, _with abl._ Çabout toÈ, _expressed by fut. act. part._ ÇabundanceÈ, c™pia, -ae, _f._ ÇacrossÈ, tr‰ns, _with acc._ ÇactiveÈ, ‰cer, ‰cris, ‰cre ÇadvanceÈ, pr™gredior, 3 ÇadvantageÈ, žsus, -žs, _m._ ÇadviseÈ, mone™, 2 ÇafterÈ (_conj_.), postquam; _often expressed by the perf. part._ ÇafterÈ (_prep._), post, _with acc._ ÇagainstÈ, in, contr‰, _with acc._ ÇaidÈ, auxilium, auxi«l”, _n._ ÇallÈ, omnis, -e; t™tus, -a, -um (¤108) ÇallowÈ, patior, 3 ÇallyÈ, socius, soc”, _m._ ÇalmostÈ, paene; fer� ÇaloneÈ, žnus, -a, -um; s™lus, -a, -um (¤108) ÇalreadyÈ, iam ÇalsoÈ, quoque ÇalwaysÈ, semper ÇambassadorÈ, l�g‰tus, -”, _m._ ÇamongÈ, apud, _with acc._ ÇancientÈ, ant”quus, -a, -um ÇandÈ, et; atque (ac); -que Çand soÈ, itaque ÇAndromedaÈ, Andromeda, -ae, _f._ ÇangryÈ, ”r‰tus, -a, um ÇanimalÈ, animal, -‰lis, _n._ ÇannounceÈ, nžnti™, 1 ÇannoyingÈ, molestus, -a ,-um ÇanotherÈ, alius, -a, -ud (¤109) ÇanyÈ, žllus, -a, -um (¤108) Çany one, anythingÈ, quisquam, quicquam _or_ quidquam (¤486) ÇappearanceÈ, f™rma, -ae, _f._ ÇappointÈ, cre™, 1 ÇapproachÈ, adpropinqu™, 1, _with dat._ ÇareÈ, _used as auxiliary, not translated_; _as a copula_, sum (¤494) ÇariseÈ, orior, 4 ÇarmÈ, bracchium, bracch”, _n._ ÇarmedÈ, arm‰tus, -a, -um ÇarmsÈ, arma, -™rum, _n. plur._ ÇarmyÈ, exercitus, -žs, _m._ ÇaroundÈ, circum, _with acc._ ÇarrivalÈ, adventus, -us, _m._ ÇarrowÈ, sagitta, -ae, _f._ Çart of warÈ, r�s m”lit‰ris Ças possibleÈ, _expressed by_ quam _and superl._. ÇaskÈ, pet™, 3; quaer™, 3; rog™, 1 ÇassailÈ, oppugn™, 1 ÇatÈ, in, _with acc. or abl.; with names of towns, locative case or abl. without a preposition_ (¤268); _time when, abl._ Çat onceÈ, statim Çat the beginning of summerÈ, init‰ aest‰te ÇAthensÈ, Ath�nae, -‰rum, _f._ ÇattackÈ, impetus, -us, _m._ ÇattemptÈ, c™nor, 1; tempt™, 1 Çaway fromÈ, ‰ _or_ ab, _with abl._ B ÇbadÈ, malus, -a, -um ÇbaggageÈ, imped”menta, -™rum, _n. plur._ ÇbankÈ, r”pa, -ae, _f._ ÇbarbariansÈ, barbar”, -™rum, _m. plur._ ÇbattleÈ, proelium, proel”, _n._; pugna, -ae. _f._ ÇbeÈ, sum (¤494) Çbe absent, be farÈ, absum (¤494) Çbe afraidÈ, time™, 2; vereor, 2 Çbe awayÈ, absum (¤494) Çbe in command ofÈ, praesum, _with dat._ (¤¤494, 426) Çbe informedÈ, certior f”™ Çbe off, be distantÈ, absum (¤494) Çbe withoutÈ, ege™, _with abl._ (¤180) Çbeast (wild)È, fera, -ae, _f._ ÇbeautifulÈ, pulcher, -chra, -chrum ÇbecauseÈ, quia; quod Çbecause ofÈ, propter, _with acc._; _or abl. of cause_ Çbefore, heretoforeÈ (_adv._), ante‰ ÇbeforeÈ (_prep._), ante, _with acc._; pr™, _with abl._ ÇbeginÈ, incipi™, 3 ÇbelieveÈ, cr�d™, 3, _with dat._ (¤153) Çbelong toÈ, _predicate genitive_ (¤409) ÇbestÈ, optimus, _superl. of_ bonus ÇbetrayÈ, tr‰d™, 3 ÇbetterÈ, melior, _comp. of_ bonus ÇbetweenÈ, inter, _with acc._ ÇbillowÈ, fluctus, -us, _m._ ÇbirdÈ, avis, -is, _f._ (¤243.1) ÇbloodÈ, sanguis, -inis, _m._ ÇbodyÈ, corpus, -oris. _n._ ÇboldÈ, aud‰x, -‰cis; fortis, -e ÇboldlyÈ, aud‰cter; fortiter ÇboldnessÈ, aud‰cia, -ae, _f._ ÇbootyÈ, praeda, -ae, _f._ Çboth, eachÈ (_of two_), uterque, utraque, utrumque Çboth ... andÈ, et ... et ÇboyÈ, puer, -er”, _m._ ÇbraveÈ, fortis, -e ÇbravelyÈ, fortiter ÇbridgeÈ, p™ns, pontis, _m._ ÇbrightÈ, cl‰rus, -a, -um Çbring backÈ, report™, 1 Çbring uponÈ, ”nfer™, -ferre, -tul”, -l‰tus, _with acc. and dat._ (¤426) ÇbrotherÈ, fr‰ter, -tris, _m._ ÇbuildingÈ, aedificium, aedifi«c”. _n._ ÇburnÈ, crem™, 1; incend™, 3 ÇbusinessÈ, neg™tium, neg™«t”, _n._ Çbut, howeverÈ, autem, sed ÇbyÈ, ‰, ab, _with abl._; _denoting means, abl. alone_; _sometimes implied in a participle_ Çby nightÈ, noctž C ÇC¾sarÈ, Caesar, -aris, _m._ ÇcalamityÈ, calamit‰s, -‰tis, _f._ ÇcallÈ, voc™, 1; appell™, 1; n™min™, 1 Çcall togetherÈ, convoc™, 1 ÇcampÈ, castra, -™rum, _n. plur._ Çcan, couldÈ, possum, posse, potu”, ---- (¤495) ÇcaptureÈ, capi™, 3; occup™, 1 ÇcareÈ, cžra, -ae, _f._ Çcare forÈ, cžr™, 1 ÇcarefulÈ, attentus, -a, -um ÇcarefulnessÈ, d”ligentia, -ae, _f._ ÇcarryÈ, fer™, ferre, tul”, l‰tus (¤498); port™, 1 Çcarry onÈ, ger™, 3 ÇcartÈ, carrus, -”, _m._ ÇcauseÈ, causa, -ae, _f._ ÇcavalryÈ, equit‰tus, -žs, _m._ ÇceaseÈ, cess™, 1 ÇCepheusÈ, C�pheus, -”, _m._ Çcertain (a)È, qu”dam, quaedam, quoddam (quiddam) (¤485) ÇchickenÈ, gall”na, -ae, _f._ ÇchiefÈ, pr”nceps, -cipis, _m._ ÇchildrenÈ, l”ber”, -™rum, _m. plur._ ÇchooseÈ, d�lig™, 3 Çchoose, electÈ, cre™, 1 ÇcitizenÈ, c”vis, -is, _m. and f._ (¤243.1) ÇcityÈ, urbs, urbis, _f._ ÇclearÈ, cl‰rus, -a, -um ÇcohortÈ, cohors, -rtis, _f._ ÇcomeÈ, veni™, 4 ÇcommandÈ, imper™, 1, _with dat._ (¤45); iube™, 2; praesum, _with dat._ (¤426) ÇcommitÈ, committ™, 3 ÇcommonwealthÈ, r�s pžblica, re” pžblicae ÇconcerningÈ, d�, _with abl._ ÇconquerÈ, super™, 1; vinc™, 3 ÇconstructÈ (_a ditch_), perdžc™, 3 ÇconsulÈ, c™nsul, -ulis, _m._ Çcontrary toÈ, contr‰, _with acc._ ÇCorinthÈ, Corinthus, -”, _f._ ÇCorneliaÈ, Corn�lia, -ae, _f._ ÇCorneliusÈ, Corn�lius, Corn�«li, _m._ ÇcorseletÈ, l™r”ca, -ae, _f._ ÇcottageÈ, casa, -ae, _f._ ÇcountryÈ, _as distinguished from the city_, ržs, ržris, _n.; as territory_, f”n�s, -ium, _m., plur. of_ f”nis ÇcourageÈ, virtžs, -žtis, _f._ ÇcrimeÈ, scelus, -eris, _n._ ÇcrossÈ, tr‰nse™, 4 (¤499) ÇcrownÈ, cor™na, -ae, _f._ D ÇdailyÈ, cot”di� ÇdangerÈ, per”culum, -”, _n._ ÇdaughterÈ, f”lia, -ae, _f._ (¤67) ÇdayÈ, di�s, -�”, _m._ ÇdaybreakÈ, pr”ma lžx ÇdearÈ, c‰rus, -a, -um ÇdeathÈ, mors, mortis, _f._ ÇdeedÈ, r�s, re”, _f._ ÇdeepÈ, altus, -a, -um ÇdefeatÈ, calamit‰s, -‰tis, _f._ ÇdefendÈ, d�fend™, 3 ÇdelayÈ (_noun_), mora, -ae, _f._ ÇdelayÈ (_verb_), moror, 1 ÇdemandÈ, postul™, 1 ÇdenseÈ, d�nsus, -a, -um ÇdepartÈ, disc�d™, 3; exe™, 4; profic”scor, 3 ÇdependentÈ, cli�ns, -entis, _m._ ÇdesignÈ, c™nsilium, consi«l” _n._ ÇdesireÈ, cupi™, 3 ÇdestroyÈ, d�le™, 2 ÇDianaÈ, Di‰na, -ae, _f._ ÇdifferÈ, differ™, differre, distul”, d”l‰tus (¤498) ÇdifferentÈ, dissimilis, -e ÇdifficultÈ, difficilis, -e ÇdifficultyÈ, difficult‰s, -‰tis, _f._ ÇdiligenceÈ, d”ligentia, -ae, _f._ ÇdinnerÈ, c�na, -ae, _f._ ÇdisasterÈ, calamit‰s, -‰tis, _f._ Çdistant (be)È, absum, -esse, ‰fu”, ‰futžrus (¤494) ÇditchÈ, fossa, -ae, _f._ ÇdoÈ, ag™, 3; faci™, 3; _when used as auxiliary, not translated_ Çdown fromÈ, d�, _with abl._ ÇdragÈ, trah™, 3 ÇdriveÈ, ag™, 3 ÇdwellÈ, habit™, 1; incol™, 3; v”v™, 3 ÇdwellingÈ, aedificium, aedifi«c”, _n._ E ÇeachÈ, quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque) (¤484) Çeach of twoÈ, uterque, utraque, utrumque Çeach otherÈ, inter _with acc. of a reflexive_ ÇeagerÈ, ‰cer, ‰cris, ‰cre; alacer, alacris, alacre Çeager (be)È, stude™, 2 ÇeagernessÈ, studium, stud”, _n._ ÇeagleÈ, aquila, -ae, _f._ ÇeasilyÈ, facile ÇeasyÈ, facilis, -e Çeither ... orÈ, aut ... aut ÇempireÈ, imperium, impe«r”, _n._ ÇemployÈ, neg™tium d™ ÇencourageÈ, hortor, 1 ÇenemyÈ, hostis, -is, _m. and f._; inim”cus, -”, _m._ ÇenoughÈ, satis ÇentireÈ, t™tus, -a, -um (¤108) ÇexpectationÈ, op”ni™, -™nis, _f._ ÇeyeÈ, oculus, -”, _m._ F ÇfaithlessÈ, perfidus, -a, -um ÇfamousÈ, cl‰rus, -a, -um ÇfarÈ, long� ÇfarmerÈ, agricola, -ae, _m._ ÇfartherÈ, ulterior, -ius ÇfatherÈ, pater, patris, _m._ ÇfatherlandÈ, patria, -ae, _f._ ÇfavorÈ, fave™, 2 ÇfavorableÈ, id™neus, -a,-um; secundus, -a, -um ÇfearÈ, metus, -žs, _m._; timor, -™ris, _m._ Çfear, be afraidÈ, time™, 2 ÇfewÈ, pauc”, -ae, -a ÇfieldÈ, ager, agr”, _m._ ÇfifteenÈ, qu”ndecim ÇfightÈ, contend™, 3; pugn™, 1 ÇfindÈ, reperi™, 4 ÇfinishÈ, c™nfici™, 3 ÇfireÈ, ignis, -is, _m._ (¤243.1) ÇfirmnessÈ, c™nstantia, -ae, _f._ ÇfirstÈ, pr”mus, -a, -um ÇfleeÈ, fugi™, 3 ÇflightÈ, fuga, -ae, _f._ ÇflyÈ, vol™, 1 ÇfoeÈ, see ÇenemyÈ Çfollow close afterÈ, subsequor, 3 ÇfoodÈ, cibus, -”, _m._ ÇfootÈ, p�s, pedis, _m._ Çfoot-soldierÈ, pedes, -itis, _m._ ÇforÈ (_conj._), enim, nam ÇforÈ (_prep._), _sign of dat._; d�, pr™, _with abl.; to express purpose_, ad, _with gerundive; implied in acc. of time and of extent of space_ Çfor a long timeÈ, diž ÇforbidÈ, vet™, 1 ÇforcesÈ, c™piae, -‰rum, _f., plur. of_ c™pia ÇforestÈ, silva, -ae, _f._ ÇfortÈ, castellum, -”, _n._; castrum, -”, _n._ ÇfortificationÈ, mžniti™, -™nis, _f._ ÇfortifyÈ, mžni™, 4 ÇfortuneÈ, fortžna, -ae, _f._ ÇfourthÈ, qu‰rtus, -a, -um ÇfreeÈ, l”ber, -era, -erum Çfree, liberateÈ, l”ber™, 1 ÇfrequentÈ, cr�ber, -bra, -brum ÇfriendÈ, am”cus, -”, _m._ ÇfriendlyÈ (_adj._), am”cus, -a, -um ÇfriendlyÈ (_adv._), am”c� ÇfriendshipÈ, am”citia, -ae, _f._ ÇfrightenÈ, perterre™, 2 ÇfromÈ, ‰ _or_ ab, d�, �, ex, _with abl._ _Often expressed by the separative ablative without a prep._ Çfrom each otherÈ, inter, _with acc. of a reflexive pron._ ÇfullÈ, pl�nus, -a, -um G ÇGalbaÈ, Galba, -ae, _m._ _garland_, cor™na, -ae, _f._ ÇgarrisonÈ, praesidium, praesi«d”, _n._ ÇgateÈ, porta, -ae, _f._ ÇGaulÈ, Gallia, -ae, _f._ ÇGaulÈ (ÇaÈ), Gallus, -”, _m._ ÇgeneralÈ, imper‰tor, -™ris, _m._ ÇGenevaÈ, Gen‰va, -ae, _f._ ÇgentleÈ, l�nis, -e ÇGermanÈ, Germ‰nus, -a, -um ÇGermansÈ (ÇtheÈ), Germ‰n”, -™rum, _m. plur_. ÇGermanyÈ, Germ‰nia, -ae, _f._ ÇgetÈ (_dinner_), par™, 1 ÇgirlÈ, puella, -ae, _f._ ÇgiveÈ, d™, dare, ded”, datus Çgive over, surrenderÈ, d�d™, 3; tr‰d™, 3 Çgive upÈ, omitt™, 3 ÇgoÈ, e™, 4 (¤499) Çgo forthÈ, pr™gredior, 3 ÇgodÈ, deus, -”, _m._ (¤468) ÇgoddessÈ, dea, -ae, _f._ (¤67) ÇgoldÈ, aurum, -”, _n._ ÇgoodÈ, bonus, -a, -um ÇgrainÈ, fržmentum, -”, _n._ Çgrain supplyÈ, r�s fržment‰ria ÇgreatÈ, ing�ns, -entis; magnus, -a, -um ÇgreatestÈ, maximus, -a, -um; summus, -a, -um ÇguardÈ, praesidium, praesi«d”, _n._ H ÇhandÈ, manus, -žs, _f._ ÇhappyÈ, laetus, -a, -um ÇharborÈ, portus, -žs, _m._ ÇhastenÈ, contend™, 3; m‰tžr™, 1; proper™, 1 ÇhatefulÈ, inv”sus, -a, -um ÇhaughtyÈ, superbus, -a, -um ÇhaveÈ, habe™, 2 Çhave no powerÈ, nihil possum ÇheÈ, is; hic; iste; ille; _or not expressed_ ÇheadÈ, caput, -itis, _n._ ÇhearÈ, audi™ ÇheartÈ, animus, -”, _m._ ÇheavyÈ, gravis, -e ÇHelvetiiÈ (ÇtheÈ), Helv�ti”, -™rum, _m. plur._ Çhem inÈ, contine™, 2 ÇhenÈ, gall”na, -ae, _f._ ÇherÈ, eius; huius; ist”us; ill”us; _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (¤116) ÇhideÈ, abd™, 3 ÇhighÈ, altus, -a, -um ÇhighestÈ, summus, -a, -um ÇhillÈ, collis, -is, _m._ ÇhimselfÈ, su”. See ÇselfÈ ÇhindranceÈ, imped”mentum, -”, _n._ ÇhisÈ, eius; huius; ist”us; ill”us; _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (¤116) ÇhitherÈ, citerior, -ius (¤315) ÇholdÈ, tene™, 2 ÇhomeÈ, domus, -žs, _f._ (¤468). Çat homeÈ, dom” (¤267) ÇhopeÈ (_noun_), sp�s, spe”, _f._ ÇhopeÈ (_verb_), sp�r™, 1 ÇhorseÈ, equus, -”, _m._ ÇhorsemanÈ, eques, -itis, _m._ ÇhostageÈ, obses, -idis, _m. and f._ ÇhostileÈ, inim”cus, -a, -um ÇhourÈ, h™ra, -ae, _f._ ÇhouseÈ, domicilium, domici«l”, _n._; domus, -žs, _f._ (¤468) ÇhurlÈ, iaci™, 3 I ÇIÈ, ego (¤280); _or not expressed_ ÇifÈ, s”. Çif notÈ, nisi ÇillÈ, aeger, -gra, -grum ÇimmediatelyÈ, statim ÇinÈ (_of place_), in, _with abl._; (of time or of specification) _abl. without prep._ Çin order thatÈ, ut, _with subjv._; Çin order that not, lestÈ, n�, _with subjv._ Çin vainÈ, fržstr‰ ÇindustryÈ, d”ligentia, -ae, _f._ Çinflict injuries uponÈ, inižri‰s ”nfer™ _with dat._ (¤426) Çinflict punishment onÈ, supplicium sžm™ de Çinform some oneÈ, aliquem certi™rem faci™ ÇinjureÈ, noce™, 2, _with dat._ (¤153) ÇinjuryÈ, inižria, -ae, _f._ ÇintoÈ, in, _with acc._ ÇintrustÈ, committ™, 3; mand™, 1 ÇinviteÈ, voc™, 1 ÇisÈ, _used as auxiliary, not translated_; _as a copula_, sum (¤494) ÇislandÈ, ”nsula, -ae, _f._ ÇitÈ, is; hie; iste; ille; _or not expressed_ ÇItalyÈ, Italia, -ae, _f._ ÇitsÈ, eius; huius; ist”us; ill”us; _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (¤116) ÇitselfÈ, su”. See ÇselfÈ J Çjoin battleÈ, proelium committ™ ÇjourneyÈ, iter, itineris, _n._ (¤468) ÇjudgeÈ (_noun_), iždex, -icis, _m._ ÇjudgeÈ (_verb_), iždic™, 1 ÇJuliaÈ, Ižlia, -ae, _f._ Çjust nowÈ, nžper K ÇkeepÈ, contine™, 2; prohibeo, 2; tene™, 2 Çkeep on doing somethingÈ, _expressed by the impf. indic._ ÇkillÈ, interfici™, 3; nec™, 1; occ”d™, 3 ÇkingÈ, r�x, r�gis, _m._ ÇkingdomÈ, r�gnum, -”, _n._ ÇknowÈ, cogn™sc™, 3, _in perf_.; sci™, 4 L ÇlaborÈ (_noun_), labor, -™ris, _m._ ÇlaborÈ (_verb_), lab™r™, 1 ÇlackÈ (_noun_), inopia, -ae, _f._ ÇlackÈ (_verb_), ege™, 2, _with abl._ (¤180) ÇladyÈ, domina, -ae, _f._ ÇlakeÈ, lacus, -žs, _m._ (¤260.2) ÇlandÈ, terra, -ae, _f._ ÇlanguageÈ, lingua, -ae, _f._ ÇlargeÈ, ing�ns, -entis; magnus, -a, -um ÇlargerÈ, maior, maius ÇlatelyÈ, nžper ÇLatonaÈ, L‰t™na, -ae, _f._ ÇlawÈ, l�x, l�gis, _f._ Çlay wasteÈ, v‰st™, 1 ÇleadÈ, džco, 3 ÇleaderÈ, dux, ducis, _m. and f._ Çlearn, knowÈ, cogn™sc™, 3 Çleave, depart fromÈ, disc�d™, 3 Çleave behind, abandonÈ, relinqu™, 3 ÇleftÈ, sinister, -tra, -trum ÇlegionÈ, legi™, -™nis, _f._ ÇlegionariesÈ, legi™n‰ri”, -™rum, _m. plur._ ÇlengthÈ, longitžd™, -inis, _f._ ÇlestÈ, n�, _with subjv._ ÇletterÈ (_of the alphabet_), littera, -ae, _f_; (_an epistle_) litterae, -‰rum, _f. plur_. ÇlieutenantÈ, l�g‰tus, -”, _m._ ÇlightÈ, lžx, lžcis, _f._ ÇlikeÈ (_adj._), similis, -e Çlike, loveÈ, am™, 1 Çline of battleÈ, aci�s, aci�”, _f._ ÇlittleÈ, parvus, -a, -um ÇliveÈ, habit™, 1; incol™, 3; v”v™, 3 ÇlongÈ, longus, -a, -um Çlong, for a long timeÈ, diž Çlong forÈ, d�s”der™, 1 Çlook afterÈ, cžr™, 1 ÇloveÈ, am™, 1 M Çmaid, maid servantÈ, ancilla, -ae,_f._ ÇmakeÈ, faci™, 3 Çmake war uponÈ, bellum ”nfer™ _with dat._ (¤426) ÇmanÈ, hom™, -inis, _m. and f._; vir, vir”, _m._ Çman-of-warÈ, n‰vis longa ÇmanyÈ, mult”, -ae, -a, _plur. of_ multus ÇmarchÈ, iter, itineris, _n._ (¤468) ÇMarkÈ, M‰rcus, -”, _m._ ÇmarriageÈ, m‰trim™nium, m‰trim™«n”, _n._ ÇmasterÈ, dominus, -”, _m._; mag”ster, -tr”, _m._ ÇmatterÈ, neg™tium, neg™«t”, _n._; r�s, re”, _f._ Çmeans, by means ofÈ, _the abl._ ÇmessengerÈ, nžntius, nžnt”, _m._ ÇmidnightÈ, media nox ÇmileÈ, m”lle passuum (¤331.b) ÇmilesÈ, m”lia passuum ÇmindÈ, animus, -”, _m._; m�ns, mentis, _f._ ÇmineÈ, meus, -a, -um ÇmistressÈ, domina, -ae, _f._ ÇmoneyÈ, pecžnia, -ae, _f._ ÇmonsterÈ, m™nstrum, -”, _n._ ÇmonthÈ, m�nsis, -is, _m._ ÇmoonÈ, lžna, -ae, _f._ ÇmoreÈ (_adj._), plžs, plžris (¤313); _or a comparative. Adverb_, magis ÇmostÈ (_adj._), plžrimus, -a, -um; _superl. degree. Adverb_, maxim�; plžrimum ÇmotherÈ, m‰ter, m‰tris, _f._ ÇmountainÈ, m™ns, montis, _m._ ÇmoveÈ, move™, 2 ÇmovedÈ, comm™tus, -a, -um Çmuch (by)È, mult™ ÇmultitudeÈ, multitžd™, -inis. _f._ ÇmyÈ, meus, -a, -um ÇmyselfÈ, m�, _reflexive_. See ÇselfÈ N ÇnameÈ, n™men, -inis, _n._ ÇnationÈ, g�ns, gentis, _f._ ÇnearÈ, propinquus, -a, -um ÇnearestÈ, proximus, -a, -um ÇnearlyÈ, fer� ÇneighborÈ, f”nitimus, -”, _in._ ÇneighboringÈ, f”initimus, -a, -um ÇneitherÈ, neque _or_ nec; Çneither ... norÈ, neque (nec) ... neque (nec) ÇneverÈ, numquam ÇneverthelessÈ, tamen ÇnewÈ, novus, -a, -um Çnext dayÈ, postr”di� eius di�” Çnext toÈ, proximus, -a, -um ÇnightÈ, nox, noctis, _f._ ÇnineÈ, novem ÇnoÈ, minim�; _or repeat verb with a negative_ (¤210) Çno, noneÈ, nžllus, -a, -um (¤109) Çno oneÈ, n�m™, nžll”us ÇnorÈ, neque _or_ nec ÇnotÈ, n™n Çnot evenÈ, n� ... quidem Çnot only ... but alsoÈ, n™n s™lum ... sed etiam ÇnothingÈ, nihil _or_ nihilum, -”, _n._ ÇnowÈ, nunc ÇnumberÈ, numerus, -”, _m._ O ÇobeyÈ, p‰re™, 2, _with dat._ (¤153) ÇofÈ, _sign of gen._; d�, _with abl._; Çout ofÈ, � _or_ ex, _with abl._ ÇoftenÈ, saepe ÇonÈ (_of place_), in, _with abl._; (_of time_) _abl. without prep._ Çon account ofÈ, propter, _with acc._; _or abl. of cause._ Çon all sidesÈ, undique ÇonceÈ (_upon a time_), ™lim ÇoneÈ, žnus, -a, -um (¤108) Çone ... anotherÈ, alius ... alius (¤110) ÇonlyÈ (_adv._), s™lum; tantum ÇopportuneÈ, opportunus, -a, -um ÇoppositeÈ, adversus, -a, -um ÇoracleÈ, ™r‰culum, -”, _n._ ÇoratorÈ, ™r‰tor, -™ris, _m._ ÇorderÈ, imper™, 1; iube™, 2 ÇornamentÈ, ™rn‰mentum, -”, _n._ ÇotherÈ, alius, -a, -ud (¤109) Çothers (the)È, reliqu”, -™rum, _m. plur._ ÇoughtÈ, d�be™, 2 ÇourÈ, noster, -tra, -trum ÇourselvesÈ, n™s, _as reflexive object._ See ÇselfÈ ÇovercomeÈ, super™, 1; vinc™, 3 Çown (his, her, its, their)È, suus, -a, -um P ÇpartÈ, pars, partis, _f._ ÇpeaceÈ, p‰x, p‰cis, _f._ ÇpeopleÈ, populus, -”, _m._ ÇPerseusÈ, Perseus, -”, _m._ ÇpersuadeÈ, persu‰de™, 2, _with dat._ (¤153) Çpitch campÈ, castra p™n™ ÇplaceÈ (_noun_), locus, -”, _m._ Çplace, arrangeÈ, conloc™, 1 Çplace, putÈ, p™n™, 3 Çplace in commandÈ, praefici™, 3, _with acc. and dat._ (¤426) Çplan (a)È, c™nsilium, c™nsi«l”, _n._ ÇpleaseÈ, place™, 2, _with dat._ (¤154) ÇpleasingÈ, gr‰tus, -a, -um ÇplowÈ, ar™, 1 ÇPompeiiÈ, Pomp�i”, -™rum, _m. plur._ Çpossible (as)È, _expressed by_ quam _and superl_. Çpowerful (be)È, vale™, 2 ÇpraiseÈ, laud™, 1 ÇpreferÈ, m‰l™, m‰lle, m‰lu”, ---- (¤497) Çprepare forÈ, par™, 1, _with acc._ Çpress hardÈ, prem™, 3 ÇprotectionÈ, fid�s, fide”, _f._ ÇprovinceÈ, pr™vincia, -ae, _f._ ÇpublicÈ, pžblicus, -a, -um ÇPubliusÈ, Pžblius, Pžbl”, _m._ ÇpunishmentÈ, poena, -ae, _f._; supplicium, suppli«c”, _n._ Çpurpose, for the purpose ofÈ, ut, qu”, _or_ qu™, _with subjv._; ad, _with gerund or gerundive_; caus‰, _following the genitive of a gerund or gerundive_ ÇpursueÈ, ”nsequor, 3 Q ÇqueenÈ, r�g”na, -ae, _f._ ÇquicklyÈ, celeriter ÇquiteÈ, _expressed by the comp. degree_ R ÇrampartÈ, v‰llum, -”, _n._ ÇrearÈ, novissimum agmen ÇreasonÈ, causa, -ae, _f._ ÇreceiveÈ, accipi™, 3; excipi™, 3 ÇrecentÈ, rec�ns, -entis ÇrecentlyÈ, nžper ÇredoubtÈ, castellum, -”, _n._ ÇrefuseÈ, recžs™, 1 ÇremainÈ, mane™, 2 ÇremainingÈ, reliquus, -a, -um ÇreplyÈ, responde™, 2 ÇreportÈ (_noun_), fama, -ae, _f._; ržmor, -™ris, _m._ ÇreportÈ (_verb_), adfer™; d�fer™; refer™ (¤498) ÇrepublicÈ, r�s pžblica ÇrequireÈ, postul™, 1 ÇresistÈ, resist™, 3, _with dat._ (¤154) Çrest (the)È, reliqu”, -™rum, _m. plur._ ÇrestrainÈ, contine™, 2 ÇretainerÈ, cli�ns, -entis, _m._ ÇretreatÈ, pedem refer™; terga vert™ ÇreturnÈ, rede™, 4; revertor, 3 ÇrevolutionÈ, r�s novae ÇRhineÈ, Rh�nus, -”, _m._ ÇrightÈ, dexter, -tra, -trum ÇriverÈ, flžmen, -inis, _n._; fluvius, fluv”, _m._ ÇroadÈ, via, -ae, _f._ ÇRomanÈ, R™m‰nus, -a, -um ÇRomeÈ, R™ma, -ae, _f._ ÇrowÈ, ™rd™, -inis, _m._ ÇruleÈ, reg™, 3 ÇrumorÈ, f‰ma, -ae, _f._; ržmor, -™ris, _m._ ÇrunÈ, curr™, 3 S ÇsacrificeÈ, sacrum, -”, _n._ ÇsafetyÈ, salžs, -žtis, _f._ ÇsailÈ, n‰vig™, 1 ÇsailorÈ, nauta, -ae, _m._ Çsake, for the sake ofÈ, caus‰, _following a gen._ ÇsameÈ, ”dem, eadem, idem (¤287) ÇsavagesÈ, barbar”, -™rum, _m. plur._ ÇsaveÈ, serv™, 1 ÇsayÈ, d”c™, 3 ÇschoolÈ, lždus, -”, _m._; schola, -ae, _f._ ÇscoutÈ, expl™r‰tor, -™ris, _m._ ÇseaÈ, mare, -is, _n._ ÇsecondÈ, secundus, -a, -um ÇseeÈ, vide™, 2 ÇseekÈ, pet™, 3 ÇseemÈ, videor, 2, _passive of_ vide™ ÇseizeÈ, occup™, 1; rapi™, 3 ÇselfÈ, ipse, -a, -um (¤286); su” (¤281) ÇsendÈ, mitt™, 3 Çset fire toÈ, incend™, 3 Çset outÈ, profic”scor, 3 ÇsevenÈ, septem ÇSextusÈ, Sextus, -”, _m._ ÇsheÈ, ea; haec; ista; illa (¤115); _or not expressed_ ÇshipÈ, n‰vis, -is, _f._ (¤243.1) ÇshortÈ, brevis, -e ÇshoutÈ, cl‰mor, -™ris, _m._ ÇshowÈ, d�m™nstr™, 1 ÇSicilyÈ, Sicilia, -ae, _f._ ÇsickÈ, aeger, -gra, -grum ÇsideÈ, latus, -eris, _n._ ÇsiegeÈ, obsidi™, -™nis, _f._ ÇsinceÈ, cum, _with subjv._ (¤396); _the abl. abs._ (¤381) ÇsingÈ, can™, 3; cant™, 1 ÇsisterÈ, soror, -™ris, _f._ ÇsitÈ, sede™, 2 ÇsizeÈ, magnitžd™, -inis, _f._ ÇskillfulÈ, per”tus, -a, -um ÇslaveÈ, servus, -”, _m._ ÇslaveryÈ, servitižs, -žtis, _f._ ÇslowÈ, tardus, -a, -um ÇsmallÈ, parvus, -a, -um ÇsnatchÈ, rapi™, 3 ÇsoÈ, ita; s”c; tam Çso greatÈ, tantus, -a, -um Çso thatÈ, ut; Çso that notÈ, ut n™n ÇsoldierÈ, m”les, -itis, _m._ ÇsomeÈ, _often not expressed_; quis (qu”), qua (quae), quid (quod); aliqu”, aliqua, aliquod Çsome oneÈ, quis; aliquis (¤487) Çsome ... othersÈ, ali” ... ali” (¤110) ÇsomethingÈ, quid; aliquid (¤487) ÇsonÈ, f”lius, f”l”, _m._ ÇsoonÈ, mox ÇspaceÈ, spatium, spat”, _n._ ÇspearÈ, p”lum, -”, _n._ ÇspiritedÈ, ‰cer, ‰cris, ‰cre; alacer, alacris, alacre ÇspringÈ, f™ns, fontis, _m._ ÇspurÈ, calcar, -‰ris, _n._ ÇstandÈ, st™, 1 ÇstateÈ, c”vit‰s, -‰tis, _f._ ÇstationÈ, conloc™, 1 ÇsteadinessÈ, c™nstantia, -ae, _f._ ÇstoneÈ, lapis, -idis, _m._ ÇstormÈ, oppugn™, 1 ÇstoryÈ, f‰bula, -ae, _f._ ÇstreetÈ, via, -ae, _f._ ÇstrengthÈ, v”s, (v”s), _f._ ÇstrongÈ, fortis, -e; validus, -a, -um ÇsturdyÈ, validus, -a, -um ÇsuchÈ, t‰lis, -e ÇsuddenlyÈ, subit™ Çsuffer punishmentÈ, supplicium d™ ÇsufficientlyÈ, satis ÇsuitableÈ, id™neus, -a, -um ÇsummerÈ, aest‰s, -‰tis, _f._ ÇsunÈ, s™l, s™lis, _m._ ÇsuppliesÈ, comme‰tus, -žs, _m._ ÇsurrenderÈ, tr‰d™, 3 ÇsuspectÈ, suspicor, 1 ÇswiftÈ, celer, -eris, -ere; v�l™x, -™cis ÇswordÈ, gladius, glad”, _m._ T Çtake, captureÈ, capi™, 3 Çtake part inÈ, intersum, -esse, -fu”, -futžrus, _with dat._ (¤426) Çtake possession ofÈ, occup™, 1 ÇtallÈ, altus, -a, -um ÇtaskÈ, opus, operis, _n._ ÇteachÈ, doce™, 2 ÇteacherÈ, magister, -tr”, _m._ ÇtearÈ (_noun_), lacrima, -ae, _f._ ÇtellÈ, d”c™, 3; n‰rr™, 1 ÇtenÈ, decem ÇterrifiedÈ, perterritus, -a, -um ÇterrifyÈ, perterre™, 2 ÇthanÈ, quam ÇthatÈ (_conj. after verbs of saying and the like_), _not expressed_ ÇthatÈ (_pron._), is; iste; ille Çthat, in order thatÈ, _in purpose clauses_, ut; _after verbs of fearing_, n� (¤¤349, 366, 372) Çthat not, lestÈ, _in purpose clauses_, n�; _after verbs of fearing_, ut (¤¤349, 366, 372) ÇtheÈ, _not expressed_ ÇtheirÈ, _gen. plur. of_ is; _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (¤116) Çtheir ownÈ, suus, -a, -um (¤116) Çthen, at that timeÈ, tum Çthen, in the next placeÈ, deinde, tum ÇthereÈ, _as expletive, not expressed_ Çthere, in that placeÈ, ibi ÇthereforeÈ, itaque ÇtheyÈ, i”; h”; ist”; ill”; _or not expressed_ ÇthinkÈ, arbitror, 1; ex”stim™, 1; put™, 1 ÇthirdÈ, tertius, -a, -um ÇthisÈ, hic, haec, hoc; is, ea, id ÇthoughÈ, cum. _with subjv._ (¤396) ÇthousandÈ, m”lle (¤479) ÇthreeÈ, tr�s, tria (¤479) ÇthroughÈ, per, _with acc._ ÇthyÈ, tuus, -a, -um ÇtimeÈ, tempus, -oris, _n._ ÇtoÈ, _sign of dat._; ad, in, _with acc._; _expressing purpose_, ut, qu”, _with subjv._; ad, _with gerund or gerundive_ Çto each otherÈ, inter, _with acc. of a reflexive pron._ Çto-dayÈ, hodi� ÇtoothÈ, d�ns, dentis, _m._ Çtop ofÈ, summus, -a, -um ÇtowerÈ, turris, -is, _f._ (¤243.2) ÇtownÈ, oppidum, -”, _n._ ÇtownsmanÈ, oppid‰nus, -”, _m._ ÇtraceÈ, vest”gium, vest”«g”, _n._ ÇtraderÈ, merc‰tor, -™ris, _m._ ÇtrainÈ, exerce™, 2 ÇtreeÈ, arbor, -oris, _f._ ÇtribeÈ, g�ns, gentis, _f._ ÇtroopsÈ, c™piae, -‰rum, _f. plur._ ÇtrueÈ, v�rus, -a, -um ÇtrumpetÈ, tuba, -ae, _f._ ÇtryÈ, c™nor, 1; tempt™, 1 ÇtwelveÈ, duodecim ÇtwoÈ, duo, duae, duo (¤479) U ÇunderÈ, sub, _with acc. or abl._ ÇundertakeÈ, suscipi™, 3 ÇunharmedÈ, incolumis, -e ÇunlessÈ, nisi ÇunlikeÈ, dissimilis, -e ÇunwillingÈ (ÇbeÈ), n™l™, n™lle, n™lu”, ---- (¤497) Çup toÈ, sub, _with acc._ ÇusÈ, n™s, _acc. plur. of_ ego V ÇveryÈ, _superl. degree_; maxim�; ipse, -a, -um (¤285) ÇvictorÈ, victor, -™ris, _m._ ÇvictoryÈ, vict™ria, -ae, _f._ ÇvillageÈ, v”cus, -”, _m._ ÇviolenceÈ, v”s, (v”s), _f._ ÇviolentlyÈ, vehementer ÇvoiceÈ, v™x, v™cis, _f._ W ÇwageÈ, ger™, 3 ÇwagonÈ, carrus. -”, _m._ ÇwallÈ, mžrus, -”, _m._ ÇwantÈ, inopia, -ae, _f._ ÇwarÈ, bellum, -”, _n._ ÇwatchÈ, vigilia, -ae, _f._ ÇwaterÈ, aqua, -ae, _f._ ÇwaveÈ, fluctus, -žs, _m._ ÇwayÈ, iter, itineris, _n._ (¤468); via, -ae, _f._ Çway, mannerÈ, modus, -”, _m._ ÇweÈ, n™s, _plur. of_ ego; _or not expressed_ ÇweakÈ, ”nf”rmus, -a, -um ÇweaponsÈ, arma, -™rum, _n. plur._; t�la, -™rum, _n. plur._ ÇwearÈ, ger™, 3 ÇwearyÈ, d�fessus, -a, -um ÇwhatÈ, quis (qu”), quae, quid (quod) (¤483) ÇwhenÈ, ubi; cum (¤396); _often expressed by a participle_ ÇwhereÈ, ubi ÇwhichÈ, qu”, quae, quod (¤482); Çwhich of twoÈ, uter, utra, utrum (¤108) ÇwhileÈ, _expressed by a participle_ ÇwhitherÈ, qu™ ÇwhoÈ (_rel._), qu”, quae (¤482); (_interrog._) quis (¤483) ÇwholeÈ, t™tus, -a, -um (¤108) ÇwhoseÈ, cuius; qu™rum, qu‰rum, qu™rum, _gen. of_ qu”, quae, quod, _rel._; _or of_ quis, quid, _interrog_. ÇwhyÈ, cžr ÇwickedÈ, malus, -a, -um ÇwideÈ, l‰tus, -a, -um ÇwidthÈ, l‰titžd™, -inis, _f._ Çwild beastÈ, fera, -ae, _f._ ÇwillingÈ (ÇbeÈ), vol™, velle, volu”, ---- (¤497) ÇwinÈ (_a victory_), report™, 1 ÇwindÈ, ventus, -”, _m._ ÇwineÈ, v”num, -”, _n._ ÇwingÈ, cornž, -žs, _n._ ÇwinterÈ, hiems, -emis, _f._ ÇwisdomÈ, c™nsilium, consi«l”, _n._ ÇwishÈ, cupi™, 3; vol™, velle, volu”, ---- (¤497); Çwish notÈ, n™l™, n™lle, n™lu”, ---- (¤497) ÇwithÈ, cum, _with abl.; sometimes abl. alone_ ÇwithdrawÈ, s� recipere ÇwithoutÈ, sine, _with abl._ ÇwomanÈ, f�mina, -ae, _f._; mulier, -eris, _f._ ÇwonderfulÈ, m”rus, -a, -um ÇwordÈ, verbum, -”, _n._ ÇworkÈ, labor, -™ris, _m._; opus, -eris, _n._ ÇworseÈ, peior, peius, _comp. of_ malus ÇworstÈ, pessimus, -a, -um, _superl. of_ malus ÇwoundÈ (_noun_), vulnus, -eris, _n._ ÇwoundÈ (_verb_), vulner™, 1 ÇwreathÈ, cor™na, -ae, _f._ ÇwretchedÈ, miser, -era, -erum ÇwrongÈ, inižria, -ae, _f._ Y ÇyearÈ, annus, -”, _m._ ÇyesÈ, cert�; ita; v�r™; _or, more usually, repeat the verb_ (¤210) Çyonder (that)È, ille, -a, -ud ÇyouÈ, _sing_. tž; _plur_. v™s (¤480); _or not expressed_ ÇyourÈ, _sing_. tuus, -a, -um; _plur._ vester, -tra, -trum (¤98.b) Z ÇzealÈ, studium, stud”, _n._ INDEX The numbers in all cases refer to sections. ljÈ-declension of nouns, 57, 461 ljÈ-verbs, conjugation of, 488 ÇablativeÈ case, 48, 50 absolute, 381 after a comparative, 309 of accompaniment, 104 of agent, 181 of cause, 102 of description, 444, 445 of manner, 105 of means or instrument, 103 of measure of difference, 317 of place from which, 179 of place where, 265 of separation, 180 of specification, 398 of time, 275 ÇaccentÈ, 14-16 ÇaccompanimentÈ abl. of, 104 ÇaccusativeÈ case, 33 as subject of the infinitive, 214 object, 37 of duration and extent, 336 of place to which, 263, 266 predicate, 392 with prepositions, 340 ÇadjectivesÈ, 54, 55 agreement, 65 comparison regular, 301 by adverbs, 302 irregular, 307, 311, 312, 315 declension of comparatives, 303 of first and second declensions, 83, 93, 469 of third declension, 250-257, 471 with the dative, 143 ÇadverbsÈ, 319 comparison, 320, 323 formation regular, 320, 321 irregular, 322, 323 ÇagentÈ expressed by the abl. with _‰_ or _ab_, 181 ÇagreementÈ of adjectives, 65, 215.a of appositives, 81 of predicate nouns, 76 of relative pronouns, 224 of verbs, 28 ÇaliquisÈ, 487 ÇaliusÈ, 108, 110, 470 ÇalphabetÈ, 1-3 ÇalterÈ, 108, 110 ÇantepenultÈ, 9.3; accent of, 15 ÇappositionÈ, 80, 81 ÇarticleÈ not used in Latin, 22.a ÇbaseÈ, 58 Çcardinal numeralsÈ, 327-329, 478 ÇcaseÈ, 32.2 Çcausal clausesÈ with _cum_, 395, 396 ÇcauseÈ, expressed by the abl., 102 ÇcharacteristicÈ subjv. of, 389, 390 ÇcomparativeÈ declension of, 303 ÇcomparisonÈ abl. of, 309 degrees of, 300 of adjectives, 300-315 irregular, 311-315, 473, 475 of adverbs regular, 320-476 irregular, 323, 477 positive wanting, 315 six adjectives in _-lis_, 307 Çcomplementary infinitiveÈ, 215 Çcompound verbsÈ with the dative, 425, 426 ÇconcessiveÈ ÇclausesÈ with _cum_, 395, 396 Çconjugation stemsÈ, 184 ÇconjugationsÈ the four regular, 126, 488-491 irregular, 494-500 ÇconsonantsÈ, 2 ÇcopulaÈ, 21 ÇcumÈ conjunction, 395 ÇcumÈ preposition, 209 ÇdativeÈ case, 43 of indirect object, 44, 45 of purpose, or end for which, 437 with adjectives, 143 with compound verbs, 426 with special verbs, 153 ÇdeaÈ declension of, 67 ÇdeclensionÈ, 23, 32 Çdegree of differenceÈ expressed by the abl., 317 Çdemonstrative adjectives and pronounsÈ, 112-115, 290-292, 481 Çdeponent verbsÈ, 338, 339, 493 Çdescriptive ablative and genitiveÈ, 441-445 Çdescriptive relative clauseÈ with the subjv., 389, 390 ÇdeusÈ declension of, 468 Çdifference, measure ofÈ, 316, 317 ÇdiphthongsÈ, 6 Çdirect statementsÈ, 414 Çdistributive numeralsÈ, 327.3, 334 Çdom”È locative, 267 ÇdomusÈ declension of, 468 ÇduoÈ declension of, 479 ÇdurationÈ of time, expressed by the acc., 336 Ç�È-declension of nouns, 272, 273, 467 Ç�È-verbs, conjugation of, 489 ÇeÈ-verbs, conjugation of, 490 ÇegoÈ declension of, 280, 480 ÇencliticsÈ, 16 Çe™È conjugation of, 499 ÇextentÈ of space expressed by the acc., 336 ÇfearingÈ subjv. after verbs of, 370-372 Çfer™È conjugation of, 498 Çfifth or �-declensionÈ, 272, 273, 467 Çf”liaÈ declension of, 67 Çf”liusÈ declension of, 87-89 Çfinite verbÈ defined, 173 Çf”™È conjugation of, 500 Çfirst conjugationÈ, 488 Çfirst or ‰-declensionÈ, 57, 461 Çfourth conjugationÈ, 491 Çfourth or u-declensionÈ, 259, 260, 466 ÇfromÈ how expressed, 178-181 Çfuture participleÈ formation of, 374.c Çfuture perfectÈ formation of active, 187.3 passive, 202 Çfuture tenseÈ formation of, 137, 156 ÇgenderÈ in English and in Latin, 60 in the first declension, 61 in the second declension, 72 in the third declension, 247 in the fourth declension, 260 in the fifth declension, 272 Çgeneral observations on declensionÈ, 74 ÇgenitiveÈ case English equivalents of, 33 of description, 443, 445 of nouns in _-ius_ and _-ium_, 87 partitive, 331 possessive, 38, 409 ÇgerundÈ a verbal noun, 402, 403 ÇgerundiveÈ a verbal adjective, 404 with _ad_ to express purpose, 407 ÇhicÈ declension and use of, 290, 291 Çhow to read LatinÈ, 17 ÇiÈ consonant, 3 ÇiÈ-stems of nouns, 231, 241-244 Ç”È-verbs conjugation of, 491 Ç”demÈ declension of, 287, 481 Çi�nsÈ declension of, 472 ÇilleÈ declension and use of, 290-293, 481 ÇimperativeÈ formation of, 161, 175 irregular, 161.2 in commands, 161 Çimperfect indicativeÈ, formation and use of, 133, 134, 165.1 Çimperfect subjunctiveÈ, 354 Çindefinite pronouns and adjectivesÈ, 296, 297, 484-487 Çindependent clausesÈ, 219 Çindirect objectÈ, 44, 45 Çindirect questionsÈ, 430-432 Çindirect statementsÈ, 414-419 ÇinfinitiveÈ as object, 213 as subject, 216 complementary, 215 definition of, 173 does not express purpose, 352 formation of, 126, 174, 205, 206 in indirect statements, 415-410 used as in English, 213-216 ÇinflectionÈ defined, 23 ÇinstrumentÈ abl. of, 100.b, 103 Çintensive pronounÈ _ipse_, declension and use of, 285, 286, 481 Çinterrogative pronouns and adjectivesÈ, 225-227, 483 Çintransitive verbsÈ, defined, 20.a with the dative, 153 Çi™-verbs of the third conj.È, 492 ÇipseÈ declension and use of, 285, 481 Çirregular adjectivesÈ, 108 Çirregular comparisonÈ of adjectives, 307 311, 312 of adverbs, 323 Çirregular nounsÈ, 67, 246, 468 Çirregular verbsÈ, 494-500 ÇisÈ declension and use of, 113-116 ÇisteÈ declension and use of, 290, 292, 481 ÇiterÈ declension of, 468 ÇLatin word orderÈ, 68 ÇlocativeÈ case, 267 Çmagis and maxim�È comparison by, 302 Çm‰l™È conjugation of, 4.97 ÇmannerÈ abl. of, 105 ÇmeansÈ abl. of, 103 Çmeasure of differenceÈ abl. of, 316, 317 Çm”lleÈ, declension of, 479 construction with, 331.a,b ÇmoodsÈ, defined, 121 Ç-neÈ, enclitic in questions, 210 Çn�È, conj., _that not, lest_ with negative clauses of purpose, 350.II with verbs of fearing, 370 Çnine irregular adjectivesÈ, 108-110 Çn™l™È conjugation of, 497 ÇnominativeÈ case, 35, 36 Çn™nneÈ in questions, 210 Çn™sÈ declension of, 280, 480 ÇnounsÈ, 19. 2 first declension, 57, 461 second declension, 71-74,87-92,462 third declension, 230-247, 463-465 fourth declension, 259, 260, 466 fifth declension, 272, 273, 467 ÇnumÈ, in questions, 210 ÇnumberÈ, 24 ÇnumeralsÈ, 327-334, 478, 479 ÇoÈ-declension of nouns, 71-74, 87-92, 462 ÇobjectÈ, 20 direct, 37 indirect, 44, 45 Çorder of wordsÈ, 68 Çordinal numeralsÈ, 327. 2, 478 Çparticipial stemÈ, 201.2 ÇparticiplesÈ, defined, 203 agreement of, 204 formation, of present, 374.b of perfect, 201 of future, 374.c,d of deponent verbs, 375 tenses of, 376 translated by a clause, 377 Çpartitive genitiveÈ, 330, 331 Çpassive voiceÈ defined, 163 formation of, 164, 202 ÇpenultÈ, 9.3 accent of, 15 Çperfect indicativeÈ formation, in the active, 185, 186 in the passive, 202 meaning of, 190 definite, 190 indefinite, 190 distinguished from the imperfect, 190 Çperfect infinitiveÈ active, 195 passive, 205 Çperfect passive participleÈ, 201 Çperfect stemÈ, 185 Çperfect subjunctiveÈ active, 361 passive, 362 ÇpersonÈ, 122 Çpersonal endingsÈ active, 122 passive, 164 Çpersonal pronounsÈ, 280, 480 ÇplaceÈ where, whither, whence, 263-265 names of towns and _domus_ and _ržs_, 266-268 Çpluperfect indicativeÈ active, 187.2 passive, 202 Çpluperfect subjunctiveÈ active, 361 passive, 363 ÇplžsÈ declension of, 313 Çpossessive pronounsÈ, 97, 98 ÇpossumÈ conjugation of, 495 ÇpredicateÈ defined, 19 Çpredicate adjectiveÈ defined, 55 Çpredicate nounÈ, 75, 76 ÇprepositionsÈ with the abl., 209 with the acc., 340 Çpresent indicativeÈ, 128, 130, 147 Çpresent stemÈ, 126.a Çpresent subjunctiveÈ, 344 Çprimary tensesÈ, 356 Çprincipal partsÈ, 183 ÇpronounsÈ classification of, 278 defined, 19.2.a demonstrative, 481 indefinite, 297, 484-487 intensive, 285, 286, 481 interrogative, 483 personal, 480 possessive, 97, 98 reflexive, 281 relative, 220, 221 ÇpronunciationÈ, 4-7 Çpr™sumÈ conjugation of, 496 ÇpurposeÈ dative of, 436, 437 expressed by the gerund or gerundive with _ad_, 407 not expressed by the infinitive, 352 subjunctive of, 348-350, 365-367 ÇqualityÈ gen. or abl. of, 441-445 ÇquamÈ with a comparative, 308 ÇquantityÈ, 11-13 ÇquestionsÈ direct, 210 indirect, 430-432 Çqu”È declension and use of, 220,221, 482 Çqu”damÈ declension of, 485 ÇquisÈ declension and use of, 225-227, 483 ÇquisquamÈ declension of, 486 ÇquisqueÈ declension of, 484 Çreflexive pronounsÈ, 281 Çrelative clauses of characteristic or descriptionÈ, 389, 390 Çrelative clauses of purposeÈ, 348, 349 Çrelative pronounsÈ, 220, 221 Çresult clausesÈ, 384-387 ÇreviewsÈ, 502-528 ÇržsÈ constructions of, 266 Çs�È distinguished from _ipse_, 285.a Çsecond conjugationÈ, 489 Çsecond or o-declensionÈ, 71-93, 462 ÇsentencesÈ simple, complex, compound, 219 ÇseparationÈ abl. of, 180 Çseparative ablativeÈ, 178-181 Çsequence of tensesÈ, 356-358 ÇspaceÈ extent of, expressed by the acc., 336 ÇspecificationÈ abl. of, 398 ÇstemsÈ of nouns, 230 of verbs, 184 ÇsubjectÈ defined, 19.2 of the infinitive, 213, 214 ÇsubjunctiveÈ formation of the present, 344 of the imperfect, 354 of the perfect, 361, 362 of the pluperfect, 361.c, 363 Çsubjunctive constructionsÈ characteristic or description, 389, 390 indirect questions, 430-432 purpose, 349, 366, 372 result, 385, 386 time, cause, or concession, with _cum_, 395, 396 Çsubjunctive ideasÈ, 346 Çsubjunctive tensesÈ, 342, 343 Çsubordinate clausesÈ, 219 Çsu”È declension of, 281, 480 ÇsumÈ conjugation of, 494 ÇsuusÈ use of, 98.c, 116 ÇsyllablesÈ, 8 division of, 9 quantity of, 13 ÇsyntaxÈ rules of, 501 Çtemporal clausesÈ with _cum_, 395, 396 ÇtenseÈ defined, 120 Çtense signsÈ imperfect, 133 future, 137, 156 pluperfect active, 187.2 future perfect active, 187.3 ÇtensesÈ primary and secondary, 356 sequence of, 357, 358 Çthird conjugationÈ, 490, 492 Çthird declension of nounsÈ classes, 231, 463 consonant stems, 232-238, 464 gender, 247 i-stems, 241-244, 465 irregular nouns, 246 ÇtimeÈ abl. of, 275 ÇtimeÈ acc. of, 336 ÇtownsÈ rules for names of, 266, 267, 268 Çtransitive verbÈ, 20.a Çtr�sÈ declension of, 479 ÇtžÈ declension of, 280, 480 ÇtuusÈ compared with _vester_, 98. b ÇuÈ-declension of nouns, 259, 260, 466 ÇultimaÈ, 9. 3 ÇverbsÈ agreement of, 28 conjugation of, 126, 488-491 deponent, 338, 339, 493 irregular, 494-500 personal endings of, 122, 164 principal parts of, 183 ÇvesterÈ compared with _tuus_, 98.b Çv”sÈ declension of, 468 ÇvocabulariesÈ English-Latin, pp. 332-343 Latin-English, pp. 299-331 special, pp. 283-298 ÇvocativeÈ case, 56.a of nouns in _-us_ of the second declension, 73.b of proper nouns in _-ius_ and of _f”lius_, 88 ÇvoiceÈ defined, 163 Çvol™È conjugation of, 497 Çv™sÈ declension of, 280, 480 ÇvowelsÈ sounds of, 5, 6 quantity of, 12 End of Project Gutenberg's Latin for Beginners, by Benjamin Leonard D'Ooge *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LATIN FOR BEGINNERS *** ***** This file should be named 18251-mac.txt or 18251-mac.zip ***** This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: http://www.gutenberg.org/1/8/2/5/18251/ Produced by Louise Hope, Dave Maddock and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was made using scans of public domain material by TextKit.com) Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will be renamed. Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. *** START: FULL LICENSE *** THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at http://gutenberg.org/license). Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United States. 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or distributed: This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg-tm License. 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided that - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the work. - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. 1.F. 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem. 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of life. Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official page at http://pglaf.org For additional contact information: Dr. Gregory B. Newby Chief Executive and Director gbnewby@pglaf.org Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS. The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit http://pglaf.org While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us with offers to donate. International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: http://www.gutenberg.org This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.